Publication

Lighting Solutions
LIGHTING
Thousands of Products. Hundreds of Solutions. One Cooper
Within Cooper Safety, a division of Cooper Industries, Cooper Lightings range is part of a comprehensive portfolio of solutions designed to save lives and protect property in commercial, industrial and residential buildings. Cooper Safetys high quality brands in notification systems, security and fire detection as well as electrical installation materials have earned leadership positions in the markets we serve and that leadership is sustained through unparalleled sales support and customer service. With manufacturing facilities in 23 countries and more than 25,000 people throughout the world, Cooper Industries is a premier global manufacturing company dedicated to building quality electrical products and tools with global standards and
a constant focus on innovation. Achieving revenues of $5.1 billion in 2009, the company has eight operating divisions with leading market share positions and world-class products and brands including: Bussmann electrical and electronic fuses; Crouse-Hinds and CEAG explosion-proof electrical equipment; Halo and Metalux lighting fixtures; and Kyle and McGraw-Edison power systems products. With this broad range of products, Cooper is uniquely positioned for several long-term growth trends including the demand for products with higher energy efficiency, the need to improve the reliability and productivity of the electric grid, and the need for improved electrical safety.
Foreword
Lighting is an integral part of our working environment. It is much more, however, than just a method of illuminating the tasks we work on. Lighting has a considerable impact on the ambient environment, affecting our mood and our ability to perform effectively and efficiently. In the event of an emergency, lighting is also critical for our safety, helping us to identify exits and then illuminating our way out. No surprise then that mains and emergency lighting is a key consideration in the design of modern buildings. Cooper Lighting is dedicated to enhancing buildings and environments as well as maximising personal safety by offering a range of innovative lighting solutions designed for a very large variety of applications. From the market leading brands of Crompton, Menvier and JSB, Cooper Lighting has supplied lighting solutions on many prestigious building projects. From standard mains light fittings and emergency exit signs, to bespoke architectural lighting designs, Cooper Lighting can support specifiers and installers of lighting, whatever their need. Cooper Lighting is committed to using its world-class resources to develop and manufacture lighting solutions that meet the needs of a wide range of applications including: commercial and industrial buildings, education, healthcare, retail, logistics and transportation. As well as helping to meet the stringent requirements of various building codes and regulations, Cooper Lighting, through its innovation in controls and light sources, is able to help end users significantly reduce their energy costs. Based in Doncaster, UK, Cooper Lighting also has a strong international presence. Backed up by a wide network of sales teams and customer support centres, Cooper Lighting is able to support your projects wherever they may be.
Introduction
Introduction
Contents
Contents Exploring this catalogue Distinctive Capabilities Committed to the Environment Proven Supplier Operational Excellence Innovative Technologies Recessed Fluorescent Surface Fluorescent Decorative Wall & Ceiling Downlights & Spotlights Display Emergency Industrial & Hazardous Exterior CBU Lighting Controls Technical Index 004 010 012 016 017 018 019 021 079 149 193 259 300 393 431 461 505 559 600
Introduction
Contents
Recessed Fluorescent
LSN Recessed
PG 23
Halos
PG 27
Bali
PG 31
Combiform Shallow
PG 35
Combiform Plus Asymmetric PG 38
Moduform
PG 41
Moduspec T5
PG 45
Moduspec
PG 49
Moduspec Polar
PG 52
Moduseal
PG 55
Moducell
PG 59
Moduwall
PG 63
Modulay Di
PG 67
Modulay
PG 71
Modulay Pack
PG 74
Bearer Info
PG 76
Surface Fluorescent
LSN Surface
PG 81
LSI
PG 84
LSV
PG 86
Vertex
PG 89
Waveform T5
PG 95
LSR
PG 99
Synthesis
PG 103
Laserline
PG 107
ACoustic SYStem
PG 111
Varsity
PG 117
Varsity School
PG 121
Varsity Hospital
PG 125
Chevin Plus
PG 129
Wavelite T5
PG 132
Wavelite T8
PG 134
Crompack 5
PG 137
Crompack Diffusers
PG 140
Crompack Reflectors & Guards PG 143
Crompack Rack Reflectors PG 146
Introduction
Decorative Wall & Ceiling
VFR
PG 150
VFH
PG 152
VFA
PG 154
VFD
PG 156
VXT
PG 158
VXB
PG 160
VLK
PG 162
SVR
PG 164
SPR
PG 166
SVN
PG 168
Bijou IP54
PG 170
Cercla
PG 173
Reef
PG 177
Waveform Wall
PG 181
Clareo
PG 185
WR1
PG 188
WR2
PG 190
Downlights & Spotlights
RXD
PG 195
RXA
PG 201
Solstar
PG 207
Solstar Attachments
PG 211
Solstar Square
PG 215
Ekostar
PG 219
Metalstar
PG 221
Coolstar
PG 225
DXS
PG 229
DL3
PG 236
DL4
PG 238
DL5
PG 240
DL7
PG 242
DL8
PG 244
DL9
PG 246
DL10
PG 248
DL11
PG 251
SL1
PG 254
SL2
PG 256
Introduction
Contents
Display
DXC
PG 261
DXF
PG 265
DXL
PG 269
GXD
PG 273
GXR
PG 277
FS3
PG 281
FS4
PG 284
LE1
PG 287
GR2
PG 290
GR4
PG 292
GR5
PG 294
GS1
PG 296
GS2
PG 298
Emergency - Testing Systems
Emergency - LED Escape
EasiCheck 2
PG 304
Intellem
PG 309
Briteway
PG 310
Briteway Recessed
PG 312
Micropoint
PG 314
Emergency - Bulkheads
Britelite
PG 316
Atlantic & Atlantic Plus PG 318
Vistral
PG 320
Alfalux
PG 322
Eurolite
PG 324
Sintralite
PG 326
Weatherlite
PG 328
AG Bulkhead
PG 330
New Safe 8
PG 332
Zeta II
PG 334
ZetaLED
PG 336
Introduction
Emergency - 2D Bulkheads
Fairlite
PG 339
DRG
PG 342
Bijou IP54
PG 344
Vienza
PG 346
Emergency - Exit Signs
Britesign 2
PG 348
Briteblade
PG 350
Evoled
PG 352
Safe Edge
PG 354
Recessed Safe Edge

PG 356
Royalux 2
PG 358
VIA8
PG 360
Manhattan
PG 362
Waylite 800
PG 364
Exit SE
PG 366
New Safe Ex
PG 368
Legendlite LED
PG 370
ZED
PG 372
Emergency - Twin Spots
Beamlite
PG 374
Gemini Junior
PG 376
Metrolite
PG 378
Emergency - Conversion Kits
Convertalite
PG 381
TFL
PG 384
Convertapack & PG 386 Maxipower
ACM1
PG 388
SMCB
PG 390
Introduction
Contents
Industrial and Hazardous
LED High-Bay
PG 395
Linergy
PG 399
Alfalux Highbay
PG 402
Pacemaker 2
PG 405
Lightmaster
PG 409
Litex
PG 412
Tufflite TFW
PG 415
Tufflite TFC
PG 419
Patriot 2
PG 423
Zone 1
PG 426
Zone 2
PG 428
Exterior
Churchouse Bollard
PG 432
Edison
PG 434
Vienza
PG 438
Galaxy Minor
PG 442
Galaxy Major
PG 444
Gladiator
PG 446
Darksky 2
PG 449
Strada
PG 453
Columns
PG 457
CBU
System Design
PG 463
Loadstar AC/DC Systems PG 475
Economy AC/DC
PG 482
Loadstar AC/AC Systems PG 485
Compact AC/AC
PG 493
Switch Tripping Units

PG 496
EasiCheck Slave
PG 498
Slave Luminaire Technical Data PG 501
Introduction
Lighting Controls
Intellect Digital
PG 507
Intellect Regulator
PG 517
Intellect Groupmaster
PG 522
Manual Dimming
PG 524
Infra-red Scene Setting PG 527
Modular Lighting Controls PG 530
Integrated Sensors
PG 536
Microwave Sensor
PG 538
Lighting Control Module PG 540
Intelligent Mini Sensor
PG 544
Detectors
PG 546
Connect Wiring System PG 548
+ + + + -
Mains Voltage Supply
LED Driver Selection Guide PG 550
LED Controls
PG 554
Introduction
Exploring the Catalogue

This catalogue includes full product information for all lighting products available from Cooper Lighting. It also includes a handy technical section, starting at page 559. This includes details of current regulations and standards, design guides and lamp data. There are two ways to navigate the catalogue depending on whether product names and catalogue numbers are known, or you are simply browsing through product types.
Main Contents
The main contents pages (6-11) detail the product sections with a thumbnail image of every product and the colour coding that can be found on those pages, for ease of identification.
Index
If the product name is known, an A - Z index by Product Name or Product Code on page 602 provides rapid navigation to the page required.
10
Introduction
Page Format
All pages follow a similar format, so that information can be quickly found, to aid choice, specification or installation. Generally this will include the information detailed around these sample pages. To aid selection of the our most energy efficient luminaires, products which encompass optimum light sources, control gear and optics are highlighted green in the catalogue number tables.
INSTALLATION NOTES
LAMP AND CONTROL GEAR OPTIONS
PHOTOMETRIC DATA (Emergency luminaires provided with a spacing table or maximum viewing distance) SPECIFICATION (A clause that can be used in specification documents)
DIMENSIONS
MATERIALS
INTRODUCTION
KEY FEATURES
STANDARD ICONS (A full explanation is provided on page 607)
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Introduction
11
Distinctive Capabilities
Major projects
Some projects may require a more flexible approach to the aesthetics, electrical, mechanical or optical performance requirements. An innovative engineering solution may be appropriate or an individual appearance desired. Alternatively, a project may be complex and require services to be integrated. We have a great deal of experience of handling major projects, including high-profile sites such as Burj Tower, the stunning Yas Hotel in Abu Dhabi, Saadiyat Bridge, St Pancras Station and the Emirates Stadium. We can help not just with product and technical support but also by providing guidance and advice to specifiers and project management teams on topics such as standards and regulations. We will work with your project management teams to meet your specific requirements and lead times.
12
Introduction
Responsiveness
Our operational capabilities and geographic reach provide our customers with a rapid and cost-effective responsiveness. With our well-stocked National Distribution Centre, customers have access to an extensive range of quality products off the shelf, available for delivery nationwide. Substantial inventory and major capital investment in logistics, including purpose designed high-rack fork lift trucks and an expanded fleet of lorries, provide reduced delivery lead times, further enhancing our commitment to customer service. Our international customers are well serviced through our wide network of local distributors or other Cooper businesses.
Technical Support On-site service

Cooper Lighting has a team of fully trained and experienced service engineers. Located throughout the UK, these highly skilled engineers provide assistance during system commissioning as well as ongoing support for holders of service and maintenance contracts. A comprehensive commissioning service is designed to ensure that emergency systems, such as emergency lighting self-test and central battery systems, are in full working order and ready to respond effectively following installation. A thorough set of inspection and functional checks are carried out on the complete system. Ensuring that life safety systems are maintained in a peak state of readiness is essential. Indeed, the requirements of BS 5266-1 and BS 5839-1 place a mandatory obligation on building occupiers to carry out regular testing and inspection. Our Service Department can offer service and maintenance agreements to provide practical support in this area. Maintenance visits are made at agreed intervals, during which time the system operation is checked and tested.
Introduction
13
Distinctive Capabilities
Technical support
Our dedicated technical support team is able to offer all customers advice and guidance on a wide variety of technical matters via telephone or e-mail. In the vast majority of cases, a process of systematic questioning enables the team to diagnose the problem and advise the customer of the appropriate solution. Sometimes more detailed troubleshooting and analysis methods may be used to determine the root cause of the problem and the best way of resolving it. If necessary, the technical support team will also call on the knowledge and expertise of Cooper Lightings product, R&D and design departments to help resolve the customers issue. In addition, the technical support team can provide customers with assistance on product information, installation and operating instructions, luminaire spacing, sourcing of spare parts, options for replacement lighting, and the requirements of lighting standards. For more details, please call the technical support team on 01302 303240 or e-mail lighting@cooper-ls.com.
14
Introduction
Training
To help customers achieve a greater understanding of modern lighting technology, Cooper Lighting offers CPD training seminars in three key areas. Each seminar lasts one hour and can be held at customers premises during lunchtime breaks to reduce the impact on working time.
LED Lighting
RIBA approved CPD seminar
LED is fast becoming the light source of the future so the LED lighting CPD seminar helps clients understand the basics of the technology, the advantages and disadvantages of LEDs, what to look for, how to specify LED products, and how to design with LEDs. The seminar is aimed at architects and consultants wanting to understand the different types of LEDs and how best to use them.
Emergency Lighting
CIBSE approved CPD seminar
The emergency lighting CPD seminar gives an overview of the requirements of BS5266, how to design an emergency lighting scheme, requirements for exit signs, data authentication and the importance of quality. We compare alternative types of emergency lighting and the use of automatic testing. The seminar is relevant to anyone designing emergency lighting installations.
Central Battery Systems

CIBSE approved CPD seminar
The Central Battery Systems seminar gives an insight into the design, application, standards, regulations and preferred code of practice relating to central battery systems and the testing/maintenance requirements covered by the Fire Safety Order directive. The presentation is aimed at consultants and engineers looking to develop an understanding of central battery systems with a view to becoming a product specialist.
Introduction
15
Committed to the Environment

As Cooper looks to the future, it is committed to minimising the impact on the environment through design, sourcing and manufacturing of its products.
Energy Efficiency
Deliver significant energy savings
Cooper Lighting offers a large portfolio of solutions that enable architects, engineers, contractors and facility maintenance managers to create and maintain high performance sustainable building solutions.
Eco-friendly
Improve operating efficiencies while reducing impact on the environment
Cooper Industries has a formal, written environmental policy with guiding principle to minimise its impact on the natural environment through assessment of emissions, effluents, resource use and waste
Labour Savings
Generate labour savings through faster and more efficient installation
Cooper Lightings product development efforts are consistently geared toward developing solutions that offer an innovative way of saving its customers either time, money or both.
16
Introduction
Proven Supplier
Over the years, Cooper Lighting brands have established an enviable reputation for quality and performance, and we are a trusted lighting partner for many companies in various market segments. We are renowned for our expertise in lighting technology thanks to a number of prestigious projects around the world. Through our Menvier and JSB brands, Cooper Lighting is the market leader in emergency lighting in the UK, Europe and the Middle East.
Education
Healthcare
Logistics
Retail
Hospitality
Introduction
17
Operational Excellence
Cooper Lighting is a lean and agile organisation with streamlined processes, which means that we can respond efficiently to our customers short and longterm challenges. Our lean philosophy is implemented by a highly skilled and flexible workforce, enabling us to offer responsive lead times across the full range of products.
Our products are designed and developed under systems that meet the requirements of the most stringent quality and environmental standards including BS EN ISO 9001: 2008 and ISO 14001. In addition, all relevant dedicated emergency luminaires meet ICEL (Industry Committee for Emergency Lighting) registration requirements. ICEL - To achieve this approval, the product must carry a Kitemark (or equivalent), be manufactured in an ISO9000 facility and have independently verified photometric performance information. ICEL 1004 - Cooper Lighting incorporates an ICEL 1004 approved environment, accredited for conversion of mains lighting luminaires to emergency use. This ensures quality assured workmanship using approved components and that relevant safety, thermal and EMC performance requirements have been achieved.
18
Introduction
Innovative Technologies
With a long and established history, we have been passionate about driving innovation and creating added value for our customers. This commitment can be seen in our use of stateof-the-art technologies, which enable the company to design and develop products that not only meet but exceed current efficiency requirements.
Using 3D CAD, complemented by optical and thermal software, concepts are created and optimised to meet out customer and market needs. Concepts are converted to physical samples utilizing different rapid prototype methods, and performance is validated with state-of-theart EMC, thermal and photometric test equipment before the designs move into production. Visualisation software enables us to provide a virtual demonstration of our products in a customers application, allowing a number of different lighting options to be reviewed prior to finalizing the scheme. Cooper Lighting is also the partner of choice when it comes to testing and inspection requirements. Compliance with all relevant UK, European and international standards is assured by the use of extensive in-house and independent, third party test facilities. Products are exhaustively tested as part of the product development and manufacturing processes.
Introduction
19
Horizon Centre, Devon Combiform
20
LSN Recessed
PG 23
Halos
PG 27
Bali
PG 31
Combiform Shallow
PG 35
Combiform Plus Asymmetric PG 38
Moduform
PG 41
Moduspec T5
PG 45
Moduspec
PG 49
Moduspec Polar
PG 52
Moduseal
PG 55
Moducell
PG 59
Moduwall
PG 63
Modulay Di
PG 67
Modulay
PG 71
Modulay Pack
PG 74
Bearer Info
PG 76
21
22
LSN
The LSN lighting system capitalises on the slim dimensions of the T5 fluorescent lamp, providing an ultra narrow luminaire which can be configured in a multitude of different ways. Its clever yet simple design enables the lighting designer to create a bespoke lighting solution without compromising on lighting performance. The recessed option allows the LSN to be integrated into the fabric of the building, complementing todays clean, contemporary designs and a unique semi recessed option not only creates an effective look but also helps accommodate shallow ceiling voids.
Ultra slim 56mm wide profile High quality extruded aluminium body End to end or individually mounted Recessed or semi recessed Opal polycarbonate diffuser High efficiency or high output T5 lamps
See also:
Surface and Suspended LSN Page 81
23
LSN
Lamp and Control Gear Options 14W, 28W, 35W (HE) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap 21W, 54W, 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - extruded aluminium, RAL9006 finish End caps - Steel, RAL9006 finish Geartray - Steel, white enamel finish Diffuser - UV stable opal polycarbonate Specification Options Fully integral emergency conversions 90 corner joints To specify state: Architectural linear recessed/semi recessed luminaire, 56mm wide, 115mm deep suitable for individual or end to end mounting with extruded aluminium body and UV stable polycarbonate diffuser as Cooper Lighting LSN range, part no.______
T5
Installation Notes Multi purpose recessing bracket Part No. LSN-RB suits fully or semi-recess installations Bracket acts as fixing hole mark out tool for quick installation Ceiling trims bolt to side of luminaire section to provide neat edge, covering cut edge Luminaires fix direct into bracket screws Simple alignment and power connection for continuous mount versions Fused as standard Supplied complete with lamps
Continuous Mount Construction Recessed/Semi-Recessed Order Example - 1 x 28W 1.2m, continuous run of 3 luminaires Recessing Bracket For recessed and semi-recessed installation Order Example Cat No: LSN-RB Qty: 4
Ceiling Trim Kit 1.2m ceiling trims, set of 2 Order Example Cat No: LSN-T12 Qty: 3
End Cap Kit End cap and fascia trim kit for ends of run, set of 2 Order Example Cat No: LSN-REK Qty: 1
Luminaire 1 x 28W T5 complete with diffuser, joint connectors and joint trim plate. Order Example Cat No: LSN-C128Z Qty: 3
24
Dimensions
Fully recessed Semi- recessed
Photometric Data
Cat. No. LSN-S128Z
cd/1000lm
115
90
90
64 Cut Out 104 O/A Trim Width
L Cut Out 56
43
60
60 90 120
60
Lamp 14W/24W 28W/54W 35W/49W
L (mm) 880 1480 1780
Cutout (mm) 884 1484 1784

30 30
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
41.3 0.00 41.3
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating

Individual 1x14W 1x24W 1x28W 1x54W 1x35W 1x49W Continuous 1x14W 1x24W 1x28W 1x54W 1x35W 1x49W LSN-C114Z LSN-C124Z LSN-C128Z LSN-C154Z LSN-C135Z LSN-C149Z 3.42 3.42 4.82 4.82 5.59 5.59 EBLSN-C128Z EBLSN-C135Z 5.92 6.69 LSN-RB LSN-REK LSN-T6 LSN-90 LSN-S114Z LSN-S124Z LSN-S128Z LSN-S154Z LSN-S135Z LSN-S149Z 3.42 3.42 4.82 4.82 5.59 5.59 EBLSN-S128Z EBLSN-S135Z 5.92 6.69 -
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
Cat No
Accessories LSN-RB LSN-REK LSN-T6 LSN-T12 LSN-T15 LSN-90
Description
Recessing bracket Recessed end caps - set of 2 Recessed ceiling trims - set of 2 (14W/24W) Recessed ceiling trims - set of 2 (28W/54W) Recessed ceiling trims - set of 2 (35W/49W) 90 corner joint
Contact technical support if recessed corner version required.
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg LSN-S128Z becomes LSN-S128RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg LSN-S128Z becomes LSN-S128DD Contact technical support for emergency dimming requirements.
Fully recessed
Semi-recessed
DIMMING
25
Scottish Environmental Protection Agency Halos
26
Halos
Todays working environment requires a comfortable and balanced lighting solution. This inspired the development of Halos, designed to deliver excellent optical efficiency, together with gentle illumination of the ceiling and vertical surfaces. Xenoptic satin louvres generate the primary task illumination from Halos, whilst indirect illumination is controlled by advanced technology extruded satin side and end profiles. The resultant graduated brightness provides visual interest as well as a comfortable ambience. Halos offers a positive contribution to solutions for the latest VDT and LG7 requirements.
Distinctive architectural design Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 High performance optics and efficiency, >60 luminaire lm/cw Choice of high efficiency or high output T5 lamps Attractive satin extruded side profiles 65-1500 cd/m2 satin louvre provide controlled illumination Fast and simple installation reducing installation time
27
Halos
Lamp and Control Gear Options 14W (HE), 24W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish End cap - precision laser cut steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Louvre - Xenoptic grade, satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Diffusing panels - flame retardant extruded diffusing medium Installation Notes Suitable for exposed T ceilings - Lay-in only Not suitable for solid ceilings Contact Technical Support for compatibility with other ceilings Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Louvre retained by positive location shootbolts and fitted with hanging straps for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563
90
Options
T5
Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number See page 548 for details of Connect wiring system Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Specification To specify state: Architectural semi-recessed luminaire, steel construction, RAL9016 post coat powder paint finish, for lay-in applications, with optical assembly containing a central 65-1500 cd/m2 Xenoptic anodised aluminium satin louvre direct, softly lit end panels and satin extruded side profiles providing indirect illumination, retained by precision laser cut end caps, suspended below the ceiling line with a rear diffusing reflector, as Cooper Lighting Halos range, part no. __________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. HAL414Z cd/1000lm Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 60 60 50 W 50 30 200 10 50 30 400 30 30 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.77 0.01 0.76 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 64 60 57 63 59 56 61 58 55 54 1 1.25 68 64 61 66 63 60 65 62 59 57 1 Room Index 1.5 71 67 65 69 66 63 67 65 62 60 1 2.0 75 72 69 73 70 68 71 68 66 64 1 2.5 78 75 72 75 73 71 73 71 69 66 1 3.0 80 77 75 77 75 73 74 72 71 68 1 4.0 82 80 78 79 77 75 76 74 73 70 1 5.0 83 81 80 80 78 77 77 76 75 71 2
Dimensions
597mm 597mm 43mm 69mm 350.5mm Cable entry
SHR nom: 1.75 SHR max: 1.89
See page 560 for Design Guide
28

4 x 14W (HE) 4 x 24W (HO)
Gear Option
High Frequency High Frequency
Cat No
HAL414Z HAL424Z
Weight (kg)
5.75 5.75
Emergency Cat No
EBHAL414Z EBHAL424Z
Weight (kg)
6.75 6.75
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg HAL414Z becomes HAL414RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg HAL414Z becomes HAL414DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features. Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution. For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Scottish Environmental Protection Agency Halos
DIMMING
CONTROLS
29
Horizon Centre, Devon Bali & Solstar
30
Bali
Designed in sympathy with the latest VDT and LG7 requirements for office applications, Bali combines efficient lighting of the working space with visual comfort. Balis distinctive suspended optical assembly is retained by high quality die cast aluminium end caps for accurate location, with a central louvre for direct light and perforated side panels emitting soft light at high angles. This combined distribution provides a strong basis to which supplementary lighting may be added, to create a harmonious solution for demanding VDT office lighting design. Bali is also a practical choice for prestigious applications, such as reception areas, thanks to its attractive, architectural appearance.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 High performance optics - LOR exceeds 71% Excellent ceiling and vertical illumination to aid scheme design compliance 65-1500 cd/m2 satin louvre Attractive and distinctive design to enhance the aesthetics of the room Fully integral 3 hour maintained emergency options Supplied complete with lamps High performance T5 and TC-L lamps provide light output options
31
Bali
Lamp and Control Gear Options 24W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body and perforated panels - steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish End cap - die cast aluminium, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Louvre - Xenoptic grade, satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Diffusing panel - flame retardant diffusing medium Installation Notes For ceiling type compatibility refer to Installation Guide on page 76 Not suitable for solid ceilings - external fixing, access required Order MSBKX side support arms for "draw up" applications Contact Technical Support for compatibility with other ceilings End caps and optical assembly positioned with location pips and securely locked by screws Plug and socket connection with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Louvre retained by positive location shootbolts and fitted with hanging straps for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps
90
Options
T5
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Air handling versions available Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number See page 548 for details of Connect wiring system Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Specification To specify state: Architectural semi-recessed luminaire with curved body construction and RAL9016 post-coat powder paint finish, for lay-in and draw-up applications, with optical assembly suspended below curved diffusing reflector, containing a central 65-1500 cd/m2 Xenoptic anodised aluminium satin louvre direct and softly lit perforated panel indirect, suspended below the ceiling line and retained by die cast aluminium end caps, as Cooper Lighting Bali range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. BAL224Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 300 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 30 30 30 50 30 10 20 20 F 20 0.75 42 37 33 41 36 33 39 35 32 0 30 4 1.0 50 45 41 48 44 40 46 43 40 37 4 1.25 55 50 47 53 49 46 51 48 45 42 4 Room Index 1.5 59 54 51 56 53 49 54 51 48 46 4 2.0 64 60 56 61 58 55 58 56 53 50 4 2.5 67 63 60 64 61 58 61 59 56 53 4 3.0 69 66 63 66 63 61 63 61 59 55 4 4.0 72 69 67 69 66 64 65 64 62 58 4 5.0 74 72 70 70 68 67 67 65 64 60 4
Dimensions
597mm
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.72 0.04 0.68
0 BZ-class
100mm 114mm 597mm
228mm
32

2 x 24W 1 x 55W
Gear Option
High Frequency High Frequency
Cat No
BAL224Z BAL155Z
Weight (kg)
5.5 5.0
Emergency Cat No
EBBAL224Z EBBAL155Z
Weight (kg)
6.8 6.3
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg BAL155Z becomes BAL155RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg BAL155Z becomes BAL155DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Department for Work and Pensions, Blackpool Bali
DIMMING
CONTROLS
33
Suffolk New College Combiform Shallow
34
Combiform Shallow
The Shallow depth option is the latest version of the popular Combiform series of high specification architectural luminaires. Efficient direct illumination is provided through the central 65 - 1500cd/m2 Xenoptic Satin louvre, with an indirect element controlled through the ingenious curved housing construction and perforated panels along side the louvre. This combination suits the needs of VDT areas whilst providing soft, balanced indirect illumination, making Combiform equally at home in general office areas and prestigious locations such as board rooms.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Efficient and gentle, soft-lit lighting effect Complete with 4000K Triphosphor lamps Xenoptic satin high reflectivity, zero iridescence, 65-1500cd/m2 louvre housed in perforated side panels Shallow recessing depth to suit lower ceiling voids Finished in RAL9016 post coat powder paint Suitable for draw up and lay-in applications making it versatile for a number of ceiling systems New longer T5 lamp options for enhanced efficiency
35
Combiform Shallow
Lamp and Control Gear Options 14W, 28W (HE) and 24W, 54W (HO) 35W, 49W T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap 40W and 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body & perforated panels - steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Louvre - Xenoptic grade, satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Diffusing panel - flame retardant diffusing medium Installation Notes Suitable for exposed T ceilings Order MSBKX side support arms for draw up applications external fixing, access required For ceiling type compatibility refer to Installation Guide on page 76 Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard 25 l/s airhandling capability to special order Louvre retained by shootbolts for secure and optically accurate location. Hangs for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Not suitable for solid ceilings Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Semi recessed option in deeper housing Dimensions
Cable Entry W W L D D1 D2
30 30 90
Options
T5
Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number 300mm wide options to special order, solid side panel Combiform semi recessed option also available Specification To specify state: Architectural recessed luminaire with curved body construction and RAL9016 post coat powder paint finish, for lay-in and draw up applications, with central 65-1500 cd/m2 Xenoptic anodised aluminium louvre and softly lit perforated panel optical assembly, as Cooper Lighting Combiform Shallow range, part no.________ Photometric Data
Cat. No. CFSH414Z
cd/1000lm 90
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 F 20 0.75 N/A N/A N/A 20 N/A N/A N/A 20 N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A 1 1.0 53 49 46 52 48 45 51 47 45 43 2 1.25 58 54 51 56 53 50 55 52 49 48 2 Room Index 1.5 61 57 54 59 56 54 58 55 53 51 2 2.0 65 62 60 63 61 58 61 59 57 55 2 2.5 68 65 63 66 63 61 64 62 60 58 2 3.0 70 67 65 67 65 63 65 63 62 59 2 4.0 72 70 68 69 68 66 67 66 64 61 2 5.0 74 72 71 71 69 68 68 67 66 63 2
60 200
60
10 50 50 30
300
10 30 50 30 10
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.69 0.00 0.69
0 BZ-class
Description 14/24/40/55W 28/54W 35/49W Semi recessed
L (mm) 597 1197 1497 597
W (mm) 597 597/297 297 597
D/D1 (mm) 97 97 97 101
D2(mm) 46
36
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No Weight (kg)
Combiform Shallow 600mm x 600mm 1 x 40W 1 x 55W 2 x 24W CFSH140Z CFSH155Z CFSH224Z 4.5 4.5 4.6 EBCFSH140Z EBCFSH155Z EBCFSH224Z 5.9 5.9 6.0
2 x 40W 2 x 55W 4 x 14W
CFSH240Z CFSH255Z CFSH414Z
4.6 4.6 4.7
EBCFSH240Z EBCFSH255Z EBCFSH414Z
6.0 6.0 5.9
Combiform Shallow 600mm x 1200mm 2 x 28W 2 x 54W CFSH228Z CFSH254Z 8.9 8.9 EBCFSH228Z EBCFSH254Z 10.3 10.3
4 x 28W 4 x 54W
CFSH428Z CFSH454Z
9.1 9.1
EBCFSH428Z EBCFSH454Z
10.5 10.5
Combiform Plus Semi Recessed 600mm x 600mm 4 x 14W 1 x 40W 2 x 40W 1 x 55W 2 x 55W CFPS414Z CFPS140Z CFPS240Z CFPS155Z CFPS255Z 4.9 4.7 4.8 4.7 4.8 EBCFPS414Z EBCFPS140Z EBCFPS240Z EBCFPS155Z EBCFPS255Z 5.9 6.1 6.2 6.1 6.2
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg CFSH240Z becomes CFSH240RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg CFSH240Z becomes CFSH240DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution. For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
DIMMING
CONTROLS
37
Combiform Plus Asymmetric
The Combiform Plus Asymmetric option provides an excellent addition to the Combiform family. The optical design combines an efficient 65 - 1500cd/m Xenoptic satin louvre for the controlled downward light and the asymmetric optic element alongside. The generated distribution is ideally suited to illuminating adjacent walls to aid compliance with LG7: 2005. The familiar Combiform perforated features and curved housing provide a soft, balanced, indirect illumination.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Direct/indirect illumination with an asymmetric distribution to provide wall washing and downward lighting elements Suitable for draw up and lay-in installations enabling its use in many ceiling systems Simple to install Integral emergency versions
38
Lamps and Control Gear Options 14W (HE) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap 40W, 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body and perforated panels - steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Louvre - Xenoptic grade, satin finish, zero irridescence, anodised aluminium Diffusing panel - flame retardant diffusing medium Installation Notes Suitable for exposed T ceilings Order MSBKX side support arms for draw up applications external fixing access required Contact Technical Support for compatibility with other ceilings Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard 25 l/s airhandling as standard Louvre retained by shootbolts for secure and optically accurate location. Hangs for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Not suitable for solid ceilings
30 90
Options
T5
Lighting controls control and energy management options (Refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number Specification To specify state: Architectural recessed luminaire with asymmetric optic, curved body construction and RAL9016 post coat powder paint finish, for lay-in and draw up applications, with 65-1500 cd/m2 anodized Xenoptic aluminium louvre and softly lit perforated panel optical assembly with asymmetric element, as Cooper Lighting Combiform Plus Asymmetric range, part no.______
Photometric Data
Cat. No. CFPA240Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 80 60 120 160 200 240 30 30 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 60.85 0.00 60.85 0 0 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 40 36 33 39 35 33 38 35 33 31 3 1.0 45 41 38 44 40 37 42 39 37 35 3 1.25 49 45 42 47 44 41 46 43 41 39 3 Room Index 1.5 52 48 45 50 47 44 48 46 43 42 3 2.0 55 52 49 53 51 48 52 49 47 45 3 2.5 58 55 52 56 53 51 54 52 50 48 3 3.0 60 57 55 57 55 53 55 54 52 50 4 4.0 62 60 58 60 58 56 57 56 55 52 4 5.0 64 62 60 61 59 58 59 57 56 53 4
BZ Class
Dimensions
Cable Entry W
Description 14/40/55W
L (mm) 597
W (mm) 597
D (mm) 97
Combiform Plus Asymmetric 600mm x 600mm 2 x 40W 2 x 55W 4 x 14W CFPA240Z CFPA255Z CFPA414Z 4.6 4.6 4.7 EBCFPA240Z EBCFPA255Z EBCFPA414Z 6.0 6.0 6.1
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg CFPA414Z becomes CFPA414RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg CFPA414Z becomes CFPA414DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features
For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
DIMMING
CONTROLS
39
Birmingham College Moduform
40
Moduform
The Moduform family has been carefully engineered to provide gentle, wide light distribution and comfortable optical control, resulting in high quality, softly illuminated space lighting suited to a multitude of diverse applications. Three complementary body styles provide harmony with all forms of architectural finishes. The classical semi-recessed MF option, with a stylish die cast aluminium end cap, generates an excellent upward light component, eliminating dark ceilings and promoting a comfortable visual environment. Fully recessed MFR and MFT versions offer clean ceiling lines and therefore an alternative architectural effect. A contemporary alternative to general purpose louvre and diffuser type luminaires, Moduform presents a distinctive option.
Distinctive and attractive architectural profile to enhance any installation Comfortable, soft-lit lighting effect Excellent vertical to horizontal luminance balance aiding scheme design and lighting effect Eliminates the dark ceiling effect associated with louvres to create a pleasant environment Wide choice of style and lamp options
41
Moduform
Lamp and Control Gear Options 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24q-3 cap 40W and 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish End caps (MF range) - die cast aluminium, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Lamp shield/reflectors - curved steel profile, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Diffusing panel - flame retardant diffusing medium Installation Notes For ceiling type compatibility, refer to Installation Guide on page 76 Order MSBK side support arms for draw-up applications 2 x 26W version is supplied with plasterboard/tile support arms
60 90
Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration (2 x 26W has remote pack with pre-wired lead) Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number See page 548 for details of Connect wiring system Specification To specify state: Architectural recessed indirect luminaire, steel construction with post coat powder paint RAL9016 finish, for lay-in and draw-up applications, with curved, perforated lamp shield panel and curved reflectors for softly illuminated space lighting, as Cooper Lighting Moduform range, part no.________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. MF155Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 50 60 50 100 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 150 30 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.59 0.03 0.56 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 31 26 23 30 26 23 29 25 22 21 5 1.0 36 31 27 34 30 27 33 29 26 24 6 1.25 40 36 32 38 34 31 37 33 30 28 6 Room Index 1.5 43 39 35 41 37 34 39 36 33 31 6 2.0 48 43 40 45 42 39 43 40 37 35 6 2.5 51 47 43 48 45 42 46 43 41 38 6 3.0 53 49 46 50 47 44 47 45 43 40 6 4.0 56 53 50 53 50 48 50 48 46 43 6 5.0 58 55 53 54 52 50 52 50 48 45 6
Contact Technical Support for compatibility with other ceilings Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard No tools required for re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
W W
D1 D2 L
Cable Entry
480mm
480mm
Options Moduform MF 1 x 40/55W Moduform MFR/MFT 2 x 26W 1 x 40/55W 2 x 40/55W
L (mm)
W (mm)
D/D1 (mm)
D2 (mm)
597 297 597 597
597 297 597 597
90 108 125 125
90 -
42

Moduform (MF) 1 x 40W 1 x 55W High Frequency High Frequency MF140Z MF155Z 5.85 5.85 EBMF140Z EBMF155Z 6.95 7.15
Gear Option
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
Moduform Recessed (MFR) 2 x 26W 1 x 40W 2 x 40W 1 x 55W 2 x 55W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency MFR226Z MFR140Z MFR240Z MFR155Z MFR255Z 3.10 5.85 6.50 5.85 6.50 ERMFR226Z EBMFR140Z EBMFR240Z EBMFR155Z EBMFR255Z 5.00 7.2 7.8 7.2 7.8
Moduform Twin (MFT) 2 x 40W 2 x 55W High Frequency High Frequency MFT240Z MFT255Z 6.0 7.0 EBMFT240Z EBMFT255Z 7.3 8.3
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg MF155Z becomes MF155RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg MF155Z becomes MF155DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Moduform MFR
Moduform MFT
DIMMING
43
Emirates Stadium, London Moduspec T5
44
Moduspec T5
Efficiency, excellent light distribution and a wide choice of standard options have been combined to produce the latest Moduspec T5 range. Standard variants utilise T5 lamps with a choice of mirror or satin finish 65 - 1500cd/m2 louvres. Optical control improvements have boosted the LOR to further enhance Part L compliance. The choice of solid or back-lit perforated feature panels, along with the popular semi recessed option, (which creates a gently lit ceiling wash effect controlled by a linear reeded lens), means there is a variant to suit a wide range of aesthetic and performance driven installation requirements.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Semi-recessed option with soft, transitional ceiling wash controlled by reeded lens panel maximising light output and ceiling illumination Choice of solid or perforated feature panels Shallow 65mm recessing depth to suit lower ceiling voids 65 - 1500 cd/m2 optical control via Xenoptic mirror or satin louvre Compatible with Cooper Lighting Connect wiring system New longer T5 lamp options for enhanced efficiency
45
Moduspec T5
Lamp and Control Gear Options 14W, 28W (HE), 24W, 54W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - welded, full box steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Louvres - Xenoptic grade, mirror or satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Feature panels - solid or perforated steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish. Flame retardant diffusing medium behind perforated panels. Flame retardant lens on semi-recessed option Installation Notes Suitable for exposed T, concealed fix and metal pan ceilings Order MSBKT5 side support arms for draw-up applications For ceiling type compatibility refer to Installation Guide on page 548 Can be supported by 4 x M8 drop rods Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Louvre retained by positive locating shootbolts and fitted with hanging straps for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Dimensions
W L D1 D2 520mm Cable Entry
300 400 30 30 30 90
Options
T5
Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number See page 548 of the Lighting Solutions catalogue for details of Connect wiring system Lighting controls and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Specification To specify state: Recessed shallow profile luminaire, of full box welded construction with post coat powder paint, RAL9016 finish, for lay-in and draw-up applications, with 65 - 1500cd/m2 Xenoptic mirror/satin anodised aluminium louvre, retained by shootbolts, solid/perforated panels or semi-recessed with gentle transitional ceiling wash light effect and T5 lamps, as Cooper Lighting Moduspec T5 range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. MSTS414Z cd/1000lm Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 60 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.65 0.01 0.64 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 1.25 62 59 57 60 58 56 59 57 56 54 1 Room Index 1.5 63 61 59 62 60 58 60 59 57 56 1 2.0 66 64 62 64 62 61 63 61 60 58 1 2.5 68 66 64 66 64 63 64 63 61 59 1 3.0 69 67 66 67 65 64 65 63 63 60 1 4.0 70 69 68 68 67 66 66 65 64 61 1 5.0 71 70 69 69 68 67 66 65 65 62 1
425mm Options Solid panels Perforated panels Semi-recessed L (mm) 597 597 597 W (mm) 597 597 597 D/D1 (mm) 65 65 65 D2 (mm) 30
4 Lamp with solid feature panels
4 Lamp with perforated feature panels
46
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Panel Option Cat No c/w Mirror Louvre Cat No c/w Satin Louvre Weight (kg) Emergency c/w Mirror Louvre Emergency c/w Satin Louvre Weight (kg)
Moduspec T5 600mm x 600mm 3 x 14W 4 x 14W Solid Solid MSFM314Z MSFM414Z MSFS314Z MSFS414Z 3.5 3.5 EBMSFM314Z EBMSFM414Z EBMSFS314Z EBMSFS414Z 4.5 4.5
3 x 24W 4 x 24W
Solid Solid
MSFM324Z MSFM424Z
MSFS324Z MSFS424Z
3.5 3.5
EBMSFM324Z EBMSFM424Z
EBMSFS324Z EBMSFS424Z
4.5 4.5
3 x 14W 4 x 14W
Perforated Perforated
MSPM314Z MSPM414Z
MSPS314Z MSPS414Z
3.4 3.4
EBMSPM314Z EBMSPM414Z
EBMSPS314Z EBMSPS414Z
4.4 4.4
3 x 24W 4 x 24W
MSPM324Z MSPM424Z
MSPS324Z MSPS424Z
3.4 3.4
4.4 4.4
3 x 14W 4 x 14W
Semi-recessed Semi-recessed
MSTS314Z MSTS414Z
3.9 3.9
EBMSTS314Z EBMSTS414Z
4.9 4.9
3 x 24W 4 x 24W
MSTS324Z MSTS424Z
3.9 3.9
4.9 4.9
Moduspec T5 600mm x 1200mm 3 x 28W 4 x 28W Solid Solid MSFM328Z MSFM428Z MSFS328Z MSFS428Z 6.7 6.7 EBMSFM328Z EBMSFM428Z EBMSFS328Z EBMSFS428Z 7.7 7.7
3 x 54W 4 x 54W
Solid Solid
MSFM354Z MSFM454Z
MSFS354Z MSFS454Z
6.7 6.7
EBMSFM354Z EBMSFM454Z
EBMSFS354Z EBMSFS454Z
7.7 7.7
3 x 28W 4 x 28W
MSPM328Z MSPM428Z
MSPS328Z MSPS428Z
6.5 6.5
7.7 7.7
3 x 54W 4 x 54W
MSPM354Z MSPM454Z
MSPS354Z MSPS454Z
6.5 6.5
7.5 7.5
3 x 28W 4 x 28W
MSTS328Z MSTS428Z
7.5 7.5
8.5 8.5
3 x 54W 4 x 54W
MSTS354Z MSTS454Z
7.5 7.5
8.5 8.5
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg MSTS414Z becomes MSTS414RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg MSTS414Z becomes MSTS414DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
DIMMING
CONTROLS
47
Suffolk New College, Ipswich Moduspec T8
48
Moduspec
The comprehensive Moduspec range is flexible and versatile. The wide choice of louvre, flat panel and dished panel attachments, along with its compatibility with many different ceiling types, allows Moduspec to be used in almost any interior application. In office applications, the mirror and satin louvre attachments are designed to meet the most demanding of visual tasks. For more general applications, diffuse yet efficient lighting is achieved via high quality, frame mounted prismatic and opal panels and general purpose louvres. Moduspec is also available with integral lighting controls for optimal energy efficiency and light quality. Integral emergency options complete this ubiquitous range.
High quality, versatile range to suit many applications Excellent optical performance 65-200 cd/m2 and general purpose Xenoptic louvres Wide choice of prismatic and opal panels, in attractive extruded frame Lighting controls and energy management options to maximise energy efficiency T5 lamp options for use with the panel attachments
49
Moduspec
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 36W, 58W T8 fluorescent, triphosphor 4000K - G13 cap 14W, 28W (HE) and 24W, 54W, 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI
L A
Dimensions
T8
W
T5
D Cable Entry 4 lamp version B
Materials Body - welded, full box steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Louvre - Xenoptic grade, mirror or satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Panel - TPa fire rated, UV stabilised, true prismatic PVC (MSPFR/MSDPFR). TPb UV stabilised prismatic acrylic (MSPA). All retained in extruded TPa fire rated PVC frame in RAL9016 white finish Installation Notes For ceiling type compatibility refer to Installation Guide on page 548 Order MSBK side support arms for draw-up applications Can be supported by 4 x M8 rods Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Attachment retained by wishbone springs for secure and optically accurate location. Hangs for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes when louvre or TPa panel attachment used Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number See page 548 for details of Connect wiring system Lighting controls and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Specification To specify state: Modular recessed luminaire, of full box welded construction with post coat powder paint, RAL9016 finish, for lay-in and draw-up applications, with 65-200 cd/m2/general purpose ribbed cross blade mirror/satin finish Xenoptic anodised aluminium louvre/TPa, TPb prismatic/opal panels in extruded TPa PVC frame, retained by wishbone springs, as Cooper Lighting Moduspec range, part no. ________
65-200cm2 mirror finish louvre Ribbed satin finish louvre
30 60 200 60
Lamp Rating
L1 (mm)
L2 (mm)
W (mm)
D1 (mm)
D2 (mm)
A (mm) 900 1350 480 900
B (mm) 180 180 480 480
2 x 36W 1197 1250 297 100 45 2 x 58W 1497 1550 297 100 45 3/4 x 18W 597 640 597 100 45 3/4 x 36W 1197 1250 597 100 45 Notes - Dish attachments add 20mm to depth, all below ceiling line Contact Technical support for full details of body dimensions above ceiling
Photometric Data
Cat. No. MS6418ZT/MXM26418
cd/1000lm 90 90
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 10 50 50 30 20 F 20 0.75 50 47 44 49 46 44 20 48 46 44 0 43 1 1.0 54 51 49 53 51 49 52 50 48 47 1 1.25 58 55 53 56 54 52 55 53 51 50 1 Room Index 1.5 60 57 55 58 56 54 57 55 54 52 1 2.0 63 61 59 61 59 58 59 58 57 55 1 2.5 65 63 61 63 61 60 61 59 58 56 1 3.0 66 64 62 64 62 61 62 61 60 57 1 4.0 67 66 65 65 64 63 63 62 61 58 1 5.0 68 67 66 66 65 64 64 63 62 59 1
300
10 30
30
50 30 10
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.63 0.00 0.63
0 BZ-class
Prismatic flat panel
Prismatic dish panel
50
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Modular Size (mm) Body Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Body Cat No Weight (kg)
Moduspec Body with T8 lamps - order attachment separately 2 x 36W 2 x 58W 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MS3236ZT MS3258ZT MS6318ZT MS6418ZT MS6336ZT MS6436ZT 4.45 6.13 4.76 4.61 7.62 7.48 EBMS3236ZT EBMS3258ZT EBMS6318ZT EBMS6418ZT EBMS6336ZT EBMS6436ZT 5.85 7.53 5.76 5.91 8.72 8.88
Moduspec Body with T5 lamps - order attachment separately 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 300 x 1200 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 MS3228ZT MS3254ZT MS3235ZT MS3249ZT 4.45 4.45 6.13 6.13 EBMS3228ZT EBMS3254ZT EBMS3235ZT EBMS3249ZT 5.85 5.85 7.53 7.53
4 x 14W 4 x 24W 3 x 14W 3 x 24W
600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600
MS6414ZT MS6424ZT MS6314ZT MS6324ZT
4.61 4.61 4.50 4.50
EBMS6414ZT EBMS6424ZT EBMS6314ZT EBMS6324ZT
6.00 6.00 5.90 5.90
4 x 28W 4 x 54W 3 x 28W 3 x 54W
600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200
MS6428ZT MS6454ZT MS6328ZT MS6354ZT
7.60 7.60 7.50 7.50
EBMS6428ZT EBMS6454ZT EBMS6328ZT EBMS6354ZT
9.00 9.00 8.90 8.90
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg MS6418ZT becomes MS6418RDT For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg MS6418ZT becomes MS6418DDT Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution
Modular Size (mm)
Xenoptic Mirror Louvres Xenoptic Satin Louvres Weight 65-200cd/m2Ribbed Cross Blade 65-200cd/m2 Ribbed Cross Blade (kg)
Louvre attachment - order body separately 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MXM23236 MXM23258 MXM26318 MXM26418 MXM26336 MXM26436 MXMR3236 MXMR3258 MXMR6318 MXMR6418 MXMR6336 MXMR6436 MXS23236 MXS23258 MXS26318 MXS26418 MXS26336 MXS26436 MXSR3236 MXSR3258 MXSR6318 MXSR6418 MXSR6336 MXSR6436 1.30 1.64 1.30 1.36 2.39 2.54
Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution.
Modular Size (mm)
Prismatic Flat Panels TPa PVC TPb Acrylic
Opal Flat Panel Prismatic Dish Panel Weight TPb Styrene TPa PVC (kg)
Panel attachment - order body separately 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MSPFR336 MSPFR358 MSPFR618 MSPFR618 MSPFR636 MSPFR636 MSPA336 MSPA358 MSPA618 MSPA618 MSPA636 MSPA636 MSF336 MSF358 MSF618 MSF618 MSF636 MSF636 MSDPFR336 MSDPFR358 MSDPFR618 MSDPFR618 MSDPFR636 MSDPFR636 1.95 2.30 1.63 1.63 2.94 2.94
DIMMING
CONTROLS
51
Moduspec Polar
Moduspec Polar is an extension to the popular and proven Moduspec range. Fitted with high frequency gear, 6000K lamps and a specialised panel, the luminaire provides flicker free lighting and good colour rendition. The light polarising panel is constructed from several bonded layers of translucent material, including prisms and a specially formulated polarising material layer. The latter also blocks ultra-violet A and B emissions and controls lamp flare. The result is a very high quality lighting effect, closely simulating that of natural northern hemisphere daylight and aiding the reduction of eye strain and headaches.
High quality light polarising panel maximises output and hides the lamp image Improved visual acuity Good colour rendition Simulates high quality natural light to provide a pleasant environment Eliminates UVA and UVB light transmission Efficient, flicker free illumination
52
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 36W T8 fluorescent, triphosphor 6000K - G13 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - welded, full box steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Panel - TPa fire rated, multi-layered panel with prisms and polarising material. Retained in extruded TPa fire rated PVC in RAL9016 white finish Options Lamps supplied are colour rendering group 1B Group 1A lamps to order Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number See page 548 for details of Connect wiring system Intellect controls technology (see controls secton page 505)
90
Installation Notes
T8
For ceiling type compatibility refer to Installation Guide on page 76 Order MSBK side support arms for draw-up applications Can be supported by 4 x M8 rods Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Attachment retained by wishbone springs for secure and optically accurate location. Hangs for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Use only 6000K T8 fluorescent (group 1B minimum), when replacing failed lamps Specification To specify state: Modular recessed luminaire, of full box welded construction with post coat powder paint, RAL9016 finish, for lay-in and draw up applications, TPa flame retardant light polarising panel for improved visual acuity, in extruded TPa PVC frame retained by wishbone springs, with 6000K lamps and high frequency control gear, as Cooper Lighting Moduspec Polar range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. MS6418ZT-6K/MSPOL618 cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 120 W 50 30 F 20 0.75 28 24 21 20 27 23 21 20 26 23 21 0 20 5 1.0 32 29 26 31 28 26 30 28 26 24 4 1.25 36 32 30 35 32 29 34 31 29 28 4 Room Index 1.5 38 35 32 37 34 32 36 33 31 30 4 2.0 42 39 36 40 38 36 39 37 35 33 4 2.5 44 41 39 42 40 38 41 39 37 36 4 3.0 46 43 41 44 42 40 42 41 39 37 4 4.0 48 46 44 46 44 43 44 43 42 40 4 5.0 49 47 46 47 46 45 45 44 43 41 4
Dimensions
100mm L2 45mm
80
10 50 30 10 30 50 30 10
Cable Entry 4 lamp version
B
30
160 30
L1 597mm
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.47 0.00 0.47
0 BZ-class
Lamp Rating 3/4 x 18W 3/4 x 36W
L1 (mm) 597 1197
L2 (mm) 640 1250
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Modular Size (mm) Gear Option Body Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Body Cat No Weight (kg)
Body - order light polarising panel separately 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency MS6318ZT6K MS6418ZT6K MS6336ZT6K MS6436ZT6K 4.76 4.61 7.62 7.48 EBMS6318ZT6K EBMS6418ZT6K EBMS6336ZT6K EBMS6436ZT6K 5.76 5.91 8.72 8.88
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg MS6418ZT6K becomes MS6418RDT6K For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg MS6418Z becomes MS6418DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features
Lamp Rating
Modular Size (mm)
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Light Polarising Panel attachment - order body separately 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MSPOL618 MSPOL618 MSPOL636 MSPOL636 2.30 2.30 4.50 4.50
DIMMING
CONTROLS
53
Jurby Prison, Isle of Man Moduseal
54
Moduseal
In areas requiring a high degree of sealing or hygiene, Moduseal provides the ideal solution. Gaskets seal a choice of prismatic controller or louvre and panel to an extruded frame. A further gasket then seals to the luminaire body. With a choice of IP54 or IP65 seal rating, water and dust is prevented from penetrating the luminaire from below the ceiling. Kitchens, laboratories and hospitals all demand the degree of sealing achieved by Moduseal. The louvre option ensures Moduseal can also be used where VDT's are installed in these working spaces.
IP54 dustproof and splashproof for areas requiring the level of protection High specification IP65 dust tight and water jetproof Quality extruded frame to maintain seal High performance TPa flame retardant prismatic panel suitable for use on emergency escape routes 65-200 cd/m2 louvre and clear panel option Versatile body design to fit wide variety of ceilings
55
Moduseal
Lamp Options 18W, 36W, 58W T8 fluorescent, triphosphor 4000K - G13 cap 14W, 28W T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - welded, full box steel construction, powder coated IP54 Frame - extruded TPa fire rated PVC in RAL9016 white finish IP65 Frame - extruded aluminium, chromate pre-treatment and powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Panel - TPa fire rated, true prismatic PVC controller Louvre assembly - Xenoptic grade, mirror finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium louvre and TPa clear polycarbonate panel Installation Notes For ceiling type compatibility refer to Installation Guide on page 76 Contact Technical Support for compatibility with other ceilings Can be supported by 4 x M8 drop rods Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Frame attachment securely retained to body with quarter turn fixings Hangs on straps for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
30 60 80 120 160 30 30 60 50 Cat. No. 90 MSS6418ZT cd/1000lm Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 20 20 F 20 0.75 27 24 21 26 23 21 26 23 21 0 20 4 1.0 32 28 26 31 28 25 30 27 25 24 4 1.25 35 32 29 34 31 29 33 30 28 27 4 Room Index 1.5 37 34 32 36 33 31 35 33 31 29 4 2.0 40 38 35 39 37 35 38 36 34 33 4 2.5 43 40 38 41 39 37 40 38 36 35 4 3.0 44 42 40 42 41 39 41 39 38 36 4 4.0 46 44 43 44 43 41 43 41 40 38 4 5.0 47 46 44 45 44 43 44 43 42 40 4
Options
T8 T5
Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes IP20 housing available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix 'CX' to catalogue number See page 548 for details of Connect wiring system Lighting controls and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Specification To specify state: Modular recessed luminaire, IP20/IP44 full box welded construction body with post coat powder paint, TPa PVC prismatic lens/Xenoptic mirror 65-200 cd/m2 louvre and TPa clear polycarbonate panel in extruded aluminium/TPa PVC frame with RAL9016 finish, securely fixed and with gaskets to achieve IP65/IP54 from below ceiling, as Cooper Lighting Moduseal range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
D1 L2 D2
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.46 0.00 0.46
0 BZ-class
Cable Entry 4 lamp version
L1 W
Lamp Rating IP20 Body, IP54 Frame 2 x 36W 2 x 58W 3/4 x 18W 3/4 x 36W IP44 Body, IP65 Frame 3/4 x 18W 3/4 x 36W 3/4 x 14W 3/4 x 28W
L1 (mm)
L2 (mm)
W (mm)
D1 (mm)
D2 (mm)
A (mm)
B (mm)
1197 1497 597 1197 600 1200 600 1200
1250 1550 640 1250 625 1225 575 1175
297 297 597 597 600 600 600 600
100 100 100 100 115 115 85 85
45 45 45 45 65 65 -
900 1350 480 900 -
180 180 480 480 -
56
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Modular Size (mm) Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No Weight (kg)
Moduseal - IP20 body, IP54 frame with prismatic controller and T8 lamps 2 x 36W 2 x 58W 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MSS3236ZT MSS3258ZT MSS6318ZT MSS6418ZT MSS6336ZT MSS6436ZT 6.66 8.35 6.58 6.27 10.10 10.40 EBMSS3236ZT EBMSS3258ZT EBMSS6318ZT EBMSS6418ZT EBMSS6336ZT EBMSS6436ZT 7.96 9.65 7.78 7.47 11.40 11.70
Moduseal IP20 body, IP54 frame with prismatic controller and T5 lamps 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 4 x 14W 4 x 24W 3 x 14W 3 x 24W 4 x 28W 4 x 54W 3 x 28W 3 x 54W 300 x 1200 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MSS3228ZT MSS3254ZT MSS3235ZT MSS3249ZT MSS6414ZT MSS6424ZT MSS6314ZT MSS6324ZT MSS6428ZT MSS6454ZT MSS6328ZT MSS6354ZT 6.66 6.66 8.35 8.35 6.30 6.30 6.20 6.20 10.30 10.30 10.20 10.20 EBMSS3228ZT EBMSS3254ZT EBMSS3235ZT EBMSS3249ZT EBMSS6414ZT EBMSS6424ZT EBMSS6314ZT EBMSS6324ZT EBMSS6428ZT EBMSS6454ZT EBMSS6328ZT EBMSS6354ZT 8.00 8.00 9.80 9.80 7.70 7.70 7.60 7.60 11.70 11.70 11.60 11.60
Moduseal - IP20 body, IP54 frame with 65-200cd/m2 louvre 4 x 18W 4 x 18W 600 x 600 600 x 600 MSSXM26418ST MSSXM26418ZT 7.59 7.28 EBMSSXM26418ST EBMSSXM26418ZT 8.79 8.48
Moduseal - IP44 body, IP65 frame with prismatic controller and T8 lamps 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MSS6318ZTX6 MSS6418ZTX6 MSS6336ZTX6 MSS6436ZTX6 6.58 6.88 10.60 11.20 EBMSS6318ZTX6 EBMSS6418ZTX6 EBMSS6336ZTX6 EBMSS6436ZTX6 8.08 8.38 11.90 12.50
Moduseal IP44 body, IP65 frame with prismatic controller and T5 lamps 4 x 14W 4 x 24W 3 x 14W 3 x 24W 4 x 28W 4 x 54W 3 x 28W 3 x 54W 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MSS6414ZTX6 MSS6424ZTX6 MSS6314ZTX6 MSS6324ZTX6 MSS6428ZTX6 MSS6454ZTX6 MSS6328ZTX6 MSS6354ZTX6 6.80 6.80 6.70 6.70 11.00 11.00 10.60 10.60 EBMSS6414ZTX6 EBMSS6424ZTX6 EBMSS6314ZTX6 EBMSS6324ZTX6 EBMSS6428ZTX6 EBMSS6454ZTX6 EBMSS6328ZTX6 EBMSS6354ZTX6 8.20 8.20 8.10 8.10 12.40 12.40 12.00 12.00
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg MSS6418ZT becomes MSS6418RDT For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg MSS6418Z becomes MSS6418DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features
DIMMING
57
Challenge School, Bradford Intellect Moducell
58
Moducell
The Moducell family contains a variety of luminaire styles, sharing a common platform of compact fluorescent lamps and high performance optical design, ideal for many interior applications. Moducell is designed for office and general lighting, with a wide selection of attachments and Intellect versions ensuring all requirements are catered for. The specially designed combined symmetric/asymmetric louvre of Moducell Asymmetric is ideal for the perimeter of these areas, providing uniform vertical illumination without detracting from the overall layout of luminaires.
Outstanding optical performance - 69% LOR for Moducell 65-200 cd/m2 Xenoptic louvres Specially designed combined symmetric/asymmetric louvre option enables wall washing and downward illumination Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Wide choice of prismatic and opal panels, in attractive extruded frame Lighting controls and energy management options to maximise energy efficiency
59
Moducell
Lamp and Control Gear Options 40W, 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - welded, full box steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Moducell louvres - Xenoptic grade, mirror and satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Moducell Asymmetric louvres - Xenoptic grade, mirror finish 8 cell symmetric and satin asymmetric reflector, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Panel - TPa fire rated, true prismatic PVC (MCPFR/MCDPFR). All retained in extruded TPa fire rated PVC frame in RAL9016 white finish Options Lighting controls and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes when louvre or TPa panel attachment used Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number See page 548 for details of Connect wiring system
90
Installation Notes For ceiling type compatibility refer to Installation Guide on page 76 Order MSBK side support arms for draw-up applications Contact Technical Support for compatibility with other ceilings Can be supported by 4 x M8 rods Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Attachment retained by wishbone springs for secure and optically accurate location. Hangs for hands free re-lamping Intellect versions require simple set-up. See page 505 Supplied complete with lamps Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Specification To specify state: Modular compact fluorescent recessed luminaire, of full box welded construction with RAL9016 finish, for lay-in and draw-up applications, 65-200cd/m2 louvre or combined symmetric/asymmetric louvre or TPa panels in extruded TPa PVC frame, retained by wishbone springs, as Cooper Lighting Moducell range, part no. __________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. MCX240Z/MVXM22 cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 60 300 60 50 10 50 30 400 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.69 0.00 0.69 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 63 60 58 62 59 57 61 58 57 55 1 1.25 66 63 61 64 62 60 63 61 59 58 1 Room Index 1.5 68 65 63 66 64 62 65 63 61 60 1 2.0 71 68 67 69 67 65 67 65 64 62 1 2.5 73 70 69 70 69 67 68 67 66 63 1 3.0 74 72 70 71 70 69 69 68 67 64 1 4.0 75 74 72 73 71 70 70 69 68 66 1 5.0 76 75 74 73 72 72 71 70 69 66 1
Dimensions
597mm
125mm
30
30
597mm A
Lamp Rating 2 x 40/55W
L (mm) 597
W (mm) 597
D (mm) 125
A 450
B 480
Moducell Prismatic Panel
Moducell Asymmetric
60
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Modular Size (mm) Gear Option Body Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Body Cat No Weight (kg)
Moducell Body - order attachment separately 2 x 40W 2 x 55W 600 x 600 600 x 600 High Frequency High Frequency MCX240Z MCX255Z 5.20 5.20 EBMCX240Z EBMCX255Z 7.40 7.40
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg MCX255Z becomes MCX255RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg MCX255Z becomes MCX255DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features
Lamp Rating
Modular Size (mm)
Xenoptic Mirror Louvres 65-200 cd/m2
Weight (kg)
Louvre attachment - order body separately 2 x 40W 2 x 55W 600 x 600 600 x 600 MVXM22 MVXM22 1.70 1.70
Lamp Rating
Modular Size (mm)
Prismatic Flat Panel TPa PVC TPb Acrylic
Opal Flat Panel TPb Styrene
Prismatic Dish Panel TPa PVC
Weight (kg)
Moducell Body - order attachment separately 2 x 40W 2 x 55W 600 x 600 600 x 600 MSPFR618 MSPFR618 MSPA618 MSPA618 MSF618 MSF618 MSDPFR618 MSDPFR618 1.63 1.63
Lamp Rating
Modular Size (mm)
Gear Option
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
Moducell Asymmetric - cat. no. includes body and louvre 2 x 40W 2 x 55W 600 x 600 600 x 600 High Frequency High Frequency MCRA240Z MCRA255Z 6.90 6.90 EBMCRA240Z EBMCRA255Z 8.70 8.70
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg MCRA255Z becomes MCRA255RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg MCRA255Z becomes MCRA255DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
DIMMING
CONTROLS
61
Cawdor School, Inverness Moduwall & Combiform
62
Moduwall
Good vertical illumination is important for all types of environments. The latest office lighting standards call for a comfortable, balanced illumination of the walls to minimise eye strain and alleviate the gloomy appearance sometimes experienced with traditional louvred luminaires, whilst retail areas require excellent illumination of shelving and wall displays to maximise sales. The Moduwall range addresses the needs of all of these applications, utilising the latest efficient light sources and carefully designed reflector profiles, to produce superb, uniform distribution. Special kick reflectors, on T5 lamp versions, ensure that the wall is illuminated up to the ceiling line.
Advanced reflector design for superb, uniform distribution Innovative T5 kick reflector to achieve full wall illumination Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Attractive surface T5 option Choice of high efficiency lamps to enable the appropriate performance lamp to be selected for the application
63
Moduwall
Lamp and Control Gear Options 14W, 28W (HE), 24W, 54W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap 40W and 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - welded, full box steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish TC-L optic - Xenoptic grade, satin, extra low iridescence anodised aluminium T5 optic - Xenoptic grade, satin, zero iridescence anodised aluminium Installation Notes Recessed versions suitable for exposed T and plasterboard ceilings and supplied with adjustable tile support bracket Order MSBK side support arms for draw-up applications in exposed T ceilings Order MSBKP side support arms for plasterboard ceilings Contact Technical Support for compatibility with other ceilings Surface version suitable for direct fix Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Optical assembly on TC-L versions retained by wishbone springs for secure and optically accurate location. Hangs for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Fused option available Dimensions
Wall Isolux Moduwall T5 Surface MWS128Z 28W T5 (HE) Mounting height = 3m Wall offset = 0.9m
Options
T5
Recessed versions available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number See page 548 for details of Connect wiring system Specification To specify state: Recessed/Surface asymmetric wall washer luminaire, of full box welded construction with post coat powder paint, RAL9016 finish, with high performance, uniform distribution asymmetric reflector in high efficiency satin Xenoptic anodised aluminium, retained by wishbone springs, as Cooper Lighting Moduwall range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
2m 1m 0 1m 2m
3m
75
150 200 100
250
2m
1m
D1 D2
430 A B C Cable Entry Cable Entry
84
Lamp Rating Recessed 1 x 40/55W TC-L 2 x 40/55W TC-L 1 x 14/24W T5 1 x 28/54W T5 Surface 1 x 14/24W T5 1 x 28/54W T5
L (mm)
W (mm)
D/D1 (mm)
D2 (mm)
Cable Entry Point
597 1197 597 1197 590 1190
225 225 174 174 200 200
100 100 80 80 77 77
20 20 -
B C A A -
64
Catalogue Numbers Luminaire Lamp Rating

Moduwall Recessed 1 x 40W TC-L 1 x 55W TC-L 2 x 40W TC-L 2 x 55W TC-L 1 x 14W T5 (HE) 1 x 28W T5 (HE) 1 x 24W T5 (HO) 1 x 54W T5 (HO) High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency MW140Z MW155Z MW240Z MW255Z MWR114Z MWR128Z MWR124Z MWR154Z 3.5 3.5 6.7 6.7 2.5 5.6 2.5 5.6
Gear Option
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Luminaire Lamp Rating

Moduwall Surface 1 x 14W T5 (HE) 1 x 28W T5 (HE) 1 x 24W T5 (HO) 1 x 54W T5 (HO)
Gear Option
Cat No
Weight (kg)
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency
MWS114Z MWS128Z MWS124Z MWS154Z
2.5 5.6 2.5 5.6
Moduwall TC-L recessed
Moduwall T5 surface
DIMMING
65
Nationwide Modulay DI
66
Modulay DI
Modulay DI is an architectural luminaire designed to produce a combination of direct and indirect light, popular in many of todays modern working environments. The direct louvre assembly is manufactured from zero iridescence anodised aluminum, whilst the softly lit indirect panels have a textured finish which assist in meeting the requirements of LG7: 2005 and are manufactured from fire retardant polycarbonate which fully meets the 850C glow wire test requirements of EN.60598.2.22. All Modulay DI models use high frequency control gear as standard and are also available with DSI digital dimming gear where lighting control is required. Both HF and DSI types are fully supported by integral 3 hour emergency versions.
Recessed direct and indirect lighting solution Efficient soft-lit lighting effect aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Suitable for 15 and 24mm exposed grid ceiling systems 65 -1000cd/m2 louvre. Fully integral emergency options Available with choice of triphosphor or less lamp
67
Modulay DI
Lamp and Control Gear Options 14W (HE), 24W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap 40W and 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap High frequency control gear as standard DSI digitaI dimming also available Materials Body - Steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Louvre - High grade specular aluminium Diffusing Panel - Flame retardant polycarbonate Photometric Data Installation Notes Suitable for exposed grid ceiling systems The louvre assembly is manufactured from zero iridescence anodised aluminum and is securely retained in the housing using shoot bolts which ensures optical accuracy Supplied complete with lamps or less lamp if preferred
300 30 90 Cat. No. MDI414Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: 71.3 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 1.0 62 59 56 61 58 56 60 57 55 54 1 1.25 66 62 60 64 61 59 63 60 58 57 1 Room Index 1.5 68 65 63 66 64 62 65 63 61 59 1 2.0 72 69 67 70 67 66 68 66 64 62 1 2.5 74 71 70 72 70 68 69 68 67 64 1 3.0 75 73 71 73 71 70 70 69 68 65 1 4.0 77 75 74 74 73 72 72 71 70 67 1 5.0 78 77 75 75 74 73 73 72 71 68 1
Options
T5
Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Available with or without lamps Specification To specify state : Recessed luminaire with curved body construction and RAL9016 post coat powder paint finish for lay-in applications. Anodised aluminium louvre direct and softly lit indirect panels form the optical assembly, as Crompton Modulay DI range, part no ______
Dimensions
30
30
Cat. No.
MDI240Z cd/1000lm
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 W 50 30 F 20 0.75 N/A N/A N/A 20 N/A N/A N/A 20 N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A 1 1.0 61 57 55 59 56 54 58 56 54 52 1 1.25 64 61 58 62 60 57 61 59 57 55 1 Room Index 1.5 67 63 61 65 62 60 63 61 59 57 1 2.0 70 68 65 68 66 64 66 65 63 61 1 2.5 72 70 68 70 68 67 68 67 65 63 1 3.0 74 72 70 71 70 68 69 68 67 64 1 4.0 76 74 72 73 72 70 71 69 68 65 1 5.0 77 75 74 74 73 72 71 70 70 66 1
90
L
60 200 60
10 50 50 30
Lamp Rating Modulay DI
L (mm) 597
W (mm) 597
D (mm) 97
30
300 30 30
10 50 30 10
LOR:
70.3
0 BZ-class
68
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Gear Option Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No Weight (kg)
Modulay DI - Supplied with Triphosphor lamps 4 x 14W 2 x 24W 2 x 40W 1 x 55W 2 x 55W 4 x 14W 2 x 24W 2 x 40W 1 x 55W 2 x 55W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim MDI414Z MDI224Z MDI240Z MDI155Z MDI255Z MDI414RD MDI224RD MDI240RD MDI155RD MDI255RD 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.2 4.5 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.4 EBMDI414Z EBMDI224Z EBMDI240Z EBMDI155Z EBMDI255Z EBMDI414RD EBMDI224RD EBMDI240RD EBMDI155RD EBMDI255RD 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.8
Modulay DI - Supplied less lamp 4 x 14W 2 x 24W 2 x 40W 1 x 55W 2 x 55W 4 x 14W 2 x 24W 2 x 40W 1 x 55W 2 x 55W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim MDI414ZX MDI224ZX MDI240ZX MDI155ZX MDI255ZX MDI414RDX MDI224RDX MDI240RDX MDI155RDX MDI255RDX 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.0 4.1 4.4 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.3 EBMDI414ZX EBMDI224ZX EBMDI240ZX EBMDI155ZX EBMDI255ZX EBMDI414RDX EBMDI224RDX EBMDI240RDX EBMDI155RDX EBMDI255RDX 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.7
Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution.
69
Ready Steady Storage, Doncaster Modulay
70
Modulay
The Modulay range has ingenious design features popular for all types of installations where high quality, competitive luminaires are demanded. The full box, fully enclosed body construction gives additional strength, whilst reducing light spill into the void, important for open cell ceilings. The housing offers enhanced attachment retention and cleverly maintains the compatibility with both 15mm and 24mm exposed T ceilings, including the higher Armstrong Peakform style. The range is offered with a choice of switch start or high frequency control gear and with or without triphosphor lamps. There is also a choice of louvre types, and prismatic panel material options.
Fully enclosed body, reducing light spill into the void Luminaire fits 15 and 24mm exposed T ceiling grids Choice of 65- 1000 cd/m or general purpose louvres or prismatic controllers Part L 2008 compliant when using high frequency control gear and triphosphor lamps Fully integral emergency options Available with a choice of triphosphor or less lamp options
71
Modulay
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 36W T8 fluorescent 4000K - G13 cap 14W, 28W (HE), 54W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap DSI digitaI dimming also available Materials Body - Full box steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Louvres - high grade specular aluminium Prismatic Controller - TPa fire rated, UV stable PVC. TPb UV stable styrene Installation Notes Designed for exposed T ceilings with 15mm and 24mm tees Compatible with T up-stands up to and including the 43.5mm high Armstrong Peakform system Luminaire lies onto table of tee Louvre and prismatic controllers fitted by lifting and tilting in and out of body. Louvre supported on hanging straps for hands free re-lamping High frequency control gear used in conjunction with triphosphor lamps are recommended for the most energy efficient results Supplied either less lamp or complete with triphosphor lamps Dimensions
90 60 120
Options
T8
T5
Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes with louvre and TPa attachment Available fitted with pre-wired socket to suit Connect rapid wiring system. Add suffix CX to catalogue number Specification To specify state: Lay-in recessed luminaire, of full box construction with post coat powder paint, RAL9016 White, for both 15mm and 24mm tees, for use with 65-1000 cd/m mirror finish/ ribbed cross blade general purpose louvre/prismatic controller in TPa/TPb material, as Crompton Modulay range, part no. ________ Photometric Data
Cat. No. ML418ZT/MLV418 cd/1000lm Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 120 C 70 90 100 200 300 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.62 0.00 0.62 30 0 60 30 90 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 48 45 43 48 45 43 47 44 42 41 1 1.0 53 50 47 52 49 47 51 48 47 45 1 1.25 56 53 51 55 52 51 54 52 50 49 1 Room Index 1.5 59 56 54 57 55 53 56 54 52 51 1 2.0 62 59 57 60 58 56 58 57 55 53 1 2.5 63 61 60 61 60 58 60 58 57 55 1 3.0 65 63 61 63 61 60 61 59 58 56 1 4.0 66 65 63 64 63 62 62 61 60 57 1 5.0 67 66 65 65 64 63 63 62 61 58 1
High frequency or switch start control gear as standard
Cat. No.
ML414ZT/MLDFR66 cd/1000lm 90
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 F 20 0.75 46 42 38 20 45 41 38 20 44 41 38 0 37 2 1.0 53 49 46 52 48 45 51 48 45 44 2 1.25 58 54 51 56 53 50 55 52 50 48 2 Room Index 1.5 61 57 54 59 56 53 57 55 53 51 2 2.0 65 62 59 63 60 58 61 59 57 55 2 2.5 68 65 62 65 63 61 63 61 60 57 2 3.0 69 67 65 67 65 63 65 63 62 59 2 4.0 72 70 68 69 67 66 67 65 64 61 2 5.0 73 71 70 70 69 68 68 67 66 62 2
W L
Cable Entry 3x18 4x18
60
200
60 50
10 50 30
400 30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.68 0.00 0.68 30 0
10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class
Lamp Rating 3/4 x 18W/14W 3/4 x 36W/28W/54W
L (mm) 611 1221
W (mm) 593 593
D (mm) 90 90
72
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Lamp Type Modular Size Gear Option Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Cat NoWeight (kg)
Body - supplied with triphosphor lamps - order attachment separately 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 3 x 14W 4 x 14W 3 x 28W 4 x 28W 3 x 54W 4 x 54W 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 3 x 14W 4 x 14W 3 x 28W 4 x 28W 3 x 54W 4 x 54W 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W T8 T8 T8 T8 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T8 T8 T8 T8 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T8 T8 T8 T8 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start ML318ZT ML418ZT ML336ZT ML436ZT ML314ZT ML414ZT ML328ZT ML428ZT ML354ZT ML454ZT ML318RDT ML418RDT ML336RDT ML436RDT ML314RDT ML414RDT ML328RDT ML428RDT ML354RDT ML454RDT ML318ST ML418ST ML336ST ML436ST 3.1 3.2 5.7 5.9 3.1 3.2 5.7 5.9 5.7 5.9 3.3 3.4 5.9 6.1 3.3 3.4 5.9 6.1 5.9 6.1 3.8 3.9 7.5 7.7 EBML318ZT EBML418ZT EBML336ZT EBML436ZT EBML314ZT EBML414ZT EBML328ZT EBML428ZT EBML354ZT EBML454ZT EBML318RDT EBML418RDT EBML336RDT EBML436RDT EBML314RDT EBML414RDT EBML328RDT EBML428RDT EBML354RDT EBML454RDT EBML318ST EBML418ST EBML336ST EBML436ST 4.1 4.2 6.7 6.9 4.1 4.2 6.7 6.9 6.7 6.9 4.3 4.4 6.9 7.1 4.3 4.4 6.9 7.1 6.9 7.1 4.8 4.9 8.5 8.7
Body - supplied without lamps - order attachment separately 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start ML318ZX ML418ZX ML336ZX ML436ZX ML318RDX ML418RDX ML336RDX ML436RDX ML318SX ML418SX ML336SX ML436SX 2.8 2.8 5.1 5.1 3.0 3.0 5.3 5.3 3.5 3.5 6.9 6.9 EBML318ZX EBML418ZX EBML336ZX EBML436ZX EBML318RDX EBML418RDX EBML336RDX EBML436RDX EBML318SX EBML418SX EBML336SX EBML436SX 3.8 3.8 6.1 6.1 4.0 4.0 6.3 6.3 4.5 4.5 7.9 6.9
Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution
Lamp Rating
Modular Size (mm)
Louvres 65-1000cd/m2
Louvres Weight Gen Purpose (kg)
Lamp Rating
Modular Size (mm)
TPa PVC
TPb Styrene
Weight (kg)
Louvre attachment - order body separately 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MLV318 MLV418 MLV336 MLV436 MLG318 MLG418 MLG336 MLG436 0.8 0.8 1.7 1.7
Prismatic Controller - order body separately 3 x 18W 4 x 18W 3 x 36W 4 x 36W 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 MLDFR66 MLDFR66 MLDFR612 MLDFR612 MLD66 MLD66 MLD612 MLD612 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2
DIMMING
73
Modulay Pack
The most popular versions of the proven Modulay family are available with the body and attachment conveniently packed together as the Modulay Pack range. This time saving feature ensures that installers no longer have to search around site for the right attachment to match the body. Modulay Pack is also friendlier to the environment, with less packaging for disposal or re-cycling. If the attachment is not fitted immediately, the packaging can be re-used to store it safely until required. Supplied less lamps, the installer can tailor the design to achieve the needs of the application.
Body and attachment packed together Environmentally friendly with less packaging Luminaire fits 15mm and 24mm exposed T ceiling grids Part L 2008 compliant when using high frequency control gear and triphosphor lamps Fully integral emergency options Supplied less lamp
74
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 36W T8 fluorescent 4000K - G13 cap 14W, 28W (HE), 54W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap
T8
T5
Installation Notes Designed for exposed T ceilings with 15mm and 24mm tees Compatible with T up-stands up to and including the 43.5mm high Armstrong Peakform system Luminaire lies onto table of tee Louvre and prismatic controllers fitted by lifting and tilting in and out of body. Louvre supported on hanging straps when re-lamping Supplied excluding lamp Specification To specify state: Lay-in recessed luminaire, of full box construction with post coat powder paint, RAL9016 white finish, for both 15mm and 24mm tees, and 65-1000 cd/m mirror finish louvre/prismatic controller as Crompton Modulay Pack range, part no. ________ Photometric Data
Cat. No. MPV418S cd/1000lm 120 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 90 100 60 200 300 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.62 0.00 0.62 30 0 60 30 90 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 20 F 20 0.75 48 45 43 48 45 43 20 47 44 42 0 41 1 1.0 53 50 47 52 49 47 51 48 47 45 1 1.25 56 53 51 55 52 51 54 52 50 49 1 Room Index 1.5 59 56 54 57 55 53 56 54 52 51 1 2.0 62 59 57 60 58 56 58 57 55 53 1 2.5 63 61 60 61 60 58 60 58 57 55 1 3.0 65 63 61 63 61 60 61 59 58 56 1 4.0 66 65 63 64 63 62 62 61 60 57 1 5.0 67 66 65 65 64 63 63 62 61 58 1
High frequency or switch start control gear as standard Materials Body - Full box steel construction, RAL9016 white finish Louvres - High grade specular aluminium UV stable Prismatic Controller - TPa fire rated, PVC. TPb styrene Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Dimensions
W L Cable Entry 3x18 4x18
120
Lamp Rating 3/4 x 18W/14W 3/4 x 36W/28W/54W
L (mm) 611 1221
W (mm) 593 593
D (mm) 90 90
50 30 10 0 BZ-class
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Lamp Type

2
Modular Size
Gear Option
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emerg Cat No
Weight (kg)
Modulay Pack with 65 - 1000cd/m louvre 4 x 18W 4 x 36W 4 x 14W 4 x 28W 4 x 54W 4 x 18W 4 x 36W T8 T8 T5 T5 T5 T8 T8 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 1200 High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Switch Start Switch Start MPV418Z MPV436Z MPV414Z MPV428Z MPV454Z MPV418S MPV436S 3.7 7.0 3.7 7.0 7.0 4.4 8.8 EBMPV418Z EBMPV436Z EBMPV414Z EBMPV428Z EBMPV454Z EBMPV418S EBMPV436S 4.7 8.0 4.7 8.0 8.0 5.4 9.8
Modulay Pack with General Purpose louvre 4 x 18W 4 x 36W 4 x 14W 4 x 28W 4 x 54W 4 x 18W 4 x 36W T8 T8 T5 T5 T5 T8 T8 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 1200 High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Switch Start Switch Start MPG418Z MPG436Z MPG414Z MPG428Z MPG454Z MPG418S MPG436S 3.7 7.0 3.7 7.0 7.0 4.4 8.8 EBMPG418Z EBMPG436Z EBMPG414Z EBMPG428Z EBMPG454Z EBMPG418S EBMPG436S 4.7 8.0 4.7 8.0 8.0 5.4 9.8
Lamp Rating
4 x 18W 4 x 36W 4 x 14W 4 x 28W 4 x 54W 4 x 18W 4 x 36W
Lamp Type
T8 T8 T5 T5 T5 T8 T8
Modular Size
600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 600 x 600 600 x 1200
Gear Option
HF HF HF HF HF SS SS
Cat No
Weight (kg)
3.5 6.5 3.5 6.5 6.5 4.2 8.3
Emerg Cat No
EBMPDFR418Z EBMPDFR436Z EBMPDFR414Z EBMPDFR428Z EBMPDFR454Z EBMPDFR418S EBMPDFR436S
Weight (kg)
4.5 7.5 4.5 7.5 7.5 5.2 9.3
Cat No
Weight (kg)
3.5 6.5 4.2 8.3
Emerg Cat No
-
Weight (kg)
-
Modulay Pack with Prismatic Controller MPDFR418Z MPDFR436Z MPDFR414Z MPDFR428Z MPDFR454Z MPDFR418S MPDFR436S MPD418Z MPD436Z MPD418S MPD436S
75
Bearer Bracket Info

The following cross sectional diagrams show typical examples of how Cooper Lighting recessed luminaires fit to differing ceiling systems.
Draw-up application examples
Exposed 'T' Grid Tegular Tile, Draw-Up Use
Burgess Spring 'T' Grid Draw-Up Use Bearer arm
Concealed Fix Grid Draw-Up Use Bearer arm
Bearer arm
38mm
45mm
58mm
25 mm
300/600mm
Lay-in application examples
Microlook Exposed 'T' Grid Flush Tile, Lay-In Use
Microlook Fineline Grid Tegular Tile, Lay-In Use
Exposed 'T' Grid Flush Tile, Lay-In Use
38mm
45mm
38mm 25 mm
15mm
15mm
Note: luminaires will typically have 1.5mm clearance between the edge of the luminaire return and the centreline of a ceiling grid system eg, grid centres 600 x 600mm luminaire dimensions 597 x 597mm.
76
The table below indicates the bearer bracket kit required with each of the Cooper Lighting recessed luminaire ranges. MSBK MSBKX MSBKT5 Standard side External fix side T5 side support support arms support arms arms MSBK612 End support arms MSBKP Plasterboard support arms
Luminaire
Arms included
LSN
No
Refer to specific range accessories
Halos
No
Lay-in applications as standard, draw up by special order request
Bali Combiform Shallow Combiform Asymmetric Moduform
No

Lay-in applications only
No
No
No
Moduspec T5
No
Moduspec T8
No

Moduspec Polar
No
Moduseal
Yes
Moducell
No
Moduwall
No
Modulay DI
No
Modulay
No
Lay-in applications only
77
78
Surface and Suspended
LSN Surface
PG 81
LSI
PG 84
LSV
PG 86
Vertex
PG 89
Waveform T5
PG 95
LSR
PG 99
Synthesis
PG 103
Laserline
PG 107
ACoustic SYStem
PG 111
Varsity
PG 117
Varsity School
PG 121
Varsity Hospital
PG 125
Chevin Plus
PG 129
Wavelite T5
PG 132
Wavelite T8
PG 134
Crompack 5
PG 137
Crompack Diffusers
PG 140
Crompack Reflectors & Guards PG 143
Crompack Rack Reflectors PG 146
79
80
LSN
The LSN lighting system capitalises on the slim dimensions of the T5 fluorescent lamp, providing an ultra narrow luminaire which can be configured in a multitude of different ways. Its clever yet simple design enables the lighting designer to create a bespoke lighting solution without compromising on lighting performance. The clean lines of the LSN provides an effective solution when mounted direct to a ceiling or in a corner for wall highlighting, and complements a contemporary building design when suspended individually or as a continuous run.
Ultra slim 56mm wide profile High quality extruded aluminium body End to end or individually mounted Surface or suspended options Opal polycarbonate diffuser High efficiency or high output T5 lamps
See also:
Recessed LSN Page 23
81
LSN
Lamp and Control Gear Options 14W, 28W, 35W (HE) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap 24W, 54W, 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - extruded aluminium, RAL9006 finish End caps - ABS, RAL9006 finish Geartray - Steel, white enamel finish Diffuser - UV stable opal polycarbonate Specification Options Fully integral emergency conversions 90 corner joints To specify state: Architectural linear surface/suspended/wall mount luminaire, 56mm wide, 115mm deep suitable for individual or end to end mounting with extruded aluminium body and UV stable polycarbonate diffuser as Cooper Lighting LSN range, part no.______
T5
Installation Notes Suspension kit collar secured to ceiling with single screw Height adjustment via simple clutch mechanism, clutch screws direct into back of housing Surface mount option screws direct to ceiling Wall mount option via wall mounting brackets Simple alignment and power connection for continuous mount versions Fused as standard Supplied complete with lamps
Continuous Mount Construction Suspended/Surface/Wall Mount Order Example - 1 x 28W 1.2m, continuous run of 3 luminaires
Suspension Kit For suspended installation only, 1.5m wire suspension kit, set of 2. Order Example Cat No: LS-WS Qty: 3
Wall Mount Kit For wall mounting only, wall brackets, set of 2 Order Example Cat No: LSN-WB Qty: 3
End Cap Kit End cap and fascia trim kit for ends of run, set of 2 Order Example Cat No: LSN-SEK Qty: 1
Luminaire 1 x 28W T5 complete with diffuser, joint connectors and joint trim plate. Order Example Cat No: LSN-C128Z Qty: 3
82
Dimensions
Surface mount
Photometric Data
Cat. No. LSN-S128Z
cd/1000lm 90
110
90
60
56 L
60 90 120
60
Suspended
Wall mount
30 30
LOR: DLOR: ULOR: 41.3 41.3 0.00
80 Min 1520 Max
Lamp 14W/24W 28W/54W 35W/49W

59
L (mm) 896 1496 1796

Individual 1x14W 1x24W 1x28W 1x54W 1x35W 1x49W Continuous 1x14W 1x24W 1x28W 1x54W 1x35W 1x49W LSN-C114Z LSN-C124Z LSN-C128Z LSN-C154Z LSN-C135Z LSN-C149Z 3.42 3.42 4.82 4.82 5.59 5.59 EBLSN-C128Z EBLSN-C135Z 5.92 6.69 LSN-90 LSN-WB LSN-SEK LS-WS LSN-S114Z LSN-S124Z LSN-S128Z LSN-S154Z LSN-S135Z LSN-S149Z 3.42 3.42 4.82 4.82 5.59 5.59 EBLSN-S128Z EBLSN-S135Z 5.92 6.69 -
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
Cat No
Accessories LSN-90 LSN-WB LSN-SEK LS-WS
Description
90 corner joint Wall mounting brackets - set of 2 Surface/suspended/wall mount end caps - set of 2 1500mm wire suspension - set of 2
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg LSN-S128Z becomes LSN-S128RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg LSN-S128Z becomes LSN-S128DD
Surface mount
Suspended
Wall mount

DIMMING
83
LSI
When an interior space demands a mix of lighting solutions, selecting the right luminaire and keeping to a consistent style or theme can be challenging. The LSI range provides the solution by following a simple clean design that can be installed directly on to ceilings, suspended with bi-directional light or wall mounted for feature highlighting or even as a light shelf, ideal in display and retail applications. With the latest in energy efficient lamps and control gear built in, the LSI goes to prove you can combine technology, versatility and style.
Slim 50mm deep profile Clean contemporary design Suitable for direct surface mount or suspended Wall mount shelf light option High efficiency or high output T5 lamps
84
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W, 35W (HE) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap 54W, 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard
T5
Specification To specify state: Architectural wall mount/surface mount/suspended linear luminaire, 50mm overall depth, extruded aluminium body, UV stable polycarbonate diffusers and 10kg shelf load weight when wall mounted as Cooper Lighting LSI range, part no.______
Materials Body - extruded aluminium, RAL9006 finish Diffuser - UV stable polycarbonate Installation Notes Wall/surface option fixes direct to mounting surface Max shelf load capacity 10kg Suspended option supplied with mounting box complete with electrical connection and transparent 3-core mains cable Maximum suspension height 1.7m Supplied excluding lamps Dimensions
50 L
Photometric Data
Cat. No. LSI-S254Z
cd/1000lm 20 120
90 40 60 80 120 30
LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 56.4 22.0 34.4
90
60
30
Catalogue Numbers
Lamp L (mm) W (mm)
Lamp Rating
Wall Mount 1 x 24W 1 x 39W 2 x 24W 2 x 39W
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Wall mount/Surface mount 1 x 24W 600 100 1 x 39W 900 100 2 x 24W 600 220 2 x 39W 900 220 2 x 54W 1200 220
LSI-W124Z LSI-W139Z LSI-W224Z LSI-W239Z LSI-W254Z LSI-D239Z LSI-D254Z LSI-S239Z LSI-S254Z
2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 3.0 5.0 4.0 5.0
400
50 40
2 x 54W Surface Mount 2 x 39W 2 x 54W Suspended 2 x 39W
1700 Max
45 L W
2 x 54W
Lamp
L (mm)
W (mm)
Suspended 2 x 39W 900 2 x 54W 1200
100 220
LSI Suspended
LSI Wall Mount
85
LSV
LSV-L121Z + LSV-P121Z + LSV-WS2
The T5 fluorescent lamp provides energy efficient high quality light, all in a linear format with a diameter of only 16mm. The LSV capitalises on this by following the lamps slim profile and proportions, providing a clever tube design that can be used to integrate into the fabric of the space or to create unique lighting designs. Using the simple range of attachments to link, suspend, and join the LSV, the possibilities are endless.
Designed to capitalise on slim T5 lamp technology Builds into multiple configurations Suitable as a standalone luminaire or part of a lighting system Small profile allows integration into building structure
86
Lamp and Control Gear Options 14W, 21W (HE) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Materials Body - UV stable polycarbonate, metallised finish Diffuser - UV stable polycarbonate Suspension bracket - UV stable polycarbonate
T5

1 x 14W 1 x 14W 1 x 21W 1 x 21W
Connection
2m mains lead Plug in connector 2m mains lead Plug in connector
Cat No
LSV-L114Z LSV-P114Z LSV-L121Z LSV-P121Z
Weight (kg)
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Part No Installation Notes Suitable for wall or ceiling installation, surface mount or suspended Suspension wire kit screw fixes direct to ceiling Maximum suspension height 2.0m Suitable for continuous series connection via plug in version (connector supplied) or via 200mm lead (ordered separately). Maximum 7 luminaires. Supplied complete with lamps Specification To specify state: 37mm diameter linear T5 luminaire with UV stable polycarbonate body and diffuser, suitable for direct surface mount, individual or dual suspension and continuous link facility as Cooper Lighting LSV range, part no.______
Accessories LSV-WS1 LSV-WS2 LSV-CC
Description
Weight (kg)
Single element suspension kit Twin element suspension kit Connection cable 200mm
0.5 1.0 0.3
LSV-WS1
LSV-WS2
Dimensions
37 L
Lamp 1 x 14W 1 x 21W
L (mm) 830 1130
LSV-CC
Plug In Connector
LSV-L114Z (x1) + LSV-P114Z (x3) + LSV-CC (x3)
87
88
Vertex
Suspended systems can provide a dynamic aesthetic feature within a space as well as being an excellent format for direct and indirect light. Vertex provides all these benefits. Designed around the T5 lamp, it has an elegant low profile design and is offered with a choice of louvre or high performance optical panel technology. It is available in white or silver-grey colour finishes and the luminaires can be suspended individually or as a continuous run of luminaires. Individual luminaires are also available as surface mount versions. With ease of installation through the simple yoke suspension kit and snaplock continuous end-caps, plus the added benefit of integral emergency variants, Vertex is a comprehensive solution for many interior applications.
Low profile design provides an elegant contemporary aesthetic Simple fixings and plug and play continuous system wiring reduces installation time 65-1500cd/m louvre or micro-prism panels give an aesthetic choice for the optical control Individual or continuous suspended direct/indirect luminaires or individual surface mount options to suit many installation requirements Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7 : 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Integral emergency versions, 3 hour duration available
89
Vertex
Lamps and Control Gear Options 14W, 28W, 35W (HE) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap 24W, 54W, 49W, 80W (HO) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard DSI and DALI dimming version available Materials Body - extruded aluminium RAL9016 white or RAL9006 silver-grey finish Gear tray - Steel, RAL9016 white finish End caps - Injection moulded ABS, colour matched Louvre - Injection moulded ABS with metalised mirror finish Panel optic - Clear TPa rated microprism panel Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix, or suspension via 2 x adjustable wire suspension kits (supplied with suspended luminaire versions, an additional suspension kit may be required for infill modules - available as an accessory) Suspension height adjusted via simple clutch mechanism Fused as standard Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination BESA fixing/cable entry feature on surface versions Supplied complete with lamps Simple plug and play connection for continuous versions Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Continuous systems have deicated units for the beginning and end of a run due to plug and socket configuration
60 200 300 400 30 30 30 60 50 90 Cat. No. VTXSM235ZT cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.86 0.13 0.73 0 0 BZ- Class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 1.0 70 66 62 67 63 61 64 61 59 56 1 1.25 74 70 67 71 67 65 68 65 63 59 1 Room Index 1.5 77 73 71 73 70 68 70 68 66 61 1 2.0 81 78 75 77 74 72 73 71 69 64 1 2.5 84 81 79 79 77 75 75 73 72 66 1 3.0 86 83 81 81 79 77 76 74 73 67 1 4.0 88 86 84 83 81 80 78 76 75 69 1 5.0 90 88 86 84 82 81 78 77 76 70 1
Options
T5 T5
Individual mount luminaires Continuous suspended system constructed from start/end and mid section luminaires plus optional infill sections Mirror finish louvre or micro-prism panel optic Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration (not available on 600mm twin lamp) Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality see page 303 for system features Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Specification To specify state: Architectural suspended/surface mount T5 luminaire, low profile extruded aluminium body, suitable for continuous suspended mounting, 50mm deep, profiled moulded end-cap, 65-1500cd/m mirror finish injection moulded louvre/microprism panel optic, suspended option with simple clutch mechanism height adjustment, as Cooper Lighting Vertex range, part no.______
Photometric Data
Standard end caps
Continuous end caps
Suspension wire kit
90
Dimensions
215 min 1575 max 50 W1
W2 L2
E C A B D 600mm Twin Cable Entry
1200/1500mm Single Cable Entry 600mm Single Cable Entry Continuous Suspended Cable Entry
50
L1
59.2
Luminaire dimensions and feature locations (dual dimensions refer to single/twin lamp options)
Wattage Nominal Length (mm) 600 1200 1500 Individual L1 (mm) 662 1233 1520 Continuous L2 (mm) 620 1191 1477 W1 (mm) 230/240 230/240 230/240 W2 (mm) 180/190 180/190 180/190 BESA A (mm) n/a 600 600 Emboss Centres B (mm) 500 900 900 C (mm) 50 50 50 Suspension Centres D (mm) 600 1157 1443 E (mm) 130/143 130/143 130/143 F (mm) n/a 300 300
14/24W 28/54W 35/49/80W
Luminaire weight information

Wattage Nominal Length (mm) 600 1200 1500 Ind. Surface Louvre 2.50 4.18 5.23 Panel 2.65 4.48 5.60 Ind. Suspended Louvre 2.60 4.28 5.33 Panel 2.75 4.58 5.70 Cont. Suspended Louvre 2.80 4.80 5.53 Panel 2.95 4.78 5.90`
14/24W 28/54W 35/49/80W
Additional weight for integral emergency control gear

Wattage 1 x 14W 1 x 24W 28/35W 54/49/80W Weight add on (kg) 0.65 0.79 1.11 1.24
Infil section weight and length information

Nominal Length (mm) 300 600 900 1200 1500 L2mm 334 620 906 1191 1477 Weight (kg) 1.57 2.44 3.31 4.18 5.05

DIMMING
CONTROLS
91
Vertex
Simple suspension method
1. Secure suspension boss to the mounting surface
2. Thread drop wire through lower half of suspension boss and screw into the upper section on the mounting surface
3. Thread drop wire into clutch mechanism
4. Locate yoke into keyhole feature on rear of luminaire
5. For continuous runs, align plug and socket and join together
6. Ensure location pegs locate into opposing endplate and move adjacent luminaires horizontally in opposing directions to lock the endplates together with simple snap fit method
Vertex range examples
1200mm single lamp louvred option
600mm twin lamp louvred option
1200mm single lamp panel option
92
Catalogue Numbers
Emergency1 EB=3hr Maintained
Colour W=White S=Silver
Range VTX=Vertex
Mounting Option No character for surface S=Individual suspended C=Continuous suspended B=Beginning of run5 E=End of run5
Optic Lamp Qty1 M=Mirror Louvre1 2=2 lamp P=Panel1 1=1 lamp DS=Single dummy infill module3 DT=Twin dummy infill module3
Lamp Wattage1 14=14W T5 HE 24=24W T5 HO 28=28W T5 HE 54=54W T5 HO 35=35W T5 HE 49=49W T5 HO 80=80W T5 HO
Ballast/wiring option2 Z=High frequency fixed output RD=DSI Digital Dimming DD=DALI Digital Dimming D=6 pole dimming through wiring3
Options4 T=Triphosphor lamp5 X=Less lamp6
Infill length3 300=300mm 600=600mm 900=900mm 1200=1200mm 1500=1500mm
Notes: 1 Luminaire module option only, not compatible with infill modules 2 All HF infills have 4-pole through wiring with the Z character suffix. Where digital dimming is used replace the Z with D for 6-pole through wiring, compatible with RD and DD luminaires 3 Dummy infill option only, not compatible with luminaire modules 4 Lighting control options available - please discuss requirements with your Cooper Lighting representative 5 On dimming continuous systems the start and end modules require the B or E character in the mounting option to denote they are beginning or end modules to ensure plugs/sockets align correctly 6 On beginning or end of run modules that are required less lamp include the X after the B or E character suffix
Luminaire module example: Lamp option 2 x 28W Colour finish White Optic 65-1500cd/m2 louvre Cat. No. VTXWM228ZT Weight (kg) 4.18 Emergency Cat No EBVTXWM228ZT Weight (kg) 5.29
Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features (Twin lamp 600mm luminaires are not available with integral emergency)
Infill module examples: Length 300mm 600mm 900mm 1200mm 1500mm Colour finish White White White White White Description Standard 300mm infill with 4-pole HF through wiring Standard 600mm infill with 4-pole HF through wiring Standard 900mm infill with 4-pole HF through wiring Standard 1200mm infill with 4-pole HF through wiring Standard 1500mm infill with 4-pole HF through wiring Single Cat No VTXWDS300Z VTXWDS600Z VTXWDS900Z VTXWDS1200Z VTXWDS1500Z Twin Cat No VTXWDT300Z VTXWDT600Z VTXWDT900Z VTXWDT1200Z VTXWDT1500Z Length L2 (mm) Weight (kg) 334.0 619.7 906.1 1191.0 1476.9 1.57 2.44 3.31 4.18 5.05
Infills have the same dimensions as continuous suspended luminaires For silver finish substitute W for S in the catalogue number
Accessories: Colour finish n/a n/a White White White White Silver Silver Silver Silver Description Vertex Suspension Kit 1.5m dropwire and yoke Vertex Suspension Kit 5m dropwire and yoke Vertex White Individual single lamp end caps - pair Vertex White Continuous single lamp end caps - mating pair Vertex White Individual twin lamp end caps - pair Vertex White Continuous twin lamp end caps - mating pair Vertex Silver Individual single lamp end caps - pair Vertex Silver Continuous single lamp end caps - mating pair Vertex Silver Individual twin lamp end caps - pair Vertex Silver Continuous twin lamp end caps - mating pair Cat. No. VTX1500SK VTX5000SK VTXWEC VTXWCEC VTXWTEC VTXWTCEC VTXSEC VTXSCEC VTXSTEC VTXSCTEC Weight (kg) 0.05 0.07 0.18 0.10 0.18 0.10 0.18 0.10 0.18 0.10
Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com

DIMMING
CONTROLS
93
94
Waveform T5
Waveform T5 offers enhanced levels of visual comfort and a contemporary, attractive profile. Designed exclusively for use with T5 lamps, Waveform T5 is available with a 65-1500cd/m2 satin louvre or a perforated diffuser, the former being ideal for VDT office applications. Both attachments are suspended below a distinctive wing profile reflector, providing soft and wide light distribution, illuminating the ceiling and vertical surfaces to create an improved visual environment. Waveform T5 is also easy to install, with a first fix body spine providing a mechanical and electrical base onto which the wing reflector and selected optical attachment is rapidly assembled.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Distinctive and attractive architectural profile to enhance any installation Comfortable, soft lighting effect Excellent vertical to horizontal luminance balance 65-1500cd/m2 satin louvre for VDT areas Perforated diffuser for general illumination Choice of high efficiency or high output T5 lamps to allow the most appropriate light output for the application
95
Waveform T5
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W, 35W (HE), 49W 54W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body spine/wing reflector - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish End caps - Injection moulded polycarbonate, colour matched Louvre - Xenoptic grade satin finish, zero iridescence anodised aluminium Perforated diffuser - curved steel profile, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Diffusing overlay - flame retardant diffusing medium Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix Body spine fitted first. BESA entries at 600mm fixing centres and central cable entry. (Central cable entry often covered by control gear) Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Wing reflector retained on spine by screws via key hole slots Flying lampholders fitted to location inside end caps Louvre attachment retained by positive location shootbolts and fitted with hanging straps for hands free re-lamping Perforated diffuser attachment clips around end caps Supplied complete with lamps Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Options Fully integral emergency conversion (remote batteries on 28/54W versions) 3 hour duration Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality Suitable for use on defined escape routes Specification To specify state: Architectural, F marked surface luminaire, with dispersive wing reflector and 65-1500 cd/m2 Xenoptic satin zero iridescence louvre, retained by shootbolts/clip-on, curved perforated diffuser, as Cooper Lighting Waveform T5 range, part no ________
30 90
Dimensions
T5
W L D 605mm Cable Entry
Lamp Rating 1/2 x 28/54W 1/2 x 35/49W
With louvre attachment L (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 1236 1536 380 380 117 117
With diffuser attachment L (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 1236 1536 380 380 108 108
Photometric Data
Cat. No. WAVL228Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 100 60 200 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 300 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.71 0.04 0.67 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 56 52 48 54 50 48 52 49 47 45 1 1.25 59 55 52 57 54 51 55 53 50 48 2 Room Index 1.5 62 58 55 60 57 54 58 55 53 50 2 2.0 66 62 60 63 60 58 60 58 56 53 2 2.5 68 65 62 65 63 60 62 60 59 55 2 3.0 70 67 65 67 64 62 64 62 60 57 2 4.0 72 70 68 69 67 65 65 64 63 59 3 5.0 73 71 70 70 68 67 67 65 64 60 3
96
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Gear Option Attachment Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No Weight (kg)
Waveform T5 - with high efficiency (HE) lamps 1 x 28W 2 x 28W 1 x 35W 2 x 35W 1 x 28W 2 x 28W 1 x 35W 2 x 35W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Louvre Louvre Louvre Louvre Perforated diffuser Perforated diffuser Perforated diffuser Perforated diffuser WAVL128Z WAVL228Z WAVL135Z WAVL235Z WAVP128Z WAVP228Z WAVP135Z WAVP235Z 5.30 5.54 6.60 6.92 5.82 6.04 7.30 7.55 EMWAVL128Z EMWAVL228Z EBWAVL135Z EBWAVL235Z EMWAVP128Z EMWAVP228Z EBWAVP135Z EBWAVP235Z
R R R R
6.62 6.84 7.90 8.22 7.10 7.34 8.62 8.85
Waveform T5 - with high output (HO) lamps 1 x 54W 2 x 54W 1 x 49W 2 x 49W 1 x 54W 2 x 54W 1 x 49W 2 x 49W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Louvre Louvre Louvre Louvre Perforated diffuser Perforated diffuser Perforated diffuser Perforated diffuser WAVL154Z WAVL254Z WAVL149Z WAVL249Z WAVP154Z WAVP254Z WAVP149Z WAVP249Z 5.30 5.54 6.60 6.92 5.82 6.04 7.30 7.55 EMWAVL154Z EMWAVL254Z EBWAVL149Z EBWAVL249Z EMWAVP154Z EMWAVP254Z EBWAVP149Z EBWAVP249Z
R R R R
6.62 6.84 7.90 8.22 7.10 7.34 8.62 8.55
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg WAVL235Z becomes WAVL235RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg WAVL235Z becomes WAVL235DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features
R Remote emergency battery pack
Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com

DIMMING
97
98
LSR
Creating a comfortable working environment that complies with LG7 and BS EN 12464 requires careful consideration of the applications space, task and mood. The Cooper Lighting LSR is purposely designed to assist in these applications. Circular diffusers housing the latest T5 fluorescent lamps provide high light transmission combined with excellent diffusion for a uniform lighting effect covering ceilings, walls and task areas. With surface mount single lamp options and the ability to install individually or as a continuous system, the flexibility to adapt to a variety of applications is a powerful tool for the lighting designer. Cooper Lighting LSR - in a complicated world, sometimes the simplest solution is right in front of your eyes.
Aids lighting scheme design compliance with LG7:2005 and BS EN 12464-1 360 distribution Soft light control diffuser for reduced glare Continuous or individually mounted Pre wired for rapid installation
99
LSR
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W, 35W (HE) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap 54W, 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap High frequency control gear Dimming options including DSI and DALI Specification Materials Body - extruded aluminium, RAL9006 finish End caps - ABS, RAL9006 finish Geartray - Steel, white enamel finish Diffuser - UV stable opal polycarbonate Photometric Data Installation Notes Suspended via 2 x adjustable wire kits Wire kit top plates secured by single screw Height adjusted via simple clutch mechanism Single lamp versions suitable for direct ceiling mount Simple connection and alignment for continuous mount versions Fused as standard Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
60 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 63.0 31.5 31.5 90 90 120 Cat. No. LSR-S128Z cd/1000lm 120
Options
T5
Individual mount version Continuous mount version for continuous linear runs Fully integral emergency conversions
To specify state: Architectural linear surface/suspended luminaire suitable for individual mounting or continuous run installation, extruded aluminium body, UV stable polycarbonate diffusers with 360 distribution as Cooper Lighting LSR range, part no.______
40 60 30
60
80 Min 1520 Max
100 L
182 260 L
Lamp 28W/54W 35W/49W
L (mm) 1198 1498
100
100
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No Weight (kg) Lamp Rating Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No Weight (kg)
Single lamp - Individual 1x28W 1x54W 1x35W 1x49W LSR-S128Z LSR-S154Z LSR-S135Z LSR-S149Z 5.19 5.19 6.28 6.28 EBLSR-S128Z EBLSR-S135Z EBLSR-S149Z 7.27 7.40 6.18
Twin lamp - Individual 2x28W 2x54W 2x35W 2x49W LSR-S228Z LSR-S254Z LSR-S235Z LSR-S249Z 7.13 7.13 8.56 8.56 EBLSR-S228Z EBLSR-S235Z EBLSR-S249Z 9.55 9.68 8.12
Single lamp - continuous start/end 1x28W 1x54W 1x35W 1x49W LSR-E128Z LSR-E154Z LSR-E135Z LSR-E149Z 5.18 5.18 6.27 6.27 EBLSR-E128Z EBLSR-E135Z EBLSR-E149Z 7.26 7.39 6.17
Twin lamp - continuous start/end 2x28W 2x54W 2x35W 2x49W LSR-E228Z LSR-E254Z LSR-E235Z LSR-E249Z 7.08 7.08 8.53 8.53 EBLSR-E228Z EBLSR-E235Z EBLSR-E249Z 9.52 9.65 8.07
Single lamp - continuous mid section 1x28W 1x54W 1x35W 1x49W LSR-C128Z LSR-C154Z LSR-C135Z LSR-C149Z 5.13 5.13 6.22 6.22 EBLSR-C128Z EBLSR-C135Z EBLSR-C149Z 7.21 7.34 6.12
Twin lamp - continuous mid section 2x28W 2x54W 2x35W 2x49W LSR-C228Z LSR-C254Z LSR-C235Z LSR-C249Z 7.02 7.02 8.45 8.45 EBLSR-C228Z EBLSR-C235Z EBLSR-C249Z 9.44 9.57 8.01
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg LSR-S228Z becomes LSR-S228RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg LSR-S228Z becomes LSR-S228DD

DIMMING
101
Watson Batty, Leeds Synthesis
102
Synthesis
Synthesis is a stylish addition to the designer's choice for balanced light distribution in any interior application. Constructed from extruded aluminium, the elegantly curved slim line profile is only 66mm deep and available in a choice of silver-grey or white finish. Where ceiling heights are restricted, the luminaires can be close mounted using the two 1.5 metre yoked suspension wires supplied, which are easily adjusted to length via an ingenious yet simple clutch mechanism. Suitable for individual or continuous mounting, Synthesis can aestheticaly compliment a variety of applications while providing excellent direct/indirect light. A wide distribution lens ensures uniform upward illumination and when specified with the 65-1000cd/m2 louvre, Synthesis is an excellent constituent of VDT office lighting design.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Continuous or individually mounted to create an architectural feature as well as practical illumination Stylish profile in silver-grey or white finish to match any decor Direct/indirect light distribution to illuminate the task area and ceiling for a pleasant environment High efficiency and high output T5 lamp options offer choice of light output 65-1000cd/m2 and general purpose satin louvres Suspension height adjusted via simple clutch mechanism Pre-wired for rapid installation
103
Synthesis
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W, 35W (HE) 54W, 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Extruded/cast aluminium body and endcaps, RAL9016 white or RAL9006 silver-grey finish Xenoptic grade, satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium louvre Extruded clear TPa lens with linear prisms
120
Specification
T5
To specify state: Architectural suspended/close mount luminaire, shallow profile extruded aluminium body, suitable for individual or continuous mounting, 66mm deep, with die-cast end caps. Direct control via 65-1000cd/m2/ribbed cross blade Xenoptic satin, zero iridescence louvre, retained by shootbolts. Indirect control via linear prism lens. Pre-wired and supplied with suspension kits, adjusted by a clutch mechanism for rapid installation as Cooper Lighting Synthesis range, part no. ________ Photometric Data
Cat. No. SYSV235Z cd/1000lm 120 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 10 80 120 160 200 50 60 30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.73 0.26 0.47 30 0 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 45 41 38 42 39 36 39 36 34 31 1 1.0 51 47 44 47 44 41 43 40 38 34 1 1.25 55 51 48 50 47 45 46 43 42 36 1 Room Index 1.5 58 54 52 53 50 48 47 46 44 38 1 2.0 62 59 56 56 53 51 50 48 47 40 1 2.5 64 62 59 58 56 54 52 50 49 41 1 3.0 66 64 61 59 57 56 53 51 50 42 1 4.0 68 66 64 61 59 58 54 53 52 43 1 5.0 70 68 66 62 61 60 55 54 53 44 1
Installation Notes Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Close ceiling mount or suspension, via 2 x adjustable wire kits (supplied) Mounting kit top plate secured to ceiling by single screw Suspension wires clip into body, via anti-displacement slots Height adjusted at yoke via simple clutch mechanism Simple plug and play connection system for continuous mount versions Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Supplpied with chosen optic prefitted Supplied complete with lamps Dimming continuous systems have dedicated units for the beginning and end of a run due to plug and socket configuration
90
90
60
Dimensions
150min 1575max 66
261 154
66
216 L Suspension Centres (SC)
Options Individual mount luminaires Continuous systems constructed from start/end and mid section luminaires 90 degree corner and dummy modules Dimming options including DSI and DALI Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505)
Lamp Rating
216
L (mm)
SC (mm)
Individual and Continuous start/end 2 x 28W/54W 2 x 35W/49W Continuous mid section 2 x 28W/54W 2 x 35W/49W Dummy modules 300mm 600mm 900mm 1200mm 1500mm
1207 1507 1207 1507 300 600 900 1200 1500
1139 1439 1139 1439 -
104
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Louvre Option Cat No White Cat No Silver/Grey Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No White Emergency Cat No Silver/Grey Weight (kg)
Synthesis - Individual HF 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade SYWV228Z SYWV254Z SYWV235Z SYWV249Z SYWR228Z SYWR254Z SYWR235Z SYWR249Z SYSV228Z SYSV254Z SYSV235Z SYSV249Z SYSR228Z SYSR254Z SYSR235Z SYSR249Z 7.4 7.4 7.9 7.9 7.3 7.3 7.8 7.8 EBSYWV228Z EBSYWV254Z EBSYWV235Z EBSYWV249Z EBSYWR228Z EBSYWR254Z EBSYWR235Z EBSYWR249Z EBSYSV228Z EBSYSV254Z EBSYSV235Z EBSYSV249Z EBSYSR228Z EBSYSR254Z EBSYSR235Z EBSYSR249Z 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 8.0 8.0 8.5 8.5
Synthesis - Continuous Start/End HF 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade SYEWV228Z SYEWV254Z SYEWV235Z SYEWV249Z SYEWR228Z SYEWR254Z SYEWR235Z SYEWR249Z SYESV228Z SYESV254Z SYESV235Z SYESV249Z SYESR228Z SYESR254Z SYESR235Z SYESR249Z 7.4 7.4 7.9 7.9 7.3 7.3 7.8 7.8 EBSYEWV228Z EBSYEWV254Z EBSYEWV235Z EBSYEWV249Z EBSYEWR228Z EBSYEWR254Z EBSYEWR235Z EBSYEWR249Z EBSYESV228Z EBSYESV254Z EBSYESV235Z EBSYESV249Z EBSYESR228Z EBSYESR254Z BSYESR235Z EBSYESR249Z 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 8.0 8.0 8.5 8.5
Synthesis - Continuous Mid-section HF 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade SYCWV228Z SYCWV254Z SYCWV235Z SYCWV249Z SYCWR228Z SYCWR254Z SYCWR235Z SYCWR249Z SYCSV228Z SYCSV254Z SYCSV235Z SYCSV249Z SYCSR228Z SYCSR254Z SYCSR235Z SYCSR249Z 7.1 7.1 7.6 7.6 7.0 7.0 7.5 7.5 EBSYCWV228Z EBSYCWV254Z EBSYCWV235Z EBSYCWV249Z EBSYCWR228Z EBSYCWR254Z EBSYCWR235Z EBSYCWR249Z EBSYCSV228Z EBSYCSV254Z EBSYCSV235Z EBSYCSV249Z EBSYCSR228Z EBSYCSR254Z EBSYCSR235Z EBSYCSR249Z 7.8 7.8 8.3 8.3 7.7 7.7 8.2 8.2
Single lamp versions are also available For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg SYWV235Z becomes SYWV235RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg SYWV235Z becomes SYWV235DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution
Length
300mm 600mm 900mm 1200mm 1500mm 90 corner
Silver Grey Cat No

SYDS300 SYDS600 SYDS900 SYDS1200 SYDS1500 SYCS90
White Cat No
SYDW300 SYDW600 SYDW900 SYDW1200 SYDW1500 SYCW90
Weight (kg)
1.7 3.0 4.4 5.7 7.0 1.7
Synthesis - continuous mid-section

DIMMING
CONTROLS
105
Kings Ash School, Paignton Laserline
106
Laserline
Laserline's sleek, clean lines provide a lighting solution designed to blend in with modern interiors and architecture. Purposely developed to capitalise on the slimness of T5 lamp technology, its main visible body section is only 39mm deep. Direct downward distribution is via a choice of 651000cd/m2 or general purpose satin louvres, with upward indirect distribution via a wide angle linear prism lens. Laserline can be specified as standalone luminaires or as a continuous system for linear runs with a simple plug and play connection system. Supplied complete with two 1.5m yoked suspension kits with an incredibly simple adjustment mechanism with the ability to close mount 150mm from the ceiling. Laserline provides the ideal solution to meet today's energy efficiency and lighting design requirements without compromising aesthetics.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Visible body depth of only 39mm providing slim contemporary design Continuous or individually mounted Direct/Indirect light distribution 65-1000cd/m2 and general purpose satin louvre options Silver-grey or white finish to suit a variety of applications and decor Adjustable suspension, via simple clutch mechanism, makes installation quick and easy
107
Laserline
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W, 35W (HE) 54W, 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Sheet steel constructed body and endcaps, RAL9016 white or RAL9006 silver-grey finish Xenoptic grade, satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium louvre Extruded clear TPa lens with linear prism Installation Notes Close ceiling mount or suspension, via 2 x adjustable wire kits (supplied) Mounting kit top plate secured to ceiling by single screw Suspension wires clip into body, via anti-displacement slots Height adjusted at yoke via simple clutch mechanism Luminaire pre-wired with 2m flying lead Simple plug and play connection system for continuous mount version Fused as standard Supplied with chosen optic pre-fitted Supplied complete with lamps Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Dimming continuous systems have dedicated units for the beginning and end of a run due to plug and socket configuration Options Individual mount luminaires Continuous systems constructed from start/end and mid section luminaires Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Photometric Data
Cat. No. 120 LLSV235Z cd/1000lm 120 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 90 80 120 160 200 90 50 60 30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.73 0.26 0.47 30 0 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 45 41 38 42 39 36 39 36 34 31 1 1.0 51 47 44 47 44 41 43 40 38 34 1 1.25 55 51 48 50 47 45 46 43 42 36 1 Room Index 1.5 58 54 52 53 50 48 47 46 44 38 1 2.0 62 59 56 56 53 51 50 48 47 40 1 2.5 64 62 59 58 56 54 52 50 49 41 1 3.0 66 64 61 59 57 56 53 51 50 42 1 4.0 68 66 64 61 59 58 54 53 52 43 1 5.0 70 68 66 62 61 60 55 54 53 44 1
Dimensions
T5
Lamp Rating 150 min 1575 max 39 60 L (mm) SC (mm) Individual and Continuous 2 x 28W/54W 1288 2 x 35W/49W 1588 Dummy modules 300mm 300 600mm 600 900mm 900 1200mm 1200 1500mm 1500
1153 1453 -
190
Suspension Centres (SC)
Specification To specify state: Architectural suspended individual/continuous mount luminaire, shallow profile post coated steel body and endcaps, 60mm deep with 65-1000cd/m2/ribbed cross blade Xenoptic satin, zero iridescence louvre, retained by shootbolts and linear prism lens, pre-wired and supplied with suspension kits allowing close mounting, adjusted by a clutch mechanism for rapid installation as Cooper Lighting Laserline range, part no. ________
60
Plug and play connection
Rear access panels
108
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Louvre Option Cat No White Cat No Silver/Grey Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No White Emergency Cat No Silver/Grey Weight (kg)
Laserline - Individual HF 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade LLWV228Z LLWV254Z LLWV235Z LLWV249Z LLWR228Z LLWR254Z LLWR235Z LLWR249Z LLSV228Z LLSV254Z LLSV235Z LLSV249Z LLSR228Z LLSR254Z LLSR235Z LLSR249Z 7.4 7.4 7.9 7.9 7.3 7.3 7.8 7.8 EBLLWV228Z EBLLWV254Z EBLLWV235Z EBLLWV249Z EBLLWR228Z EBLLWR254Z EBLLWR235Z EBLLWR249Z EBLLSV228Z EBLLSV254Z EBLLSV235Z EBLLSV249Z EBLLSR228Z EBLLSR254Z EBLLSR235Z EBLLSR249Z 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 8.0 8.0 8.5 8.5
Laserline - Continuous Start/End HF 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade LLEWV228Z LLEWV254Z LLEWV235Z LLEWV249Z LLEWR228Z LLEWR254Z LLEWR235Z LLEWR249Z LLESV228Z LLESV254Z LLESV235Z LLESV249Z LLESR228Z LLESR254Z LLESR235Z LLESR249Z 7.4 7.4 7.9 7.9 7.3 7.3 7.8 7.8 EBLLEWV228Z EBLLEWV254Z EBLLEWV235Z EBLLEWV249Z EBLLEWR228Z EBLLEWR254Z EBLLEWR235Z EBLLEWR249Z EBLLESV228Z EBLLESV254Z EBLLESV235Z EBLLESV249Z EBLLESR228Z EBLLESR254Z EBLLESR235Z EBLLESR249Z 8.1 8.1 8.6 8.6 8.0 8.0 8.5 8.5
Laserline - Continuous Mid-section HF 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m 65 - 1000cd/m Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade Ribbed cross blade LLCWV228Z LLCWV254Z LLCWV235Z LLCWV249Z LLCWR228Z LLCWR254Z LLCWR235Z LLCWR249Z LLCSV228Z LLCSV254Z LLCSV235Z LLCSV249Z LLCSR228Z LLCSR254Z LLCSR235Z LLCSR249Z 7.1 7.1 7.6 7.6 7.0 7.0 7.5 7.5 EBLLCWV228Z EBLLCWV254Z EBLLCWV235Z EBLLCWV249Z EBLLCWR228Z EBLLCWR254Z EBLLCWR235Z EBLLCWR249Z EBLLCSV228Z EBLLCSV254Z EBLLCSV235Z EBLLCSV249Z EBLLCSR228Z EBLLCSR254Z EBLLCSR235Z EBLLCSR249Z 7.8 7.8 8.3 8.3 7.7 7.7 8.2 8.2
Single lamp versions are also available For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg LLSV235Z becomes LLSV235RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg LLSV235Z becomes LLSV235DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution
Length
300mm 600mm 900mm 1200mm 1500mm
Silver Grey Cat No

LLDS300 LLDS600 LLDS900 LLDS1200 LLDS1500
White Cat No
LLDW300 LLDW600 LLDW900 LLDW1200 LLDW1500
Weight (kg)
0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6 4.5
Laserline - continuous mid-section dummy modules

DIMMING
CONTROLS
109
110
ACoustic SYStem
The construction of buildings is changing, many now have exposed soffit ceilings to improve thermal management and therefore save energy and reduce costs. With no suspended ceiling this presents the problem of where to conceal services and the need for acoustic absorption. This is where Acoustic System comes into its own. Acoustic System is a low profile suspended luminaire system with integrated acoustic panels and provision for additional ancillary equipment and services. With scope for customisation, the modular construction, clean lines and wide choice of T5 lamps and control gear provides a versatile system suited to a wide range of interiors.
Acoustic panels in a choice of depths and widths provide different levels of acoustic absorption 2 independent cable ways for additional services with snap in covers available separately T5 High Efficiency and High Output lamp options. Exceeding Part L luminaire lumen per circuit watt requirements 65 1000cd/m2 louvre or microprism panel options for the downward optic Upward light element via a clear reeded panel aiding compliance with LG7:2005 and BS EN12464-1 Plug and play luminaire wiring reducing installation time Simple keyhole and locking screw arrangement to align and secure sections together
111
ACoustic SYStem
Lamp and Control Gear Options 21W, 28W, 35W (HE) 39W, 54W, 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Housing - Steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish (RAL9006 Silver/Grey to special order) Microprism diffuser - UV Stable Tpa rated Louvre - Xenoptic Satin finish aluminium Acoustic material - Class O rated fire retardant acoustic foam Uplight panel - Extruded, clear, Tpa rated linear reeded panel UV stable polycarbonate Installation Notes Incoming mains supply termination in every luminaire module with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Fully covered rear panel to avoid unwanted debris entering the luminaire Simple lamp change via the tool-less removal of the louvre or panel optic 1.5m long suspension wires are supplied with 1800mm luminaire sections. Order additional suspension wires as required for infill sections Option of threaded rod suspension via accessory kit Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Options Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Integral emergency options: Self contained operation of one of the standard lamps Or alternatively An independent fully integrated LED emergency luminaire Apertures can be provided within infills to accommodate specific accessories Choice of infill section module size, providing a flexible and easily configured system Specification To Specify state: High performance, low profile suspended T5 luminaire system with integrated acoustics and services. Shootbolt retained 65 1000cd/m Xenoptic Satin louvre or microprism panel optic. Uplight via linear reeded panel. Plug and socket luminaire through wiring plus 2 additional separate cable ways. Drop wire suspension with height adjustment via simple clutch mechanism for rapid installation as Cooper Lighting Acoustic System range part no. ______ Dimensions
PIR Sensor Audio Speaker Cut out Beacon
T5
120
Photometric Data
Lamp option: 2 x 35W T5 Cat. No. ACWV508235Z Utilisation factors / TM5 cd/1000lm Reflectances 120 C 70 90 100 60 200 300 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.79 0.29 0.50 30 60 90 70 70 50 50 50 30 30 30 0 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-Class F 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0 0.75 47 43 39 44 40 37 40 37 35 31 1 1.0 54 50 46 49 46 43 45 42 40 35 1 1.25 59 54 51 53 50 48 48 46 44 38 1 Room Index 1.5 62 58 55 56 53 51 50 48 46 40 1 2.0 66 63 60 59 57 55 53 51 50 42 1 2.5 69 66 63 61 59 57 55 53 52 44 1 3.0 71 68 66 63 61 59 56 55 53 45 1 4.0 73 71 69 65 63 62 57 56 55 46 1 5.0 75 73 71 66 65 64 58 57 57 47 1
Micropoint LED
Sprinkler head
62
L
L (mm) Weight (kg)
600mm or 800mm
Luminaire 1800 Infills 300 600 900 1200
14 3 5 7 9
112
Acoustic Data Acoustic System is compliant with the requirements of Building Bulletin 93 (BB93) which defines the acoustic performance requirements of different spaces. (refer to Table 1 and BB93 for further details) Full independently tested 1st and 3rd Octave acoustic performance data for Acoustic System is available on request. Cooper Lightings computer modeling system enables quick acoustic performance estimates for most major construction types. The calculations are based on computer modeling using library data for standard constructions and laboratory test data for the luminaires in accordance with BS EN ISO 354:2003. The software provides the reverberation time average across all octave bands (RT) and reverberation time average based on 500, 1000 and 2000Hz (Tmf) for compliance with BB93. Projects should always be considered on an individual basis, as room dimensions, floor, wall and ceiling construction, windows, doors etc will have an effect on the overall performance of a room. Please contact our sales team or your local area sales engineer for further assistance or advice.
Building Bulletin 93 (BB93) Performance Standards Type of room

Nursery school: playrooms and quiet rooms Primary school: classrooms Secondary school: classrooms Open-plan teaching areas Open-plan resource areas Music classroom Small lecture room (<50 people) Large lecture room (>50 people) Study room Science laboratories Design and technology Art rooms Audio-visual, video conference rooms Interviewing/counselling rooms, medical rooms Dining rooms Libraries Drama studios Dance studio Indoor sports halls/Gymnasium Atria, circulation spaces used by students
Tmf (seconds)
<0.6 <0.6 <0.8 <0.8 <1.0 <1.0 <0.8 <1.0 <0.8 <0.8 <0.8 <0.8 <0.8 <0.8 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.2 <1.5 <1.5
Table 1: data from BB93: Performance standards for reverberation in teaching and study spaces - mid-frequency reverberation time, Tmf, in finished but unoccupied and unfurnished rooms. (Refer to BB93 for further detail)
Typical room examples are given below. Both are based on a room height of 3m, a ceiling with plaster, lime or gypsum on solid backing, walls with smooth painted concrete, 1 solid timber door, and 9m of double glazing, 3mm glass with 10mm gap, and 5mm needle felt carpet directly applied to concrete (no underlay). In the examples the Acoustic System modules are all 800mm wide, all luminaires are 1800mm long and all infills are 600mm long. The Adjusted Condition Tmf figure in the examples below demonstrates the luminaire compliance in accordance with BB93. Example 1 Application: BB93 Tmf: Luminaires: Acoustic Layer: Results Frequency Rev Time
Starting Condition
8m x 6m open plan teaching area <0.8s 3 rows; 9 luminaires and 6 infills in total 50mm
125
250
500 1000 2000 4000
RT Tmf
(sec) (sec)

Reverberation Time (Seconds)

Frequency (Hz)
6.32 6.23 4.78 2.01 1.19 0.93 2.42 1.73 0.96 0.58 0.50 0.45
3.6 2.7 1.1 0.7
Rev Time
Adjusted Condition
' ()*
+),((+) ',-.%,
+),((+)
Example 2 Application: BB93 Tmf: Luminaires: Acoustic Layer: Results Frequency Rev Time
Starting Condition
8m x 12m open plan resource area <1.0s 6 rows; 18 luminaires and 12 infills in total 25mm
Reverberation Time (Seconds)

Frequency (Hz)
125
250
500 1000 2000 4000
RT Tmf
(sec) (sec)
8.44 7.68 5.36 2.12 1.23 0.95 3.19 2.26 1.38 0.76 0.57 0.49
4.3 2.9 1.4 0.9
Rev Time
Adjusted Condition
' ()*
+),((+) ',-.%,
+),((+)

DIMMING
CONTROLS
113
ACoustic SYStem
Drop wire suspension with height adjustment via simple clutch mechanism
Simple tool-less catflap access to wiring on every module
Covered luminaire spine with uplight through linear reeded panel aiding LG7 compliance
Plug and socket luminaire wiring Simple keyhole and locking screw arrangement to align and secure sections together
Shallow profile for slimline appearance
Acoustic material zones
Knock-outs in cable cover to allow wiring through to accessories in infills etc
2 independent cable ways suitable for ancillary device wiring eg. fire detection, AV etc (shown with optional covers) Rear gear tray can be removed for maintenance if required
114
Catalogue Numbers
Emergency1 EB=3hr Maintained
Colour Optic Foam Depth Housing Width W=White V=Louvre1 50=50mm 8=800mm 25=25mm 6=600mm S=Silver P=Panel1 D=Dummy infill module3
Lamp Qty1 2=2 lamp 1=1 lamp
Range AC=Acoustic System Infill length3 300=300mm 600=600mm 900=900mm 1200=1200mm
Lamp Wattage1 21=21W T5 HE 39=39W T5 HO 28=28W T5 HE 54=54W T5 HO 35=35W T5 HE 49=49W T5 HO 80=80W T5 HO
Ballast/wiring option2 Z=High frequency fixed output RD=DSI Digital Dimming1 DD=DALI Digital Dimming1 D=6 pole dimming through wiring3
Options5 X=Less lamp
Infill accessory3 MP=Micropoint BW=Briteway Recessed C*=Cutout with diameter4 PIR=Occupancy sensor
Notes: 1 Luminaire module option only, not compatible with dummy infill modules 2 All HF infills have 4-pole through wiring with the Z character. Where digital dimming is used replace the Z with D for 6-pole through wiring compatible with RD and DD luminaires 3 Dummy infill option only, not compatible with luminaire modules 4 Cut outs can be provided to suit accessories supplied by others - please check feasability before ordering. The default position of such cut-outs will be central in the infill. * Standard holes sizes available in 5mm increments up to 125mm diameter, add the required dimension after the C suffix. eg ACWD508600ZC115 5 Lighting control options and emergency versions with automatic test functionality are available - please discuss requirements with your Cooper Lighting representative. Please refer to Controls Guide, page 505 and emergency test systems, page 303.
Luminaire module example: Lamp option 2 x 21W Infill module example: Length 600mm Accessories: Colour finish White White White White White White n/a White White White Description White 300mm cable channel cover White 600mm cable channel cover White 900mm cable channel cover White 1200mm cable channel cover White 1800mm cable channel cover White ceiling brackets (pair) Suspension kit 2 x 1.5m White end plate trim 600mm White end plate trim 800mm White drop rod suspension kit (drop rods supplied by others) Cat. No. ACW300CC ACW600CC ACW900CC ACW1200CC ACW1800CC ACWCB AC1500WS ACW6EPT ACW8EPT ACWDRS Weight (kg) 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.60 0.20 0.10 0.40 0.50 0.20 Colour finish White Description Standard infill with Micropoint luminaire Emergency Cat No ACWD508600ZMP Weight (kg) 5.50 Colour finish White Optic 65-1000cd/m2 louvre Cat. No. ACWV508221Z Weight (kg) 14.00 Emergency Cat No EBACWV508221Z Weight (kg) 15.00
Colour finish: RAL9006 silver/grey substitute the 3rd character in the cat no. 'W' for 'S' eg ACSCB For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Accessories
End plate trim
Cable channel cover
Ceiling bracket
Suspension kit

DIMMING
CONTROLS
115
Raigmore Hospital, Inverness Varsity
116
Varsity
The popular and well proven Cooper Lighting range offers performance and choice. T5 single lamp options, allied with the integral emergency, self-test systems and energy efficient control gear options define the versatility of the range. In line with the lighting guides, the high performance controllers with translucent ends allow additional light out onto the mounting surface. The polycarbonate controller option ensures Varsity can be specified with confidence on emergency escape routes. The attractive, contemporary styling and clean lines virtually eliminate dust traps, Varsity is IP40 rated when surface mounted. Varsity offers an excellent lighting solution for a multitude of applications.
Sleek profile for easy cleaning Energy efficient T5 HE and HO, as well as T8, fluorescent lamp options IP40 rated when surface mounted Internal gear cover as standard, increasing output and improving the appearance Energy efficient high frequency fused circuits as standard Polycarbonate controller as standard for use on defined escape routes Available with lighting control and energy management options to maximise energy efficiency
117
Varsity
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W and 35W (HE), 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent - 4000K G5 cap 36W, 58W, 70W T8 fluorescent - 4000K G13 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body and gear cover - sheet steel, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish End cap - Injection moulded ABS, colour matched finish Attachment - TPa rated flame retardant UV stabilised polycarbonate Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix or conduit mounting Central BESA cable entry position on rear Additional fixing brackets available separately to provide 600mm BESA fixing centres Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Snap fix positive location of the controller allows quick attachment installation/removal Supplied c/w lamps Options Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality Suitable for use on defined escape routes Internal gear cover supplied as standard Opal diffusers available to special order (subject to minimum quantity)
60 60 30 120 Cat. No. VYP249Z 200 150 100 90 90 120 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 10 50 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.84 0.13 0.71 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 50 44 39 47 41 37 44 39 35 32 5 1.25 56 49 44 52 47 42 49 44 40 36 5 Room Index 1.5 60 54 49 56 51 46 52 48 44 40 5 2.0 66 60 55 61 57 52 57 53 50 45 6 2.5 70 65 60 65 61 57 60 57 54 48 6 3.0 73 68 64 68 64 60 63 59 57 51 6 4.0 77 73 69 71 68 65 66 63 61 54 6 5.0 80 76 73 74 71 68 68 66 64 57 6 cd/1000lm
Specification
T5
T8
To specify state: F marked, IP40 surface luminaire, with flush attachments, injection moulded end caps and high quality, durable post coat powder paint finish, as Cooper Lighting Varsity range, part no. ________ Dimensions
Intellect luminaire
85mm
185
L2 L
Standard luminaire
85 185mm
Lamp Rating T5 lamps 1/2 x 28W 1/2 x 35/49W T8 lamps 1/2 x 36W 1/2 x 58W 1/2 x 70W
L (mm)
L2 (mm)
1245 1545 1809
1345 1645 1909
Photometric Data
118
For T5 lamps - supplied with prismatic polycarbonate controller and lamps 1 x 28W (HE) 2 x 28W (HE) 1 x 35W (HE) 2 x 35W (HE) 1 x 49W (HO) 2 x 49W (HO) VYP128Z VYP228Z VYP135Z VYP235Z VYP149Z VYP249Z 2.99 3.55 3.34 3.91 3.34 3.91 EBVYP128Z EBVYP228Z EBVYP135Z EBVYP235Z EBVYP149Z EBVYP249Z 5.41 5.97 5.89 6.46 6.02 6.59
For T8 lamps - supplied with prismatic polycarbonate controller and lamps 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W VYP136Z VYP236Z VYP158Z VYP258Z VYP170Z VYP270Z 2.29 3.22 2.66 3.42 4.46 4.66 EBVYP136Z EBVYP236Z EBVYP158Z EBVYP258Z EBVYP170Z EBVYP270Z 4.45 5.38 5.08 5.84 7.24 7.44
Available excluding lamps if required, simply add the X suffix to the end of the catalogue number (eg VYP235ZX) For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg VYP235Z becomes VYP235RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg VYP235Z becomes VYP235DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution
Description
Accessories Additional BESA mounting kit
Cat No
Weight (kg)
VYBMK
0.25

DIMMING
CONTROLS
119
Clare College, Cambridge Varsity School and Clareo
120
Varsity School
Varsity School retains all the technical and aesthetic features of the standard product with the added benefit of the secure tamper resistant end caps and controller to help prevent unauthorised removal of the attachment. This permits Varsity School to be used in public areas, particularly educational establishments, without detracting from the contemporary, attractive appearance. The control gear cover tray, included as standard, allows lamp replacement to be undertaken by general maintenance personnel. The energy efficient HF control gear, T5 lamps and flame retardant polycarbonate controllers are standard on Varsity School.
Sleek profile for easy cleaning Energy efficient T5 HE and HO, as well as T8, fluorescent lamp options Internal gear cover as standard, increasing output and improving the appearance Secure, tamper resistant end caps and robust controller Energy efficient High frequency fused circuits as standard Polycarbonate controller for use on defined escape routes
121
Varsity School
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W and 35W (HE), 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent - 4000K G5 cap 36W, 58W, 70W T8 fluorescent - 4000K G13 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI
Standard luminaire
L 185mm 85
Dimensions
T8
85mm 185
Intellect luminaire
T5
L2
Materials Body and gear cover - sheet steel, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish End cap - Injection moulded ABS, colour matched finish Attachment - TPa rated flame retardant UV stabilised polycarbonate Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix or conduit mounting Central BESA cable entry position on rear Additional fixing brackets available separately to provide 600mm BESA fixing centres Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Controllers are retained by screws for tamper resistance Supplied c/w lamps Options Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality Suitable for use on defined escape routes Internal gear cover supplied as standard Opal diffusers available to special order (subject to minimum quantity) Specification To specify state: F marked, IP40 surface luminaire, with flush attachment retained by screws for tamper resistance, injection moulded end caps and high quality, durable post coat powder paint finish, as Cooper Lighting Varsity School range, part no. ________
LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.84 0.13 0.71 120
L (mm)
L2 (mm)
1245 1545 1809
1345 1645 1909
Photometric Data
Cat. No. VYSP249Z 200 150 100 90 90 120 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 10 50 50 30 60 60 30 10 50 30 10 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 50 44 39 47 41 37 44 39 35 32 5 1.25 56 49 44 52 47 42 49 44 40 36 5 Room Index 1.5 60 54 49 56 51 46 52 48 44 40 5 2.0 66 60 55 61 57 52 57 53 50 45 6 2.5 70 65 60 65 61 57 60 57 54 48 6 3.0 73 68 64 68 64 60 63 59 57 51 6 4.0 77 73 69 71 68 65 66 63 61 54 6 5.0 80 76 73 74 71 68 68 66 64 57 6
cd/1000lm
Controller and end plate location detail
122
For T5 lamps - supplied with prismatic polycarbonate controller and lamps 1 x 28W (HE) 2 x 28W (HE) 1 x 35W (HE) 2 x 35W (HE) 1 x 49W (HO) 2 x 49W (HO) VYSP128Z VYSP228Z VYSP135Z VYSP235Z VYSP149Z VYSP249Z 2.99 3.55 3.34 3.91 3.34 3.91 EBVYSP128Z EBVYSP228Z EBVYSP135Z EBVYSP235Z EBVYSP149Z EBVYSP249Z 5.41 5.97 5.89 6.46 6.02 6.59
For T8 lamps - supplied with prismatic polycarbonate controller and lamps 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W VYSP136Z VYSP236Z VYSP158Z VYSP258Z VYSP170Z VYSP270Z 2.29 3.22 2.66 3.42 4.46 4.66 EBVYSP136Z EBVYSP236Z EBVYSP158Z EBVYSP258Z EBVYSP170Z EBVYSP270Z 4.45 5.38 5.08 5.84 7.24 7.44
Available excluding lamps if required, simply add the X suffix to the end of the catalogue number (eg VYP235ZX) For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg VYSP235Z becomes VYSP235RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg VYSP235Z becomes VYSP235DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution
Description
Cat No
Weight (kg)
VYBMK
0.25

DIMMING
CONTROLS
123
Northern General Hospital, Sheffield Varsity Hospital
124
Varsity Hospital
Varsity Hospital, as the name implies, is ideally suited to healthcare applications. Whilst retaining the sleek aesthetics of the Varsity range the Hospital variant incorporates additional features, such as a removable gear tray with plug and socket connection for rapid installation and maintenance, plus the option of an integral night light. The range is sealed to IP40 by virtue of its design, resisting dust and insect ingress. Varsity Hospital is the natural choice for hospital general area lighting. The rapid maintenance feature of the removeable gear tray is well suited to any building in 24 hour operation where minimal maintenance disruption is key.
Removable gear tray with time saving plug and socket connection Integrated nightlight option ideal for general hospital lighting Sleek profile for easy cleaning Internal gear cover as standard, increasing output and improving the appearance Energy efficient high frequency fused circuits as standard Polycarbonate controller option for use on defined escape routes
125
Varsity Hospital
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W and 35W (HE), 49W (HO) T5 fluorescent - 4000K G5 cap 7W TC 4-pin compact fluorescent (Night light) - 2G7 cap 36W, 58W, 70W T8 fluorescent - 4000K G13 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body, gear cover and gear tray - sheet steel, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish End cap - Injection moulded ABS, colour matched finish Attachment - TPa rated flame retardant UV stabilised polycarbonate Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix or conduit mounting Central BESA cable entry position on rear Additional fixing brackets available separately to provide 600mm BESA fixing centres Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Removable gear tray, mounted on keyhole fixings and with plug and socket connection Supplied c/w lamps Options Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Integral HF night light option available Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality Suitable for use on defined escape routes Internal gear cover supplied as standard Opal diffusers available to special order (subject to minimum quantity)
120 Cat. No. VYHP249Z 200 150 100 90 90 120 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 10 50 50 30 60 60 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.84 0.13 0.71 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 50 44 39 47 41 37 44 39 35 32 5 1.25 56 49 44 52 47 42 49 44 40 36 5 Room Index 1.5 60 54 49 56 51 46 52 48 44 40 5 2.0 66 60 55 61 57 52 57 53 50 45 6 2.5 70 65 60 65 61 57 60 57 54 48 6 3.0 73 68 64 68 64 60 63 59 57 51 6 4.0 77 73 69 71 68 65 66 63 61 54 6 5.0 80 76 73 74 71 68 68 66 64 57 6 cd/1000lm
Specification
T5
T8
To specify state: F marked, IP40 surface luminaire, with flush attachment, removable gear tray with plug and socket connection, injection moulded end caps and high quality, durable post coat powder paint finish, as Cooper Lighting Varsity Hospital range, part no. ________ Dimensions
85mm 185
Intellect luminaire
L2 L
Standard luminaire
85 185mm
L (mm)
L2 (mm)
1245 1545 1809
1345 1645 1909
Photometric Data
Varsity Hospital showing gear tray with plug and socket connection and hinged gear cover
126
For T5 lamps - supplied with prismatic polycarbonate controller and lamps 1 x 28W (HE) 2 x 28W (HE) 1 x 35W (HE) 2 x 35W (HE) 1 x 49W (HO) 2 x 49W (HO) VYHP128Z VYHP228Z VYHP135Z VYHP235Z VYHP149Z VYHP249Z 3.49 4.05 3.96 4.53 3.96 4.53 EBVYHP128Z EBVYHP228Z EBVYHP135Z EBVYHP235Z EBVYHP149Z EBVYHP249Z 5.91 6.47 6.51 7.08 6.64 7.21
For T8 lamps - supplied with prismatic polycarbonate controller and lamps 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W VYHP136Z VYHP236Z VYHP158Z VYHP258Z VYHP170Z VYHP270Z 2.79 3.72 3.68 4.44 5.69 5.89 EBVYHP136Z EBVYHP236Z EBVYHP158Z EBVYHP258Z EBVYHP170Z EBVYHP270Z 4.95 5.88 6.10 6.86 8.47 8.67
Available excluding lamps if required, simply add the X suffix to the end of the catalogue number (eg VYHP235ZX) Integral 7W HF nightlight option available, simply add the NL suffix to the standard part number. (eg VYHP258ZNL) For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg VYHP235Z becomes VYHP235RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg VYHP235Z becomes VYHP235DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution
Description
Cat No
Weight (kg)
VYBMK
0.25
Varsity Hospital integral night light detail
Varsity night light operating during the night

DIMMING
CONTROLS
127
128
Chevin Plus T5 and T8
Sleek good looks and high quality optical design are blended together in the competitively priced Chevin Plus range. Developed from the extremely popular Chevin range, this luminaire has the benefit of louvres retained by shootbolts, fully integral emergency conversions and very efficient optical design; all features usually only found on more expensive products. The choice of single, twin and four lamp body widths further emphasises the aesthetically pleasing design. Triphosphor T8 lamp types are now complemented by high efficiency (HE) and high output (HO) T5 versions, all types are supplied complete with lamp. All of this is achieved by careful attention to tooling design and efficient, precision manufacturing. Chevin Plus continues the Chevin family tradition, as market leader.
Slim and attractive profile blends into most environments Positive location, shootbolt louvre retention Choice of 65 - 1000cd/m2 and general purpose louvres marked as standard, can be mounted on normally flammable surfaces
Fully integral emergency options Supplied with lamps
129
Chevin Plus T5 and T8

Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 36W, 58W, 70W T8 fluorescent 4000K - G13 cap 28W and 35W (HE), 49W and 54W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap DSI digital dimming also available Materials Body - Sheet steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish End Caps - Injection, moulded ABS, colour matched to body Louvres - High grade specular aluminium Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix BESA entries at 600mm fixing centres (twin lamp versions only) and central cable entry 3 way, 2 x 2.5mm2 terminal block Louvre retained by positive location shootbolts and fitted with hanging straps for hands free re-lamping Supplied complete with lamps Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Specification To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and F marked slim profile surface luminaire, 82mm deep and 65-1000cd/m2/general purpose louvre retained by shootbolts, as Crompton Chevin Plus range, part no. ________ Dimensions
30 90 30
Photometric Data
T8
Cat. No. CVX235Z cd/1000lm Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 80 60 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.51 0.00 0.51 0 0 BZ-Class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 1.0 45 43 41 44 42 40 43 42 40 39 1 1.25 48 45 44 47 45 43 46 44 43 41 1 Room Index 1.5 49 47 46 48 46 45 47 46 44 43 1 2.0 52 50 48 50 49 48 49 48 47 45 1 2.5 53 52 50 52 50 49 50 49 48 46 1 3.0 54 53 51 52 51 50 51 50 49 47 1 4.0 55 54 53 54 53 52 52 51 50 48 1 5.0 56 55 54 54 53 53 52 52 51 49 1 90
T5
120 160 200 240
Cat. No.
CVX149Z cd/1000lm
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 W 50 30 60 10 50 50 30 10 20 F 20 0.75 41 37 34 40 37 34 20 39 36 34 0 33 2 1.0 48 44 41 46 43 41 45 43 40 39 2 1.25 52 48 45 50 47 45 49 46 44 43 2 Room Index 1.5 55 51 49 53 50 48 52 49 47 46 2 2.0 58 55 53 56 54 52 55 53 51 49 2 2.5 61 58 56 59 57 55 57 55 54 51 2 3.0 62 60 58 60 58 57 58 57 55 53 2 4.0 64 62 61 62 60 59 60 59 58 55 2 5.0 65 64 63 63 62 61 61 60 59 56 2
100 60 200
300 30
30
50 30 10
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.61 0.00 0.61
0 BZ-class
D
Cable Entry B
Chevin single
Lamp Rating 4 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 4 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W 28 + 54W 35 + 49W L (mm) 643 1253 1253 1253 1553 1553 1817 1817 1253 1553 W (mm) 493 176 263 493 176 263 176 263 176 176 D (mm) 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 A 300 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 B 360 70 128 360 70 128 70 128 70 70
130

T8 Lamps 4 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 4 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W 4 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 4 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 4 x 18W 1x 36W 2 x 36W 4 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start CVX224ZT CVX241ZT CVX242ZT CVX244Z CVX251ZT CVX252ZT CVX261ZT CVX262ZT CVX224RDT CVX241RDT CVX242RDT CVX244RDT CVX251RDT CVX252RDT CVX224ST CVX241ST CVX242ST CVX244ST CVX251ST CVX252ST CVX261ST CVX262ST CVXR24ZT CVXR41ZT CVXR42ZT CVXR44Z CVXR51ZT CVXR52ZT CVXR61Z CVXR62ZT CVXR24RD CVXR41RDT CVXR42RDT CVXR44RDT CVXR51RDT CVXR52RDT CVXR24ST CVXR41ST CVXR42ST CVXR44ST CVXR51ST CVXR52ST CVXR61ST CVXR62ST 5.0 5.0 6.0 9.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 9.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 10.0 6.0 8.0 7.0 8.0 EBCVX224ZT EBCVX241ZT EBCVX242ZT EBCVX244ZT EBCVX251ZT EBCVX252ZT EBCVX261ZT EBCVX262ZT EBCVX224RDT EBCVX241RDT EBCVX242RDT EBCVX244RDT EBCVX251RDT EBCVX252RD EBCVX224ST EBCVX241ST EBCVX242ST EBCVX244ST EBCVX251ST EBCVX252ST EBCVX261ST EBCVX262ST EBCVXR24ZT EBCVXR41ZT EBCVXR42ZT EBCVXR44ZT EBCVXR51ZT EBCVXR52ZT EBCVXR61ZT EBCVXR62ZT EBCVXR24RDT EBCVXR41RDT EBCVXR42RDT EBCVXR44RDT EBCVXR51RDT EBCVXR52RDT EBCVXR24ST EBCVXR41ST EBCVXR42ST EBCVXR44ST EBCVXR51ST EBCVXR52ST EBCVXR61ST EBCVXR62ST 6.0 5.9 6.9 9.9 6.9 6.9 7.9 8.9 5.9 5.9 6.9 9.9 6.9 6.9 5.9 5.9 6.9 10.9 6.9 8.9 7.9 8.9
Gear Option
Cat No c/w 65 - 1000 cd/m2 louvre
Cat No c/w Weight General Purpose (kg) Louvre
Emergency c/w 65 - 1000 cd/m2 louvre
Emergency c/w General Purpose Louvre
Weight (kg)
T5 Lamps 1 x 28W 1 x 54W 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 1 x 35W 1 x 49W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W 1 x 28W 1 x 54W 2 x 28W 2 x 54W 1 x 35W 1 x 49W 2 x 35W 2 x 49W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim CVX128ZT CVX154ZT CVX228ZT CVX254ZT CVX135ZT CVX149ZT CVX235ZT CVX249ZT CVX128RDT CVX154RDT CVX228RDT CVX254RDT CVX135RDT CVX149RDT CVX235RDT CVX249RDT 5.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 7.0 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.1 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.1 EBCVX128ZT EBCVX154ZT EBCVX228ZT EBCVX254ZT EBCVX135ZT EBCVX149ZT EBCVX235ZT EBCVX249ZT EBCVX128RDT EBCVX154RDT EBCVX228RDT EBCVX254RDT EBCVX135RDT EBCVX149RDT EBCVX235RDT EBCVX249RDT 5.9 5.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.9 7.9 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.0 6.9 6.9 7.9 7.9

DIMMING
131
Wavelite T5
Wavelite T5 uses the latest HF control gear and lamps to good effect producing an ultra slim profile luminaire with great aesthetics. The robust steel gear tray is powder coat paint finished and has a positive internal screw fix retention method for the polycarbonate moulded end caps. The prismatic controller and luminaire end caps are manufactured from a grade of polycarbonate that meets the emergency glow wire test. This means that 3 hour maintained emergency versions of all sizes are available for use in both open areas and defined escape routes. Wavelite has a protection rating of IP44 when used in surface mode offering a high level of cover against solid objects and wet conditions and IP20 when suspended. Opal reeded diffuser versions are available where a greater level of lamp masking is required.
Sleek, low profile surface luminaire marked as standard, can be mounted on normally flammable surfaces
Surface or suspension mount options IP44 rated with a high protection to solid objects and wet conditions when surface mounted Snap fit diffuser offers tool free lamp replacement Choice of opal and clear reeded prismatic controller offers maximum light output of a diffuse lamp image Microwave sensor option for greater lighting control
132
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W and 35W (HE), 49W and 54W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Materials Body - sheet steel powder coated in RAL9016 finish Diffuser and End Cap - UV stabilised polycarbonate Dimensions
T5
Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix onto normally flammable surfaces Can be suspended using the Suspension Wire Kit - WLTSKIT The snap fit controller allows for a tool free lamp replacement making maintenance straightforward. Supplied less lamp Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Surface fix or suspended installation up to 1.5m drop Opal or clear finish reeded prismatic controller Microwave sensor option (page 538)
W
Y
D
Specification To specify state : Low profile 53mm surface luminaire with opal or clear reeded prismatic controller and housing finished in RAL9016 post coat powder paint finish. Surface mount to IP44 or suspended to IP20, as Wavelite T5 range, part no _______
T5 Installation
Photometric Data
Surface IP44
Cat. No. WLT128ZX cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 80 60 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.91 0.07 0.84 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 49 42 37 47 40 36 45 39 35 32 5 1.0 56 49 43 54 47 42 51 45 41 38 5 1.25 63 56 50 60 54 49 57 52 47 44 5 Room Index 1.5 68 61 55 64 58 54 61 56 52 48 5 2.0 74 68 63 70 65 60 66 62 58 54 5 2.5 79 73 68 74 70 65 70 66 63 58 5 3.0 82 77 72 77 73 69 73 69 66 61 5 4.0 86 82 78 81 78 74 77 74 71 65 5 5.0 89 85 82 84 81 78 79 77 74 68 5
Suspended IP20 Lamp Rating 1x28 1x35 1x54 1x49 2x28 2x35 2x49 W (mm) 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 L (mm) 1194 1494 1194 1494 1194 1494 1494 D (mm) 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 Y (mm) 1100 1300 1100 1300 1100 1300 1300
120 160 200 240
30
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating/Type

Wavelite T5 1x28 T5 HE Lamp 1x35 T5 HE Lamp 1x54 T5 HO Lamp 1x49 T5 HO Lamp 2x28 T5 HE Lamps 2x35 T5 HE Lamps 2x49 T5 HO Lamps High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Clear reeded Clear reeded Clear reeded Clear reeded Clear reeded Clear reeded Clear reeded WLT128ZX WLT135ZX WLT154ZX WLT149ZX WLT228ZX WLT235ZX WLT249ZX 4.0 4.7 4.0 4.7 4.1 4.8 4.8 EBWLT128ZX EBWLT135ZX EBWLT154ZX EBWLT149ZX EBWLT228ZX EBWLT235ZX EBWLT249ZX 4.9 5.6 4.9 5.6 5.0 5.7 5.7
Gear Type
Controller
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
1x28 T5 HE Lamp 1x35 T5 HE Lamp 1x54 T5 HO Lamp 1x49 T5 HO Lamp 2x28 T5 HE Lamps 2x35 T5 HE Lamps 2x49 T5 HO Lamps
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency
Opal reeded Opal reeded Opal reeded Opal reeded Opal reeded Opal reeded Opal reeded
WLTO128ZX WLTO135ZX WLTO154ZX WLTO149ZX WLTO228ZX WLTO235ZX WLTO249ZX
4.0 4.7 4.0 4.7 4.1 4.8 4.8
EBWLTO128ZX EBWLTO135ZX EBWLTO154ZX EBWLTO149ZX EBWLTO228ZX EBWLTO235ZX EBWLTO249ZX
4.9 5.6 4.9 5.6 5.0 5.7 5.7
1.5m
1.5 Suspension Wire Kit
WLTSKIT
0.1
133
Wavelite T8
Wavelite T8 offers the user a slim profile luminaire with great aesthetics. A choice of control gear fully supported by 3 hour emergency versions makes it very versatile as well. The robust steel gear tray is powder coat paint finished and the use of internal and external spacers mean that Wavelite T8 is marked and can be mounted onto normally flammable surfaces. The reeded prismatic controller is manufactured from a material chosen for its high light output ratio but also still masks the lamp image. This essentially combines the best features of traditional opal and prismatic models into one.
Attractive, curved profile surface luminaire marked as standard, IP20 rated, can be mounted on normally flammable surfaces
Steel gear tray with white powder coat paint finish - no sharp edges Reeded prismatic controller masks lamp image Microwave sensor option for greater lighting control
134
Lamp and Control Gear Options 36W, 58W and 70W T8 fluorescent, 4000K - G13 cap High frequency control gear as standard
T8
Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Microwave sensor option (page 538) Specification
Materials Body - sheet steel powder coated in RAL9016 finish Diffuser and End Cap - UV stabilised polystyrene Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix onto normally flammable surfaces The snap fit controller is retained by the end caps and allows for a tool free lamp replacement making maintenance straightforward Supplied less lamp
90
To specify state : Curved profile surface luminaire with reeded prismatic controller with high lamp masking ability and housing finished in RAL9016 post coat powder paint finish. High Frequency or Switch Start control gear, as Cooper Lighting Wavelite T8 range, part no _______
Photometric Data
Cat. No. WLT258ZX cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 60 50 10 50 30 20 F 20 0.75 37 32 28 36 31 28 20 34 30 27 0 25 5 1.0 43 37 33 41 36 32 39 35 32 30 5 1.25 48 42 38 45 41 37 43 40 37 34 5 Room Index 1.5 51 46 42 49 44 41 46 43 40 37 5 2.0 56 51 48 53 49 46 51 47 45 42 5 2.5 59 55 52 56 53 50 53 51 48 45 5 3.0 62 58 55 58 55 53 56 53 51 47 5 4.0 65 62 59 61 59 56 58 56 54 50 5 5.0 67 64 62 63 61 59 60 58 56 52 5
Dimensions
Y
80 60 120 160
10 30 50 30 10
30
30
T8 Installation
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.68 0.04 0.64
0 BZ-class
Lamp Rating 2x36 2x58 2x70
W (mm) 200 200 200
L (mm) 1254 1536 1800
D (mm) 70 70 70
Y (mm) 1200 1450 1500

Wavelite T8 2x36 T8 2x58 T8 2x70 T8 2x36 T8 2x58 T8 2x70 T8 High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start WLTP236ZX WLTP258ZX WLTP270ZX WLTP236SX WLTP258SX WLTP270SX 4.6 4.9 5.6 4.8 5.1 5.9 EBWLTP236ZX EBWLTP258ZX EBWLTP270ZX EBWLTP236SX EBWLTP258SX EBWLTP270SX 5.5 5.8 6.5 5.7 6.0 6.8
Gear Type
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
135
Ready Steady Storage, Doncaster Crompack 5
136
Crompack 5
T5 versions
If versatility, exceptional build quality and value for money are paramount, Crompack 5 provides the ideal solution to your lighting needs. The wide range of attachments allows Crompack to be used almost anywhere, whilst the BSI Kitemark approval ensures peace of mind, with years of reliable service. The range has now been enhanced to include energy saving T5 lamp options. If intelligent energy management is required, Intellect options provide optimised control of light levels and energy saving features. Millions of Crompack 5 battens have been installed over the years, testimony to the design and quality of this ubiquitous luminaire.
New T5 lamp versions offering greater energy savings Intellect regulator energy management models available Wide range of control gear including integral emergency BSI Kitemarked for peace of mind Comprehensive range of attachments covers most applications Available with a choice of triphosphor or less lamp for user choice
137
Crompack 5
Lamp and Control Gear Options Triphosphor 18W, 36W, 58W and 70W, T8 fluorescent 4000K - G13 cap 100W T12 fluorescent, 3500K - G13 cap 14W, 28W 35W (HE), 24W, 49W, 54W and 80W- (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - Rigid steel channel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish End cap - Injection moulded, colour matched to body Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix, trunking, conduit or chain suspension BESA entries (except 14/18/24W). Central and at 600mm fixing centres (100W - 1200mm) End cable entry only on T5 14/24W versions Keyhole slots for screw fixing at 600mm centres (14/24W - 435mm,18W - 525mm, 100W - 1200mm) Can be continuously mounted, aligned using interlocking end caps 20mm knockout in end caps Angled 2 x 2.5mm terminal block
2
30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.96 0.31 0.65 120
Options
T8
T12 T5
Intellect light and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) Fully integral emergency conversion (18W is fully remote, 28/54W have remote batteries), 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes, batten only and all reflectors or wire guards Specification To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and marked batten luminaire, manufactured from rigid rolled steel channel profile, with high quality, durable post coat powder paint finish and secure, screw fixed cover plate, as Crompton Crompack 5 range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. CP42ZT cd/1000lm Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 120 C 70 90 90 50 60 80 60 30 30 0 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 52 45 39 47 41 36 42 37 33 27 6 1.25 59 51 46 52 46 42 46 42 38 31 6 Room Index 1.5 63 56 51 56 51 46 50 45 42 34 6 2.0 70 64 58 62 57 53 55 51 47 39 6 2.5 75 69 64 66 61 57 58 55 52 42 6 3.0 78 73 68 69 65 61 61 58 55 45 6 4.0 83 78 74 73 69 66 64 62 59 48 6 5.0 86 81 78 76 73 70 67 64 62 51 6
120
Intellect versions require simple set-up. See page 507 All versions are high power factor corrected (except 18W) Supplied complete with lamps or less lamp as required Dimensions
605mm L D Cable Entry
90 120
Cat. No.
CP235Z
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances Room Index 0.75 N/A N/A N/A 20 N/A N/A N/A 20 N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A 1 1.0 53 46 40 49 42 38 44 39 35 30 6 1.25 60 52 47 54 48 44 49 44 40 34 6 1.5 65 58 52 59 53 48 53 48 45 38 6 2.0 71 65 60 65 59 55 58 54 51 43 6 2.5 76 70 65 69 64 60 62 58 55 47 6 3.0 79 74 69 72 67 64 65 61 58 50 6 4.0 84 79 75 76 72 69 68 65 63 53 6 5.0 87 83 79 78 75 72 70 68 66 56 6
cd/1000lm
120
C 70
W 50 30
F 20
90 80 50 60 30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.95 0.25 0.70 30 0
10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class
W 525mm
60
120 160
Lamp Rating T8/12 lamps 1x18W 1x36W 1x58W 1x70W 1x100W 2x18W 2x36W 2x58W 2x70W 2x100W T5 lamps 1x14/24W 1x28/54W 1x35/49/80W 2x14/24W 2x28/54W 2x35/49/80W
L (mm)
W (mm)
D (mm)
627 1238 1538 1802 2413 627 1238 1538 1802 2413
58 58 58 58 58 89 89 89 89 89
92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92
627 1238 1538 627 1238 1538
58 58 58 58 58 58
80 80 80 80 80 80
T8 versions
138
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Gear Option Cat No Weight (kg) Emergency Cat No Weight (kg) Cat No
Less Lamps CP41ZT CP42ZT CP51ZT CP52ZT CP61ZT CP62ZT CP41RDT CP42RDT CP51RDT CP52RDT CP21ST CP22ST CP41ST CP42ST CP51ST CP52ST CP61ST CP62ST CP81S CP82S CP114Z CP214Z CP128Z CP228Z CP135Z CP235Z CP114RD CP214RD CP128RD CP228RD CP135RD CP235RD CP124Z CP224Z CP154Z CP254Z CP149Z CP249Z CP180Z CP280Z CP124RD CP224RD CP154RD CP254RD CP149RD CP249RD 2.1 2.7 2.3 3.1 2.9 4.0 2.2 2.8 2.3 3.1 1.5 1.6 2.0 2.9 2.0 4.2 3.1 4.6 4.5 6.7 1.3 1.4 2.1 2.7 2.3 3.1 1.3 1.4 2.2 2.8 2.3 3.2 1.3 1.4 2.1 2.7 2.3 3.1 2.3 3.1 1.3 1.4 2.2 2.8 2.3 3.2 EMCP154RD EMCP254RD EBCP149RD EBCP249RD EMCP154Z EMCP254Z EBCP149Z EBCP249Z EBCP180Z EBCP280Z EMCP128RD EMCP228RD EBCP135RD EBCP235RD EMCP128Z EMCP228Z EBCP135Z EBCP235Z EBCP41ZT EBCP42ZT EBCP51ZT EBCP52ZT EBCP61ZT EBCP62ZT EBCP41RDT EBCP42RDT EBCP51RDT EBCP52RDT ERCP21ST ERCP22ST EBCP41ST EBCP42ST EBCP51ST EBCP52ST EBCP61ST EBCP62ST 3.0 3.5 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.6 3.1 3.6 3.6 4.5 3.3 3.4 3.3 4.2 4.3 6.3 4.7 5.7 3.9 4.5 3.6 4.0 4.0 4.6 3.6 4.1 3.9 4.5 3.6 4.0 3.7 4.1 --4.0 4.6 3.6 4.1
R R R R R R R R R R
Weight (kg)
T8/T12 Triphosphor Lamps 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W 1 x 100W 2 x 100W 1 x 14W 2 x 14W 1 x 28W 2 x 28W 1 x 35W 2 x 35W 1 x 14W 2 x 14W 1 x 28W 2 x 28W 1 x 35W 2 x 35W 1 x 24W 2 x 24W 1 x 54W 2 x 54W 1 x 49W 2 x 49W 1 x 80W 2 x 80W 1 x 24W 2 x 24W 1 x 54W 2 x 54W 1 x 49W 2 x 49W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim
CP41ZX CP42ZX CP51ZX CP52ZX CP61ZX CP62ZX CP41RDX CP42RDX CP51RDX CP52RDX CP21SX CP22SX CP41SX CP42SX CP51SX CP52SX CP61SX CP62SX CP81SX CP82SX
2.0 2.6 2.2 3.0 2.8 3.9 2.1 2.7 2.2 3.0 1.4 1.5 1.9 2.8 1.9 4.1 3.0 4.5 4.4 6.6 -
T5 High Efficiency - C/W Lamps
T5 High Output C/W Lamps -
For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg CP52ZT becomes CP52DDT Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features
R Remote emergency conversion/battery pack

DIMMING
CONTROLS
139
Crompack 5 Diffusers
The Crompack range of diffusers perfectly complement the extensive choice of battens, providing brightness control and improved light distribution. The clear prismatic controller is ideal for general commercial interior applications, efficiently directing more light towards the task area, whilst still gently illuminating the ceiling. If a softer diffuse effect is preferred, then the opal reeded diffuser provides excellent general control of the lamp image.
Clear prismatic or reeded opal finish aids user choice Smart design matching with batten profile Easy to attach with anti-lift support Long life, UV stabilised material
140
Materials Prismatic Controller - UV stabilised transparent styrene with side and base prisms Opal Diffuser - UV stabilised opal styrene with reeded side and base End Cap - Injection moulded, colour matched Installation Notes Support device fits onto cover plate via keyhole slot design Anti-lift design to prevent rattling or displacement of diffuser End caps push fix onto diffuser Use coupling strap for continuous mount applications Specification To specify state: Clear prismatic controller/opal diffuser, constructed from long life UV stabilised styrene and attached to batten using quick fix support device with anti-lift design feature, as Crompton Crompack 5 CPC/CPD range, part no. ________ Dimensions
120
Photometric Data
Cat. No. CP41ZT/CPC41 150 100 50 90 90 50 120 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 10 50 30 60 60 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.81 0.32 0.49 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 39 34 29 35 31 27 31 28 25 20 5 1.0 45 40 35 40 36 32 36 32 29 23 5 1.25 51 45 40 45 40 37 39 36 33 27 5 Room Index 1.5 54 49 44 48 43 40 42 38 36 29 5 2.0 59 54 50 52 48 45 45 42 40 32 5 2.5 63 58 54 55 51 48 48 45 43 34 5 3.0 65 61 58 57 54 51 50 47 45 36 5 4.0 69 65 62 60 57 55 52 50 48 38 6 5.0 71 68 65 62 60 57 54 52 50 40 6
cd/1000lm
110mm
L 77mm 110mm
160mm
Lamp Rating 1 x 14/18W 1 x 28/36W 1 x 35/58W 1 x 70W 1 x 100W
L (mm) 634 1245 1545 1809 2420
Lamp Rating 2 x 18W 2 x 36W 2 x 58W 2 x 70W 2 x 100W
L (mm) 634 1245 1545 1809 2420
Note - all T5 lamp battens use single lamp width diffusers
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating T8/T12

1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W 1 x 100W 2 x 100W
T5
1/2 x 14/24W 1/2 x 28/54W 1/2 x 35/49W -
Prismatic Cat No
CPC21 CPC22 CPC41 CPC42 CPC51 CPC52 CPC61 CPC62 CPC81 CPC82
Weight (kg)
0.36 0.61 0.61 1.10 0.76 1.37 0.85 1.62 1.14 2.12
Opal Cat No
CPD21 CPD22 CPD41 CPD42 CPD51 CPD52 CPD61 CPD62 CPD81 CPD82
Weight (kg)
0.31 0.52 0.52 0.95 0.66 1.17 0.73 1.39 0.98 1.82 Coupling strap for continuous mount applications
Coupling Strap
All single lamp width diffusers
Cat No
CDC1
Weight (kg)
0.04
141
142
Crompack Reflectors & Guards
Crompack reflectors are designed to re-direct light onto the work area in general lighting applications, improving the efficiency of the installation. Available with symmetrical or asymmetrical light distribution, the reflectors have a sturdy construction with a highly reflective, long life paint finish. The angled reflector is particularly suitable for classrooms or simple wallwashing effects. For installations where the lamp may be vulnerable to damage, such as gymnasiums or industrial plant areas, robust wire guard attachments can be specified.
Tough and sturdy construction for a long durable life High reflectivity, long life paint finish for maximum efficiency Wire guards hinge for easy and rapid maintenance Reflectors can be continuously mounted
143
Crompack Reflectors & Guards

Materials Reflector - Sheet steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Wire Guard - Heavy gauge welded steel, powder coated in white finish Clips and Brackets - Zinc plated steel Installation Notes Reflectors replace cover plate on luminaire, attached quickly via keyhole slots Wire guards hinge down for rapid, easy maintenance When fitted with direct wire guards or reflectors with wire guards, Crompack battens cannot be continuously mounted Specification To specify state: Sturdy steel reflector/Tough, welded and hinging wire guard, with high quality, durable post coat powder paint finish, as Crompton Crompack 5 CR/CRG/CPG range, part no. ________
1/2 x 36W 1/2 x 58W 1/2 x 70W 1/2 x 100W 1/2 x 28/54W 1/2 x 35/49/80W Lamp Rating T8/T12 1/2 x 36W 1/2 x 58W 1/2 x 70W 1/2 x 100W T5 1/2 x 28/54W 1/2 x 35/49/80W L (mm) W (mm) D (mm) L (mm) Standard Reflector 1238 195 130 1538 1802 2413 195 195 195 130 130 130 L W L W D
Dimensions
W (mm) D (mm)
Angled Reflector 1238 120 16 1538 1802 2413 120 120 120 165 165 165
Standard and Wire Guard 1280 1580 1835 2445 195 195 195 195 160 160 160 160
Angled and Wire Guard 1280 1580 1835 2445 130 130 130 130 188 188 188 188
Photometric Data
D
Cat. No. CP41ZT/CR4 cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 100 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 300 30 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.87 0.04 0.83 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 58 52 47 56 50 46 54 49 45 42 4 1.25 64 58 53 62 56 52 59 55 51 48 4 Room Index 1.5 69 63 59 66 61 57 63 59 56 52 4 2.0 75 70 66 72 68 64 69 65 62 58 4 2.5 80 75 71 76 72 69 72 69 66 62 4 3.0 83 78 75 79 75 72 75 72 70 65 4 4.0 86 83 80 82 79 77 78 76 74 69 4 5.0 89 86 83 84 82 80 80 78 76 71 4
W L
90
200
Lamp Rating T8/T12 1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W T5 1 x 28/54W 2 x 28/54W 1 x 35/49/80W 2 x 35/49/80W -
L (mm)
W (mm)
D (mm)
Direct Mount Wire Guard 661 109 114 661 1270 1270 1575 1575 1829 1829 159 109 159 109 159 109 159 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
Catalogue Numbers
Lamp Rating
1 or 2 x 36W 1 or 2 x 58W 1 or 2 x 70W 1 or 2 x 100W
Standard Reflector
CR4 CR5 CR6 CR8
Weight (kg)
1.45 1.79 2.05 2.78
Standard Wire Guard

CRG4 CRG5 CRG6 CRG8
Weight (kg)
1.11 1.29 1.47 1.91
Angled Reflector
CRA4 CRA5 CRA6 CRA8
Weight (kg)
1.65 2.06 2.40 3.22
Angled Wire Guard

CRGA4 CRGA5 CRGA6 CRGA8
Weight (kg)
1.05 1.31 1.50 1.70
Standard Reflector and Wire Guard for T8 and T12 lamps
Standard Reflector and Wire Guard for T5 Lamps 1 or 2 x 28/54W 1 or 2 x 35/49/80W CR4 CR5 1.45 1.79 CRG4 CRG5 1.11 1.29 CRA4 CRA5 1.65 2.06 CRGA4 CRGA5 1.05 1.31

1 x 14/18W 1 x 28/36/54W 1 x 35/49/58/80W 1 x 70W
Single Weight (kg) Wire Guard

CPG21 CPG41 CPG51 CPG61 0.45 0.75 0.91 1.05

2 x 14/18W 2 x 28/36/54W 2 x 35/49/58/80W 2 x 70W
Wire Twin Guard

CPG22 CPG42 CPG52 CPG62
Weight (kg)
0.50 0.75 1.15 1.32
Direct Mount Wire Guard for T5 and T8 Lamps
144
145
Crompack Rack Reflectors
Warehouse racking aisles often present a lighting problem, balancing the need for illumination at all levels of the rack face with minimised glare to operatives. Crompack rack lighting reflectors have a precision designed optical assembly, concentrating the light flux down in a narrow beam, ensuring lower rack faces and floor are correctly illuminated. At the same time, the semi-specular reflector material gently disperses light uniformly on the upper rack faces and significantly reduces glare for truck operatives. A twin lamp option provides a practicable option for medium to high open area lighting.
High efficiency parabolic reflector Anodised finish for long service life Low glare for comfort of warehouse operatives Twin lamp option for high open area lighting High output T5 lamp versions where maximum light levels are required
146
Materials Reflector - High reflectivity, semi-specular anodised aluminium Clips and brackets - zinc plated steel
90
Photometric Data
Cat. No. CP51ZT/RLR51B cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 60 50 10 50 30 10 30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.82 0.00 0.82 0 50 30 10 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 60 55 52 59 54 51 58 54 51 50 1 1.0 67 62 59 65 61 58 64 60 58 56 1 1.25 71 67 64 70 66 63 68 65 62 60 1 Room Index 1.5 75 71 67 73 69 66 71 68 65 63 1 2.0 79 75 72 77 74 71 74 72 70 67 1 2.5 82 79 76 79 76 74 77 75 73 70 1 3.0 84 81 78 81 79 77 78 76 75 72 1 4.0 86 84 82 83 81 80 80 79 77 74 1 5.0 88 86 84 85 83 81 81 80 79 75 1
Installation Notes Reflectors attached quickly via bracket with keyhole slots Can be continuously mounted Easy to clean, high quality reflector material Specification To specify state: Rack lighting reflector in high purity, high reflectance, semi-specular anodised aluminium, as Crompton Crompack 5 RLR range, part no. ________ Dimensions
200 60 300 400 500 600 30

D
Cat No
RLR51B RLR51B RLR52B RLR61B RLR62B
Weight (kg)
1.70 1.70 1.73 1.77 1.80
Rack Reflector for Single/Twin T5 Lamps, Single T8 and Twin T8 Lamps 1 or 2 x 35/49/80W 1 x 58W
L W
2 x 58W 1 x 70W
Lamp Rating 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W
L (mm) 1538 1538 1802 1802
W (mm) 226 276 266 276
D (mm) 193 160 193 160
2 x 70W
147
Horizon Centre, Torbay Hospital VFR and Solstar Square
148
VFR
PG 150
VFH
PG 152
VFA
PG 154
VFD
PG 156
VXT
PG 158
VXB
PG 160
VLK
PG 162
SVR
PG 164
SPR
PG 166
SVN
PG 168
Bijou IP54
PG 170
Cercla
PG 173
Reef
PG 177
Waveform Wall
PG 181
Clareo
PG 185
WR1
PG 188
WR2
PG 190
149
VFR
VFR-L
VFR-P
VFR-D
As feature lighting and wall illumination becomes more popular, choice of aesthetics and lighting effect comes high on the agenda when selecting the right luminaire. The VFR family is based on a simple, easy to install body with a choice of fascias to provide 3 different visual appearances and lighting effects. An opal acrylic fascia provides soft illumination both vertically and horizontally, whereas a perforated fascia option concentrates the light vertically with subtle light on the face. A distinctive blue feature lens fascia provides concentrated vertical illumination with a hint of contrast colour.
Soft indirect illumination Aids lighting scheme design compliance with LG7:2005 and BS EN 12464-1 3 fascia style options Simple to install Energy saving compact fluorescent lamps
150
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24q-2/3 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Gear box - steel, powder coated in permawhite Base plate - anodised aluminium Fascia - anodised aluminium/opal acrylic diffuser Coloured lens - UV stable flame retardant film Installation Notes Designed for wall mounting Suitable for indoor use only Direct fix via key hole slots Plug and socket electrical connection Fascia slots into base plate Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
355 120
Specification To specify state: Wall mount luminaire with anodised aluminium body, anodised aluminium perforated/opal acrylic/aluminium with blue feature lens fascia and plug and socket installation as Cooper Lighting VFR range, part no.______ Photometric Data
Cat. No. VFR-D226Z cd/1000lm 120 120 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 65.5 28.8 36.7
90 40 60 80 120 30 30
90
60

VFR-D Diffuser 2 x 18W 2 x 26W VFR-P Perforated 2 x 18W 2 x 26W VFR-P218Z VFR-P226Z 1.80 1.80 VFR-D218Z VFR-D226Z 1.80 1.80
Cat No
Weight (kg)
230
VFR-L Blue Lens 2 x 18W 2 x 26W VFR-L218Z VFR-L226Z 1.85 1.85
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg VFR-D218Z becomes VFR-D218RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg VFR-D218Z becomes VFR-D218DD

DIMMING
151
VFH
Selecting a wall luminaire that works with both modern and traditional dcor can often be difficult. Keeping the design simple, well proportioned and using subtle detail is the key all features embraced by the VFH. The VFH has an easy to install body with plug in connector for quick installation and is available with a choice of compact fluorescent lamps. A curved opal acrylic fascia provides soft illumination both vertically and horizontally and is available in two heights to match the lamp solution and style required.
Soft indirect illumination Aids lighting scheme design compliance with LG7:2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Contemporary design Simple to install Energy saving compact fluorescent lamps
152
Lamp and Control Gear Options 24W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24q-3 cap 32W TC-T compact fluorescent, 4000K - GX24q-3 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Gear box - steel, powder coated in permawhite Fascia brackets - die cast aluminium, brushed finish Fascia - opal acrylic diffuser
60 120
Specification To specify state: Wall mount luminaire with die cast aluminium fixings, curved opal acrylic diffuser and plug and socket installation as Cooper Lighting VFH range, part no.______
Photometric Data
Cat. No. VFH-226Z cd/1000lm 120
90
90
60 100 30 30
60
Installation Notes Designed for wall mounting Suitable for indoor use only Direct fix via key hole slots Plug and socket electrical connection Fascia screw fixes to brackets Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
305 125
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
65.5 30.1 35.4

2 x 24W 2 x 26W 2 x 32W
Cat No
VFH-224Z VFH-226Z VFH-232Z
Weight (kg)
1.40 1.25 1.25
Lamp 24W TC-L 26W TC-D 32W TC-T

H
H (mm) 410 310 310
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg VFH-224Z becomes VFH-224RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg VFH-224Z becomes VFH-224DD

DIMMING
153
VFA
Fashions fade but style is eternal. The VFA uses the classical combination of gentle curves and clean straight edges to create an architectural luminaire with a timeless look. The VFA cleverly integrates its main body and fixings into its smooth base and houses its compact fluorescent lamp into a uniformly lit curved opal diffuser, providing soft all round illumination with a touch of style.
Soft indirect illumination Aids lighting scheme design compliance with LG7:2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Distinctive modern profile Simple to install Energy saving compact fluorescent lamps
154
Lamp and Control Gear Options 24W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24q-3 cap 32W TC-T compact fluorescent, 4000K - GX24q-3 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Gear box - steel, powder coated in permawhite Base plate - die cast aluminium, brushed finish Fascia - opal acrylic diffuser
60 120 90
Specification To specify state: Wall mount luminaire with die cast aluminium base, curved opal acrylic diffuser and plug and socket installation as Cooper Lighting VFA range, part no.______
Photometric Data
Cat. No. VFA-126Z cd/1000lm 120
90 40 80 120 60
Installation Notes Designed for wall mounting Suitable for indoor use only Direct fix via key hole slots Plug and socket electrical connection Fascia slots into base plate Supplied complete with lamp Dimensions
230 100
30
30
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
56.8 31.2 25.6

1 x 24W 1 x 26W 1 x 32W
Lamp H (mm) 407 230 230
Cat No
VFA-124Z VFA-126Z VFA-132Z
Weight (kg)
1.20 1.05 1.05
24W TC-L 26W TC-D 32W TC-T
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg VFA-126Z becomes VFA-126RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg VFA-126Z becomes VFA-126DD

DIMMING
155
VFD
Wall mounted luminaires not only have to illuminate a space, they also have to work with the style and features within that space. The subtle and discreet design of the VFD makes this challenge easier for the lighting designer by complementing a range of interior dcor without compromising on light performance and energy reduction.
Soft indirect illumination Aids lighting scheme design compliance with LG7:2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Discreet design Simple to install Energy saving compact fluorescent and T5 lamps
156
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap 14W (HE) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap 24W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Base plate - extruded aluminium, brushed finish Gear tray - steel, powder coated in permawhite End plates - die cast aluminium, brushed finish Fascia - opal acrylic diffuser Installation Notes Designed for wall mounting Suitable for indoor use only Direct fix via fixing holes Fascia slots into body Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
215 105
Specification
T5 T5
To specify state: Wall mount luminaire, extruded and die cast aluminium construction with brushed finish and curved opal acrylic diffuser as Cooper Lighting VFD range, part no.______
Photometric Data
Cat. No. VFD-214Z cd/1000lm 120 120
90
90
60
80 120 30 30
60
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
63.5 28.6 34.9

2 x 18W 2 x 14W 2 x 24W
Cat No
VFD-218Z VFD-214Z VFD-224Z
Weight (kg)
1.95 3.00 3.00
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg VFD-218Z becomes VFD-218RD
Lamp 18W TC-L 14W/24W T5 H (mm) 305 645
For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg VFD-218Z becomes VFD-218DD

DIMMING
157
VXT
The ambience of a space is greatly influenced by its lighting design - the colours used, the effect it creates and the style of the luminaire. The VXT offers a discreet recessed solution with the ability to provide a dynamic decorative edge to a space, to light pathways or provide low level lighting. The VXT is available in a choice of round or square and an eyelid option for focused downward illumination.
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Robust construction Simple to install Energy saving LED solution Choice of fixed colour or RGB colour change
158
LED and Driver 1W LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details RGB colour driver and controllers - ordered separately, see page 554 for details Materials Body - die cast aluminium, white enamel finish Fascia plate - die cast aluminium, silver painted finish Lens - polycarbonate with internal prisms Recessing sleeve - polypropylene, black finish Installation Notes Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Recessed into wall with recessing sleeve supplied Sleeve to be cast into cavity Body screw fixed to sleeve 300mm driver connection lead Fascia plate and lens retained by Allen key screws Specification To specify state: Square/Round/Round eyelid feature wall recessed LED luminaire with die cast aluminium body and face plate, polycarbonate lens with internal prisms and recessing sleeve as Cooper Lighting VXT range, part no.______ Dimensions
67 6 67 6 80
LED Colour Options

CW NW WW
R GB
Catalogue Numbers LED Rating

VXT1 Circular 1 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W Fixed Colour Fixed Colour Colour Change VXT1-11 VXT1-31 VXT1-31-RGB 0.25 0.25 0.25
LED Colour
Cat No
Weight (kg)
VXT2 Circular Eyelid 1 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W VXT3 Square 1 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W Fixed Colour Fixed Colour Colour Change VXT3-11 VXT3-31 VXT3-31-RGB 0.28 0.28 0.28 Fixed Colour Fixed Colour Colour Change VXT2-11 VXT2-31 VXT2-31-RGB 0.26 0.26 0.26
Complete the catalogue number with required fixed LED colour. Example: VXT3 square, 1 x 1W fixed colour with green LED = VXT3-11-G
VXT1 VXT2 90mm
95
VXT3 75mm x 75mm
Driver Driver/Colour change controller to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-DPL110 Operates up to 9 1x1W luminaires or up to 3 3x1W luminaires See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications, alternatives and colour change drivers
80
159
VXB
Good feature and accent lighting not only provides illumination, it creates an ambience or draws people to a particular area or object. VXB is a neat and versatile luminaire that enables architects and lighting designers to achieve these goals. The range offers a choice of size in both single or dual optics, a range of LED colours to complement dcor and a choice of beam angles to help create the desired effect.
High quality stainless steel body Simple to install Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Energy saving LED solution Choice of LED colour and beam angle
160
LED and Driver 1W LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body and mounting plate - marine grade 316 stainless steel
Driver Driver/Colour change controller to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-DPL110 Operates up to 9 1x1W luminaires or up to 4 2x1W luminaires See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications, alternatives and colour change drivers LED Colour Options
Installation Notes Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Direct screw fix via 2 fixing holes 300mm driver connection leads Specification To specify state: Cylindrical single/dual beam LED luminaire with marine grade 316 stainless steel body, 63mm/78mm overall height and 5/25/60 optical control as Cooper Lighting VXB range, part no.______ Dimensions
D
CW
NW
WW
Beam Angles
VXB1:
60
VXB2/VXB3:
25

VXB1 1 x 1W 2 x 1W Single Twin VXB1-11 VXB1-21 0.20 0.20
Optic
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Lamp
Dia 2 H
Dia 1 (mm) Dia 2 (mm) 22 30 40 60 60 60
H (mm) 63 63 78
D (mm) 30 38 48
VXB2 1 x 1W 2 x 1W VXB3 1 x 1W Single Twin VXB3-11 VXB3-21 0.45 0.45 Single Twin VXB2-11 VXB2-21 0.25 0.25
VXB1 VXB2 VXB3
Dia 1
2 x 1W
Complete the catalogue number with required LED colour and beam angle. Example: VXB1 2 x 1W twin optic with blue LED's and 60 beam = VXB1-21-B60 VXB3 1 x 1W single optic with coolwhite LED and 25 beam = VXB3-11-CW25
161
VLK
High vaulted ceilings and atrias are common place in many of todays building designs, creating a sense of space and open area for their occupants. Lighting these large areas demands the power of a floodlight but with aesthetics that compliment todays modern dcor. The VLK uplighter has a slim 65mm contemporary housing design which blends with many application styles, and embodies a double ended metal halide lamp with an accurately designed asymmetric reflector to provide the light level and distribution required.
Asymmetric wall mounted uplighter Slim architectural profile Robust construction Simple to install and maintain High LOR - 82%
162
Lamp and Control Gear Options 70W, 150W double ended discharge - Rx7s cap Electronic control gear
Photometric Data
Cat. No. VLK-1150 150 cd/1000lm
150
Materials Body - extruded and die cast aluminium, RAL9006 finish Lens - toughened glass
90 120
400
200
120
90
Installation Notes Suitable for internal wall mount only Direct fix via 2 keyhole slots Tool-less removal of lens for ease of maintenance Supplied excluding lamp Specification To specify state: Wall mount discharge lamp uplight luminaire with 65mm deep extruded aluminium body, asymmetric optical reflector and toughened glass lens as Cooper Lighting VLK range, part no.______ Dimensions
360 65
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
81.9 80.9 1.0

1 x 70W 1 x 150W
Cat No
VLK-170 VLK-1150
Weight (kg)
6.0 6.0
360
163
SVR
Versatility is the key attribute of the SVR range, a capable solution for various lighting tasks all within the same family. A simple direct surface mount version provides a simple wall or ceiling mounted option suitable for corridors, stairwells and circulation areas, the suspended option caters for either task or general lighting in meeting rooms and receptions and the elegant wall mounted adjustable version provides directional light with a creative edge.
Soft indirect illumination Aids lighting scheme design compliance with LG7:2005 and BS EN 12464:2002 Distinctive modern profile Simple to install Energy saving compact fluorescent lamps
164
Lamp and Control Gear Options 55W T5 circular fluorescent - 2GX13 cap High Frequency control gear as standard
120
Photometric Data
Cat. No. SVR-S155Z cd/1000lm 120
Materials Body - extruded and die cast aluminium, RAL9006 finish Diffuser - UV stable acrylic Installation Notes Fixed or adjustable surface mount Suitable for wall or ceiling installation Mounting plate fixes direct to surface Suspended version supplied with transparent 3-core mains cable Maximum suspension height 2.0m Tool-less diffuser fixing for ease of maintenance Supplied excluding lamps Specification To specify state: Circular fixed surface mount/adjustable surface mount/suspended luminaire with extruded aluminium body, circular T5 fluorescent lamps, UV stable acrylic diffuser and tool-less access as Cooper Lighting SVR range, part no.______ Dimensions
90 20 60 40 60 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 27.4 5.8 21.6 30
90
60

1 x 55W 1 x 55W 1 x 55W
Style
Fixed Adjustable Suspended
Cat No
SVR-D155Z SVR-A155Z SVR-S155Z
Weight (kg)
3.8 3.4 3.3
350 Dia
130 380
70
2000 Max
350 Dia
350 Dia
60
165
SVN
Selecting a luminaire that complements both the straight lines and curves of an installation can be difficult. But often the simplest design is the most effective. SVN uses clean lines to define its outer shape and subtly brings in a curved detail between the body and diffuser, making it blend with many different features within a space.
Soft indirect illumination Simple and effective design Choice of square or round Simple to install Energy saving compact fluorescent lamps
168
Lamp and Control Gear Options 24W, 39W (HO) T5 fluorescent - G5 cap 18W, 24W, 36W TC-L compact fluorescent - 2G11 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - steel, RAL9006 finish Diffuser - UV stable acrylic
60
Specification
T5
To specify state: Square/rectangular surface mount luminaire with steel body construction, UV stable acrylic diffuser and tool-less access as Cooper Lighting SVN range, part no.______
Photometric Data
Cat. No. SVN-R224Z
cd/1000lm 90 90
40 60 80
60
Installation Notes Suitable for wall or ceiling mount Back plate mounts direct to surface Diffuser retained with tool-less fixing screws Supplied excluding lamps Dimensions
190 90 W D
30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 39.1 3.9 35.2
30

Rectangular
L
Cat No
Weight (kg)
1 x 24W TC-L 2 x 24W T5
SVN-R124Z SVN-R224Z SVN-R239Z
2.5 4.1 5.8
2 x 39W T5 Square 2 x 18W TC-L 3 x 24W TC-L 4 x 36W TC-L

Lamp 1 x 24W TC-L 2 x 24W T5 2 x 39W T5 L (mm) 370 650 950 Lamp 2 x 18W TC-L 3 x 24W TC-L 4 x 36W TC-L L (mm) 350 450 550 W (mm) 350 450 550 D (mm) 90 95 100
SVN-S218Z SVN-S324Z SVN-S436Z
4.6 5.9 8.4

DIMMING
169
Bijou IP54 IP54
Bijou IP54 is a decorative low profile surface luminaire using low energy compact fluorescent lamps and high frequency control gear in all models. Supplied complete with a white bezel as standard the aesthetics can be further enhanced using optional bezels in a variety of finishes. The base and diffuser are both manufactured from a grade of polycarbonate that meets the emergency glow wire test. This means that a 28W version is available as 3 hour maintained emergency ideal for both open areas and defined escape routes. The diffuser is attached using a twist and lock type action onto an internal gasket which gives an IP rating of 54 and this secure fixing has the additional benefit of making the luminaire suitable for wall and ceiling mounting.
Decorative low profile luminaire complete with white bezel as standard Optional bezels in Polished Chrome, Polished Brass or Satin Silver finish Can be Wall or Ceiling mounted IP54 rated with a high protection to solid objects and wet conditions Twist and Lock diffuser offers tool free lamp replacement Fully integral emergency option Supplied with lamp
170
Lamp and Control Gear Options 16W, 28W and 38W 2D compact fluorescent 3500K - GR10q-cap High Frequency control gear as standard Materials Base, diffuser and bezel - Injection moulded fire retardant polycarbonate Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix onto normally flammable surfaces Can be suspended using the Suspension Wire Kit - WLTSKIT The twist and lock diffuser allows for a tool free lamp replacement making maintenance straightforward Supplied with lamp Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Supplied complete with white bezel as standard Major and Minor sizes are available to best suit lamp types which range from 16w to 38w 2D Polished brass, polished chrome and satin silver finish bezels available as separate accessory Dimensions
Dia
Specification To specify state : Low profile compact fluorescent luminaire for ceiling or wall surface mounting. IP54 rated with injection moulded polycarbonate opal diffuser and housing and a range of coloured accessory bezels, as Bijou IP54 range, part no _______
Photometric Data
Cat. No. BJ28Z cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 75 100 30 30 30 W 50 30 50 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 38.0 1.1 36.9 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 22 19 17 21 18 16 20 18 16 15 5 1.0 25 22 19 24 21 19 23 21 19 18 5 1.25 2 25 22 26 24 22 25 23 22 20 5 Room Index 1.5 29 27 24 28 26 24 25 25 23 22 5 2.0 32 30 28 31 29 27 28 28 26 25 5 2.5 34 32 30 32 30 29 29 29 28 26 5 3.0 35 33 31 34 32 31 31 31 29 28 5 4.0 37 35 34 35 43 32 32 32 31 29 5 5.0 38 37 35 36 35 34 34 34 33 31 5
Lamp Type 1x16w 2D 1x28w 2D
Dia (mm) 275 335 335 335 275 275 275 335 335 335
D (mm) 82 107 107 107 53 53 53 57 57 57
Polished brass
Satin silver
1x38w 2D 1x28w 2D Small Bezel Small Bezel Small Bezel Large Bezel Large Bezel Large Bezel
Polished chrome
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Type

1x16w 2D 1x28w 2D 1x38w 2D 1x28w 2D Small Bezel Small Bezel Small Bezel Large Bezel Large Bezel Large Bezel
Size Dia
275mm 335mm 335mm 335mm 275mm 275mm 275mm 335mm 335mm 335mm
Cat No
BJ16Z BJ28Z BJ38Z BJSBSIL BJSBPC BJSBPB BJLBSIL BJLBPC BJLBPB
Emerg Cat No
EBBJ28Z -
Gear Type
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency -
Colour
White White White White Satin Silver Polished Chrome Polished Brass Satin Silver Polished Chrome Polished Brass
Weight (kg)
0.8 1.4 1.4 2.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2
171
Truro College, Truro Cercla
172
Cercla
Cercla is a high specification, surface mounted luminaire designed to provide ambient lighting in any interior application. From prestigious reception areas through to corridors and stairwells, Cerclas timeless design makes it a truly classic luminaire. For added versatility, a choice of body sizes are now available finished in either traditional white or a contemporary metallic silver. Embracing the latest energy saving lamp technology, the re-engineered range offers a choice of lamp packages for the ultimate design flexibility. Integral emergency versions include the powerful 55W 2D and combined 22W and 40W T5 circular lamp, ideal for meeting the latest emergency lighting requirements.
Classic slim profile design to suit a variety of dcor Smooth opal diffuser for optimum uniformity Choice of body size in white or metallic silver finish Compact fluorescent or T5 lamp options providing lighting design flexibility Tamper resistant and IP44 sealing kits make Cercla ideal for public areas and washrooms Fully integral emergency versions Self-test and EasiCheck emergency monitoring options ensure compliance with testing requirements without disruption to the workspace
173
Cercla
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W, 38W, 55W 2D compact fluorescent, 3500K - GR10q-4 cap 22W, 40W T5 circular fluorescent, 4000K - 2GX13 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - spun steel, powder coated in RAL9016 white or RAL9006 silver finish Diffuser - opal UV stabilised polycarbonate IP44 gasket - silicon Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting 55W 2D and 40 and 22W T5 emergency suitable for wall mounting only 55W available with IS self-test and Easicheck (wall mount only) 40 + 22W available with Easicheck only (wall mount only) BESA cable entry on rear with separate screw fixing points Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Diffuser retained by internal spring clips Tamper resistant fixing kit available Simple IP44 upgrade also provides tamper resistant fixing Supplied complete with lamp(s) In Emergency mode it is the 40W circular T5 lamp that is activated with BLF of 7% Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Suitable for use on defined escape routes Automatic self-test emergency versions available IP44 sealing kits include the tamper resistant fixings as standard Lighting controls and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505)
30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.61 0.59 0.02 60 80 120 160 30 60 50 90
Specification To specify state: Shallow profile compact fluorescent luminaire for ceiling or wall surface mounting, with rigid spun steel body finished white/metallic silver, efficient uniformly flashed opal diffuser and emergency versions with fully integral control gear, as Cooper Lighting Cercla range, part no. ________ Dimensions
480/550mm 480mm dia 550mm dia
252mm
234mm
234mm 252mm
112/140mm
234mm
Cable Entry
Cable Entry
2 x 21mm dia
2 x 21mm dia
Photometric Data
Cat. No. CEW55Z cd/1000lm Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 0 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 34 30 26 33 29 26 32 28 26 24 5 1.0 39 35 31 38 34 30 36 33 30 28 5 1.25 44 39 36 42 38 35 40 37 34 32 5 Room Index 1.5 47 42 39 45 41 38 43 40 37 35 5 2.0 51 47 44 49 46 43 47 44 42 39 5 2.5 54 51 47 52 49 46 49 47 45 42 5 3.0 56 53 50 54 51 49 51 49 47 44 5 4.0 59 56 54 56 54 52 54 52 50 47 5 5.0 61 59 56 58 56 54 55 54 52 49 5
BZ class
174

White finish 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 55W 1 x 22W & 40W 2D 2D 2D T5 Circular 480 480 550 550 CEW28Z CEW38Z CEW55Z CEW4022Z 2.80 2.80 3.65 3.65 EBCEW28Z EBCEW38Z EBCEW55Z* EBCEW4022Z* 3.40 3.40 4.75 4.75
Lamp Type
Dia (mm)
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
Silver finish 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 55W 1 x 22W & 40W 2D 2D 2D T5 Circular 480 480 550 550 CES28Z CES38Z CES55Z CES4022Z 2.80 2.80 3.65 3.65 EBCES28Z EBCES38Z EBCES55Z* EBCES4022Z* 3.40 3.40 4.75 4.75
* Restricted applications, refer to installation section For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg CEW38Z becomes CEW38RD (38W and 55W non-emergency only due to gear availability) For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg CEW38Z becomes CEW38DD (38W and 55W non-emergency only due to gear availability) Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features (55W 2D and 22 & 40W T5 Wall mount only) Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution.
Description
Accessories IP44 sealing kit - 480 dia IP44 sealing kit - 550 dia Tamper resistant fixing kit
Cat No
CEIP480 CEIP550 CETRK
Weight (kg)
0.06 0.06 0.03 (Note: Includes tamper resistant fixings as standard) (Note: Includes tamper resistant fixings as standard)

DIMMING
175
Nationwide, Northampton Reef
176
Reef
Designed to supplement VDT office installations or provide general ambient lighting, the Reef range of wall mounted uplighters offers the designer extensive choice. Available as a conventional uplighter or with a choice of slot or perforations providing feature spill light, the luminaire is available as standard in white or silver finish. A wide choice of efficient compact fluorescent and T5 lamp options permit Reef to augment many applications, in particular to provide excellent ceiling and vertical surface illumination in sympathy with the latest requirements for VDT offices. All versions share a shallow and stylish curved body design.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Stylish shallow profile - only 93mm deep Diffusing asymmetric reflector provides soft light distribution Choice of white and metallic silver finish Feature spill downlight options for visual impact Compact body version for column mounting Simple to install
177
Reef
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24q-2/3 cap 18W, 24W, 36W, 40W, 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap 14W (HE), 24W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI (Dimming may not be possible with downlight feature) Materials Body - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 or RAL9006 finish Reflector - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish
Lamp Rating L (mm) 260 390 490 590 590 A 150 280 360 450 450 B 50 115 155 200 200
93mm
Specification To specify state: Shallow profile wall mounted uplighter luminaire, rolled steel body with optional slot/perforated downlight feature, simple key hole slot screw fixing and finished with post coat powder coat paint in RAL9016 white/RAL9006 silver finish, as Cooper Lighting Reef range, part no. ________
T5
Dimensions
224mm
A
L
B=Cable Entry
Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting Direct screw fix via 2 x key hole slots 20mm cable entries, central and offset Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Reflector removable to aid fixing and make electrical connection Reflector slots into position and is secured by 2 screws Supplied complete with lamp(s) Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Options A choice of a slotted or perforated downward spill light feature for added visual impact
120 150
2 x 18/26W TC-D 2 x 18/24W TC-L 2 x 36W TC-L 2 x 40/55W TC-L 2 x 14/24W T5
Photometric Data
Cat. No. RES255LZW
150 300 250
150 100 120
90 cd/1000lm
90
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.62 0.60 0.02
Slotted downward light feature - RAL9006 finish
Perforated downward light feature - RAL9016 finish
178
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Lamp Type Body Length White Finish Silver Finish Weight (kg)
Reef - with no downward light feature 2 x 18W 2 x 26W 2 x 18W 2 x 24W 2 x 36W 2 x 40W 2 x 55W 2 x 14W 2 x 24W TC-D TC-D TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L T5 (HE) T5 (HO) 260mm 260mm 390mm 390mm 490mm 590mm 590mm 590mm 590mm REB218DZW REB226DZW REB218LZW REB224LZW REB236LZW REB240LZW REB255LZW REB214TZW REB224TZW REB218DZM REB226DZM REB218LZM REB224LZM REB236LZM REB240LZM REB255LZM REB214TZM REB224TZM 1.81 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.82 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03
Reef - with slotted downward light feature 2 x 18W 2 x 26W 2 x 18W 2 x 24W 2 x 36W 2 x 40W 2 x 55W 2 x 14W 2 x 24W TC-D TC-D TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L T5 (HE) T5 (HO) 260mm 260mm 390mm 390mm 490mm 590mm 590mm 590mm 590mm RES218DZW RES226DZW RES218LZW RES224LZW RES236LZW RES240LZW RES255LZW RES214TZW RES224TZW RES218DZM RES226DZM RES218LZM RES224LZM RES236LZM RES240LZM RES255LZM RES214TZM RES224TZM 1.81 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.82 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03
Reef - with perforated downward light feature 2 x 18W 2 x 26W 2 x 18W 2 x 24W 2 x 36W 2 x 40W 2 x 55W 2 x 14W 2 x 24W TC-D TC-D TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L T5 (HE) T5 (HO) 260mm 260mm 390mm 390mm 490mm 590mm 590mm 590mm 590mm REH218DZW REH226DZW REH218LZW REH224LZW REH236LZW REH240LZW REH255LZW REH214TZW REH224TZW REH218DZM REH226DZM REH218LZM REH224LZM REH236LZM REH240LZM REH255LZM REH214TZM REH224TZM 1.81 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.82 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg REB255LZW becomes REB255LRDW For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg REB255LZW becomes REB255LDDW Please check compatibility of dimming control gear with downward light feature For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
260mm long version for columns

DIMMING
179
ECB English Cricket Board Academy, Truro Waveform Wall
180
Waveform Wall
The Waveform family theme of uniform distribution combined with a soft lighting effect has been extended with this compact and stylish wall mounted option, suitable for a multitude of diverse applications. The architectural profile keeps the family look and both body and perforated panel are sheet steel construction for additional strength. Using compact fluorescent lamp technology, the Waveform Wall not only offers energy efficiency and long life, but provides an ideal emergency lighting solution for stairwells and corridors where other lamps technologies struggle to meet todays stringent emergency lighting requirements.
Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Attractive architectural profile Indirect illumination Soft, comfortable lighting effect Fully integral emergency version Simple to install with plug and socket mains connection minimising installation time
181
Waveform Wall
Lamp and Control Gear Options 55W TC-L compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI
120 150 200 160 120 120 80
Photometric Data
Cat. No. WAW155Z
150
Materials Body and perforated panel - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 Diffusing panel - flame retardant diffusing medium Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting Direct screw fix via 2 x key hole slots Open rear access for ease of cable entry Plug and socket mains connection with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Perforated panel removable for lamp replacement Supplied complete with lamp Aids lighting scheme design to comply with LG7: 2005 and BS EN 12464-1 - Refer to Interior Lighting Design Guide on page 563 Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Suitable for use on defined escape routes Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality see page 303 for system features Specification To specify state: Architectural, F marked wall mounted luminaire with dispersive wing reflector, curved perforated diffuser and fire retardant diffusing medium as Cooper Lighting Waveform Wall range, part no. ________ Dimensions
105mm
90
90
30
cd/1000lm
30
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.605 0.303 0.302
605mm
210mm
182

1 x 55W
Cat No
WAW155Z
Weight (kg)
2.4
Emergency Cat No
EBWAW155Z
Weight (kg)
3.5
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg WAW155Z becomes WAW155RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg WAW155Z becomes WAW155DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features
183
Kings Ash School, Paignton Clareo
184
Clareo
The Clareo range of pendant architectural downlights has been developed to provide an effective lighting solution for applications as diverse as retail showrooms to churches. Constructed from high quality die-cast aluminium, with an attractive textured silver-grey finish, the distinctive body profile has a technical appearance that is ideal for contemporary interiors, but also blends with traditional dcor. Available in two sizes, dependant on the aesthetics of the installation and lamp wattage, Clareo can be specified with single or twin 42W compact fluorescent or single lamp 70W and 150W CDM-T, with either an efficient aluminium reflector or eye-catching decorative prismatic refractor.
Innovative architectural profile Delivers high quality effective lighting Compact fluorescent and CDM-T lamp options Pre-wired for ease of installation Choice of aluminium reflector or decorative refractor
185
Clareo
Lamp and Control Gear Options 70W, 150W CDM-T, 3000K - G12 cap 42W TC-T compact fluorescent, 4000K - GX24q-4 cap High Frequency (fluorescent) and magnetic (CDM-T) control gear as standard Attachment lamp shields must be used with CDM-T versions Materials Body and ceiling plate - die cast aluminium, powder coated in metallic silver grey finish Refractor - clear prismatic UV stabilised acrylic Reflector - spun anodised silver grey aluminium Lamp shield - toughened glass or clear acrylic with aluminium joining band Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling mounting Ceiling plate is direct screw fixed, with terminal block for electrical connection Body pre-fitted with suspension wires and cable Suspension length adjusted at ceiling plate Reflector and refractor retained by 2 screws via keyhole slots Glass shield retained by tri-point clips. Acrylic shield has jointing band with spring clip Supplied complete with lamp
90
Dimensions
D1
D2
Dia
Lamp Rating 1 x 42W & 1 x 70W 1 x 42W & 1 x 70W 2 x 42W & 1 x 150W 2 x 42W & 1 x 150W
Attachment Aluminium reflector Acrylic refractor Aluminium reflector Acrylic refractor
D1 (mm) 230 230 300 300
D2 (mm) W (mm) Dia (mm) 210 191 310 281 180 180 230 230 320 316 450 416
H (mm) 3010 max 2990 max 3310 max 3280 max
Photometric Data
Cat. No. CLR142Z/CLRSR cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 60 50 10 50 30 10 30 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.97 0.15 0.82 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 52 45 40 50 43 39 47 41 37 34 5 1.0 61 53 48 57 51 46 54 48 44 40 5 1.25 68 61 55 64 58 53 60 55 51 46 5 Room Index 1.5 73 66 61 68 63 58 64 59 56 50 5 2.0 80 74 69 74 70 65 70 66 62 56 5 2.5 84 79 74 79 74 70 73 70 67 60 5 3.0 88 83 78 81 77 74 76 73 70 63 5 4.0 92 88 84 85 82 79 79 77 74 67 5 5.0 95 91 88 88 85 82 81 79 77 69 5
Options Standard rating is IP30. Lamp shields increase this to IP40 Choice of aluminium reflector or decorative prismatic refractor Specification To specify state: Architectural pendant downlight, for ceiling mounting via first fix ceiling plate with suspension wire adjustment, pre-wired die cast aluminium body with textured metallic silver grey finish, spun aluminium reflector/prismatic acrylic refractor attachment and toughened glass/clear acrylic lamp shield option, as Cooper Lighting Clareo range, part no. ________
100 60 150 200 250
186
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Lamp Type Body Weight (kg) Aluminium Reflector Weight (kg) Acrylic Refractor Weight (kg)
Order body and attachment separately 1 x 42W 1 x 70W 2 x 42W 1 x 150W TC-T compact fluorescent CDM-T discharge TC-T compact fluorescent CDM-T discharge CLR142Z CLR170 CLR242Z CLR1150 1.9 3.1 3.1 4.7 CLRSAL CLRSAL CLRLAL CLRLAL 0.5 0.5 1.3 1.3 CLRSR CLRSR CLRLR CLRLR 0.7 0.7 1.4 1.4
Description
Optional lamp shield for attachments Glass shield to fit CLRSAL reflector Glass shield to fit CLRLAL reflector Acrylic shield to fit CLRSR refractor Acrylic shield to fit CLRLR refractor
Cat No
Weight (kg)
CLRSSG CLRLSG CLRSSA CLRLSA
1.0 1.5 0.15 0.5
Note: Lamp shields must be ordered for use with CDM-T lamp versions
Aluminium reflector option
Aluminium reflector with glass shield
187
WR1
This range of discreet wall recessed luminaires is designed to enhance a variety of interior applications. WR1R with its open reflector provides ideal low level illumination, to highlight steps, entrances and walkways, WR1Q with its quad optic can add colour and visual interest to a space.
Energy saving LED solution Choice of fixed colour or RGB colour change to suit many applications or corporate colour scheme. Simple to install utilising simple leaf spring retention Shallow 33mm recessed depth Ideal for interior applications Open reflector or Quad optic facia options
188
LED and Driver 1W fixed colour LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - aluminium, painted silver finish Fascia plate - aluminium, painted silver finish Lens - polycarbonate Reflector - aluminium, mirror finish Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into wall cavity and retained with simple integrated leaf springs Requires 66 x 66 x 35mm cut out 300mm driver connection lead Specification To specify state: Square feature wall recessed LED luminaire with aluminium body and face plate, open reflector/quad optic with polycarbonate lens as Cooper Lighting WR1 range, part no.______
Dimensions
80 63
80
33
80
63
80
33
Beam Angles
no optic
LED Colour Options

CW NW WW
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-DPL110 Operates up to 9 1x1W luminaires wired in series See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications and alternatives Catalogue Numbers LED Rating
WR1R open reflector 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W Cool White Warm White Natural White Red Green Royal Blue Amber Cyan WR1R-1K2-CWN WR1R-1K2-WWN WR1R-1K2-NWN WR1R-1K2-RN WR1R-1K2-GN WR1R-1K2-BN WR1R-1K2-AN WR1R-1K2-CN 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W
LED Colour
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Drive current
Power Consumption
WR1Q Quad optic 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W Cool White Warm White Natural White Red Green Royal Blue Amber Cyan WR1Q-1K2-CWN WR1Q-1K2-WWN WR1Q-1K2-NWN WR1Q-1K2-RN WR1Q-1K2-GN WR1Q-1K2-BN WR1Q-1K2-AN WR1Q-1K2-CN 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W
189
WR2
This range of discreet wall recessed luminaires is designed to enhance a variety of interior applications. WR2 with its diffuse facia panel provides ideal low level illumination, to highlight steps, entrances and walkways, adding colour and visual interest to a space.
Energy saving LED solution Choice of fixed colours to suit many applications or corporate colour scheme Simple to install utilising simple leaf spring retention Shallow 33mm recessed depth Ideal for interior applications
190
LED and Driver 1W fixed colour LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - aluminium, painted silver finish Fascia plate - aluminium, painted silver finish Lens - polycarbonate Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into wall cavity and retained with simple integrated leaf springs Requires 70 x 70 x 35mm recess 300mm driver connection lead Specification To specify state: Square feature wall recessed LED luminaire with aluminium body and polycarbonate diffuse lens as Cooper Lighting WR2 range, part no.______
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-DPL110 Operates up to 9 1x1W luminaires wired in series See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications and alternatives
Dimensions
83.5 66
83.5
31.5
Beam Angles
no optic
LED Colour Options

CW NW WW
Catalogue Numbers
LED Rating
WR2 open reflector 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W
LED Colour
Cool White Warm White Natural White Red Green Royal Blue Amber Cyan
Cat No
WR2R-1K2-CWN WR2R-1K2-WWN WR2R-1K2-NWN WR2R-1K2-RN WR2R-1K2-GN WR2R-1K2BN WR2R-1K2-AN WR2R-1K2-CN
Weight (kg)
0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16
Drive current
350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA
Power Consumption
1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W
191
Wood Green Theatre, London RXD
192
RXD
PG 195
RXA
PG 201
Solstar
PG 207
Solstar Attachments
PG 211
Solstar Square
PG 215
Ekostar
PG 219
Metalstar
PG 221
Coolstar
PG 225
DXS
PG 229
DL3
PG 236
DL4
PG 238
DL5
PG 240
DL7
PG 242
DL8
PG 244
DL9
PG 246
DL10
PG 248
DL11
PG 251
SL1
PG 254
SL2
PG 256
193
RXD
194
RXD
The Cooper Lighting RXD downlight is the first truly viable LED alternative to traditional compact fluorescent downlights, providing a valuable energy saving lighting solution. The RXD can deliver energy savings of up to 62% over traditional compact fluorescent downlights without compromising on light levels or quality of light. To ensure suitability in a variety of applications, the RXD is available with a choice of 2900K warm white or 5000K cool white illumination, round or square bezels that can be specified in 4 different finishes and a wide attachment range to cater for both decorative and function driven installations. The RXD is compact and lightweight, with a body height of only 86mm, which enables it to be used in restricted ceiling voids.
Multi-die LED technology Heat pipe thermal management system Maintenance free 10-12 years typical commercial life 62% less energy consumption than compact fluorescent equivalent
195
RXD
Advanced LED Technology LED light sources have offered major advantages for some time extremely long life, maintenance free reliability and significant energy saving. But these benefits have been typically restricted to decorative and ambient applications. The RXD's innovative design now breaks through this barrier. Incorporating the very latest in LED technology - multi-die LEDs - the RXD now provides a new alternative to traditional fluorescent sources in commercial applications. Unlike conventional high output LEDs, multi-die technology incorporates multiple LEDs in one package providing increased light output in a smaller space and a wider spread of light. Available in 2900K warmwhite or 5000K coolwhite, each with a colour rendering index of over 80 CRI, the RXD breaks new boundaries to deliver high quality light and performance with the major advantage of low energy consumption and a maintenance free life. Thermal Management Obtaining optimum performance and long life from LEDs requires accurate thermal management, i.e. the heat generated by the LED must be drawn away from its junction. In simple terms, the cooler the LED, the better the performance and life. To generate the best from its LED, the RXD uses advanced heat pipe cooling technology compared to traditional heat sink methods. Heat pipes work on the principle that as a liquid evaporates, energy in the form of heat - must be taken from the environment. Therefore, an evaporating liquid will cool the surrounding area. This is how the RXD's purpose designed pure water filled heat pipes draw and conduct the heat from the LED to the cooling fins. This advanced cooling method accurately maintains the thermal requirements of the LED without the need for large, heavy heat sinks.
Energy Saving We're all looking to reduce energy consumption in an effort to combat both climate change and increasing energy costs. As lighting is one of the largest users of electricity in a typical building, efficiency improvements in our light sources will have a significant impact. The RXD now provides the solution. Example 25 luminaires running for 50,000 hours
RXD1 25W LED Total Circuit Watts Total Kwh Energy Saving 25W 31,250 56% 2X26W CFL 57W 71,250 RXD2 15W LED 15W 18,750 62% 2x18W CFL 39W 48,750
Long Life In terms of service life LED's are truly advanced. Over 70% of their initial light output is maintained after 50,000 hours compared to typically 10,000 hours practical life offered by fluorescent sources. This translates into significant cost reductions in through life maintenance. Based on 10 hours use per day, the RXD will last maintenance free for 13.7 years. A 2x26W compact fluorescent will last only 2.7 years before lamp failure, therefore requiring 5 lamp changes in total to match the life performance of the RXD.
196
Performance RXD1 25W, fixed output Warm White Cool white

LED Chip lumens LOR Total Circuit Watts Lumens per Circuit Watt 1490 lm 96.0% 25.0W 57.2 lm/cw 1597 lm 96.0% 25.0W 61.0 lm/cw
RXD2, 15W fixed output & 1-10v dimming Warm White Cool White
989 lm 96.0% 15.0W 63.3 lm/cw 1066 lm 96.0% 15.0W 68.2 lm/cw
Photometric Data
cd/1000lm 90 300 60 450 600 750 60 90

H :1.0m 1395 lx H :2.0m 349 lx H :3.0m 155 lx H :4.0m 87 lx 1.3m 860 lx 2.5m 215 lx 3.8m 96 lx 5.1m 54 lx
30
30
Visit www.artandsciencecombined.com to download photometric data.
Performance Comparison Corridor 1.7m x 14.0m x 2.8m, 70/50/20 reflectances 2 x 26W CFL Downlight, 0.8 Maintenance Factor
(m) 1.6 1.2 W4 0.8 0.4 0.0 0 Illuminance (lx) 2 100 4 150 6 W3 (m) 1.6 1.2 W4 0.8 0.4 0.0 0 Illuminance (lx) 2 100 4 150 6
RXD LED Downlight, 0.9 Maintenance Factor

W3
Field 1
W2
Field 1
W2
W1 200
8 300
10
12 500
14(m)
W1 200
8 300
10
12 500
14(m)
Eav Emin Emax Uniformity
196lx 139lx 211lx 0.71
Eav Emin Emax Uniformity
222lx 168lx 241lx 0.76
Cool White
Warm White

DIMMING
197
RXD
Downlights
LED and Driver 15W, 25W LED 5000K Coolwhite or 3000K Warmwhite >80 CRI Fixed output driver as standard Dimming options available including 1-10V and DALI Materials Body - injection moulded fire retardant polycarbonate, black finish Ceiling clips - spring steel self finish Bezel - injection moulded fire retardant ABS Bezel finish - RAL9016 White, RAL9006 Silver, Chrome plated Reflector - injection moulded fire retardant polycarbonate, satin finish Options Integral emergency conversion Suitable for use on defined escape routes
100mm 100mm
Installation Notes Shallow profile allows installation in ceiling voids as low as 110mm Prewired remote gearbox provides ease of positioning in restricted voids Gearbox and luminaire fit through ceiling cut out Luminaire is securely retained by 2 tool less ratchet spring clips Reflector simply clips in to place Specification To specify state: Multi-die LED downlight with heat pipe thermal management system, 86mm overall height, square/round bezel in white/silver/chrome/trimless finish and retrofit attachment facility as Cooper Lighting RXD range, part no.______ Dimensions
Gearbox Square Round
Catalogue Numbers Wattage

RXD1 25W
Bezel
Round
Finish Cool White

White Silver Chrome Trimless
Cat No Warm White

RXD1-RWS-WW RXD1-RSS-WW RXD1-RCS-WW RXD1-RTS-WW RXD1-SWS-WW RXD1-SSS-WW RXD1-SCS-WW RXD1-STS-WW RXD2-RWS-WW RXD2-RSS-WW RXD2-RCS-WW RXD2-RTS-WW RXD2-SWS-WW RXD2-SSS-WW RXD2-SCS-WW RXD2-STS-WW RXD1-RWS-CW RXD1-RSS-CW RXD1-RCS-CW RXD1-RTS-CW RXD1-SWS-CW RXD1-SSS-CW RXD1-SCS-CW RXD1-STS-CW RXD2-RWS-CW RXD2-RSS-CW RXD2-RCS-CW RXD2-RTS-CW RXD2-SWS-CW RXD2-SSS-CW RXD2-SCS-CW RXD2-STS-CW
Weight (kg)
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Emergency Cat No Cool white Warm White

EBRXD1-RWS-CW EBRXD1-RSS-CW EBRXD1-RCS-CW EBRXD1-RTS-CW EBRXD1-SWS-CW EBRXD1-SSS-CW EBRXD1-SCS-CW EBRXD1-STS-CW EBRXD2-RWS-CW EBRXD2-RSS-CW EBRXD2-RCS-CW EBRXD2-RTS-CW EBRXD2-SWS-CW EBRXD2-SSS-CW EBRXD2-SCS-CW EBRXD2-STS-CW EBRXD1-RWS-WW EBRXD1-RSS-WW EBRXD1-RCS-WW EBRXD1-RTS-WW EBRXD1-SWS-WW EBRXD1-SSS-WW EBRXD1-SCS-WW EBRXD1-STS-WW EBRXD2-RWS-WW EBRXD2-RSS-WW EBRXD2-RCS-WW EBRXD2-RTS-WW EBRXD2-SWS-WW EBRXD2-SSS-WW EBRXD2-SCS-WW EBRXD2-STS-WW
Weight (kg)
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Square
RXD2 15W
Round
Square
For 1-10V dimming option, add R character, eg. RXD1-RWS-CW becomes RXD1-RWS-CW-R For DALI dimming option, add DD character, eg. RXD1-RWS-CW becomes RXD1-RWS-CW-DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features Primary product for an optimised efficient lighting solution
198
Attachments
Materials Bezel assembly - injection moulded fire retardant ABS Bezel finish - RAL9016 White, RAL9006 Silver, Chrome plated Panels - injection moulded fire retardant polycarbonate Halo - injection moulded acrylic with chrome plated steel fixings Dimensions Installation Notes Fixing collar threads over downlight and locates on rear of downlight bezel Downlight is then installed as normal Fixing collar then provides facility to fix attachments to the downlight face Round attachments fix with 1/4 turn Square attachments fix with slide action left to right No tools required, all accessories are pre-assembled for quick installation
27 155 147 7 27
Specification To specify state: Frosted Halo/Polycarbonate Opal Lens/Polycarbonate Clear Lens/Polycarbonate Wall Wash Optic/IP44/IP54 retrofit downlight attachment as Cooper Lighting RXD attachment range, part no.______
27 147
155
147
Catalogue Numbers Description White

Round Halo Round Opal Lens IP44 Round Opal Lens IP54 Round Clear Lens IP44 Round Clear Lens IP54 Round Wall Wash Optic RXD-RHW RXD-ROW44 RXD-ROW54 RXD-RCW44 RXD-RCW54 RXD-RWW
Bezel Finish Silver

RXD-RHS RXD-ROS44 RXD-ROS54 RXD-RCS44 RXD-RCS54 RXD-RWS
Chrome
RXD-RHC RXD-ROC44 RXD-ROC54 RXD-RCC44 RXD-RCC54 RXD-RWC
Weight (kg)
0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Square Halo Square Opal Lens IP44 Square Opal Lens IP54 Square Clear Lens IP44 Square Clear Lens IP54 Square Wall Wash Optic
RXD-SHW RXD-SOW44 RXD-SOW54 RXD-SCW44 RXD-SCW54 RXD-SWW
RXD-SHS RXD-SOS44 RXD-SOS54 RXD-SCS44 RXD-SCS54 RXD-SWS
RXD-SHC RXD-SOC44 RXD-SOC54 RXD-SCC44 RXD-SCC54 RXD-SWC
0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Round Halo
Round opal lens IP44/54
Square Halo
Square opal lens IP44/54
Round clear lens IP44/54
Round wallwash optic
Square clear lens IP44/54
Square wallwash optic

DIMMING
199
200
RXA
The Cooper Lighting RXA range of recessed adjustable spotlights provides the lighting designer with a recessed solution for highlighting in retail, commercial and hospitality applications. Incorporating the latest in multi-die LED technology, the RXA reduces energy consumption, maintenance costs and provides virtually no UV or IR without compromising on light quality and lumen output, all criteria to be addressed in todays demanding applications. Available in a selection of head unit configurations, beam angles and trim finishes, the RXA complements a wide variety of decor and styles.
Multi-die LED technology Low IR and UV Low energy consumption Tilting head designed to remain above ceiling line without loss of beam Multiple head unit options Choice of bezel or trimless frames
201
RXA
LED, Lamp and Control Gear Options 15W LED, 812 luminaire lumens per head, >80 CRI 5000K cool white, 4000K natural white or 3000K warm white 20W, 35W CDM-R GX10 cap Remote driver/ballast gearbox Dimming options available including 1-10V and DALI Materials Frame - one piece die-cast aluminium, finished in RAL9016 white or RAL9006 silver Ceiling brackets - spring steel, self finish Housing - steel construction finished in RAL9011 black Lighting head units - die-cast aluminium finished in RAL9011 black Reflectors - aluminium
Installation Notes
1. Frame fits into ceiling cut out
2. Ceiling clips clamp frame in place. Trimless frame option requires plaster finishing to machined edge of frame
3. Lighting unit connects via plug and socket into gearbox in ceiling void (supplied) and installs through frame
4. Spring clips locate and fix lighting unit into frame
5. Housing protects cooling without restricting air flow
6. Head units adjusted in tilt and pivot, and lock with single allen key screw
202
Photometric Data
cd/1000lm 90 90
Specification To specify state: Recessed multi head adjustable spotlight with Multidie LED and heat pipe thermal management system/CDM-R Metal Halide source, extruded aluminium bezel/trimless frame with RAL9016 white/RAL9006 silver finish, single locking pan and tilt function, as Cooper Lighting RXA range, part no.______
60
3000
60
4500
6000
30
30
Dimensions
L W
Options Single Head Twin Head Triple Head Quad Head
L (mm) 186 328 473 325
Overall Dimensions W (mm) H (mm) 186 186 186 325 140 140 140 140
Cut Out Dimensions L (mm) W (mm) 158 297 440 297 151 151 151 297

DIMMING
203
RXA
Options Single, twin, triple and quad head units Bezel or trimless frame - ordered separately LED or Metal Halide sources 16, 24 or 40 beam
Single head with trimless frame
Twin head with silver bezel frame
Triple head with white bezel frame
Quad head with white bezel frame
CDM-R Metal Halide
204
Catalogue Numbers LED Luminaire Head Unit

Single
Beam Angle
16 24 40
Cool White
RXA-S1L-CW16 RXA-S1L-CW24 RXA-S1L-CW40
Colour Temperature Natural White

RXA-S1L-NW16 RXA-S1L-NW24 RXA-S1L-NW40
Warm White
RXA-S1L-WW16 RXA-S1L-WW24 RXA-S1L-WW40
Weight (kg)
0.80 0.80 0.80
Twin
16 24 40
1.55 1.55 1.55
Triple
16 24 40
2.30 2.30 2.30
Quad
16 24 40
2.75 2.75 2.75
For 1-10V dimming option, add R character, eg. RXA-S1L-CW16 becomes RXA-S1L-CW16-R For DALI dimming option, add DD character, eg. RXA-S1L-CW16 becomes RXA-S1L-CW16-DD Primary product for an optimised efficient lighting solution
CDM-R Metal Halide luminaire (supplied less lamp) Head Unit

Single Twin Triple Quad
Wattage 20W
RXA-S1M20 RXA-S2M20 RXA-S3M20 RXA-S4M20
35W
RXA-S1M35 RXA-S2M35 RXA-S3M35 RXA-S4M35
Weight (kg)
0.80 1.55 2.30 2.75
Ceiling Trims Head Unit

Single Twin Triple Quad
White
RXA-SR1W RXA-SR2W RXA-SR3W RXA-SR4W
Finish Silver
RXA-SR1S RXA-SR2S RXA-SR3S RXA-SR4S
Trimless
RXA-SR1T RXA-SR2T RXA-SR3T RXA-SR4T
Weight (kg)
0.20 0.30 0.35 0.35

DIMMING
205
Cawdor School, Inverness Solstar & Coolstar
206
Solstar
The specifier's need for a comprehensive downlight range is ever increasing as building designs become more and more demanding. The Solstar range meets this challenge head on. Helping to create the desired lighting effect, a wide selection of lamp wattages are available in vertical or horizontal orientations, with a choice of smooth or diamond facet reflector in 3 diameters. An extensive range of retrofit attachments give greater scope for both decorative applications and where a degree of environmental protection is required. Solstar's plug and play remote gear box is fast and easy to install and gives improved flexibility in restricted ceiling voids.
High performance optics - LOR up to 75% Lamp options from vertical 13W to horizontal 42W High quality smooth or diamond facet reflectors Extensive range of retrofit attachments providing decorative and functional options Easy to install with plug and socket connection Shallow profile and remote gear box for restricted ceiling voids
207
Solstar
Lamp and Control Gear Options 13W, 18W, 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24d/q-1/2/3 cap 32W, 42W TC-T compact fluorescent, 4000K - GX24q-3/4 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Bezel - injection moulded fire retardant ABS Gear housing - injection moulded fire retardant ABS Reflector - high purity, extra low iridescence anodised aluminium in faceted mirror or smooth satin finish Ceiling clips - injection moulded fire retardant ABS Surface housing - steel with RAL9016 white powdercoat finish Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Suitable for use on defined escape routes Supplied complete with lamps Dimming variants supplied with 6-pole plug and socket connection Fused as standard Dimensions
30 60 200 90
Specification To specify state: Recessed/surface mount, low energy compact fluorescent round downlight with fused plug and play gearbox, faceted/smooth anodised aluminium reflector and retrofit attachment facility as Cooper Lighting Solstar range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. SHF226Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 100 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 300 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.596 0.00 0.596 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 44 40 38 43 40 38 42 40 38 36 1 1.0 50 46 44 49 46 44 48 45 43 42 1 1.25 53 50 48 52 49 47 51 49 47 45 1 Room Index 1.5 56 53 51 54 52 50 53 51 49 48 1 2.0 59 56 54 57 55 53 55 54 52 50 1 2.5 61 59 57 59 57 56 57 56 54 52 1 3.0 62 60 59 60 58 57 58 57 56 53 1 4.0 64 62 61 62 60 59 59 58 58 55 1 5.0 65 64 62 62 61 60 60 59 59 56 1
D D Dia Dia
50mm
Recessed vertical lamp - 165mm dia

215mm 140mm
Recessed horizontal lamp - 220mm dia
90mm
Dia
290mm
140mm
Options Recessed vertical lamp 13W/18W/26W vertical Recessed horizontal lamp 13W/18W/26W 32W/42W horizontal Surface horizontal lamp 13W/18W/26W horizontal
Dia (mm)
Cut Out (mm)
D (mm)
L (mm)
165
150
228
220 255
205 240
125 150
165 162
Recessed horizontal lamp - 255mm dia
Surface mounted
240
190
208
Luminaire Installation
Vertical lamp 165mm diameter
Horizontal lamp 220mm diameter
Horizontal lamp 255mm diameter
Standard gear box
Emergency gearbox has separate battery unit with plug in connector
Suitable for use with Connect Wiring System lead kits. See page 548
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating Smooth Reflector Facetted Reflector Weight (kg) Emergency Smooth Reflector Emergency Facetted Reflector Weight (kg)
Recessed vertical lamp - 165mm dia 1 x 13W 1 x 18W 1 x 26W SVS113Z SVS118Z SVS126Z 1.01 1.02 1.02 ERSVS113Z ERSVS118Z ERSVS126Z 2.00 2.01 2.01
Recessed horizontal lamp - 220mm dia 1 x 13W 2 x 13W 1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 26W 2 x 26W SHS113Z SHS213Z SHS118Z SHS218Z SHS126Z SHS226Z SHF113Z SHF213Z SHF118Z SHF218Z SHF126Z SHF226Z 1.18 1.24 1.19 1.25 1.19 1.26 ERSHS113Z ERSHS213Z ERSHS118Z ERSHS218Z ERSHS126Z ERSHS226Z ERSHF113Z ERSHF213Z ERSHF118Z ERSHF218Z ERSHF126Z ERSHF226Z 2.17 2.23 2.18 2.24 2.18 2.25
Recessed horizontal lamp - 255mm dia 1 x 26W 2 x 26W 1 x 32W 2 x 32W 1 x 42W 2 x 42 W Surface mounted 2 x 13W 2 x 18W 2 x 26W SUS213Z SUS218Z SUS226Z SUF213Z SUF218Z SUF226Z 2.06 2.08 2.09 EBSUS213Z EBSUS218Z EBSUS226Z EBSUF213Z EBSUF218Z EBSUF226Z 3.03 3.04 2.45 SHS126Z-255 SHS226Z-255 SHS132Z SHS232Z SHS142Z SHS242Z SHF126Z-255 SHF226Z-255 SHF132Z SHF232Z SHF142Z SHF242Z 1.29 1.36 1.29 1.36 1.29 1.37 ERSHS126Z-255 ERSHS226Z-255 ERSHS132Z ERSHS232Z ERSHS142Z ERSHS242Z ERSHF126Z-255 ERSHF226Z-255 ERSHF132Z ERSHF232Z ERSHF142Z ERSHF242Z 2.59 2.66 2.59 2.66 2.59 2.67
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg SHS226Z becomes SHS226RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg SHS226Z becomes SHS226DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features

DIMMING
209
Horizon Centre, Devon Solstar Attachments
210
Solstar Attachments
Today's modern building styles often demand more than just a light source, they want to make a statement. The range of Solstar attachments allow the basic downlight to be tailored to complement an application dcor or theme. Frosted and coloured halo glasses provide a decorative edge, whilst the asymmetric wall wash optics help highlight features. Semi-recessing bezels give an attractive alternate look with the added benefit of helping to accommodate restricted ceiling voids. Where a degree of environmental protection is required, IP44 and IP54 sealed attachments in toughened glass or polycarbonate are also available.
Extensive range of retrofit attachments Halo glass in choice of finish and colour IP44 and IP54 sealed fascias in steel spun bezel Asymmetric wall wash optic to highlight features and can aid lighting scheme design to comply with LG7:2005 and BS EN 12464-1 Semi-recessing bezel: provides alternative appearance and low void solution Quick and easy to install with simple knockouts in the standard bezel
211
Solstar Attachments
Materials Glass attachments - toughened glass with chrome plated fixing screws Panel bezels - spun steel, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Panels - TPa fire rated true prismatic PVC, opal/clear polycarbonate Semi-recessing bezel - spun steel powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Specification To specify state: Frosted halo glass/Coloured halo glass/Semi recessing bezel/Asymmetric wall wash/IP44/IP54 fire rated PVC/Polycarbonate/Glass sealed retrofit downlight attachment, as Cooper Lighting Solstar range, part no. ________
Dimensions
Photometric Data
Cat. No. SHF218Z/SHGF220 cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 100 60 200 60 70 70 50 50 50 300 30 30 30 30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.655 0.033 0.622 0 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class F 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0 0.75 44 40 37 43 39 37 42 39 36 35 2 1.0 51 47 44 50 47 44 49 46 44 42 2 1.25 56 52 49 54 51 49 53 50 48 47 2 Room Index 1.5 59 55 53 57 54 52 56 53 51 49 2 2.0 63 60 57 61 58 56 59 57 55 53 2 2.5 65 63 61 63 61 63 61 59 58 56 2 3.0 67 65 63 65 63 61 63 61 60 57 2 4.0 69 67 66 67 65 64 64 63 62 59 2 5.0 71 69 67 68 67 65 65 64 63 60 2
Dia
Dia
Dia
Lamp Type Recessed vertical lamp 13W/18W/26W Recessed horizontal lamp 13W/18W/26W 32W/42W
Plastic panel with bezel Dia D (mm) (mm)
Semi recessing bezel Dia D (mm) (mm)
Halo glass Dia D (mm) (mm)
170 225 258
10 10 10
167 222 257
25 25 25
187 260 295
20 20 20
Halo Glass
IP44/IP54
Frosted
Blue
Glass
Prismatic PVC
Red
Green
Clear Polycarbonate
Opal Polycarbonate
Wall Wash
Semi-Recessed
212
Attachment Installation
1. Push fixing screws through bezel knockouts
3. Locate and fix attachment
2. Install downlights
Catalogue Numbers 165mm Downlight Cat No Weight (kg)

SHGF165 SHGR165 SHGB165 SHGG165 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
Description
Halo glass - frosted Halo glass - red Halo glass - blue Halo glass - green
220mm Downlight Cat No Weight (kg)

255mm Downlight Cat No Weight (kg)

IP44 - etched edge glass IP44 - TPa prismatic PVC IP44 - TPa clear polycarbonate IP44 - TPa opal polycarbonate
SG44165 SPP44165 SCP44165 SOP44165
0.38 0.25 0.25 0.25
SG44220 SPP44220 SCP44220 SOP44220
0.72 0.27 0.27 0.27
SG44255 SPP44255 SCP44255 SOP44255
0.83 0.29 0.29 0.29
IP54 - etched edge glass IP54 - TPa prismatic PVC IP54 - TPa clear polycarbonate IP54 - TPa opal polycarbonate
SG54165 SPP54165 SCP54165 SOP54165
0.38 0.25 0.25 0.25
SG54220 SPP54220 SCP54220 SOP54220
0.72 0.27 0.27 0.27
SG54255 SPP54255 SCP54255 SOP54255
0.83 0.29 0.29 0.29
Semi-recessing bezel Asymmetric wall wash reflector Asymmetric wall wash reflector to suit 220mm 26W
SSR165 -
0.16 -
SSR220 SWR220 SWR22026
0.18 0.19 0.19
SSR255 SWR255 -
0.19 0.21 -
Note: Attachments are not suitable for use with surface downlight
213
Horizon Centre, Devon Solstar Square
214
Solstar Square
The Solstar range of square downlights offers an attractive alternative for applications where circular downlights would not blend with the interior design. The compact dimensions are suited to both ambient lighting applications, such as circulation areas, and task illumination in boardrooms and study areas. A choice of recessed and surface mount versions ensure the luminaire can be used almost anywhere. Prismatic controller, satin louvre and decorative halo glass options provide a variety of lighting effects and visual appearances. Solstar square can be specified with emergency conversion, including self-test versions, affording a discreet installation in prestigious locations.
Attractive 300 x 300mm square downlight Recessed and surface mounted options Decorative halo glass High performance 65 - 200 cd/m2 Xenoptic satin louvre option Prismatic controller in attractive extruded frame
215
Solstar Square
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, compact fluorescent, 4000K - 2G11 cap 18W, 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24d/q-2/3 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - welded, full box steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Louvre - Xenoptic grade, satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Panel - TPa fire rated, true prismatic PVC, retained in extruded PVC frame, powder coated in Permawhite Glass attachments - toughened glass with chrome plated fixing screws Installation Notes Recessed suitable for 300mm wide exposed T ceiling grids or pre-cut aperture in ceiling tiles and plasterboard Supplied with plasterboard/tile side support arms Use MSBK side support arms (ordered separately) for mounting in exposed T ceiling grid Surface suitable for direct fix, via 4 x screw fixing points Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination on louvre/panel variants Remote gearbox for drop glass version with plug and socket connection Supplied complete with lamps Fused as standard Dimensions
30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.58 0.00 0.58 90
Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Suitable for use on defined escape routes Choice of drop glass and reflector or louvre or panel optics Specification To specify state: Compact fluorescent square downlight luminaire, recessed or surface mounted, with 65-200 cd/m2 satin finish Xenoptic louvre/TPa prismatic/opal panel in extruded TPa PVC frame/decorative halo glass attachment as Cooper Lighting Solstar range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. SQ218Z/SQLXS cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 200 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 300 30 30 10 50 30 10 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 41 38 35 40 37 35 40 37 35 34 1 1.0 47 44 41 46 43 41 45 42 40 39 1 1.25 50 47 45 49 47 44 48 46 44 43 1 Room Index 1.5 53 50 48 52 49 47 50 48 46 45 1 2.0 56 54 52 55 53 51 53 51 50 48 1 2.5 58 56 54 56 55 53 55 53 52 50 1 3.0 60 58 56 58 56 55 56 55 53 51 1 4.0 62 60 59 59 58 57 57 56 55 53 1 5.0 63 61 60 60 59 58 58 57 56 54 1
W L L
Louvre attachment
D D
Prismatic panel attachment
Recessed
Surface
Options Recessed Surface Halo glass
L (mm) 297 300 327
W (mm) 297 300 327
D (mm) 125 100 20
216

2 x 18W 2 x 26W
Smooth Reflector
SQGS218Z SQGS226Z
Facetted Reflector
SQGF218Z SQGF226Z
Weight (kg)
3.35 3.45
Emergency Smooth Reflector

ERSQGS218Z ERSQGS226Z
Emergency Facetted Reflector

ERSQGF218Z ERSQGF226Z
Weight (kg)
5.15 5.25
Recessed complete with halo glass
Lamp Rating
Body only 2 x 18W
Recessed
Weight (kg)
2.10
Surface
Weight (kg)
2.00
Emergency Recessed
ERSQ218Z
Weight (kg)
4.10
Emergency Surface
ERSQS218Z
Weight (kg)
4.00
SQ218Z
SQS218Z
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg SQFG218Z becomes SQFG218RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg SQFG218Z becomes SQFG218DD Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features
Description
Attachments 65 200 cd/m2 Louvre TPa prismatic PVC TPa opal polycarbonate
Cat No
SQLXS SQP SQOP
Weight (kg)
0.29 0.31 0.31
Horizon Centre, Devon Solstar Square

DIMMING
217
Ekostar
IP20
Haloglass
IP44 glass
Ekostar is a low profile Downlight using low energy compact fluorescent lamps and high frequency control gear as standard. The housing is moulded from polycarbonate which passes the 850C glow wire test making it available with a 3 hour maintained emergency option suitable for use in defined escape routes. The smooth polished anodised reflector assembly is highly efficient and allows lamp change to be carried out from below the ceiling without the need for extra cut outs in the reflector. Attachments can be added with a twist and lock type action removing the need for unsightly fixing screws and allows for retrospective change if required. Ekostar can also cleverly overcome shallow ceiling voids by detaching the gear pod and feeding through the ceiling cut out before the main body of the luminaire.
Low profile, all polycarbonate housing High frequency control gear as standard marked as standard
3 Hour maintained emergency versions available Twist and lock attachment method Supplied with lamps
218
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24q/2/3 cap High frequency control gear as standard Materials Housing and Gear Pod Injection moulded fire retardant polycarbonate Emergency gearbox - injection moulded fire retardant ABS Reflector - High purity anodised aluminium smooth finish Bezel -Die-cast aluminium white finish Installation Notes Suitable for pre-cut aperture in ceiling tiles or plasterboard Fast fix, ratchet action ceiling clips adjust to various ceiling thickness, without need for tools Gear box can be swung down to facilitate shallow ceiling voids Supplied complete with lamps Specification To specify state : Recessed low energy compact fluorescent round downlight, smooth anodised aluminium reflector and die-cast aluminium bezel as Crompton Ekostar range, part no _______
30
Dimensions
90mm
160mm 115mm
225mm
290mm 140mm
245mm 290mm
Standard housing and gear pod
Emergency gearbox
Photometric Data
Cat. No. EKS118Z cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 200 60 300 400 500 600 30 30 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.86 0.00 0.86 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 64 59 55 63 58 55 61 57 54 53 1 1.0 72 67 64 70 66 63 69 65 63 61 1 1.25 77 73 69 75 71 68 73 70 68 65 1 Room Index 1.5 80 76 73 78 75 72 76 73 71 69 1 2.0 85 81 78 82 79 77 80 78 76 73 1 2.5 88 85 82 85 82 80 82 80 78 75 1 3.0 90 87 85 87 84 82 84 82 81 77 1 4.0 92 90 88 89 87 86 86 84 83 79 1 5.0 94 92 90 90 89 87 87 86 85 81 1
Cat. No.
EKS226Z cd/1000lm
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 W 50 30 F 20 0.75 42 39 36 20 42 38 36 20 41 38 36 0 35 1 1.0 48 45 42 47 44 42 46 44 42 40 1 1.25 51 48 46 50 48 46 49 47 45 44 1 Room Index 1.5 54 51 49 52 50 48 51 49 47 46 1 2.0 57 55 53 55 53 52 54 52 51 49 1 2.5 59 57 55 57 55 54 55 54 53 51 1 3.0 60 58 57 58 57 55 57 55 54 52 1 4.0 62 61 59 60 59 58 58 57 56 53 1 5.0 63 62 61 61 60 59 59 58 57 54 1
90
60
200
60 50
10 50 30 10 30 50 30 10
30
30
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.58 0.00 0.58
0 BZ-class

1 x 18w 4pin CFL Standard installation 2 x 18w 4pin CFL 1 x 26w 4pin CFL 2 x 26w 4pin CFL 1 x 18w 4pin CFL 2 x 18w 4pin CFL 1 x 26w 4pin CFL 2 x 26w 4pin CFL All Types All Types
Gear Option
HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF -
Cat No
EKS118Z EKS218Z EKS126Z EKS226Z EKSIP44GLASS EKSHGLASS
Emerg Cat No
EREKS118Z EREKS218Z EREKS126Z EREKS226Z -
Weight (kg)
1.15 1.25 1.20 1.30 2.45 R 2.55 R 2.50 R 2.60 R 0.40 0.60
Shallow ceiling installation
219
Norwich Hostry, Norwich Metalstar
220
Metalstar
When high light output is required for general or display illumination, but compact dimensions are essential for aesthetic reasons, Metalstar offers an effective solution. Now with a wide choice of options, such as omni-directional housings for control of beam direction and the latest capsule CDM-TC lamps for even smaller dimensions, the Metalstar range is ideally suited to atria, retail, leisure and hotel applications. Good colour rendering and stable through life colour, is provided by the warm white ceramic metal halide and natural deluxe metal halide lamp choice. All versions are fitted as standard with a rapid connect plug and socket system for ease of installation.
Ultra compact CDM-TC lamp options Quality die-cast aluminium construction High output, high performance design Fixed and Omni-directional style versions Gearbox with plug and socket for rapid installation
221
Metalstar
Lamp and Gear Options 35W, 70W, 150W CDM-T, 3000K/70W, 150W HQI-T, 4200K - G12 cap 70W, 150W CDM-TD, 3000K/70W, 150W HQI-TS, 4200K - Rx7s cap 35W, 70W CDM-TC, 3000K - GY8.5 cap Magnetic control gear as standard HF control gear option available Materials Bezel and housing - die-cast aluminium, powder coated in RAL9010 white finish (Omni CDM-TC also in natural aluminium finish) Gear box - sheet steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Reflector - High purity, satin finish, low iridescence anodised aluminium Ceiling clips - spring steel Safety glass - 4mm toughened glass Installation Notes Suitable for pre-cut aperture in ceiling tiles or plasterboard. Contact us for compatibility with other ceiling systems Omni versions have 0-75 tilt. CDM-TC rotates 180, CDM-T rotates 359 Fast fix, ratchet action ceiling clips adjust to various ceiling thickness, without need of tools Remote gear box with pre-wired lead and plug and socket connection to downlight housing Gear box has plug and socket connection to mains, using supplied 3 way, 2 x 1.5mm2 plug Supplied complete with lamps Gearbox dims not suited to DCDM-TC options in solid ceilings due to cutout dimension High frequency option (without gearbox) suits DCDM-TC variant cut-out where ceiling void access is only via the luminaire cut-out. Ballast has integral cable strain relief Dimensions
Fixed CDM/HQI Metalstar
90
Options Lamps supplied are 3000K CDM or 4200K HQI. (Available less lamp on request) Omni CDM-TC available in brushed aluminium or white finish Specification To specify state: Recessed, die-cast aluminium downlight, with high intensity discharge CDM/HQI/CDM-TC lamps, in fixed/omni-directional format and remote gear box, fused, with fast fit plug and socket wiring system, as Cooper Lighting Metalstar range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. METSC70CW cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 100 60 200 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 300 30 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.76 0.00 0.76 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 47 41 37 46 41 37 45 40 37 35 4 1.0 55 50 46 53 49 45 52 48 45 43 3 1.25 61 56 52 59 54 51 57 53 50 48 3 Room Index 1.5 64 60 56 62 58 55 61 57 54 52 3 2.0 70 66 62 67 64 61 65 62 60 57 3 2.5 73 69 66 71 68 65 68 66 63 61 3 3.0 75 72 69 73 70 68 70 68 66 63 3 4.0 78 76 74 76 73 71 73 71 69 66 3 5.0 80 78 76 77 75 74 74 73 71 68 3
D1 D
D2 DIA
DIA
Style/Lamp type Fixed - CDM-TC Fixed - CDM/HQI
Dia (mm) 130 192
D/D1 (mm) 115 190
D2 (mm) 74 (max) 135 (max)
Cutout (mm) 105 170 105 172
Omni - CDM-TC 130 98 Omni - CDM-T 186 165 Gear box (all styles/lamp types) L 200, W 125, D 80mm
222

Fixed Metalstar 1 x 35W 1 x 70W 1 x 70W 1 x 150W 1 x 70W 1 x 150W 1 x 70W 1 x 150W 1 x 70W 1 x 150W CDM-TC CDM-TC CDM-T CDM-T HQI-T HQI-T CDM-TD CDM-TD HQI-TS HQI-TS 3000 3000 3000 3000 4200 4200 3000 3000 4200 4200 METSC35CW METSC70CW METS70CW METS150CW METS70MN METS150MN METDE70CW METDE150CW METDE70MN METDE150MN 0.31 0.31 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
Lamp Type
Lamp Colour Temp (K)
Cat No
Downlight Weight (kg)
Gear Box Weight (kg)
Omni-directional Metalstar 1 x 35W 1 x 35W 1 x 35W 1 x 70W 1 x 150W CDM-TC CDM-TC CDM-T CDM-T CDM-T 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 METOSC35CW METOSC35CWA METOS35CW METOS70CW METOS150CW 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
Note - All control gear is mounted in a remote gear box, with plug and socket connection
Omni CDM-TC Metalstar - white finish
Omni CDM-TC Metalstar - aluminium finish
Fixed CDM-TC Metalstar
223
Norwich Hostry, Norwich Coolstar
224
Coolstar
The beautifully styled, curved bezel of Coolstar lends the range a distinctive, sleek and individual appearance. Constructed from die-cast alloy, options include standard fixed, tilting, omni-directional and IP65 rated versions. Integration with a majority of interiors is assured by the choice of 3 colour finishes: white, chrome and brushed aluminium. Coolstar is also supplied as standard with long life UV stop dichroic lamps. For wet, humid or semi-exposed applications, such as canopies, shower cubicles or kitchens, Coolstar 65 is the perfect solution and shares the same elegant profile.
Stylish, curved bezel design High quality, die-cast construction Choice of fixed, tilt and omni-directional styles IP65 version for wet or humid applications Long life 5000 hour lamps High quality transformers, with dimmable option
225
Coolstar
Lamp and Control Gear Options 50W, 12V dichroic - GU5.3 cap Transformers are class 2, double insulated. Electronic versions are dimmable and self compensating for 20W, 35W and 50W lamps. Minimum connected wattage is 35W Supplied complete with lamps (38 beam angle dichroics) Materials Body - die-cast alloy with multi-stage chromate pre-treatment. Powder coat matt white paint, chrome plate or brushed aluminium finish with protective lacquer. Silicone gaskets on Coolstar 65
Style/Lamp type Dia Dia D D
Dimensions
Dia (mm) 78 85 120 85
D (mm) 59 59 80 139
CO (mm) 65 75 110 75
Installation Notes Suitable for pre-cut aperture in ceiling tiles or plasterboard Fast fit using spring retainers (max thickness 25mm), without need for tools Coolstar 65 version - uneven surfaces should be smoothed off and a suitable bathroom sealant used between ceiling and housing, to guarantee IP65 rating 2 way, 2 x 1.5mm2 terminal block Coolstar 65 is F marked Tilt versions have 0-20 tilt. Omni versions have 0-60 tilt, 358 rotation Specification To specify state: Recessed, die-cast alloy low voltage tungsten halogen downlight, with curved bezel profile in fixed/tilt/omnidirectional/IP65 format and long life 5000 hour UV stop dichroic lamp, as Cooper Lighting Coolstar range, part no. ________
Fixed Tilt Omni IP65
Photometric Data
0 Emax 38 1m 1450 lx
0
Cone Diagram
Beam diameter (50% peak intensity) 0.69m dia
Coolstar Fixed CSF50W 50W Dichroic
2m
363 lx
1.38m dia
3m
161 lx
2.07m dia
4m
91 lx
2.75m dia
Electronic Transformer
Digital Dimming Transformer
226
Catalogue Numbers Downlight

Fixed Tilt Omni IP65
Lamp Rating
1 x 50W 1 x 50W 1 x 50W 1 x 50W
Matt White
CSF50W CST50W CSO50W CSIP6550W
Chrome
CSF50C CST50C CSO50C CSIP6550C
Brushed Aluminium Weight (kg)

CSF50A CST50A CSO50A 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6
Transformer
Electronic Digital dimming
VA Rating
35-60 50-150
Cat No
TXE60 TXD150
Weight (kg)
0.2 0.3 Coolstar Tilt in white
Coolstar 65 - IP65 Downlight with chrome finish
Omni with brushed aluminium finish
Coolstar Fixed with brushed aluminium finish
227
DXS
228
DXS
The Cooper Lighting DXS Spotlight marks a significant breakthrough in the use of LED technology for commercial spotlighting and highlighting applications, releasing the potential for significant energy savings in retail stores, galleries and display areas. The DXS is easy to set up and adjust and can be moved through 360 degrees horizontally and 180 degrees vertically, with both positions locked by a single lever. Featuring distinctive modern styling, the spotlight is available in single and twin versions - finished in white, silver or black with a choice of beam angles and either warm white or cool white colour temperatures. An optional slide-on optical cartridge with a variety of coloured and honeycomb filters makes the spotlight even more versatile.
Multi-die LED technology Heat pipe thermal management system Maintenance free 10-12 years typical commercial life Easy to set up and adjust
229
DXS
LED and Driver 1 x 17W LED, 627 luminaire lumens, 19W tcw 2 x 17W LED, 1254 luminaire lumens, 37W tcw >90 CRI 5000K Coolwhite or 3000K Warmwhite Integral driver Materials Body finish - RAL9016 White, RAL9006, Silver, RAL9011 Black Reflector - aluminium Filter accessories - Dichroic glass, aluminium Installation Notes Installs direct into DTU 3 circuit track Fully lockable adaptor Rotation and pivot secured with single lock Accessories locate in removable optical cartridge Other colour and diffusing lens available to special order Options 16, 24 or 36 beam Photometric Data
cd/1000lm 90 90
Dimensions
267
148
172
83
Specification To specify state: Multi-die LED track mount spotlight with heat pipe thermal management system, white/silver/black finish, interchangeable colour and honeycomb light filters and compatible with Cooper Lighting DTU 3 circuit as Cooper Lighting DXS range, part no.______
60
2000 3000
60
30
30
DXS1-W217-CW16
230
Catalogue Numbers Colour Temperature

Single Spotlight Coolwhite Coolwhite Coolwhite Warmwhite Warmwhite Warmwhite Twin Spotlight Coolwhite Coolwhite Coolwhite Warmwhite Warmwhite Warmwhite 16 24 36 16 24 36 DXS1-W217-CW16 DXS1-W217-CW24 DXS1-W217-CW36 DXS1-W217-WW16 DXS1-W217-WW24 DXS1-W217-WW36 DXS1-S217-CW16 DXS1-S217-CW24 DXS1-S217-CW36 DXS1-S217-WW16 DXS1-S217-WW24 DXS1-S217-WW36 DXS1-B217-CW16 DXS1-B217-CW24 DXS1-B217-CW36 DXS1-B217-WW16 DXS1-B217-WW24 DXS1-B217-WW36 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 16 24 36 16 24 36 DXS1-W117-CW16 DXS1-W117-CW24 DXS1-W117-CW36 DXS1-W117-WW16 DXS1-W117-WW24 DXS1-W117-WW36 DXS1-S117-CW16 DXS1-S117-CW24 DXS1-S117-CW36 DXS1-S117-WW16 DXS1-S117-WW24 DXS1-S117-WW36 DXS1-B117-CW16 DXS1-B117-CW24 DXS1-B117-CW36 DXS1-B117-WW16 DXS1-B117-WW24 DXS1-B117-WW36 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Beam Angle
White
Finish Silver
Black
Weight (kg)
Part No
Accessories DXS-FR DXS-FB DXS-FG DXS-FY DXS-FH45 DXS-FH60
Description
DXS Colour Filter - Red DXS Colour Filter - Blue DXS Colour Filter - Green DXS Colour Filter - Yellow DXS Honeycomb Filter - 45 DXS Filter - 60
360 rotation
180 pivot
Combined rotation and pivot lock secures the required position
Removable optic cartridge houses filter accessories - no tools required
231
DTU
DTU 3 Circuit Track
Specification 250V max 16 amp 3 circuit track Each circuit can be individually controlled Recessed, surface, rod or suspended installation Mains input option on all connectors with exception of DTU-PU/FU/HU Materials Track - Extruded aluminium, copper conductors Finish - Natural anodised aluminium (S), RAL9005 Black (B), RAL9010 White (W) Track Planning Aid
DTU-EC DTU-HU DTU-EL DTU-TOR DTU-MU DTU-TIR DTU-TIL DTU-ER L Connector L Connector Inside Outside DTU-LI DTU-LO T Connector Outside Left DTU-TOL T Connector Outside Right DTU-TOR T Connector Inside Left DTI-TIL T Connector Inside Right DTI-TIR X Connector Universal DTI-XU
Polarity Ridge Red line indicates polarity ridge when viewed from BELOW
DTU-FU DTU-PU DTU-XU DTU-TOL DTU-LI DTU-LO
232
Catalogue Numbers Description

Track Surface Mount 3 Circuit Track - 1m Surface Mount 3 Circuit Track - 2m Surface Mount 3 Circuit Track - 3m Surface Mount 3 Circuit Track - 4m Recessed Mount 3 Circuit Track - 1m Recessed Mount 3 Circuit Track - 2m Recessed Mount 3 Circuit Track - 3m Recessed Mount 3 Circuit Track - 4m Connectors DTU-ST1-S DTU-ST2-S DTU-ST3-S DTU-ST4-S DTU-RT1-S DTU-RT2-S DTU-RT3-S DTU-RT4-S DTU-ST1-B DTU-ST2-B DTU-ST3-B DTU-ST4-B DTU-RT1-B DTU-RT2-B DTU-RT3-B DTU-RT4-B DTU-ST1-W DTU-ST2-W DTU-ST3-W DTU-ST4-W DTU-RT1-W DTU-RT2-W DTU-RT3-W DTU-RT4-W
Silver
Black
White
End Feed Right
DTU-ER-S
DTU-ER-B
DTU-ER-W
End Feed Left
DTU-EL-S
DTU-EL-B
DTU-EL-W
Middle Connector Universal
DTU-MU-S
DTU-MU-B
DTU-MU-W
Plug-in Connector Universal
DTU-PU-S
DTU-PU-B
DTU-PU-W
Flexible Connector
DTU-FU-S
DTU-FU-B
DTU-FU-W
Hinge Connector
DTU-HU-S
DTU-HU-B
DTU-HU-W
L Connector, Inside
DTU-LI-S
DTU-LI-B
DTU-LI-W
L Connector, Outside
DTU-LO-S
DTU-LO-B
DTU-LO-W
T Connector, Outside Right
DTU-TOR-S
DTU-TOR-B
DTU-TOR-W
T Connector, Inside Left
DTU-TIL-S
DTU-TIL-B
DTU-TIL-W
T Connector, Outside Left
DTU-TOL-S
DTU-TOL-B
DTU-TOL-W
T Connector, Inside Right
DTU-TIR-S
DTU-TIR-B
DTU-TIR-W
X Connector, Universal
DTU-XU-S
DTU-XU-B
DTU-XU-W
Track End Cap
DTU-EC-S
DTU-EC-B
DTU-EC-W
233
DTU
Mechanical Loading Recommended fastening distance is 1000mm Maximum load on power take off adaptor is 10kg
Distance 1000mm
Dimensions
DTU-ST DTU-RT
L1 N
L2 L3
32.5
L1 N
L2 L3
32.5
100 200 50N 50N 50N 50N 50N 50N
Distance 2000mm
31.5
56
100 10N
200 10N 10N 10N 10N 10N a
L=Track length b 12 4 a
L (mm) 1000 2000 3000 4000
a (mm) 250 250 250 250
b (mm) 1000 -
c (mm) 1000 1500
d (mm) 1000 1000
Suspension Planning Aid

DTU-RS DTU-WC-S DTU-CC DTU-CC Screw
DTU-WS15 DTU-RS DTU-RE DTU-WS15-W
DTU-CS DTU-RA DTU-RA DTU-CS DTU-FCS DTU-CS DTU-FCS DTU-CS DTU-FCS DTU-CS DTU-M6N DTU-FCS DTU-FCS
DTU-CC
DTU-WSL DTU-WS500
DTU-WSL DTU-PCS DTU-WA
DTU-CPC DTU-WA DTU-CP DTU-FCS DTU-CS DTU-CPC
DTU-FCS DTU-CS
234

Accessories Fast Clamp, Surface Mount DTU-FCS-S DTU-FCS-B DTU-FCS-W
Silver
Black
White
Fast Clamp, T-Bar Mount
DTU-FCT-S
DTU-FCT-B
DTU-FCT-W
Clamp, Surface Mount
DTU-CS-S
DTU-CS-B
DTU-CS-W
Clamp, Suspension Mount
DTU-CP-S
DTU-CP-B
DTU-CP-W
Clamp, Suspension Mount for Track Joint
DTU-CPC-S
DTU-CPC-B
DTU-CPC-W
Wall Clamp
DTU-WC-S
Rod Suspension Set 1m
DTU-RS-B
DTU-RS-W
Rod Suspension Extension Set 1m
DTU-RE-B
DTU-RE-W
Height Adjustment Sleeve for M6 Rod
DTU-RA
M6 Nut
DTU-M6N
Point Clamp Suspension M6
DTU-PCS-S
DTU-PCS-B
DTU-PCS-W
Suspension Wire Set with Cup 1.5mm dia
DTU-WS15-S
DTU-WS15-B
DTU-WS15-W
DTU-WS30-B
DTU-WS30-W
DTU-WS50-B
DTU-WS50-W
Suspension Wire 1.5mm dia, 1.5m
DTU-WS15
DTU-WS30
DTU-WS50
Suspension Wire 1.5mm dia, 50m
DTU-WS500
Suspension Wire with Loop 1.5mm dia, 1.5m
DTU-WSL15
Fast Height Adjustment Sleeve for 1.5mm
DTU-FWA
Height Adjustment Sleeve for 1.5mm
DTU-WA
Ceiling Clamp with Cup
DTU-CC-S
DTU-CC-B
235
DL3
With a depth of just 10mm, the DL3 is ideal for very shallow recessing depth requirements. With a simple push fit arrangement, these fittings are secured with a friction fit into the aperture. The petit dimensions, DL3 is just 24mm diameter, make this an ideal solution for adding visual interest to a wall or ceiling or for discreet feature display lighting, within a display case for example. DL3 is available in a choice of fixed colours and bezel finishes to further enhance its flexibility.
Energy saving LED solution, nominally only 1.2W circuit watts Choice of fixed colour LEDs to suit many applications and colour scheme Quick and simple to install with a simple push fit into the correct aperture Very shallow 10mm recessed depth, and discreet 32mm diameter Choice of bezel colour finishes Ideal for interior applications
236
LED and Driver 1W Fixed colour LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body/Bezel - Moulded PVC Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into mounting surface, retained with interference fit Requires 24mm diameter cut out 300mm lead supplied with 2-pole AMP connector
Beam Angles
no optic
Lamp Colour
CW NW WW
Finishes
MW
MS
PC
Driver Specification To specify state: Discreet, circular, recessed LED luminaire with single high output fixed colour LED and PVC body as Cooper Lighting DL3 range, part no.______ Dimensions Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-DPL110 LS-DPL110 will drive up to 9 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 9 of the DL3 luminaires wired in series See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications and alternatives
24
10 32

1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W
LED Colour
Cool White Warm White Natural White Red Green Blue Amber Cyan
Cat No
DL3-1K2-CWN DL3-1K2-WWN DL3-1K2-NWN DL3-1K2-RN DL3-1K2-GN DL3-1K2-BN DL3-1K2-AN DL3-1K2-CN
Weight (kg)
0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16
Drive Current
Power Consumption
1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 2 Pole mini AMP connector
237
DL4
The DL4 range of luminaires combines clean lines with simple style and versatile functionality. The gimble fixing allows quick and easy luminaire angle adjustment within the bezel. Manufactured from aluminium, this contemporary down light family provides functional lighting for a variety of applications and is available in both cool, natural and warm white LED colour temperatures.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising an array of high output LEDs Choice of 3 sizes with 3, 6 or 12 High output LEDs RGB Colour change available in the 12 x 1W version Quick and simple to install with simple leaf spring retention Adjustment facia in all sizes, enabling wall washing or perhaps depiction of particular objects and features Contemporary brushed aluminium satin silver finish Ideal for interior applications
238
LED and Driver Array of 3 x /6 x /12 x 1W High Output LEDs RGB Colour change available in the 12 x 1W version Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details
Beam Angles
30
Lamp Colour
CW NW WW
Finishes
SS
Specification Materials Body/Bezel - Aluminium, Satin Silver finish Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into mounting surface, retained with simple leaf springs Requires 70mm, 110mm or 125mm diameter cut out for the 3 sizes Fixed colour versions supplied with 300mm lead fitted with 2-pole AMP connector RGB 12 x 1W colour change version supplied with 2m CAT5 lead fitted with an RJ45 connector
30 Cat. No. DL4-6K2-CW30 cd/1000lm 90 90
H :1.0m 734 lx 0.4m 502 lx 0.9m 126 lx 1.3m 56 lx
To specify state: Circular, recessed LED luminaire with 3x/6x/12x high output fixed colour LEDs with adjustable facia and satin silver finish aluminium body as Cooper Lighting DL4 range, part no.______
Photometric Data
800 60 1200 1600 2000 2400 30

H :3.0m 82 lx
60
H :2.0m 183lx
Dimensions
80
26.5
Driver Driver to be ordered separately
120
Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-PD312 LS-PD312 will drive between 3 x and 12 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 4 of the 3 LED variant, 2 of the 6 LED variant and one of the 12 LED variants. See page 550 for full RGB and fixed output driver specifications and alternatives
38
140
54

3 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W
LED Colour
Cool White Warm White Natural White
Cat No
DL4-3K2-CW30 DL4-3K2-WW30 DL4-3K2-NW30
Weight (kg)
0.2 0.2 0.2
Drive Current
350mA 350mA 350mA
Power Consumption
3.6W 3.6W 3.6W
6 x 1W 6 x 1W 6 x 1W
Cool White Warm White Natural White
DL4-6K2-CW30 DL4-6K2-WW30 DL4-6K2-NW30
0.4 0.4 0.4
350mA 350mA 350mA
7.2W 7.2W 7.2W 2 Pole mini AMP connector
12 x 1W 12 x 1W 12 x 1W 12 x 1W
Cool White Warm White Natural White RGB
DL4-12K2-CW30 DL4-12K2-WW30 DL4-12K2-NW30 DL4-12K2-RGB30
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA
14.4W 14.4W 14.4W 14.4W
239
DL5
The DL5 fixed and adjustable luminaires are ideal where discreet fittings are required for general accent down lighting. These fittings are available in a variety of finishes, LED colours and beam angles to suit a multitude of design oriented applications. The adjustable variants make DL5 ideal for depicting specific decorative features or displays.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising a single high output LED Wide choice of LED colours and bezel finishes to suit a wide range of applications Quick and simple to install with simple spring clip retention Fixed and adjustable bezel options, enabling wall washing or perhaps depiction of particular objects and features Ideal for interior applications
240
LED and Driver 1 x 1W Fixed colour, High Output LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body/Bezel - Aluminium, various finishes Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into mounting surface, retained with simple spring clips Cut out diameter required: 52mm (fixed) or 62mm (adjustable) 300mm driver connection lead supplied with 2-pole AMP connector
Beam Angles
5 15 25
Lamp Colour
CW NW WW
Finishes
SN PC SS W MW
Driver Specification To specify state: Circular, recessed LED luminaire with 1 x 1W high output fixed colour LEDs with fixed/adjustable facia and aluminium body in a choice of finishes as Cooper Lighting DL5 range, part no.______ Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-DPL110 LS-DPL110 will drive up to 9 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 9 of the DL5 luminaires wired in series See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives Dimensions
35
59
50
Fixed
35
70
59
Adjustable

Fixed bezel 1 x 1W Cool White DL5-F1K2-*** 0.07 350mA 1.2W
LED Colour
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Drive Current
Power Consumption
Adjustable bezel 1 x 1W Cool White DL5-A1K2-*** 0.09 350mA 1.2W 2 Pole mini AMP connector
*** to complete the part number the bezel finish, LED colour and beam angle need to be added Part number construction example: Fixed bezel with Satin Nickel bezel finish, Cool White LED and 25 beam angle: DL5-F1K2-SNCW25 For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
241
DL7 Round & Square
The DL7 down light provides an energy efficient and versatile LED solution based around the popular AR111 lamp dimensions. The circular lamp assembly is available in a wide range of LED colours and beam angles which is integrated in to a contemporary round or square recessed housing with a satin silver bezel finish. Both housings have full adjustability allowing DL7 to provide directional illumination in a wide range of applications.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising multiple high output LEDs in an AR111 size lamp unit Wide choice of LED colours and three beams angles to suit a wide range of applications Quick and simple to install with simple spring clip retention Simple gimble mechanism allows the lamp unit to be angled within the housing, enabling wall washing or perhaps depiction of particular objects and features Ideal for interior applications
242
LED and Driver 7 x 1W High Output LEDs in AR111 size housing Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body/Bezel - Aluminium, with powder coat finish Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into mounting surface, retained with simple spring clips Cut out diameter required: 148mm diameter (round) or 165x165mm (square) 300mm lead supplied with 2-pole AMP connector
Beam Angles
5 30 45
Lamp Colour
CW NW WW
Finishes
SS
Driver Specification To specify state: Recessed LED luminaire with 7 x 1W high output fixed colour LEDs in AR111 style lamp unit, adjustable gimble mechanism in round/square aluminium housing with satin silver bezel finish as Cooper Lighting DL7 range, part no.______ Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-PD309 LS-PD309 will drive between 3 and 9 x 1W LEDs, so can operate one of the DL7 luminaires. See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives Dimensions
156
Fixed
69.5 185
160
Adjustable
102.5

Round bezel 7 x 1W Cool White DL7R-7K2-** 0.8 700mA 8.4W
LED Colour
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Drive Current
Power Consumption
Square bezel 7 x 1W Cool White DL7S-7K2-** 1.4 700mA 8.4W 2 Pole mini AMP connector
** to complete the part number the LED colour and beam angle need to be added Part number construction examples: DL7 round bezel with Cool White LED and 30 beam angle: DL7R-7K2-CW30 DL7 square bezel with Blue LED and 45 beam angle: DL7S-7K2-B45 For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
243
DL8
The DL8 fixed and adjustable luminaires offer a wide choice of fixed colour and RGB colour changing LED options. Combined with a broad selection of bezel finishes and beam angles, this gives excellent flexibility for the DL8 range to provide general and display illumination solutions. The inclusion of wiring accessories make connection of linked circuits quick and easy to install and operate.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising three high output LEDs Wide choice of LED colours, beam angles and bezel finishes to suit a wide range of applications Quick and simple to install with simple spring clip retention Fixed and adjustable bezel options, enabling wall washing or perhaps depiction of particular objects and features Ideal for interior applications
244
LED and Driver 3 x 1W Fixed colour and RGB High Output LEDs (Based on MR16 lamp dimensions) Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body/Bezel - Aluminium, various finishes Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into mounting surface, retained with simple spring clips Cut out diameter required: 70mm (fixed), 80mm (adjustable) Fixed colour versions are supplied fitted with 300mm connection lead with 2-pole AMP connector RGB colour change versions are supplied fitted with 2 x 100mm connection leads fitted with molex connectors; one male, one female Wiring looms and interconnecting leads are available to facilitate simple series connection of multiple luminaires. (Refer to LED Controls section page 550) Specification To specify state: Circular, recessed LED luminaire with 3 x 1W high output fixed colour/RGB colour change LEDs, 5/30/45 beam angle with fixed/adjustable aluminium bezel in Satin Nickel/Polished Chrome/Satin Silver/White finish aluminium body as Cooper Lighting DL8 range, part no.______ Beam Angles
5 30 45
30 90
Dimensions
42
80
70
46
95 78
Photometric Data
Cat. No. DL8-F3K2-WCW45
cd/1000lm 90
H :1.0m 296 lx 0.5m 203 lx 1.0m 51 lx 1.4m 23 lx
60 2000
60
H :2.0m 74 lx
3000
H :3.0m 33 lx
30
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-PD312
Finishes
SN PC SS W
LS-PD312 will drive between 3 and 12 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 4 of the DL8 luminaires wired in series. Recommended colour change driver Cat No LS-RGB27 LS-RGDB27 will drive up to 27 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 9 of the RGB DL8 luminaires
Lamp Colour
CW NW WW
R GB
See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives

Fixed bezel 3 x 1W Adjustable bezel 3 x 1W DL8-A1K2-*** 0.26 350mA 3.6W DL8-F3K2-*** 0.13 350mA 3.6W
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Drive Current
Power Consumption
*** to complete the part number, the bezel finish, LED colour and beam angle need to be added Part number construction example: Fixed bezel with White bezel finish, Cool White LED and 30 beam angle: DL8-F3K2-WCW25 Adjustible bezel with Polished Chrome bezel finish, Warm White LED and 45 beam angle: DL8-F3K2-PCWW45 2 Pole mini AMP connector
Cat No
Accessories LS- RGBLD1M LS- RGBLD1M LS- RGBTERM LS- DRINT4RJ
Description
RGB 1m Interconnecting Lead with Molex connectors RGB 1m Interconnecting Lead with Molex connectors RGB end of run termination with Molex connector RGB starter lead, Molex to RJ45 connector
245
DL9 Adjustable
The DL9 down light has full directional adjustability to suit a wide range of applications. The bezel allows both rotation and angling of the LED with the central scoop adjusting to almost vertical. With the same wide choice of fixed and RGB LED colours, beam angle and bezel finish options as the DL8 this makes DL9 a great complementary luminaire, perfect for wall wash and accent lighting applications. The inclusion of wiring accessories make connection of linked circuits quick and easy to install and operate.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising three high output LEDs Wide choice of LED colours, beam angles and bezel finishes to suit a wide range of applications Quick and simple to install with simple spring clip retention Deep drop scoop adjustable bezel, ideally suited to wall wash and accent lighting applications Ideal for interior applications
246
LED and Driver 3 x 1W Fixed colour and RGB High Output LEDs (Based on MR16 lamp dimensions) Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details
Beam Angles
5 30 45
Lamp Colour Materials Body/Bezel - Aluminium, various finishes Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into mounting surface, retained with simple spring clips Cut out diameter required: 113mm 355 inner bezel rotation. Has stops to prevent over rotation which could damage wiring Drop scoop allows LED assembly to be positioned up to 80 from the bezel face Fixed colour versions are supplied fitted with 300mm connection lead with 2-pole AMP connector RGB colour change versions are supplied fitted with 2 x 100mm connection leads fitted with molex connectors; one male, one female Wiring looms and interconnecting leads are available to facilitate simple series connection of multiple luminaires. (Refer to LED Controls section page 550) Specification To specify state: Circular, recessed LED luminaire with 3 x 1W high output fixed colour/RGB colour change LEDs, 5/30/45 beam angle with drop scoop adjustable aluminium bezel in Satin Nickel/Polished Chrome/Satin Silver/White finish aluminium body as Cooper Lighting DL8 range, part no.______ Dimensions
85
90
CW
NW
WW
R GB
Finishes
SN PC SS W
Photometric Data
Cat. No. DL9-A3K2-WCW5
cd/1000lm 90
H :1.0m 2567 lx 0.1m 1774 lx 0.3m 444 lx 0.4m 197 lx
60 8000
60
H :2.0m 642 lx
12000
H :3.0m 285 lx
30
30
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-PD312 LS-PD312 will drive between 3 and 12 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 4 of the DL9 luminaires wired in series. Recommended colour change driver Cat No LS-RGB27 LS-RGDB27 will drive up to 27 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 9 of the RGB DL9 luminaires See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives
128 106.5

1 x 1W
Cat No
DL9-A3K2-***
Weight (kg)
0.3
Drive Current
350mA
Power Consumption
3.6W
*** to complete the part number, the bezel finish, LED colour and beam angle need to be added Part number construction example: DL9 with White bezel finish, Cool White LED and 30 beam angle: DL9-F3K2-WCW25 2 Pole mini AMP connector
Cat No
Accessories LS- RGBLD1M LS- RGBLD1M LS- RGBTERM LS- DRINT4RJ
Description
RGB 1m Interconnecting Lead with Molex connectors RGB 1m Interconnecting Lead with Molex connectors RGB end of run termination with Molex connector RGB starter lead, Molex to RJ45 connector
247
DL10
The DL10 down light integrates an excellent MR16 style 10W LED lamp into a compact down light which offers both fixed and adjustable bezels available in a variety of finishes. The cool white and warm white lamp colour temperature options, wide beam angles and dimming capability make DL10 ideally suited to replicating the display and ambient lighting effects of dichroic lamps with a fraction of the power consumption.
MR16 style, 10W LED lamp retained in a contemporary downlight bezel Cool white and Warm white lamp options replicating accepted colour temperatures of traditional lamps Fixed and adjustable bezel options in a wide choice of finishes to suit almost any colour scheme Quick and easy to install with simple spring clip fixing Operates on 24V constant voltage control gear with dimming via the appropriate driver Wide beam angle as standard Long life and low maintenance
248
LED and Driver 1 x 10W fixed colour multi-die LED lamp (Based on MR16 lamp diameter) Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body/Bezel - Aluminium, various finishes
Dimensions
80
80
Fixed
80
Installation Notes Suitable for indoor applications only Recessed into mounting surface, retained with simple spring clips Cut out diameter required: 70mm (fixed), 80mm (adjustable) Fixed colour versions are supplied fitted with 500mm connection lead with 2-pole AMP connector Multiple luminaires can be wired in parallel to one driver. (refer to LED Controls section page 550) Fixed or adjustable bezel choice Specification To specify state: Circular, recessed LED luminaire with 1 x 10W multi-die LED lamp with wide beam angle, fixed/adjustable aluminium bezel in Satin Nickel/Polished Chrome/Satin Silver/White finish as Cooper Lighting DL10 range, part no.______ Driver Driver to be ordered separately, multiple luminaires can be wired in parallel to one driver Fixed output: LS-24V20W (runs up to 2 DL10 luminaires) Catalogue Numbers Lamp option
Fixed 1x10W (MR16 style)
95
Adjustable
Beam Angles
wide
Lamp Colour
CW WW
Finishes
SN PC SS W
LS-24V50W (runs up to 5 DL10 luminaires) Dimmable: LS-24V50WD (runs up to 5 DL10 luminaires) Weight (kg)
0.23 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.23
Cat No.
DL10-F110-PBCW45 DL10-F110-PCCW45 DL10-F110-SNCW45 DL10-F110-SSCW45 DL10-F110-WCW45 DL10-F110-PBWW45 DL10-F110-PCWW45 DL10-F110-SNWW45 DL10-F110-SSWW45 DL10-F110-WWW45
Input power (W)

14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives
Photometric Data
50% peak intensity Beam angle 87.2
H :1.0m 161 lx H :2.0m 40 lx H :3.0m 18 lx H :4.0m 10 lx 1.9m 98 lx 3.8m 24 lx 5.7m 11 lx 7.6m 6.1 lx H :1.0m 382 lx H :2.0m 95 lx H :3.0m 42 lx H :4.0m 24 lx

0.8m 249 lx 1.5m 62 lx 2.3m 28 lx 3.0m 16 lx
Adjustable 1x10W (MR16 style)
DL10-A110-PBCW45 DL10-A110-PCCW45 DL10-A110-SNCW45 DL10-A110-SSCW45 DL10-A110-WCW45 DL10-A110-PBWW45 DL10-A110-PCWW45 DL10-A110-SNWW45 DL10-A110-SSWW45 DL10-A110-WWW45
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Cool white
Warm white
2 Pole mini AMP connector
DL10 installed via simple spring clips
249
DL11
250
DL11
DL11 harnesses the latest high output multi-die LED chip technology to provide a luminaire designed to efficiently replace tungsten halogen down lights. The virtually maintenance free 50,000 hour life of the DL11 as well as the reduced energy consumption (>60% over 50W dichroic) ensures that there is both a strong financial and environmental benefit to installing this luminaire. DL11 is available in 3 colour temperatures (3000k, 4000k and 5000k) and with good colour rendering, (>80CRI) compliant with BS EN 12464-1 for occupied spaces. There is a choice of white or silver-grey bezel finishes offered with 3 high purity spun aluminium reflector options providing controlled distribution with excellent uniformity and low glare. With a robust construction and simple spring clip retention, the benefit of rapid plug and socket connection to the chosen driver, plus the option of dimming control gear, DL11 delivers a dynamic and cost effective solution suited to a host of applications.
Multi-die LED chip technology: - High lumen output: comparable with tungsten halogen dichroic - High luminaire efficiency, >50lm/W - Compliant with Part L of Building Regulations - No UV or forward heat, key considerations for retail and HVAC requirements No lamp changes provide virtually maintenance free operation, long life, ~5.7 years burning 24/7 Choice of 3 high purity spun aluminium reflectors: Low glare, excellent distribution and uniformity, 3 beam angles 3000K, 4000K and 5000K colour temperatures Robust aluminium housing designed to optimise thermal management Quick and simple to install via spring clips and plug and socket driver connection Driver options: Fixed output and dimmable, 2 luminaires per driver option - cost effective and maximises energy efficiency
251
DL11
LED and Driver 13W fixed colour LED 3000K Warm white, 4000K White and 5000K Coolwhite >80 CRI Fixed output and dimming drivers available with plug and socket connection to the luminaire - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - Die-cast aluminium Bezel finish - powder coated in RAL9016 white or RAL9006 silver-grey Reflector - high purity spun aluminium Spring clips - Spring steel, self finish
90 cd/1000lm 90
Beam Angles
wide medium narrow
Lamp Colours
CW NW WW
Photometric Data
Warm white wide optic
Installation Notes Spring clips enable simple installation into mounting surface of 1mm to 15mm in thicknesses Low profile 73mm depth to suit low ceiling heights. Allow 50mm minimum clearance around the luminaire for heat dissipation, recommended void depth 100mm Driver passes through standard 82mm cut out Simple plug and socket connection between driver and luminaire head Luminaire supplied with 500mm lead terminated with locking connector to match drivers 3m interconnecting extension lead available as an accessory Options Choice of Bezel colour finish - RAL9016 white or RAL9006 silver-grey Driver options: fixed output and dimmable options (1-10V, Switch-dim) Remote 3hr maintained emergency option available to special order - requires emergency head unit Alternative drivers supplying up to 700mA can be used to maximise efficiency (output will be reduced) Specification To specify state: Die-cast aluminium LED Downlight with Multi-die LED chip technology, high purity spun aluminium reflector with Wide/Medium/Narrow beam angle, round bezel in White/Silver-grey powder coat finish, 73mm housing depth with simple spring clip retention and plug and socket driver connection as Cooper Lighting DL11 range, part no.______ Dimensions
30 90 60
H :1.0m 305 lx
1.9m 183 lx 3.8m 46 lx 5.6m 20 lx
200 300 400
60
H :2.0m 76 lx
H :3.0m 34 lx 30
30
Warm white medium optic

cd/1000lm
90
H :1.0m 511 lx
1.7m 240 lx 3.4m 60 lx 5.0m 27 lx
60
300 450 600 750
60
H :2.0m 128 lx
H :3.0m 57 lx 30
Warm white narrow optic

cd/1000lm 90 90 H :1.0m 3845 lx
0.4m 2736 lx 0.8m 684 lx 1.3m 304 lx
2000 60 3000 4000 5000 H :3.0m 427 lx 30 60 H :2.0m 961 lx
30
Driver Driver to be ordered separately, supplied with connector to suit lead and connector from the head unit. Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: DL11-F700 DL11-F700 operates one DL11 at 700mA as standard See Catalogue Number table for driver specifications and alternatives
73
The fixed output driver is available with a twin connector assembly to allow simple connection to two luminaire head units
Ceiling thickness range 1 - 25mm
75 95
82mm
252
Catalogue Numbers LED Rating LED Colour Beam Angle Bezel Finish Cat No Weight (kg) Power Consumption
Standard Luminaire head unit 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W 1 x 13W Warm White Natural White Cool White Warm White Natural White Cool White Warm White Natural White Cool White Warm White Natural White Cool White Warm White Natural White Cool White Warm White Natural White Cool White Wide Wide Wide Medium Medium Medium Narrow Narrow Narrow Wide Wide Wide Medium Medium Medium Narrow Narrow Narrow White White White White White White White White White Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver Silver DL11-WS-WWW DL11-WS-NWW DL11-WS-CWW DL11-WS-WWM DL11-WS-NWM DL11-WS-CWM DL11-WM-WWN DL11-WM-NWN DL11-WM-CWN DL11-SS-WWW DL11-SS-NWW DL11-SS-CWW DL11-SS-WWM DL11-SS-NWM DL11-SS-CWM DL11-SM-WWN DL11-SM-NWN DL11-SM-CWN 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant Driver dependant
When remote emergency option is required, an alternative head with the charge indicator is required. Add the ER prefix to the head unit part number eg ERDL11-WS-WWW Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution
Cat No
Drivers DL11-F700 DL11-F700-2 DL11-R700 Accessories DL11-EXT3F DL11-LT
Description
DL11 Driver 700mA IP20 DL11 Driver 700mA IP20, 2 leads DL11 Driver 700mA 1-10V and Switch-dim
DL11 Head to Driver extension lead 3m DL11 termination for twin connector
DL11-F700
DL11-R700
DL11-F700-2
DL11-EXT3F
253
SL1
Manufactured from the highest grade stainless steel, the SL1 luminaire is a high quality wall light perfect for indoor or outdoor applications. It features angle adjustment of the head unit and is available in a range of LED colours and beam angles. Its stylish look affords it pride of place in any architectural application.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising three high output LEDs Wide choice of LED colours including the RGB colour change option Choice of 3 beam angles to suit a wide range of applications High quality stainless steel housing with IP65 rating Suitable for interior and exterior applications
254
LED and Driver 3 x 1W Fixed colour and RGB High Output LEDs Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - 316 stainless steel - self finish Installation Notes Suitable for interior and exterior applications Simple surface mounting via circular back plate with rear cable entry Fixed colour versions are supplied fitted with 2m, 2-core lead with bare ends RGB colour change versions are supplied fitted with 2m CAT5 lead fitted with an RJ45 connectors Specification To specify state: Surface mounted LED spotlight luminaire with 3 x 1W high output fixed colour/RGB colour change LEDs, 5/30/45 beam angle with 316 stainless steel adjustable head unit as Cooper Lighting SL1 range, part no.______ Dimensions
62.5
Beam Angles
5 30 45
Lamp Colour
CW NW WW
R GB
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-PD312 LS-PD312 will drive between 3 and 12 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 4 of the SL1 luminaires wired in series Recommended colour change driver Cat No LS-RGB27 LS-RGDB27 will drive up to 27 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 9 of the RGB SL1 luminaires See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives.
86
78 63

3 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W 3 x 1W
5 Beam
SL1-3K2-CW5 SL1-3K2-NW5 SL1-3K2-WW5 SL1-3K2-R5 SL1-3K2-G5 SL1-3K2-B5 SL1-3K2-A5 SL1-3K2-C5 SL1-3K2-RGB5
30 Beam
45 Beam
Weight (kg)
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
Drive current
350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA
Power consumption
3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W
255
SL2
Manufactured from the highest grade stainless steel, the SL2 luminaire is a high quality wall light perfect for indoor or outdoor applications. It features angle adjustment of the head unit and is available in a range of LED types, colours and beam angles. Its stylish look affords it pride of place in any architectural application.
Energy saving LED solution Fixed colour options utilising 1 x fixed colour high output LED RGB colour changing option provided via a specialist Tri-chip technology Choice of 3 beam angles to suit a wide range of applications High quality stainless steel housing with IP65 rating Suitable for interior and exterior applications
256
LED and Driver 1 x 1W Fixed colour and RGB High Output LEDs Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - 316 stainless steel - self finish Installation Notes Suitable for interior and exterior applications Simple surface mounting via circular back plate with rear cable entry Fixed colour versions are supplied fitted with 2m, 2-core lead with bare ends RGB colour change versions are supplied fitted with 2m CAT5 lead fitted with an RJ45 connector. Wiring looms and interconnecting leads are available to facilitate simple connection of multiple luminaires. (refer to LED Controls section page 550) Specification To specify state: Surface mounted LED spotlight luminaire with 1 x 1W high output fixed colour/RGB colour change LEDs, 5/30/45 beam angle with 316 stainless steel adjustable head unit as Cooper Lighting SL2 range, part no.______ Dimensions
48.5
Beam Angles
5 30 45
Lamp Colour
CW NW WW
R GB
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-DPL110 LS-DPL110 will drive between 1 and 9 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 9 of the SL1 luminaires wired in series Recommended colour change driver Cat No LS-RGB27 LS-RGDB27 will drive up to 27 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 9 of the RGB SL2 luminaires See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives
68
61.5 61.5

5 Beam
SL2-1K2-CW5 SL2-1K2-NW5 SL2-1K2-WW5 SL2-1K2-R5 SL2-1K2-G5 SL2-1K2-B5 SL2-1K2-A5 SL2-1K2-C5 SL2-1TR-RGB5
30 Beam
45 Beam
Weight (kg)
1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.09
Drive current
Power consumption
1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 1.3W 3.0W
257
Yas Marina Hotel, Abu Dhabi Bespoke LED Solution
258
Display
Display
DXC
PG 261
DXF
PG 265
DXL
PG 269
GXD
PG 273
GXR
PG 277
FS3
PG 281
FS4
PG 284
LE1
PG 287
GR2
PG 290
GR4
PG 292
GR5
PG 294
GS1
PG 296
GS2
PG 298
Display
259
DXC
260
Display
DXC
Floodlighting or highlighting a building feature or object to its full potential requires a light source with power, versatility and control. The Cooper Lighting DXC range capitalises on the compact size of the latest high power LEDs, the pure colour source without the need of filters and advanced optical control lenses to provide a solution beyond the reach of conventional sources. The range offers a choice of body size relative to the power output and is easily mounted in any plane to work in conjunction with the most demanding of highlighting applications.
High quality solid machined aluminium body Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Simple to install Energy saving LED solution Choice of LED colour and beam angle
Display
261
DXC
LED and Driver 1W LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately see page 550 for details RGB colour driver and controllers - ordered separately, see page 554 for details Materials Body and bezel - anodised aluminium Fascia - toughened glass
DXC1 6x1W:
5 45
CW NW WW
LED Colour Options
R GB
Beam Angles
5 15 25
DXC1 3x1W:
Installation Notes Designed for floor, wall or ceiling mounting Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Adjustable side mount bolts for ease of positioning Fascia plate and lens retained by allen key screws 2.0m driver connection lead Specification To specify state: Surface mount LED spotlight with solid machined anodised aluminium body, adjustable head, RGB/Cool White/Natural White/Warm White/Red/Green/Blue/Amber output, 5/15/25/45 beam angle, IP65 rated as Cooper Lighting DXC range, part no.______
DXC2/DXC3:
5 15 25
Dimensions
Dia
Dia (mm) DXC1 DXC2 DXC3 86 124 193
W (mm) 107 153 233
D (mm) 16 18 18
H (mm) 70 100 150
262
Display
Drivers Driver/Colour change controller to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver for DXC1 and DXC2, Cat No. LS-PD312. Operates up to four 3 x 1W, two 6 x 1W or one 12 x 1W luminaire For DXC3 and all colour change options, use driver Cat No. LS36RGB-DMX See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications, alternatives and colour change drivers

DXC1 3 x 1W 6 x 1W DXC1-31 DXC1-61 0.86 0.86
Cat No
Weight (kg)
DXC2 12 x 1W DXC2-121 1.53
DXC3 18 x 1W 36 x 1W Example: DXC1 6 x 1W with amber LED's and 5 beam = DXC1-61-A5 DXC3 36 x 1W with RGB LED and 25 beam = DXC3-361-RGB25 See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications, alternatives and colour change drivers DXC3-181 DXC3-361 4.50 4.50
Complete the catalogue number with required LED colour and beam angle.
DXC1
DXC2
DXC3
Display
263
DXF
264
Display
DXF
LED technology now provides the unique ability to integrate lighting into the fabric of a building such as architrave, wall panels, atria and reception desks, creating the illusion of an invisible light source. The Cooper Lighting DXF LED connector system aids this integration with its wide choice of colour LEDs and optics mounted on small aluminium bases linked with plug and play connectors, allowing the installer to easily and accurately follow the contours of the structure.
Flexible system for structure integration Low energy consumption Simple to install with plug and play connectors Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Choice of LED colour and beam angle
Display
265
DXF
LED and Driver 1W LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately see page 550 for details RGB colour driver and controllers - ordered separately, see page 554 for details Beam Angles Materials Base - aluminium IP68 fascia - UV stable cast resin Installation Notes IP20 for interior applications IP68 version for outdoor applications Direct surface mount Simple plug and play connection Supplied in sets of 12 Specification To specify state: Flexible surface mount LED system with solid aluminium base and plug and play connectors, RGB/Cool White/Natural White/Warm White/Red/Green/Blue/Amber output, 5/15/25/5x25 beam angle, IP20/IP68 rated as Cooper Lighting DXF range, part no.______ Dimensions
Lead (100mm)
LED Colour Options

CW NW WW
R * GB
* 3x1W only
15
25
5x25
no optic
L (mm) IP20 No optic 1x1W 3x1W IP20 Optic 1x1W 3x1W IP68 No optic 1x1W 3x1W IP68 Optic 1x1W 3x1W
W (mm)
D (mm)
Approx Total String Length @ 75mm spacing
60 76
16 25
11 11
1.5m 1.7m
76 110
25 25
20 20
1.7m 2.1m
70 85
20 28
13 13
1.6m 1.8m
85 112
28 33
23 23
1.8m 2.1m
266
Display
Drivers Driver/Colour change controller to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver for DXF 1 x 1W (set of 12), Cat No. LS-PD312. For DXF 3 x 1W (set of 12) and all colour change options, use driver Cat No. LS36RGB-DMX See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications, alternatives and colour change drivers

IP20 1 x 1W 3 x 1W DXF-2011 DXF-2031 0.12 0.26 0.28 0.42
Cat No
No optic
Optic
IP68 1 x 1W 3 x 1W Example: DXF IP20, 1 x 1W, with blue LEDs and no optic = DXF-2011-BN DXF IP68, 3 x 1W, with colour change LEDs with 5 x 25 beam = DXF-6831-RGB525 DXF-6811 DXF-6831 0.59 0.78 0.75 0.90
Display
267
DXL
268
Display
DXL
The way we light our buildings is changing, no longer is achieving a lumen level on a working plane the main priority, the comfort and well being of the occupants is now high on the lighting designers list of objectives. Driven in part by Lighting Guide revisions, the illumination of walls and ceilings forms part of the solution. Cooper Lighting DXL provides a valuable energy saving solution to this lighting design technique with high uniformity, discreet integration and the colour changing capability for that ultimate dynamic edge.
Ideal wall wash and signage luminaire Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Simple to install and position High quality solid extruded aluminium body Energy saving LED solution Choice of LED colour and beam angle
Display
269
DXL
LED and Driver 1W LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately see page 550 for details RGB colour driver and controllers - ordered separately, see page 554 for details Materials Body - anodised aluminium IP20 fascia - polycarbonate IP68 fascia - UV stable cast resin Drivers Installation Notes IP20 for interior applications IP68 version for outdoor applications Direct surface mount Mounting brackets available for ceiling or wall mounting 2.0m driver connection lead Specification To specify state: Linear surface mount LED luminaire with extruded aluminium body, plug and play connection, RGB/Cool White/Natural White/Warm White/Red/Green/Blue/Amber output, 5/15/25/5x25 beam angle, IP20/IP68 rated as Cooper Lighting DXL range, part no.______ Driver/Colour change controller to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver for DXL 9 x 1W and 12 x 1W, Cat No. LS-PD312 For 18W and above and all colour change options, use driver Cat No. LS36RGB-DMX See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications, alternatives and colour change drivers
CW NW WW
LED Colour Options
R GB
Beam Angles
5 15 25 5x25 no optic
Dimensions
36 58 21
L D
LEDs L 9 12 18 24 27 36 300 400 600 800 900 1200 W 58 58 58 58 58 58
Optic D 24 24 24 24 24 24
No Optic W D 42 42 42 42 42 42 18 18 18 18 18 18
270
Display

IP20 9 x 1W 12 x 1W 18 x 1W 24 x 1W 27 x 1W 36 x 1W 300 400 600 800 900 1200 DXL-2091 DXL-20121 DXL-20181 DXL-20241 DXL-20271 DXL-20361 0.34 0.45 0.68 0.90 1.02 1.36 0.22 0.29 0.44 0.58 0.66 0.88
Nominal Length (mm)
Cat No
Weight (kg) Optic No Optic
IP68 9 x 1W 12 x 1W 18 x 1W 24 x 1W 27 x 1W 36 x 1W Example: DXL IP20, 18 x 1W, with red LEDs and no optic = DXL-20181-RN DXL IP68, 36 x 1W, colour change LEDs with 5 x 25 beam = DXL-68361-RGB525 300 400 600 800 900 1200 DXL-6891 DXL-68121 DXL-68181 DXL-68241 DXL-68271 DXL-68361 0.35 0.47 0.70 0.94 1.05 1.40 0.23 0.31 0.47 0.62 0.70 0.94
Cat No
Mounting Bracket DXL-MB
Description
Mounting brackets - set of 2
DXL-MB
DXL with optic
DXL without optic
Display
271
GXD
272
Display
GXD
Creative use of light can transform the feel and ambience of a space, highlight features, enhance a buildings decor or even provide guidance. The discreet GXD recessed LED luminaire allows subtle integration into floors, walls or ceilings so the light effect dominates visually, not the luminaire itself. Available in a variety of LED colours and beam angles, the GXD provides the lighting designer with a wide palette of effects to choose from.
High quality solid machined aluminium body Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Easy to install Energy saving LED solution Choice of LED colour and beam angle
Display
273
GXD
LED and Driver 1W LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately see page 550 for details RGB colour driver and controllers - ordered separately, see page 554 for details Materials Body - 25 micron anodised aluminium Bezel - marine grade 316 stainless steel Fascia - UV stable cast resin Installation Notes Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Concealed fixing screws on GXD1 Spring clip retention on GXD2 Also suitable for ceiling and wall mounting 300mm driver connection leads Specification To specify state: Recessed LED spotlight with solid machined anodised aluminium body, marine grade stainless steel bezel, RGB/Cool White/Natural White/Warm White/Red/Green/Blue/Amber output, 5/25/45 beam angle, IP65 rated as Cooper Lighting GXD range, part no.______
CW NW WW
LED Colour Options
R GB
* GXD2 only Beam Angles

5 25 45
Dimensions
D2 D1 Dia 1
44mm
Dia 2
Dia 1 GXD1 no optic GXD1 optic GXD2 50 50 65
Dia 2 40 40 50
D1 2 4 2
D2 10 30 90
274
Display
Drivers Driver/Colour change controller to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver, Cat No. LS-PD312. Operates up to twelve 1 x 1W luminaires For colour change options, use driver Cat No. LS36RGB-DMX See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications, alternatives and colour change drivers

GXD1 1 x 1W Single GXD1-11 0.08
LED Colour
Cat No
Weight (kg)
GXD2 1 x 1W 3 x 1W Example: GXD1 single colour 1 x 1W with green LED and 5 beam = GXD1-11-G5 GXD2 colour change 3 x 1W RGB with 25 beam = GXD2-31-RGB25 Single Colour Change GXD2-11 GXD2-31-RGB 0.42 0.42
GXD1
GXD2
Display
275
GXR
276
Display
GXR
Building facades, atrias and statues can be brought to life with the creative use of uplighting. The GXR range takes this popular lighting practice to a new level with the benefits of LED technology. Colour capability both fixed and dynamic colour changing bring endless possibilities normally restricted by limited colour filter options when using conventional sources and the maintenance free, long life and low energy properties of LEDs provide through life financial and sustainability benefits.
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Shallow body for easy installation compared to traditional high power uplighters Energy saving LED solution High quality solid machined aluminium body Choice of LED colour and beam angle
Display
277
GXR
LED and Driver 1W LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately see page 550 for details RGB colour driver and controllers - ordered separately, see page 554 for details Beam Angles Materials Body - 25 micron anodised aluminium Bezel - marine grade 316 stainless steel Fascia - UV stable cast resin
GXR1 6 LED:
5 45 5 15 25
CW NW WW
LED Colour Options
R GB
GXR1 3 LED:
Installation Notes Suitable for indoor or outdoor use Ground sleeve ordered separately 2.0m driver connection lead Body screws to sleeve Bezel and fascia retained by allen key screws Specification To specify state: Recessed LED uplighter with solid machined anodised aluminium body, marine grade stainless steel/aluminium bezel, RGB/Cool White/Natural White/Warm White/Red/Green/Blue/Amber output, 5/15/25/45 beam angle, IP65 rated as Cooper Lighting GXR range, part no.______ Drivers Driver/Colour change controller to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver, Cat No. LS-PD312. Operates four 3 x 1W, two 6 x 2W or one 12 x 1W luminaires. For fixed colour 18 x 1W, 36 x 1W and all colour change options, use driver Cat No. LS36RGB-DMX See page 550 for full fixed output driver specifications, alternatives and colour change drivers
GXR2, GXR3:
5 15 25
Dimensions
D1 D2 D3 Dia 1
Dia 2
Dia 1 GXR1 GXR2 GXR3 133 170 250
Dia 2 90 125 195
D1 25 25 25
D2 50 60 90
D3 5 5 5
278
Display

GXR1 3 x 1W 6 x 1W GXR1-A31 GXR1-A61 GXR1-S31 GXR1-S61 0.80 0.80
Cat No Aluminium Bezel
Cat No Stainless Steel Bezel
Weight (kg)
GXR2 12 x 1W GXR2-A121 GXR2-S121 1.70
GXR3 18 x 1W 36 x 1W Example: GXR1 6 x 1W, aluminium bezel with amber LEDs with 5 beam = GXR1-A61-A5 GXR3 36 x 1W, steel bezel, colour change LEDs with 25 beam = GXR3-S361-RGB25 GXR3-A181 GXR3-A361 GXR3-S181 GXR3-S361 4.30 4.30
Complete the catalogue number with required LED colour and beam angle
Lamp Rating
GXR1-GS GXR2-GS GXR3-GS
Description
GXR1 ground sleeve GXR2 ground sleeve GXR3 ground sleeve
GXR1
GXR2
GXR3
Display
279
FS3
280
Display
FS3
FS3 is a flexible linear strip populated with a series of individual surface mounted LEDs, available in standard and high output formats. Supplied by the metre, it is available in a wide variety of single colours as well as the RGB colour change option. A cut point is provided at intervals along the strip for total versatility. The flexible foil backing dissipates the heat from the LEDs thus improving LED life colour stability. The foil backing is supplied with a self adhesive surface for quick and simple installation.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising multiple LEDs on a flexible backing Wide choice of fixed LED colour and RGB colour change options Quick and simple to install using the self adhesive backing Can be dimmed using the appropriate driver IP20 and IP65 versions available Standard and High Output LED options
Display
281
FS3
LED Options 60 x SMD LED/m (single colour) 66 x RGB trinity SMD LED/m (colour change) Materials Flexible circuit board Installation Notes IP20 version suitable for interior applications IP65 version suitable for exterior applications supplied in flexible polycarbonate sleeve and c/w mounting clips Surface mount with self adhesive backing Cut points with solder connection points every 50mm IP20 versions available in 1m increments up to 6m for single colour, and up to 3m for RGB colour change IP65 versions available in up to 6m for single colour and up to 3m for RGB colour change Requires suitable power supply unit
90
LED Colour Options Standard output

CW WW
R GB
High output
CW WW
(Other colours available by special order)
Beam Angles
no optic
Photometric Data
Cat. No. FS3-20-1M-CWN cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 100 60 150 200 250 300 30 30 30 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 1.00 0.00 1.00 0 0 BZ- Class 0 20 20 F 20 20 0.75 60 52 47 58 51 46 57 51 46 44 4 1.0 68 60 55 66 59 54 64 58 54 51 4 1.25 76 68 63 73 67 62 71 65 61 58 4 Room Index 1.5 81 74 69 78 72 67 75 71 66 63 4 2.0 88 82 77 85 80 75 82 77 74 70 4 2.5 93 87 83 89 85 81 86 82 79 75 4 3.0 96 91 87 92 88 85 89 86 83 79 4 4.0 101 96 93 97 93 90 93 90 88 83 4 5.0 103 100 97 99 96 94 95 93 91 86 4
RGB versions supplied with 2m CAT5 cable with RJ45 connector Options High output fixed colour LED variants Specification To specify state: Flexible IP20/IP65, surface mount, standard/high output fixed colour/RGB colour change linear LED strip, as Cooper Lighting FS3 range, part no.______
SHR nom: 1.5:1 SHR max: 1.63:1
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-12V20W LS-12V20W will drive up to 4m of fixed colour standard output FS3 Recommended colour change driver Cat No: LS-RGB50 LS-RGB50 will drive up to 3m of colour change FS3 See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives with higher wattage ratings to operate longer lengths. Dimensions
Length 50
30 60 90
Cat. No.
FS3H-20-1M-CWN cd/1000lm 90
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 60 50 10 50 30 10 30 30 50 30 10 20 20 F 20 0.75 60 52 47 58 51 46 57 51 46 0 44 4 1.0 68 60 55 66 59 54 64 58 54 51 4 1.25 76 68 63 73 67 62 71 65 61 58 4 Room Index 1.5 81 74 69 78 72 67 75 71 66 63 4 2.0 88 82 77 85 80 75 82 77 74 70 4 2.5 93 87 83 89 85 81 86 82 79 75 4 3.0 96 91 87 92 88 85 89 86 83 79 4 4.0 101 96 93 97 93 90 93 90 88 83 4 5.0 103 100 97 99 96 94 95 93 91 86 4
100 150 200 250 300
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
1.00 0.00 1.00
BZ-Class
11.5
IP20 version
Length
4.5
13.5
IP65 version
282
Display
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Option

Standard Output LEDs Single colour 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m FS3-20-1M-*N FS3-20-2M-*N FS3-20-3M-*N FS3-20-4M-*N FS3-20-5M-*N FS3-20-6M-*N FS3-65-1M-*N FS3-65-2M-*N FS3-65-3M-*N FS3-65-4M-*N FS3-65-5M-*N FS3-65-6M-*N 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 4.8W 9.6W 14.4W 19.2W 24.0W 28.8W
IP20 Cat No
IP65 Cat No
Length (m)
Input Power
Power Consumption
RGB Colour change 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m FS3-20-1M-RGBN FS3-20-2M-RGBN FS3-20-3M-RGBN FS3-65-1M-RGBN FS3-65-2M-RGBN FS3-65-3M-RGBN 1m 2m 3m 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 15.8W 31.6W 47.4W
High Output LEDs Single colour 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m 60 diode/m FS3H-20-1M-*N FS3H-20-2M-*N FS3H-20-3M-*N FS3H-20-4M-*N FS3H-20-5M-*N FS3H-20-6M-*N FS3H-65-1M-*N FS3H-65-2M-*N FS3H-65-3M-*N FS3H-65-4M-*N FS3H-65-5M-*N FS3H-65-6M-*N 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 14.4W 28.8W 43.2W 57.6W 72.0W 86.4W
* to complete the part number the LED colour needs to be added Part number construction example: FS3 IP20 2m length with blue LEDs: FS3-20-2M-BN For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Display
283
FS4
The FS4 is a revolution in flexible lighting, the result of many years of technical LED research and development it is now used on projects around the world. The FS4 offers the same intense light output and uniform brightness as neon but with one significant benefit in that it is bendable. It is easily shaped and cut to length, making installation simple and quick, and the all important appearance shows no hot spot. FS4 is ideal for signage and displays, architectural features and edge illumination eg, stairs, ledges or ground marking.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising multiple LEDs encapsulated in a flexible body Wide choice of fixed LED colour and RGB colour change options Quick and simple to install with clips and channel mounting accessories Can be dimmed using the appropriate driver Flexible body with cut points for length adjustment Available in 1m increments up to 50m (fixed colour)
284
Display
LED and Driver Options Encapsulated surface mount LEDs Constant voltage fixed output and dimming drivers available ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Flexible housing - PVC Installation Notes IP44 suitable for interior and exterior applications Secured with fixing clips or channel section available separately Cut points every 100mm Available in 1m increments up to 50m single colour and 20m colour change Input connector and endcap required for each length Requires suitable power supply unit Specification To specify state: Flexible, surface mount, fixed colour/RGB colour change encapsulated linear LED strip, as Cooper Lighting FS4 range, part no.______
LED Colour Options

CW WW
Beam Angles
R GB
no optic
Photometric Data
Cat. No. FS4-1M-CWN cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 100 60 150 200 250 300 30 30 30 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 1.00 0.18 0.82 0 0 BZ-Class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 1.0 56 47 41 52 45 39 48 42 37 33 6 1.25 62 54 48 58 51 45 53 47 43 38 6 Room Index 1.5 68 59 53 62 56 50 57 52 47 42 6 2.0 75 67 61 69 63 57 63 58 54 47 6 2.5 80 73 67 73 68 63 67 63 59 52 6 3.0 83 77 71 76 71 67 70 66 62 55 6 4.0 88 83 78 81 77 73 74 71 68 59 6 5.0 92 87 83 84 80 77 77 74 71 63 6
Driver Driver to be ordered separately
Dimensions
15 20
Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-24V100W LS-24V100W will drive up to 10m of fixed colour FS4 Recommended colour change driver Cat No: LS-RGB24V-350W
30
27
Single colour
RGB colour change
LS-RGB24V-350W will drive up to 15m of colour change FS4 See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives to suit alternative lengths
Catalogue Numbers LED Option

Single colour 72 diode/m 72 diode/m 72 diode/m 72 diode/m 72 diode/m 72 diode/m FS4-*M-CWN FS4-*M-WWN FS4-*M-RN FS4-*M-GN FS4-*M-BN FS4-*M-AN Cool white fixed colour Warm white fixed colour Red fixed colour Green fixed colour Blue fixed colour Amber fixed colour 0.55/m 0.55/m 0.55/m 0.55/m 0.55/m 0.55/m 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 9.4W/m 9.4W/m 9.4W/m 9.4W/m 9.4W/m 9.4W/m
Cat No
Description
Weight (kg)
Supply Input
Power Consumption
RGB Colour change 237 diode/m FS3-20-*M-RGBN RGB colour change 0.7/m 24V DC 17W/m
* to complete the part number the metre length of product required needs to be added Part number construction example: FS4 25m length with cool white LEDs: FS4-25M-CWN
Cat No
Accessories FS4-IPC-1000-1 FS4-EC-1 FS4-MC-1 FS4-CCH-2400-1 FS4-ACH-2400-1 FS4-IPC-1000-3 FS4-EC-3 FS4-MC-3 FS4-ACH-2400-3
Description
1m input connector single colour End cap connector single colour Mounting clip single colour 2.4m Clear mounting channel single colour 2.4m Aluminium mounting channel single colour 1m input connector RGB End cap connector RGB Mounting clip RGB 2.4m Aluminium mounting channel RGB
Display
285
LE1
286
Display
LE1
LE1 is a slim line linear luminaire constructed from an anodised aluminium extrusion populated with a surface mount LED strip. LE1 is offered with a wide variety of single colours in standard and high output formats as well as the RGB colour change option. LE1 is offered in a 1m or 2m length with IP20 versions having the option of clear, diffuse or opal lenses. The IP65 option has a clear resin lens protecting the LEDs from the elements and affording the high degree of ingress protection. Mounting clips are supplied, 2 per metre length, for quick and simple installation.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising multiple LEDs in a slim line aluminium extrusion Wide choice of fixed LED colour and RGB colour change options Quick and simple to install using the mounting clips supplied Can be dimmed using the appropriate driver IP20 and IP65 versions available to suit both interior and exterior applications Standard and High Output LED options
Display
287
LE1
LED and Driver Individual surface mount LEDs Constant Voltage fixed output and dimming drivers available ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - Anodised Aluminium Facia - Polycarbonate (clear, diffuse or opal) Mounting clips - Polycarbonate Installation Notes Select appropriate IP rating for interior and exterior applications Supplied with 2 mounting clips per metre length Note the required input voltage from the driver: (Standard fixed colour 12V DC, high output and RGB require 24V DC) RGB versions supplied with 2m CAT5 cable with RJ45 connector Options Choice of clear, diffuse or opal lens on the IP20 variants Specification To specify state: IP20/IP65 surface mount Anodised Aluminium channel, with standard/high output fixed colour/RGB colour change LED strip, and clear/diffuse/opal lens as Cooper Lighting LE1 range, part no.______ Dimensions
20.5
90
LED Colour Options

CW WW
R GB
Beam Angles
no optic
Lens Options
Photometric Data
Cat. No. LE1-20-60D-CWNC cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 200 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 300 30 30 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 1.00 0.00 1.00 0 0 BZ-Class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 63 56 51 62 55 51 60 55 50 48 3 1.0 72 65 59 70 64 59 68 63 58 56 3 1.25 79 73 68 77 71 67 75 70 66 63 3 Room Index 1.5 85 78 74 82 77 72 79 75 71 68 3 2.0 91 86 82 88 84 80 86 82 79 75 3 2.5 96 91 87 93 89 85 89 86 83 80 3 3.0 99 95 91 95 92 89 92 89 87 83 3 4.0 103 100 97 99 96 94 96 93 91 87 3 5.0 106 103 100 102 99 97 98 96 94 89 3
Driver
18 15.5
Driver to be ordered separately

9
Recommended fixed output driver for standard output version Cat No: LS-12V20W LS-12V20W will drive up to 4m of fixed colour standard output LE1 Recommended colour change driver Cat No: LS-RGB50 LS-RGB50 will drive up to 3m of colour change LE1 See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives with higher wattage ratings to operate longer lengths
IP20 with lens
IP65 resin filled
288
Display

Standard Output LEDs Single colour 60 diodes 120 diodes LE1-20-60D-*N* LE1-20-120D-*N* LE1-65-60D-*N LE1-65-120D-*N 1m 2m 0.4 0.8 12V DC 12V DC 4.8W 9.6W
IP20 Cat No
IP65 Cat No
Length (m)
Weight (kg)
Supply Input
Power Consumption
RGB Colour change 66 diode/m 132 diode/m LE1-20-66D-RGBN* LE1-20-132D-RGBN* LE1-65-66D-RGBN LE1-65-132D-RGBN 1m 2m 0.4 0.8 24V DC 24V DC 15.8W 31.6W
High Output LEDs Single colour 60 diode/m 120 diode/m LE1H-20-60D-*N* LE1H-20-120D-*N* LE1H-65-60D-*N LE1H-65-120D-*N 1m 2m 0.4 0.4 24V DC 24V DC 14.4W 28.8W
* to complete the part number the LED colour needs to be added, plus the lens choice on IP20 versions Part number construction example: LE1 IP20 2m length with cool white LEDs and clear lens: LE1-20-60D-CWNC For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Display
289
GR2
This high output luminaire is ideal for installations where IP68 is a necessity, providing a low profile ground light with a single 1W LED. The unit is manufactured from high quality materials, sealed for life and supplied c/w 3m cable.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising a single high output LED Low profile housing with high Ingress Protection Choice of LED colours and to suit a wide range of applications Quick and simple to install with simple spring clip retention Supplied complete with 3m lead Ideal for exterior applications
290
Display
LED and Driver 1 x 1W fixed colour, High Output LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - Aluminium Bezel - 316 stainless steel Facia - 5mm toughened glass lens Installation Notes Suitable for interior and exterior applications Supplied complete with 3m cable as standard Requires 50mm cut out Specification To specify state: Circular, IP68 low profile recessed LED luminaire with 1 x 1W high output fixed colour LED with fixed stainless steel bezel and aluminium body as Cooper Lighting GR2 range, part no.______ Dimensions
LED Colour Options

CW WW
(Other colours available by special order) Beam Angles

no optic
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output IP67 driver Cat No: LS-MPL01IP LS-MPL01IP will drive 1 x 1W LEDs, so can operate 1 of the GR2 luminaires See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives.
42
60
42.5

Fixed bezel 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W Cool White Warm White Blue GR2-11-CWN GR2-11-WWN GR2-11-BN 0.07 0.07 0.07 350mA 350mA 350mA 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W
LED Colour
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Drive Current
Power Consumption
Display
291
GR4
GR4 is a compact ground recessed LED luminaire supplied with a ground sleeve to make installation quick and simple. Its quality materials and robust construction make GR4 ideal for exterior applications.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising a single high output LED Compact housing with high Ingress Protection Choice of LED colours and to suit a wide range of applications Quick and simple to install with the supplied ground sleeve Supplied complete with 2m lead Ideal for exterior applications
292
Display
LED and Driver 1 x 1W fixed colour, High Output LED Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - Powder coated Aluminium Bezel - Anodised aluminium Facia - Opalised resin lens Sleeve - Stainless steel Installation Notes Suitable for interior and exterior applications Simple interference fit with locating barbs on the sleeve Requires 38mm cut out for the ground sleeve Supplied with 2m lead Refer to page 550 for suitable driver module Specification To specify state: Circular, IP65 compact recessed LED luminaire with 1 x 1W high output fixed colour LED with robust aluminium housing c/w stainless steel recessing sleeve as Cooper Lighting GR4 range, part no.______ Dimensions
43 38
LED Colour Options

CW NW WW

no optic
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output IP67 driver Cat No: LS-MPL01IP LS-MPL01IP will drive 1 x 1W LEDs, so can operate 1 of the GR4 luminaires See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives
47
Luminaire
Ground Sleeve

Fixed bezel 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W Cool White Neutral White Warm White Red Green Blue GR4-1K2-CWN GR4-1K2-NWN GR4-1K2-WWN GR4-1K2-RN GR4-1K2-GN GR4-1K2-BN 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 350mA 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W 1.2W
LED Colour
60
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Drive Current
Power Consumption
Display
293
GR5
GR5 offers contemporary aesthetics and a useful choice of output from the 3 and 6 high output LED options. The wide range of colour options, including RGB colour change, coupled with 3 beam angles and either a clear or diffuse lens make this recessed in-ground luminaire exceptionally versatile. The quality materials and robust construction make GR5 ideal for exterior applications.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising either 3 or 6 high output LEDs High Ingress Protection - IP65 Wide choice of LED colours including RGB colour changing Quick and simple to install with the supplied ground sleeve Supplied complete with 2m lead Ideal for exterior applications
294
Display
LED and Driver 3 or 6 x 1W fixed colour and RGB, High Output LEDs Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body - Aluminium Bezel - 316 stainless steel Facia - Toughened glass lens Ground sleeve - Polycarbonate Installation Notes Suitable for interior and exterior applications Simple spring clip retention fixing Supplied c/w in ground housing sleeve for ease of installation into a variety of materials such as sand or concrete Requires 85mm cut out when using the in ground sleeve Fixed colour versions supplied with 2m 2-core lead RGB versions supplied with 2m CAT5 cable with RJ45 connector Specification To specify state: Circular, IP65 recessed LED luminaire with 3 or 6 x 1W high output LED with robust aluminium housing, stainless steel bezel and polycarbonate recessing sleeve as Cooper Lighting GR5 range, part no.______
LED Colour Options

CW NW WW
R GB

5 30 45
Lens Options
30 on 3 x 1W only
Dimensions
98 156
Luminaire
190
85
Ground Sleeve
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output IP67 driver Cat No: LS-MPL03IP LS-MPL03IP will drive 3 x 1W LEDs, so can operate 1 of the 3x1W GR5 luminaires

See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives LED Colour
Cool White Neutral White Warm White Red Green Blue Amber Cyan RGB
Cat No
GR5-3K2-CW** GR5-3K2-NW** GR5-3K2-WW** GR5-3K2-R** GR5-3K2-G** GR5-3K2-B** GR5-3K2-A** GR5-3K2-C** GR5-3K2-RGB**
Weight (kg)
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Drive Current
Power Consumption
3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W
Cool White Neutral White Warm White Red Green Blue Amber Cyan RGB
GR5-6K2-CW** GR5-6K2-NW** GR5-6K2-WW** GR5-6K2-R** GR5-6K2-G** GR5-6K2-B** GR5-6K2-A** GR5-6K2-C** GR5-6K2-RGB**
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
7.2W 7.2W 7.2W 7.2W 7.2W 7.2W 7.2W 7.2W 7.2W
** To complete the part number the beam angle and lens choice need to be added Part number construction example: GR5 3x1W cool white LEDs, and 30 beam angle and clear lens: GR5-3K2-CW30C For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Display
295
GS1
The GS1 LED Ground Spike is stylish and discreet, available with single colour and RGB colour changing options it is ideally suited to use in garden landscaping, providing flexible illumination for pathways and flowerbeds offering stylish lighting, versatility and function. Manufactured from marine grade 316 stainless steel and containing high output LEDs these luminaires offer long life, low running costs and ease of installation.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising three high output LEDs Wide choice of LED colours including the RGB colour change option Choice of 3 beam angles to suit a wide range of applications High quality stainless steel housing with IP65 rating Ideal for exterior applications
296
Display
LED and Driver 3 x 1W fixed colour and RGB High Output LEDs Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body and spike - 316 Stainless steel Facia - Toughened glass Installation Notes IP65 - ideal for exterior applications Secured using integrated steel ground spike. Fixed colour versions are supplied fitted with 2m, 2-core lead with bare ends RGB colour change versions are supplied fitted with 2m CAT 5 lead fitted with an RJ45 connector Specification To specify state: IP65 LED ground spike luminaire with 3 x 1W high output fixed colour/RGB colour change LEDs, 5/30/45 beam angle with 316 stainless steel adjustable head unit as Cooper Lighting GS1 range, part no.______
LED Colour Options

CW NW WW
R GB
Beam Angles
5 30 45
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-MPL03IP LS-MPL03IP will drive 3 x 1W LEDs, so can operate 1 of the GS1 luminaires Recommended colour change driver Cat No LS-RGB27 LS-RGDB27 will drive up to 27 x 1W LEDs, so can operate up to 9 of the RGB GS1 luminaires See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives
Dimensions
86
157
62.5

5 Beam
GS1-3K2-CW5 GS1-3K2-NW5 GS1-3K2-WW5 GS1-3K2-R5 GS1-3K2-G5 GS1-3K2-RB5 GS1-3K2-A5 GS1-3K2-C5 GS1-3K2-RGB5
30 Beam
45 Beam
Weight (kg)
1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.07
Drive Current
Power Consumption
3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W
Display
297
GS2
The GS2 is a single high output LED ground spike, offering fixed colour LEDs and the same high quality stainless steel construction to complement the GS1 range. With its robust construction and IP65 rating, GS2 is ideally suited to exterior applications such as landscape illumination.
Energy saving LED solution, utilising three high output LEDs Wide choice of fixed colour LEDs Choice of 3 beam angles to suit a wide range of applications High quality stainless steel housing with IP65 rating Ideal for exterior applications
298
Display
LED and Driver 1 x 1W fixed colour High Output LEDs Fixed output and dimming drivers available - ordered separately, see page 550 for details Materials Body and spike: 316 Stainless steel Facia: toughened glass Installation Notes IP65 - ideal for exterior applications Secured using integrated steel ground spike. Supplied fitted with 2m, 2-core lead Specification To specify state: IP65 LED ground spike luminaire with 1 x 1W high output fixed colour LEDs, 5/30/45 beam angle with 316 stainless steel adjustable head unit as Cooper Lighting GS2 range, part no.______ Dimensions
LED Colour Options

CW NW WW
Beam Angles
5 30 45
Driver Driver to be ordered separately Recommended fixed output driver Cat No: LS-MPL01IP LS-MPL01IP will drive 1 x 1W LEDs, so can operate 1 of the GS1 luminaires See page 550 for full driver specifications and alternatives
68
157
48.5

1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W 1 x 1W
5 Beam
GS2-1K2-CW5 GS2-1K2-NW5 GS2-1K2-WW5 GS2-1K2-R5 GS2-1K2-G5 GS2-1K2-RB5 GS2-1K2-A5 GS2-1K2-C5
30 Beam
45 Beam
Weight (kg)
0.71 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.71
Drive Current
Power Consumption
3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W 3.6W
Display
299
Emergency
Testing Systems
LED Escape
EasiCheck 2
PG 304
Intellem
PG 309
Briteway
PG 310
Briteway Recessed
PG 312
Micropoint
PG 314
Bulkheads
Britelite
PG 316
Atlantic & Atlantic Plus PG 318
Vistral
PG 320
Alfalux
PG 322
Eurolite
PG 324
Sintralite
PG 326
Weatherlite
PG 328
AG Bulkhead
PG 330
New Safe 8
PG 332
Zeta II
PG 334
ZetaLED
PG 336
2D Bulkheads
Fairlite
PG 339
DRG
PG 342
Bijou IP54
PG 344
Vienza
PG 346
300
Emergency
Exit Signs
Britesign 2
PG 348
Briteblade
PG 350
Evoled
PG 352
Safe Edge
PG 354
Recessed Safe Edge

PG 356
Royalux 2
PG 358
VIA8
PG 360
Manhattan
PG 362
Waylite 800
PG 364
Exit SE
PG 366
New Safe Ex
PG 368
Legendlite LED
PG 370
ZED
PG 372
Twin Spots
Beamlite
PG 374
Gemini Junior
PG 376
Metrolite
PG 378
Conversion Kits
Convertalite
PG 381
TFL
PG 384
Convertapack & PG 386 Maxipower
ACM1
PG 388
SMCB
PG 390
Emergency
301
302
Emergency Luminaires
Testing Systems
The Need to Test In the event of a mains power failure, even the most routine of tasks can become hazardous. The workplace can become more dangerous due to ongoing processes, moving machinery or simply the negotiation of corridors and stairways. If emergency lighting equipment develops a fault, the integrity of the system will be compromised. It is hardly surprising therefore that legislation, makes the installation, regular testing and maintenance of emergency lighting a mandatory requirement. Failing to install and maintain adequate emergency lighting renders the responsible person liable to prosecution. Compliance with Legislation The legislation for England and Wales is explained and the guidelines for compliance are given in a Government publication entitled A short guide to making your premises safe from fire. This gives a brief overview of the legislation, further, detailed application specific guides are available which provide comprehensive information about requirements for the design, installation and maintenance of fire safety equipment for each of the different building types. Although the information above only applies in England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland have similar legislation. The government guidelines strongly endorse the contents of standards such as BS EN 5266. BS EN 5266 and European standards have been aligned to call up the same requirements for testing of emergency lighting systems. Both British and European standards now require a short monthly test of the emergency lighting system to ensure that luminaires activate correctly in the event of mains failure and return to charge correctly once mains is restored. In addition a full rated duration test is required once per year. Conventional Testing In order to manually carry out the functional and discharge tests defined above, suitably trained personnel are required to activate a failure of the local mains lighting circuit, using a key switch or similar device and observe the status of every emergency luminaire. In many buildings, testing the entire system together may be inappropriate for safety reasons whilst batteries recharge. Hospitals, for example, would require individual or small group testing in order to provide cover at all times. All these tests must also be logged and the results recorded. This can be an onerous and costly procedure. As a result, testing may sometimes be overlooked or missed for a period of time. The consequences of leaving faults undetected could be serious should an emergency situation arise. Automatic Testing The solution is to install a system that automatically carries out all required testing automatically and alerts the system user as soon as the need for any remedial work is detected. The use of an automatic emergency lighting test system provides a number of benefits: All faults within the system are promptly identified Helps ensure compliance with legal requirements Tests can be scheduled for the most convenient time, without staff needing to be present The manpower cost for manual testing is eliminated Test results are logged as required in regulations Installation and operation requirements vary considerably according to the type and size of building. To address this Cooper Lighting offer a choice of two different testing system types, stand alone self-test (Intellem) and addressable central testing (EasiCheck) where all tests are controlled by a central control panel that also logs the details of any faults that occur. Full details of both these systems are provided on the following pages.
Daily
Indicators of central power supply shall be visually inspected for correct operation (no test required)
Monthly
Brief functional test to ensure correct emergency operation and ensure unit returns to charge when mains is restored
Yearly
Full duration discharge test and ensure unit returns to charge when mains is restored ensuring lamp is illuminated prior to test termination.
Emergency Luminaires - Testing Systems
303
EasiCheck 2
EasiCheck is a purpose designed emergency lighting testing system, providing a simple to operate, labour saving alternative to manual testing. Avoiding the need for separate secure manual test keys and the need to manually inspect fittings during and after tests, EasiCheck automatically tests the emergency lighting at a user controlled, convenient, non disruptive time, then gathers the test results and displays them in a simple to understand manner at a central control panel. EasiCheck2 has been designed to ensure quick and simple installation, simple operation and simple system re-configuration throughout the life of the building, system extensions and changed can easily be incorporated without expensive re-programming charges.
Reduces time and cost of testing and maintenance as required by law Testing in compliance with EN50172 Easy to use touch screen panel 200 Luminaire capacity per panel Stand alone or network up to 63 panels Event logs and test reports can be downloaded or printed Selection of central monitoring software (text or graphic)
304
System Operation An EasiCheck interface module is fitted into all suitable dedicated emergency luminaires and mains luminaires converted for emergency operation. Each module can be soft addressed by the EasiCheck2 Panel following installation or given a unique address number, using a hand held programmer during installation of the luminaire. Every luminaire is connected to a 2 core data BUS cable in a loop configuration, which is linked back to the control panel. A single panel can accommodate up to 200 luminaires (self-contained systems) Where radial spurs are required, MSI850 Spur isolator is required to enable soft addressing. Loop integrity and bus connections can be tested prior to panel installation/connection using LP800ECKIT loop tester. When switched on, if luminaires have not been pre-addressed the panel can be programmed to soft address luminaires and will automatically assign an address number to each luminaires connected to it. It is important to maintain accurate as fitted drawings to identify the respective luminaire and its assigned address. Text information can be allocated to each system component, during commissioning by a Cooper Lighting service engineer. The panel can then be programmed to carry out automatic test sequences according to BS 5266/EN 50172 or any regional testing regime. Testing can also be initiated manually. All test data is sent back and stored at the control panel. Additionally, the system carries out continuous real time monitoring of all connected devices. In the event of a fault, the precise location of the device is displayed at the control panel along with accurate details of the nature of the fault, time/date stamp and an alarm is raised. Luminaire status is provided locally via a 2 colour LED built into each fitting (self contained versions). The system can be enhanced by networking up to 63 panels. Central PC monitoring and a global network printer can also be incorporated. An advanced colour graphics software package is available to provide central and remote system control and monitoring.
EC2001: EasiCheck 2 Panel The main element of the user EC2001 is a large (120mm x 90mm visible area) touch screen display, which provides comprehensive user information and also acts as a multifunctional keypad. Comprehensive context sensitive help information is provided throughout the menus to assist unfamiliar users with system operation. The EC2001 touch screen display automatically reconfigures to suit the selected function, for example, if the change device text menu option is selected, the touch screen is automatically formatted as a full QWERTY keyboard to enable fast and simple text entry. The use of the touch screen display enables a wide range of user and engineering facilities to be incorporated into the panel whilst still offering simple operation. As well as a large format LCD display providing full system status information, the panel incorporates 16 group indication LED's to provide clear information about the status of testing groups. In addition there are a number of system status LED's (power on, emergency mode, general fault, system fault, comms fault, luminaire fault, test in progress, disable luminaire, fault indication) designed to give clear status information to non technical users. Panel is used to facilitate following functions: Set up test types and times Set up testing groups Initiate manual tests Display real time current/voltage of single luminaire View fault log/panel configuration. Download/Upload fault log and panel configuration. Soft addressing of Luminaires for ease of installation and Commissioning Dimensions
D2 W
H (mm)
W (mm) 357
D1 (mm) 50
D2 (mm) 45
375
D1
3 Re-learn option re-starts addressing sequence
Initial system with 4 addresses
Next free address option leaves existing addresses undisturbed
305
EasiCheck 2
ECS110: Luminaire Interface Compact module fitted into all emergency luminaires to be connected to the system. Self-contained and slave luminaire versions. Requires allocation of address either by soft addressing following panel installation and power up or by hand held programmer, prior to being connected to data BUS cable. Dimensions: 61mm(L) x 35mm(W) x 18mm(D) CF800ECPROG: Hand Held Programmer Used as a alternative to soft addressing to program address number into interface devices prior to installation. Programmer is connected to each interface in turn and program button pressed until display confirms successful programming. Address number can be manually allocated, if required, using Tens and Units buttons. Can also be used to read back the address of a programmed interface. Dimensions: 110mm(L) x 220mm(W) x 45mm(D).
MSI850: Spur Isolator Spur isolator is used to connect radial circuits on the EasiCheck 2 data loop. One spur isolator must be used for every radial spur emanating from the data loop.
EC400: LONIP Router Used to convert EasiCheck data-bus protocol to IP for transmission of EasiCheck Network data via LAN/Ethernet. LON-IP Router is located adjacent to EasiCheck panels reducing the need to run network data cables between networked panels/remote monitoring PC.
Spur of Fittings
USBINT1: RS232 to USB adaptor Used to convert RS232 communication to USB for direct connection to standard pc not fitted with R232 serial port. It is recommended to use USBINT1 with EasiCheck2 system a 3rd part RS232 to USB adaptors are not guaranteed to work with the EasiCheck2 devices.
Spur Isolator
Main Data Loop
306
Test Programmes EasiCheck 2 provides automatic testing that conforms and exceeds the current British Standard BS 5266 Part 8 (2008) and the European Standard EN 50172. Other test regimes can also be programmed as required. It is recommended that discharge tests are performed at a time of least risk, such as outside normal working hours, so that following the test the batteries can be re-charged prior to re-occupation. This can be difficult in permanently occupied premises. To overcome this, EasiCheck 2 luminaires can be allocated into 1 of up to 16 test groups and the testing of each group staggered. Adjacent luminaires would be allocated to different groups in order to provide full duration emergency lighting coverage at all times. Following a genuine mains failure that has occurred in the previous 24 hours, the next scheduled test is automatically delayed for a further 24 hours, to allow sufficient time for the batteries to recharge. Manual tests are also inhibited for 24 hours following a genuine mains failure or scheduled test. Enhanced Options EasiCheck can be used as a stand alone system or can be networked, with up to 63 panels being linked. The management of larger installations with multiple panels can be simplified by interfacing the system with a PC based monitoring or graphical control system. Cooper Lighting offer two software systems for use with EasiCheck 2.
Example of colour graphic software
Example of site monitoring software
Site Monitoring Software Simple windows based, text driven package Monitors the status of all panels and luminaires All system events and tests are listed as they happen Identifies the address, panel/luminaire and location where a fault has occurred. Tests can be started or stopped Panels can be reset following clearing of faults Alarm buzzer can be muted Comprehensive report menu
Colour Graphics Advanced windows based, graphics package Monitors the status of all panels and luminaires All system events and tests are listed as they happen Identifies the address, panel/luminaire and location where a fault has occurred Luminaire/device status is clearly identified and location is shown on building map Offers full PC control of panel functionality Status, testing and faults can be displayed graphically on site plans Reports can be easily created and printed
Example of colour graphic software
Catalogue Numbers Cat No

EC2001 EC2001/NC MSI850 CF800ECPROG LP800ECKIT USBINT1 GRAPHSITEMON
Decsription
Self Contained Panel Network Self Contained Panel Spur Isolator EasiCheck 2 Programmer Loop Tester USB to RS232 Adaptor Interface Site Moitor Software and PC Connection Hardware (EC300)
EC400 EC450 EC460
LON/IP Echelon Router Fibre Optic Router Network Booster
307
Kauli Institute, Cambridge Intellem Self-test
308
Emergency
Intellem
Intellem self check offers a simple and competitive solution to the mandatory requirements for the regular testing of emergency luminaires. The system requires no setting up. Converted luminaires are simply installed, providing instant monitoring of the emergency circuit and automatic testing at intervals compliant with legislation. System status is clearly indicated via the LED flash sequence and on-board audible alarm, which can be disabled if required by the user. Intellem self check is particularly beneficial in refurbishment projects, as no additional cabling is required. Provides simple reliable automatic testing of emergency lighting reducing maintenance cost Tests fully comply with EN 50172 for peace of mind Easy to install stand alone operation minimising cost and reducing install time No additional data cable Offset feature to stagger testing ensures consistent emergency cover at all times 28 day cycle so tests occur on a consistent day of the week
System Operation Provides simple intelligent self-testing of emergency lighting systems. An Intellem diagnostic unit is fitted into all suitable self-contained dedicated emergency luminaires and mains luminaires converted for emergency operation. Upon initial power up, the unit self calibrates, determining the correct values for the parameters to be checked during monitoring and testing. Test intervals are determined from the moment of initial power up, with a built in automatic additional 12 hour initial delay to ensure that luminaires installed during the day are tested at night. A full duration test is initiated 36 hours after initial power up to commission the unit. Luminaire status is continuously monitored and information provided via the luminaire LED and on-board audible alarm. In the event of a fault, the on board audible alarm operates, and the precise nature of the fault indicated by the LED flashing sequence (see table below). Audible alarm can be disabled if required. Testing is automatically carried out as per the Intellem testing schedule, to meet and exceed the requirements of EN 50172. The first function test occurs 28 days after the initial commissioning test, subsequent tests take place every 28 days, every 12th test is automatically scheduled for a full 3 hour duration. Luminaire Compatibility Intellem self check is compatible with the majority of Cooper Lighting dedicated emergency fittings or converted mains luminaires fitted with a Cooper Lighting emergency conversion kit. The module is supplied pre fitted and tested, installation of self-test emergency luminaires is the same as for a standard emergency fittings. No system adjustment or programming is needed. Throughout this catalogue luminaires available with intellem self check are highlighted in the relevant product sections.
1 second Lamp Test Failure Duration Test Failure Low Charge Current Low Battery Voltage Reset Alarm Power Save Mode
1 second
1 second
1 second
1 second
1 minute
309
Briteway
Briteway is a compact, low profile emergency luminaire, with dimensions a fraction of the size of traditional bulkheads. It utilises LED technology to provide an unobtrusive, low maintenance, emergency lighting solution for a wide variety of areas. Unlike traditional fluorescent emergency luminaires, Briteway is simple to install, being surface mounted and having a plug in mains connection and first fix backplate. Maintained versions of Briteway have a variable light level feature, allowing the maintained light level to be user controlled via a simple concealed pushbutton. The maintained light level can be set to off, low, medium or high, to suit the required application.
Compact and unobtrusive blends into most environments Long life 50,000 hour LED technology for minimal maintenance Axially mounted for optimum aesthetics Simple surface fixings reduce installation time Low power consumption in line with overall building energy targets Available in self contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions EasiCheck and Intellem self-testing options
310
Emergency Luminaires - LED Escape
Lamp Options 2 x 1W high intensity LED Materials Base, mounting plate and cover, fire retardant ABS, lens optical grade acrylic Installation Notes Low profile surface fixing First fix back plate with self locking clip on main body Plug in electrical connection and main body automatically locks into position when pushed into place, requires tool to remove Designed to provide optimum performance when mounted axially Purpose designed surface cable pattress available Pattress has 20mm knockouts in each side and end Pattress accepts standard mini trunking terminations and fixings Dimensions
107mm 198mm 36mm
Options Maintained or Non-maintained versions Intellem self-test (see page 309) EasiCheck (see page 304) Specification Stand alone self-contained - To specify state: Maintained/Non Maintained low profile ceiling mounted emergency luminaire, utilising dual high output white LED light sources. Optical design optimised for axial mounting. Installation via first fix back plate with plug and socket mains connector and self locking clip on body. Fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22 , as Menvier Briteway range part no. ________ Self-test/slave - To specify state: Low profile, ceiling mounted, Static inverter slave luminaire with dual high output white LED light sources and optical design optimised for axial mounting. Installation via first fix back plate and fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22 as Menvier Briteway range part no. ________
Photometric Data
Escape route 2m wide 1 lux min Mode Mounting Lux level height directly (m) under Open (anti-panic) area 0.5 lux min
Self-contained NM 2.5 3.0 4.0 M 2.5 3.0 4.0 1.9 1.3 0.8 1.7 1.15 0.65 1.3 1.1 1.2 0.9 3.0 3.4 2.9 3.2 7.8 8.0 7.2 7.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 0.8 0.8 2.9 3.2 3.6 2.6 3.0 3.2 7.1 7.4 7.8 6.6 7.0 7.2 2.7 2.8 2.0 2.5 2.4 1.7
Options Standard c/w pattress
L (mm) 198 198
W (mm) 107 107
D (mm) 36 80
Catalogue Numbers System Mode

Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 1 Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 Maintained 3Hr Intellem Self-test 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck
Cat No
BWM BWMEC BWMEC2 BWMIS BW230 BW230EC
Weight (kg)
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4
Simple installation via first fix back plate
Optional pattress to suit surface wiring
Pattress supports conduit and surface trunking
311
Briteway Recessed
Sharing a common styling theme with Briteway, but designed for very discreet recessed installation, Briteway recessed provides a compact, emergency lighting solution, utilising LED technology. Briteway recessed is simple to install, a purpose designed remote gear pod, fits through the luminaire installation aperture, enabling it to be installed into suspended or solid ceilings. The use of a heavy duty self locking plug in mains connector enables installation without any need to disassemble the gear pod. Maintained versions have a variable light level feature, this allows the maintained light level to be user controlled via a simple concealed pushbutton.
Discreet flush installation Compact dimensions Plug and socket wiring aids fast installation and minimum maintenance Long life 50,000 hour LED technology Low power consumption Available in self contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions EasiCheck and Intellem self-testing options
312
Lamp Options 2 x 1W high intensity LED Materials Base, remote pod enclosure and cover, fire retardant ABS, lens optical grade acrylic Installation Notes Remote head has spring clip retention Remote gear pod contains battery and charger Mains connection to remote pod is via self locking plug in connector Gear pod fits through head unit installation aperture so can be fitted to solid ceilings Cut out diameter 51mm hole saw Slave versions must be installed via local fused connection Dimensions
Options Maintained or Non-maintained operation Intellem self-test (see page 309) EasiCheck (see page 304) Static inverter slave Specification To specify state: Maintained/Non Maintained/slave recessed ceiling mounted emergency luminaire, utilising dual high output white LED light sources. Installation via remote gearpod capable of being installed via the mounting hole aperture and complete with plug and socket mains connector. Fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22, as Menvier Briteway recessed range part no. ________
44mm
21mm
63mm

Cat No
BWRM BWRMEC BWRMEC2 BWRMIS BWR230 BWR230EC
Weight (kg)
0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.24 0.25
Photometric Data
Self-contained NM 2.5 3.0 4.0 M 2.5 3.0 4.0 1.9 1.3 0.8 1.7 1.15 0.65 1.3 1.1 1.2 0.9 3.0 3.4 2.9 3.2 7.8 8.0 7.2 7.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 0.8 0.8 2.9 3.2 3.6 2.6 3.0 3.2 7.1 7.4 7.8 6.6 7.0 7.2 2.7 2.8 2.0 2.5 2.4 1.7
Gear pod fits through fixing hole ideal for solid ceilings
313
Micropoint
Micropoint is a recessed LED emergency luminaire designed to satisfy the most demanding of aesthetic requirements. The only visible part is a flush mounted LED light assembly, with a visible diameter of just 40mm. The battery and control gear are housed in a remote pod with plug in connector for the mains supply. A spring clip fixing arrangement provides quick and simple installation of the LED luminaire body. For simplicity, the green status LED is incorporated into the luminaire body, enabling maintenance personnel to carry out mandatory checks without requiring access to the remote module. For applications with limited access, an adaptor plate is available which allows the remote gear pod to pass through the luminaire fixing hole. The high power, high efficiency LED light source provides uniform illumination ideal for coverage of open areas.
BSI kitemarked ICEL registered 60,000 hour life LED technology Minimal Visual presence Remote gear box Plug in mains and LED connections Available in self contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions EasiCheck and Intellem self-testing options
314
Lamp Options High power (3W) white LED Materials Luminaire body - Aluminium Remote gear pod - ABS Installation Notes Flush mounting Spring retaining clips require only front access for installation Mains supply via plug and socket on remote gear pod No disassembly of gear pod required during installation Cut out diameter (without gear pod adaptor plate 32mm hole saw) Cut out diameter (with gear pod adaptor plate 51mm hole saw) Slave version must be installed via a locally fused connection Dimensions
Options Intellem self-test technology see page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing see page 304 Central system slave versions Specification To specify state: Flush mounted self contained/slave 3W LED emergency luminaire, retained in ceiling with spring fixing assembly requiring front access only. Battery (self contained) and control gear to be mounted in remote pod with plug in connections for incoming supply and LED head. Under mains healthy conditions, Light output is to be adjustable to suit application, as per Menvier Micropoint range part number __________
52mm
2mm
40mm

Cat No
MPM MPMEC MPMEC2 MPMIS MPS230 MPS230EC
Weight (kg)
0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.24 0.25
Photometric Data
Self-contained M 2.5 3.0 4.0 3.0 2.1 1.2 2.4 2.2 1.5 5.9 6.4 6.4 5.9 6.4 6.4 2.4 2.3 1.5 3.3 3.4 3.3 8.6 8.3 8.8 8.6 8.3 8.8 3.3 3.4 3.3
Optional adaptor allows installation in solid ceilings
315
Britelite
For many years the Menvier Britelite has been associated with simple installation and class leading performance. The latest new generation Britelite builds on this reputation and offers even better performance, it also adds improved aesthetics along with a choice of surface or recessed installation. For a typical corridor application, requiring 1 Lux illumination and with a 2.8M mounting height, new generation Britelite can be spaced up to 11.6 Metres apart, this is typically more than double the spacing of a low cost 8W bulkhead. For some applications, the speed and simplicity of a surface installation will be preferred, whereas for others, a recessed installation will be required to minimise the visual impact of the emergency lighting on the ceiling. To satisfy both these requirements, new Britelite is now available in either surface or recessed versions.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Surface or recessed mounting where a minimal visual impact is required Class leading spacing performance up to 11.6m spacing Supplied disassembled for speedy installation Available in self contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Supplied with lamp
316
Emergency - Bulkhead
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent 3500K - G5 cap Materials Base and geartray - polycarbonate Diffuser - clear polycarbonate Batteries (self contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Supplied disassembled ready for installation Surface version accepts both rear and surface entry cables. Cutout template is available to aid installation of recessed version To prevent unauthorised access, a tool is required to remove the diffuser after assembly After fixing the base and connecting the wiring, the combined gear tray and diffuser assembly is then clipped into place as a single item Recessed version has fixing clips that only require front access for installation Supplied with lamp Options Surface and recessed versions available Maintained and Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test (see page 309) EasiCheck addressable testing (see page 304) CeaGuard testing versions Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, high performance, extra wide spacing self contained emergency luminaire, with plug-in geartray, self-locking snap on lens that requires tool for removal and 3 cell high light output circuit, as Menvier Britelite range, part no. ___________ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system compatible slave, high performance, extra wide spacing emergency luminaire, with plug-in geartray, self-locking snap on lens that requires tool for removal and 3 cell high light output circuit, as Menvier Britelite range, part no. ___________
T5
Photometric Data
Escape route 2m wide 1 lux min Mode Mounting Lux level height directly (m) under 2.8 4.0 6.0 Mtd Self contained 2.8 4.0 6.0 Slave luminaire 2.8 4.0 6.0 3.0 1.5 0.65 2.5 1.1 0.55 3.5 1.7 0.7 3.9 2.0 3.3 1.5 4.4 2.1 11.6 11.8 10.8 9.8 11.8 12.7 5.7 5.7 5.2 5.0 5.8 6.0 1.9 1.5 1.7 1.1 2.0 1.8 3.8 3.8 1.7 3.7 3.3 1.0 4.0 4.4 2.0 11.1 13.8 16.4 10.8 13.3 15.4 11.5 13.8 16.2 6.4 7.4 8.0 6.1 6.8 7.1 7.0 7.5 8.3 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.8 1.6 1.0 2.0 1.9 1.6 Open (anti-panic) area 0.5 lux min
NM Self contained

Surface Non Maintained 3Hr Surface Non Maintained 3Hr Self-test Surface Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Surface Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 Recessed Non Maintained 3Hr Recessed Non Maintained 3Hr Self-test Recessed Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck
Cat No
BLSN BLSNIS BLSNEC BLSNEC2 BLRN BLRNIS BLRNEC
Weight (kg)
1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Recessed Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 BLRNEC2 Surface Maintained 3Hr Surface Maintained 3Hr Self-test Surface Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Surface Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 Recessed Maintained 3Hr Recessed Maintained 3Hr Self-test Recessed Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Recessed Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 Surface 50V slave Recessed 50V slave Surface 110V slave Recessed 110V slave Surface 230V slave Surface 230V slave EasiCheck Surface 230V slave Ceaguard Recessed 230V slave Recessed 230V slave EasiCheck BLSM BLSMIS BLSMEC BLSMEC2 BLRM BLRMIS BLRMEC BLRMEC2 BLS50 BLR50 BLS110 BLR110 BLS230 BLS230EC BLS230CG BLR230 BLR230EC BLR230CG BLT
Dimensions
L W L D2 D1 W
Recessed 230V slave Ceaguard Britelite Cut Out Template
D2 D1
Options Surface mounted Semi-recessed
L (mm) 347 347
W (mm) 133 133
D/D1 (mm) 30 30
D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) 50 69 325 x 110
317
Atlantic & Atlantic Plus
Weatherproof, stylish and robust, the Atlantic family is suitable for practically any application and location. The full range has excellent, high performance spacing characteristics, with a choice in self-contained of the standard light output Atlantic, or high output 3 cell Atlantic Plus, to maximise spacing and reduce the quantity of units required to achieve the latest European illumination requirements. All share the convenience of a first fix base, plug in geartray and self locking snap on vandal resistant lens which greatly speeds installation, saving time and cost. The robust, fully polycarbonate construction and IP65 rating affords enhanced protection for even the most vulnerable locations.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Weatherproof IP65 and vandal resistant High performance, wide spacing distribution Choice of standard or high light output circuits Time saving first fix base and plug-in geartray Optional large format legend kit EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
318
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Base geartray and lens - polycarbonate Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting First fix base with heavy duty connector BESA entry on rear, conduit entries on ends and side Plug-in geartray Self-locking snap on lens. Requires tool for removal Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp
T5
Dimensions
135mm
330mm
80mm
Photometric Data
Self-contained - Atlantic Plus NM 2.5 4.0 6.0 M 2.5 4.0 6.0 Self-contained - Atlantic NM 2.5 4.0 6.0 M 2.5 4.0 6.0 Slave AC/DC 2.5 4.0 3.05 1.19 0.53 4.40 1.70 0.80 3.5 1.3 4.3 2.7 0 10.4 9.9 11.4 12.0 6.2 5.9 5.6 6.6 6.6 5.4 2.0 1.1 2.4 2.0 3.6 3.1 1.1 4.0 4.2 2.2 10.7 13.5 12.0 10.6 13.7 15.3 6.7 7.7 7.9 7.0 8.5 9.5 2.0 2.0 0.7 1.7 1.7 1.4 1.66 0.65 0.29 1.40 0.55 0.25 1.6 1.2 7.4 6.6 4.3 3.9 1.3 1.0 2.5 0.7 2.3 0.9 9.1 9.6 8.8 8.0 5.3 5.8 5.0 5.0 1.4 0.4 1.4 0.6 3.05 1.19 0.53 2.59 1.01 0.45 3.5 1.6 3.0 0.8 10.3 8.8 9.6 7.2 5.8 5.6 5.4 5.0 2.1 1.1 1.9 0.3 3.6 3.0 1.1 3.3 2.5 10.9 13.4 11.1 10.0 12.8 6.7 7.7 5.0 6.1 7.2 2.0 1.9 0.7 1.8 1.7 -
Options Maintained and Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Atlantic has standard light output. Atlantic Plus has an additional battery cell for enhanced light output Intellem self-test. Technology detailed on page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing versions Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, IP65 vandal resistant, high performance, 2/3 cell self contained emergency luminaire, with plug-in geartray, self-locking snap on lens that requires tool for removal and standard/high light output circuit, as Menvier Atlantic/Atlantic Plus range, part no. ___________ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent 2/3 cell self-testing/Central system compatible slave, IP65 vandal resistant, high performance emergency luminaire, with plug-in geartray, self-locking snap on lens that requires tool for removal and standard/high light output circuit, as Menvier Atlantic/Atlantic Plus range, part no. ___________
6.0 AC/AC 2.5 4.0 6.0

Atlantic Plus - high light output Non Maintained 3Hr Non Maintained 3Hr Self-test Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 ATPN ATPNIS ATPNEC ATPNEC2 ATPM ATPMIS ATPMEC ATPMEC2 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Atlantic - standard light output Non Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr 230V Ceaguard Slave 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck Rapid fit plug-in gear tray ATN ATM AT230CG AT50 AT110 ATS230 ATS230EC 1.3 1.4 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Legend Kit
European Format self-adhesive legend kit
Cat No
LEXSABL
Weight (kg)
0.05
319
Vistral
Equally at home in prestigious installations and commercial interiors, Vistral is an ultra-low profile luminaire with a stylish design, allowing it to blend unobtrusively into any environment. The luminaire has a maximum depth of only 50mm and appears even slimmer thanks to an elegantly curved upper gallery, which also incorporates the efficient clear fresnel lens. The excellent flashing developed by this wide lens also permits Vistral to be deployed as an attractive exit sign, using the optional legend kit.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Attractive, curved, low profile design suits most environments Stylish exit sign using legend kit, complies to EN 1838 EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
320
Emergency Luminaires - Bulkhead
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Upper/lower gallery - polycarbonate and ABS Lens - clear polycarbonate Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd
T5
Options Maintained and Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test. Technology detailed on page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing versions Specification
Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting Lower gallery fixed direct, via keyhole slots BESA entry on rear. Cable entries on side and end Upper gallery and lens have snap fix retention Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Dimensions
365mm 180mm
Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, 50mm deep ultra-low, curved profile decorative self contained emergency luminaire, with snap fix high quality fresnel lens and upper gallery, in white finish, as Menvier Vistral range, part no. ________ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system slave compatible, 50mm deep ultra-low curved profile decorative emergency luminaire, with snap fix high quality fresnel lens and upper gallery, in white finish, as Menvier Vistral range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
50mm
Self-contained NM 2.5 4.0 6.0 2.70 1.06 0.47 2.16 0.90 0.40 2.4 1.6 2.3 5.8 7.2 5.6 6.8 5.4 5.1 5.0 4.4 1.9 0.6 1.7 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.3 6.3 7.4 8.8 5.9 7.0 8.5 6.2 7.0 7.4 5.7 6.7 7.0 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.5 -

Non Maintained 3Hr Non Maintained 3Hr Self-test Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave
2.5 4.0 6.0
Slave
Cat No
VSN VSNIS VSNEC VSNEC2 VSM VSMIS VSMEC VSMEC2 VS230CG VS8S230 VS8S230EC VS50 VS110
Weight (kg)
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95
AC/DC
2.5 4.0 6.0
4.89 1.91 0.85 6.7 2.6 1.1
2.9 3.5 3.1 3.9 3.1
6.8 8.6 7.8 9.0 11.2
6.8 7.4 7.8 8.4 7.6
2.6 2.3 3.0 2.9 1.4
2.3 3.0 3.5 2.7 3.2 3.9
7.5 8.9 10.0 8.4 9.8 11.2
7.2 8.9 9.8 7.7 9.8 11.2
2.3 2.5 2.1 2.0 2.1 1.9
AC/AC
2.5 4.0 6.0
Legend Panel
Cat No
LEXSAVS
Weight (kg)
0.05
Emergency Luminaires - Bulkhead
321
Alfalux High Bay
Designing emergency lighting for areas with high ceilings poses problems. Conventional bulkheads lack sufficient light output and often have inappropriate photometric distribution. Twin spot projectors are equally unlikely to provide the 0.5 Lux minimum coverage over the entire core area for open areas as required for compliance with standards. With high output 4 cell control gear, and a purpose designed reflector, Alfalux high bay provides a compact, simple to install solution suitable for mounting heights up to 10 Metres. With features such as a hinged geartray and push in wire terminals for the mains supply, maintenance issues have not been overlooked either, and extra high output green LED is provided for mains/charge healthy indication which can easily be seen from ground level, even with high ambient lighting levels and high mounting heights.
Purpose designed for high mounting heights BSI verified spacing performance IP65 rated and simple to install EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
322
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent 3500K - G5 cap Materials Base - Die-cast aluminium, finished in white powder coated paint Diffuser - clear polycarbonate Batteries (self contained versions) - NiCd
T5
Dimensions
W L
L (mm)
W (mm) 136
D (mm) 95
Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling mounting Designed for mounting heights of 6 - 10M Twin BESA entry drill-outs on rear 20mm conduit entry on each end, with blanking plugs Direct screw fix option, with fixing holes outside IP65 area Geartray hinged, retained in closed position by single thumb screw Terminal block, accommodating push in wiring (solid or stranded cables) Diffuser retained by allen key security screws Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp
M
400
Photometric Data
Escape route 2m wide 1 lux min Luminaire type Mounting height (m) Open (anti-panic) area 0.5 lux min
Self-contained NM 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 3.4 3.2 1.4 2.9 2.2 1.0 9.4 9.8 8.5 8.5 9.2 7.7 8.0 8.0 7.9 7.2 7.5 7.5 2.8 2.8 1.4 1.6 2.2 1.0 2.8 2.6 2.1 2.0 2.2 2.1 1.9 0.7 9.8 11.9 12.1 12.9 8.8 10.5 11.2 11.5 9.2 10.6 10.5 10.5 8.1 8.7 9.3 9.8 2.5 2.1 2.0 1.6 2.1 2.1 1.8 0.4
Options Maintained, Non-maintained operation, 3 hour standby EasiCheck addressable testing (see page 304) Self-test versions Ceaguard testing version Intellem self-test (see page 309) Specification To specify state: Self contained - High output high performance IP65 rated self contained luminaire complete with 4 cell control gear and purpose designed reflector suitable for mounting heights of up to 10 Metres. Cast Aluminium base and heavy duty clear diffuser as JSB Alfalux High Bay part number ___________ Slave - High output high performance IP65 rated slave luminaire complete with high output control gear and purpose designed reflector suitable for mounting heights of up to 10 Metres. Cast Aluminium base and heavy duty clear diffuser as JSB Alfalux High Bay part number ___________

Cat No
HL8N HL8NIS HL8NEC HL8NEC2 HL8M HL8MIS HL8MEC HL8MEC2 HL8230CG HL8230 HL8230EC HL850 HL8110
Weight (kg)
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.5 2.5 1.0 0.9 0.9
323
Eurolite
Eurolite provides a perfect solution for installations where the use of surface mounted emergency luminaires would detract from the dcor and clean ceiling lines. The neat, unobtrusive design also incorporates time and money saving features, including a simple yet ingenious recessing frame with adjustable ceiling clamps, clip-in body and hinged fresnel lens. The carefully designed prisms of the lens afford excellent spacing characteristics from a recessed luminaire. When fitted with the optional legend kit and flush mounted into a wall, Eurolite makes an attractive exit or directional sign. Selftesting options complete this versatile range.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Unobtrusive flush mounted design blends into most ceiling installations Quick and simple installation Hinged fresnel lens for easy maintenance Legend kit option for attractive flush exit sign EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
324
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Body, recessing plate and gear cover - flame retardent ABS, white finish Fresnel lens - clear polycarbonate with linear prisms Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd
T5
Dimensions
W D1 D2 L
L (mm) 407
W (mm) 150
D1 (mm) 78
D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) 7 364 x 112
Installation Notes Suitable for flush mounting into ceiling or wall Recessing frame secured by adjustable clamps or screw fixed Front access only is required to install luminaire BESA entry on rear. Cable entries rear and end Electrical supply connected to body. Body is then clipped into the recessing frame Lens snap fixes into position and hinges for lamp replacement
Mode
Photometric Data
Escape route 2m wide 1 lux min Mounting Lux level height directly (m) under Open (anti-panic) area 0.5 lux min
Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Options Maintained and non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test. Technology detailed on page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing version Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, recessed self contained emergency luminaire, requiring front access only for installation, with adjustable clamp fixed recessing plate, clip-in body and hinged polycarbonate lens, as Menvier Eurolite range, part no. ___________ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system compatible slave, recessed emergency luminaire, requiring front access only for installation, with adjustable clamp fixed recessing plate, clip-in body and hinged polycarbonate lens, as Menvier Eurolite range, part no. ___________
Slave AC/DC NM
Self-contained 2.5 4.0 6.0 M 2.5 4.0 6.0 2.28 0.89 0.40 1.94 0.75 0.33 2.6 2.5 6.9 7.4 6.7 6.6 4.3 3.1 3.6 4.1 2.0 1.3 1.2 2.2 2.5 2.2 2.4 7.5 8.6 7.2 8.2 5.6 5.6 5.4 5.4 1.5 1.0 1.4 0.9 -
2.5 4.0 6.0
3.22 1.25 0.56 4.40 1.70 0.80
3.3 3.2 3.6 2.7 -
8.2 9.9 8.6 10.8 11.8
5.7 5.6 6.4 6.4 5.4
2.0 1.3 2.4 2.0 -
2.8 3.4 3.3 3.0 3.8 4.1
8.1 10.2 12.3 8.3 10.4 13.0
6.4 7.5 7.7 7.0 8.4 9.1
2.0 1.9 0.8 1.6 1.6 1.4
AC/AC
2.5 4.0 6.0

Cat No
EURON EURONIS EURONEC EURONEC2 EUROM EUROMIS EURONEC EURONEC2 NEURO230CG NEURO8230 NEURO8230EC NEURO50 NEURO110
Weight (kg)
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.9 0.9 1.0 0.9 0.9
Legend Kit
Cat No
LEXSAM
Weight (kg)
0.1
325
Sintralite
Available in a choice of colour finishes, to complement all forms of interior decoration, Sintralite is an attractive recessed mounting luminaire. Chrome and brass finish versions are particularly suited to prestigious locations, such as hotels, restaurants and reception areas. Supplied as standard with the convenience of a dual mode maintained/non-maintained circuit, this stylish unit is simple to specify, install and maintain. Strong spring clips offer easy mounting into a prepared ceiling opening, at which point the self contained versions can be connected as either maintained or nonmaintained mode of operation.
Attractive flush mount design Dual mode maintained or non maintained operation Choice of chrome, brass or white finish Sprung ceiling clips speeds installation Available in self contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions EasiCheck and Intellem self-testing options Supplied with lamp
326
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Body - ABS self coloured white/brass or chrome coated finish Geartray/reflector - polycarbonate silver metalised coating Lens - clear polycarbonate Batteries - (self contained versions) - NiCd
T5
Photometric Data
Self-contained NM 2.5 3.0 4.0 M 2.5 3.0 4.0 Slave 2.0 1.5 1.7 1.1 5.8 5.9 5.4 5.4 4.8 4.8 4.4 4.3 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.1 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.1 6.7 7.0 7.8 6.3 6.7 7.2 4.3 5.8 6.4 5.4 5.7 6.1 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.1
Installation Notes Suitable for flush mounting in ceiling Body retained in ceiling by strong spring steel clips 20mm cable entries rear and end Geartray and controller both clip in to body Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Options Dual Maintained/Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions
AC/DC
2.5 4.0 6.0
2.8 2.1 3.3 3.8 -
7.5 8.0 8.4 10.2 10.8
6.3 6.4 6.0 6.2 4.6
2.3 1.9 2.3 1.8 -
2.5 2.8 1.8 2.9 3.6 3.8
8.0 9.5 10.8 8.1 10.2 12.6
6.8 8.2 9.1 6.7 8.0 8.7
2.1 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.6 1.2
AC/AC
2.5 4.0 6.0
Dimensions
Specification Self contained - To specify state: Recessed self contained emergency luminaire, having dual mode Maintained/ Non-maintained operation, retained in ceiling by strong spring clips, with clip-in geartray and prismatic controller, with white/chrome/brass trim finish, as JSB Sintralite range, part no. ___________ Slave - To specify state: Central system compatible slave, recessed emergency luminaire, retained in ceiling by strong spring clips, with clip-in geartray and prismatic controller, available in white/chrome/brass finish, as JSB Sintralite range, part no. ___________
L (mm) 389
W (mm) 126
D (mm) 80
Cut Out (mm) 340 x 90

Maintained/Non-Maintained Maintained/Non-Maintained EasiCheck 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave 230V Ceaguard Slave
White Finish
SN83NMM SN83NMMEC SN230 SN230EC SN50 SN110 SN230CG
Chrome Finish
SN83NMMCH SN83NMMCHEC SN230CH SN230CHEC SN50CH SN110CH SN230CGCH
Brass Finish
SN83NMMBR SN83NMMBREC SN230BR SN230BREC SN50BR SN110BR SN230CGBR
Weight (kg)
1.3 1.4 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0
327
Weatherlite
Weatherlite is a popular, traditional weatherproof luminaire, which can be used for exterior and interior projects. Constructed from sturdy polycarbonate, Weatherlite features a time saving first fix base plate and plug-in geartray, ideal for convenient maintenance. Tamper resistant screws retaining the diffuser allow the unit to be confidently employed in public areas. A wide choice of standard options includes a sustained operation version, ideal for the lighting of walkways in housing complexes, whilst a semi-recessing bezel accessory is available to further enhance the appearance of Weatherlite.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance IP65, vandal resistant polycarbonate construction Rapid installation, first fix base with plug-in geartray Sustained operation version Optional semi-recessing bezel Legend kit available EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-test options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
328
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Base - polycarbonate, grey finish Geartray - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Diffuser - opal polycarbonate Recessing bezel - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting First fix base plate with heavy duty connector BESA entry on rear, facility for conduit entry on one end Plug-in geartray, retained by single screw Diffuser retained by allen key screws Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp (sustained version complete with 2 x 8W lamps) Options Maintained, Non-maintained and Sustained operation, 3 hour duration EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing versions Semi-recessing flanged bezel attachment Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, IP65 vandal resistant self contained emergency luminaire, polycarbonate base with BESA and conduit entries, plug-in geartray and tamper resistant opal diffuser, as Menvier Weatherlite range, part no. ___________ Slave - To specify state: Central system compatible slave, IP65 vandal resistant emergency luminaire, polycarbonate base with BESA and conduit entries, plug-in geartray and tamper resistant opal diffuser, as Menvier Weatherlite range, part no. ___________ Dimensions
W W L D1 D D2
Photometric Data
T5
Self-contained NM 2.5 4.0 6.0 M 2.5 4.0 6.0 Slave AC/DC 2.5 4.0 6.0 AC/AC 2.5 4.0 6.0 3.68 1.43 0.64 5.10 1.90 1.00 2.6 2.0 3.1 2.8 0.5 7.2 7.2 8.4 8.8 8.0 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.6 6.8 2.4 1.8 2.5 2.3 0.5 2.3 2.5 1.5 2.9 3.1 2.8 8.6 9.8 10.0 9.5 10.9 12.3 7.1 8.4 9.0 7.3 9.1 10.6 2.2 2.1 1.4 1.7 1.9 1.7 4.00 1.56 0.69 3.40 1.32 0.59 2.7 2.1 2.5 1.6 7.2 7.5 5.3 7.0 6.8 3.6 6.6 6.8 4.7 6.3 6.2 3.4 2.5 1.9 2.2 1.4 2.5 2.6 1.8 2.4 2.3 1.2 8.5 9.8 10.3 7.8 9.2 9.8 7.4 8.6 9.5 6.8 8.2 8.8 2.3 2.3 1.6 2.1 2.1 1.1

Non Maintained 3Hr Non Maintained 3Hr Self-test Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Non Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 Sustained (2x8W) 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave
Cat No
WLN WLNIS WLNEC WLNEC2 WLM WLMIS WLMEC WLMEC2 WLS WL230CG WL230 WL230EC WL50 WL110
Weight (kg)
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.0 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.2
Accessories
Semi-recess mounting bezel European Format self-adhesive legend kit
Cat No
WLBEZ LEXSAM
Weight (kg)
0.1 0.05
L (mm) 365 390
W (mm) 125 152
D/D1 (mm) 95 39
D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) 56 370 x 135
329
AG Bulkhead
AG Bulkhead is a competitively priced exterior emergency bulkhead that does not compromise on quality. The compact and tough die cast construction, vandal resistant diffuser, IP65 weatherproof rating and time saving installation features make AG excellent value for money for a variety of applications, from public buildings and car parks to industrial facilities. A high output mains version, using an 11W CFL lamp, allows this versatile luminaire to also be used for the general lighting of circulation areas, both exterior and interior, such as stairwells. A useful semi-recessing trim plate enhances the appearance of the AG range when mounted into canopies or in corridors.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Competitive and versatile range Weatherproof, heavy duty vandal resistant construction Matching 11W PL mains version Tamper resistant diffuser ideal for public areas EasiCheck Intellem and CeaGuard self-test options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
330
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap 11W TC-S compact fluorescent, 3500K - G23 cap
T5
Dimensions
W L D
W D1 D2 L
Materials Base - die cast aluminium, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Diffuser - opal polycarbonate Geartray - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Recessing trim plate - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting BESA entry drill-out on rear 20mm conduit entry on each end, with blanking plugs Geartray hinged, retained in closed position by single screw Diffuser retained by allen key security screws Supplied complete with lamp Options Maintained and non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions Semi-recessing trim plate accessory Matching mains only version (1x11W TC-S compact fluorescent) Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, IP65 vandal resistant self contained emergency luminaire, die cast aluminium base with BESA drill-out, 2 x conduit entries with blanking plugs, hinged geartray with plug and socket terminal block and tamper resistant opal diffuser, as JSB AG Bulkhead range, part no. ___________ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system compatible slave, IP65 vandal resistant emergency luminaire, die cast aluminium base with BESA drill-out, 2 x conduit entries with blanking plugs, hinged geartray with plug and socket terminal block and tamper resistant opal diffuser, as JSB AG Bulkhead range, part no. ___________ Catalogue Numbers System Mode
Slave AC/DC Luminaire type Self-contained NM Mounting height (m) Options Surface mounted Semi-recessed L (mm) 390 430 W (mm) 110 150
D/D1 (mm) 90 27
D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) 63 380 x 102
Photometric Data
Escape route 2m wide 1 lux min Open (anti-panic) area 0.5 lux min
2.5 3.0 4.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 2.5 4.0 6.0 2.5 4.0 6.0
1.8 1.4 1.5 0.9 2.5 1.5 3.0 2.3 -
5.6 5.5 5.2 4.9 7.0 6.6 8.0 7.8 6.8
4.7 4.6 4.2 4.1 5.8 5.7 6.0 6.6 5.6
1.5 1.1 1.2 0.7 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.8 -
2.0 1.9 1.6 1.8 1.7 1.2 2.5 2.4 2.8 2.7 2.4
5.4 5.5 5.5 5.1 5.2 5.0 6.6 7.0 9.8 10.8 11.8
4.4 4.6 4.6 4.2 4.3 4.2 5.3 5.8 7.0 8.4 9.9
1.6 1.6 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.7 1.4
AC/AC
Cat No
AG83ICEL AG83IS AG83EC AG83EC2 AG83MICEL AG83MIS AG83MEC AG83MEC2 AG8230CG AG8230 AG8230EC AG850 AG8110 AG1111
Weight (kg)
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 0.9 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.5 0.9
Mains Only 230V (non emergency 11W PL)
Trim Plate
Semi-recess plate
Cat No
AG8FM
Weight (kg)
0.1
331
New Safe 8
Suitable for both exterior and interior applications, New Safe 8 represents excellent value for money. Full third party approvals, via the BSI Kitemark and ICEL registration schemes, provide complete peace of mind that quality has not been compromised. The luminaire is easy to install and is available with the latest stand alone or central addressable self-testing functionality as an option. New Safe 8 has an attractive, unobtrusive and compact profile that is suitable for a wide variety of applications, from offices and hotels to factory units. A semi-recessing bezel accessory is available to further enhance the appearance of this popular luminaire.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Competitive range Easy to install, with snap-on lens IP65 polycarbonate construction for durable through life performance Optional semi-recessing bezel Exit legend kit available EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
332
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Body and gear cover - polycarbonate, white finish Lens - clear polycarbonate with linear prisms Recessing bezel - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd
T5
Photometric Data
Self-contained NM 2.5 4.0 6.0 M 2.5 4.0 6.0 Slave 2.30 0.92 0.42 2.02 0.79 0.35 2.0 1.8 5.9 5.4 5.3 4.9 1.8 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.6 7.5 8.4 7.2 7.5 6.0 7.0 5.7 6.5 1.6 1.6 1.3 1.4 -
Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting BESA entry drilling template on rear Cable entries rear and end Lens snap-fits into position Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Options Maintained and Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test. Technology detailed on page 304 EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 309 Central system slave versions Semi-recessing flanged bezel attachment Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, IP65 self contained emergency luminaire, with polycarbonate base and snap-on linear prism lens, as Menvier New Safe 8 range, part no. ___________ Self-Test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system compatible slave, IP65 emergency luminaire, with polycarbonate base and snap-on linear prisms lens, as Menvier New Safe 8 range, part no. ___________ Dimensions
W L D D1 D2 W L
AC/DC
2.5 4.0 6.0
4.43 1.73 0.77 6.10 2.30 1.10
2.8 2.6 3.5 3.0 1.2
8.2 8.0 8.6 9.4 8.8
6.8 7.3 7.4 8.2 7.8
2.6 2.2 2.8 2.8 1.0
2.8 2.8 2.3 3.0 3.3 3.1
9.2 11.2 11.0 10.1 11.9 13.4
7.2 8.9 9.8 7.4 9.5 11.1
2.3 2.5 2.1 1.9 2.1 2.0
AC/AC
2.5 4.0 6.0

Cat No
NS8 NS8IS NS8EC NS8EC2 NS8M NS8MIS NS8MEC NS8MEC2 NS8230CG NS8S230 NS8S230EC NS850 NS8110
Weight (kg)
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9 1.0 0.9 0.9
Legend Kit
Cat No
NSR LEXSAS
Weight (kg)
0.1 0.05
L (mm) 325 358
W (mm) 90 113
D/D1 (mm) 82 47
D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) 35 331 x 86
333
Zeta II
Zeta II continues to be popular for many types of installations. The shallow, unobtrusive profile neatly blends into any environment and is further enhanced by the semi-recessing trim plate. Competitively priced, Zeta II has full BSI Kitemark and ICEL approvals as well as an IP65 weatherproof rating. The range also includes central addressable self-test and slave variants, all with an easy to install first fix base and removable geartray. Whether it is being utilised in offices, pubs, corridors or exterior locations, Zeta II delivers dependable safety at a value for money price level.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Competitive IP65 weatherproof range Simple first fix base with removable geartray Exit legend kit available Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions EasiCheck and CeaGuard Self-test options Supplied with lamp
334
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Base - Flame retardant ABS, white finish Diffuser - Linear reeded clear polycarbonate Recessing Trim Plate - Steel, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd
T5
Dimensions
W L D1 D D2 W L
Options
L (mm) 351 390
W (mm) 95 132
D/D1 (mm) 75 31
D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) 44 345 x 85
Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting BESA entry drill-outs on rear. Cable entries on ends Geartray and diffuser clip into position. Removal requires tool to release clips Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Options Maintained and Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions Semi-recessing flanged bezel attachment
Surface mounted Semi-recessed
Photometric Data
Self-contained NM 2.5 3.0 4.0 M 2.5 3.0 4.0 Slave 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 5.4 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.9 4.8 4.6 4.4 1.6 1.3 1.4 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.4 7.2 7.2 7.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 5.6 6.0 6.5 5.4 5.7 6.2 0.9 0.9 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.1
Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, IP65 self contained emergency luminaire, with ABS base, clip-in geartray and polycarbonate clip-on diffuser, as JSB Zeta II range, part no. ___________ Slave - To specify state: Central system compatible slave, IP65 emergency luminaire, with ABS base, clip-in geartray and polycarbonate clip-on diffuser, as JSB Zeta II range, part no. ___________
AC/DC
2.5 4.0 6.0
2.5 1.0 3.0 2.9 0.5
7.2 7.0 8.4 8.4 8.2
6.0 6.7 6.0 7.6 7.4
2.3 1.9 2.6 2.6 0.5
2.6 2.5 1.8 2.9 2.9 2.9
7.4 7.5 7.0 10.9 11.8 11.8
5.3 6.3 6.6 7.0 8.7 10.5
2.1 2.3 1.8 1.5 1.9 1.9
AC/AC
2.5 4.0 6.0

Non Maintained 3Hr Non Maintained 3 Hr EasiCheck Non Maintained 3 Hr EasiCheck 2 Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave
Cat No
ZE83ICEL ZE83ICELEC ZE83ICELEC2 ZE83MICEL ZE83MICELEC ZE83MICELEC2 ZE8230CG ZE88230 ZE850 ZE8110
Weight (kg)
1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
Accessories
Cat No
ZE8FM ZELK
Weight (kg)
0.1 0.05
335
ZetaLED
Zeta LED follows in the footsteps of the ever popular Zetalite fluorescent model and turns a combination of modern styling and careful engineering into a new LED bulkhead luminaire offering excellent value for money. It has an ultra low profile of 63mm and the combination of a stepped and curved profile diffuser makes Zeta LED blend unobtrusively into almost any environment. The 50,000 hour long life LED source ensures reliable operation and minimises onsite maintenance costs.
Ultra low profile design 50,000 hour LED source Competitive range Simple first fix base with removable gear tray speeds installation Snap fit diffuser for ease of maintenance
336
Lamp Options 1W white LED strip
Dimensions
100
Materials Body and gear tray - ABS white finish Lens - clear polycarbonate with linear prisms Batteries - NiCd
48 80 260
Installation Notes Lower gallery fixed directly via key slots Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting Cable entries rear side and end Removable gear tray Supplied with LED strip System Mode Specification Self-contained - To specify state: 63mm deep, low profile bulkhead utilising 50,000 hour LED light source. Curved profile diffuser and removable gear tray as JSB Zeta LED range part no. ___________
Maintained
226

ZELEDM
Weight (kg)
0.50
Photometric Data
Self-contained M 2.5 3.0 4.0 1.3 1.5 4.0 3.1 2.0 0.5 2.2 2.5 2.7 3.9 4.2 4.0 4.0 4.3 4.2 1.4 1.5 1.7
337
Hawkinge Community Centre, Kent DRG & Manhattan
338
Emergency
Fairlite
The popular Fairlite range offers attractive styling and a wide range of options, to satisfy a variety of applications. The luminaire provides efficient, diffused lighting during normal operation and effective escape route illumination when the mains power fails. Available in square or round format, to blend with different architectural styles, Fairlite employs 2D lamp technology for efficiency and long life. In addition to the standard light grey base, a choice of brass and chrome finish is available, particularly suitable for hotels, waiting areas and office receptions. Fairlite is also easy to install, with both the geartray and diffuser having snap fit location.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Unobtrusive low profile, attractive styling marked, direct fix onto normally flammable surfaces
Choice of light grey, chrome and brass finish Easy to install, with quick fit gear tray and diffuser Matching mains versions Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Intellem Self-test options Supplied with lamp
Emergency - 2D Bulkhead
339
Fairlite
Lamp Options 16W, 28W 2D compact fluorescent, 3500K - GR10q-4 cap
Luminaire type Mounting height (m) Escape route 2m wide 1 lux min Open (anti-panic) area 0.5 lux min
Photometric Data
Materials Base - polycarbonate, self-coloured grey finish/brass or chrome coated finish Diffuser - opal polycarbonate Geartray - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting BESA entry and screw fixing drill outs on rear Geartray and diffuser clip into position. Fitted and removed without need of tools Supplied complete with lamp Options Maintained and Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Central system combined mains/slave versions Matching mains versions Switch start control gear as standard. 230V AC mains slave uses HF gear Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked and ICEL registered, decorative low profile, self contained emergency luminaire, with square/circular clip-on opal diffuser and grey/brass/chrome base, as JSB Fairlite range, part no. ___________ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system compatible slave, decorative low profile emergency luminaire, with square/circular clip-on opal diffuser and grey/brass/chrome base, as JSB Fairlite range, part no. ___________ Dimensions
285mm 260mm 260mm
Self-contained - 28W NM 2.5 3.0 4.0 M 2.5 3.0 4.0 Slave - 28W AC/DC 2.5 4.0 6.0 AC/AC 2.5 4.0 6.0 3.2 4.4 2.4 5.0 5.9 6.4 8.4 9.6 9.5 12.5 15.1 16.8 8.4 9.6 9.5 12.5 15.1 16.8 3.2 4.4 2.4 5.0 5.9 6.4 2.9 3.3 3.3 4.4 5.2 5.8 9.1 11.2 12.6 12.6 15.4 18.1 9.1 11.2 12.6 12.6 15.4 18.1 2.9 3.3 3.3 4.4 5.2 5.8 2.1 2.0 1.2 1.9 1.7 0.4 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.6 5.6 5.2 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.6 5.6 5.2 2.1 2.0 1.2 1.9 1.7 0.4 2.1 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 7.0 7.2 8.0 6.7 7.0 7.4 7.0 7.2 8.0 6.7 7.0 7.4 2.1 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
100mm 90mm
340

Square Fairlite 1 x 16W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W Non-maintained Maintained Non-maintained Maintained Intellem Self-Check - Non-maintained Intellem Self-Check - Maintained 230V AC Mains slave 50V AC/DC Combined mains/slave 110V AC/DC Combined mains/slave 230V AC Mains slave Mains only (non emergency) Mains only (non emergency) SG163 SG163M SG283 SG283M SG283IS SG283MIS SG16230 SG50 SG110 SG28230 SG1161 SG1281 SG163CH SG163MCH SG283CH SG283MCH SG283CHIS SG283MCHIS SG16230CH SG50CH SG110CH SG28230CH SG1161CH SG1281CH SG163BR SG163MBR SG283BR SG283MBR SG283BRIS SG283MBRIS SG16230BR SG50BR SG110BR SG28230BR SG1161BR SG1281BR 1.80 2.20 1.90 2.60 1.90 2.60 1.50 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.50 1.90
System Mode
Grey Finish
Chrome Finish
Brass Finish
Weight (kg)
Round Fairlite 1 x 16W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 28W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W Non-maintained Maintained Non-maintained Maintained Intellem Self-Check - Non-maintained Intellem Self-Check - Maintained 230V AC Mains slave 50V AC/DC Combined mains/slave 110V AC/DC Combined mains/slave 230V AC Mains slave Mains only (non emergency) Mains only (non emergency) RG163 RG163M RG283 RG283M RG283IS RG283MIS RG16230 RG50 RG110 RG28230 RG1161 RG1281 RG163CH RG163MCH RG283CH RG283MCH RG283CHIS RG283MCHIS RG16230CH RG50CH RG110CH RG28230CH RG1161CH RG1281CH RG163BR RG163MBR RG283BR RG283MBR RG283BRIS RG283MBRIS RG16230BR RG50BR RG110BR RG28230BR RG1161BR RG1281BR 1.70 2.20 1.90 2.60 1.90 2.60 1.50 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.40 1.80
Brass Finish
Chrome Finish
Emergency 2D Bulkhead
341
DRG
A strong die cast base and tough, tamper resistant polycarbonate diffuser affords the DRG range an extremely high level of vandal resistance. Yet whilst robust, DRG is also stylish and attractive and will blend into a variety of contemporary and period applications, both interior and exterior. The style and resilience is further enhanced by an optional die cast aluminium grille and pattress kit, which has functional security screws and special channels on the back, allowing the kit to fit flush over surface conduit. DRG is available with the latest in self-test technology and a matching mains only version for attractive, efficient general illumination.
Heavy duty vandal resistant construction IP65 weatherproof rating Attractive and functional grille and pattress, allowing flush fixing over conduit Tamper resistant security screws Intellem self-test option Matching mains version Supplied with lamp
342
Lamp Options 28W 2D compact fluorescent, 3500K - GR10q-4 cap
Photometric Data
Materials Base - die cast aluminium, powder coated in white finish Pattress kit - die cast aluminium, powder coated in light grey finish Diffuser - opal polycarbonate Geartray - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting BESA entry drill outs on rear, alternative drill outs for screw fixing Optional grille and pattress kit adds side conduit entry options Pattress fits flush over surface conduit and BESA box Geartray retained by screws Diffuser retained by allen key security screws Supplied complete with lamp Options Maintained and Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Central system combined mains/slave versions Optional die cast grille and pattress accessory Matching mains only version Specification Self contained - To specify state: IP65 vandal resistant, robust self contained emergency luminaire, with die cast aluminium base, tough polycarbonate opal diffuser and optional attractive and functional die cast grille and pattress, as JSB DRG range, part no. ___________ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system compatible slave, IP65 vandal resistant, robust emergency luminaire, with die cast aluminium base, tough polycarbonate opal diffuser and optional attractive and functional die cast grille and pattress, as JSB DRG range, part no. ___________ Dimensions
285mm 334mm
Luminaire type
Mounting height (m)
Self-contained NM 2.5 3.0 4.0 M 2.5 3.0 4.0 Slave AC/DC 2.5 4.0 6.0 AC/AC 2.5 4.0 6.0 3.6 3.9 3.2 5.5 6.4 7.0 9.5 10.5 10.8 13.6 16.4 18.4 9.5 10.5 10.8 13.6 16.4 18.4 3.6 3.9 3.2 5.5 6.4 7.0 3.2 3.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.4 10.3 12.0 14.0 15.4 18.2 20.7 10.3 12.0 14.0 15.4 18.2 20.7 3.2 3.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.4 2.4 2.4 1.9 2.3 2.1 1.4 6.5 6.8 6.8 5.2 5.0 6.1 6.5 6.8 6.8 5.2 5.0 6.1 2.4 2.4 1.9 2.3 2.1 1.4 3.2 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.1 7.5 8.2 8.9 7.2 7.7 8.4 7.5 8.2 8.9 7.2 7.7 8.4 3.2 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.1

Non-maintained Maintained Intellem Self-Check - Non-maintained Intellem Self-Check - Maintained 110V AC/DC Combined mains/slave 230V AC Mains slave Mains only (non emergency)
Cat No
DRG283 DRG283M DRG283IS DRG283MIS DRG110 DRG28230
Weight (kg)
2.40 2.60 2.40 2.60 2.50 2.50 2.40
DRG1281240HPF
Accessories
Die cast grille and pattress kit
Cat No
DRGACCKIT
Weight (kg)
2.00
105mm
150mm
Options Standard DRG DRG with grille/pattress
Dia (mm) 390 430
D (mm) 110 150
Pattress kit, detailing channels for surface conduit
343
Bijou IP54
Bijou IP54 is a decorative low profile surface luminaire using low energy compact fluorescent lamps and high frequency control gear in all models. Supplied complete with a white bezel as standard the aesthetics can be further enhanced using optional bezels in a variety of finishes. The base and diffuser are both manufactured from a grade of polycarbonate that meets the emergency glow wire test. This means that a 28W version is available as 3 hour maintained emergency ideal for both open areas and defined escape routes. The diffuser is attached using a twist and lock type action onto an internal gasket which gives an IP54 rating and this secure fixing has the additional benefit of making the luminaire suitable for wall and ceiling mounting.
Decorative low profile luminaire c/w white bezel as standard Optional bezels in polished chrome, polished brass or satin silver finish Can be wall or ceiling mounted IP54 rated with a high protection to solid objects and wet conditions Twist and lock diffuser offers tool free lamp replacement Fully integral emergency option Supplied with lamp
344
Lamp Options 16W, 28W and 38W 2D compact fluorescent 3500K - GR10q-cap Materials Base, Diffuser and Bezel - Injection moulded fire retardant polycarbonate
Specification To specify state : Low profile compact fluorescent luminaire for ceiling or wall surface mounting with integral emergency option. IP54 rated with injection moulded polycarbonate opal diffuser and housing and a range of colured accessory bezels, as Bijou IP54 range, part no _______
Photometric Data Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix onto normally flammable surfaces The twist and lock diffuser allows for a tool free lamp replacement making maintenance straightforward Supplied with lamp Options High Frequency control gear as standard Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Supplied complete with white bezel as standard Major and minor sizes are available to best suit lamp types which range from 16w to 38w 2D Supplied complete with white bezel as standard Polished brass, polished chrome and satin silver finish bezels as accessory Dimensions
LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.38 0.01 0.37 0 90 Cat. No. BJ28Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 75 100 30 30 30 W 50 30 50 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 22 19 17 21 18 16 20 18 16 15 5 1.0 25 22 19 24 21 19 23 21 19 18 5 1.25 2 25 22 26 24 22 25 23 22 20 5 Room Index 1.5 29 27 24 28 26 24 25 25 23 22 5 2.0 32 30 28 31 29 27 28 28 26 25 5 2.5 34 32 30 32 30 29 29 29 28 26 5 3.0 35 33 31 34 32 31 31 31 29 28 5 4.0 37 35 34 35 43 32 32 32 31 29 5 5.0 38 37 35 36 35 34 34 34 33 31 5
Dia
Lamp Type 1x16w 2D 1x28w 2D
Dia (mm) 275 335 335 335 275 275 275 335 335 335
D (mm) 82 107 107 107 53 53 53 57 57 57
Polished brass
Satin silver
1x38w 2D 1x28w 2D Small Bezel Small Bezel Small Bezel Large Bezel Large Bezel Large Bezel
Polished chrome
Catalogue Numbers Lamp Type

1x16w 2D 1x28w 2D 1x38w 2D 1x28w 2D Small Bezel Small Bezel Small Bezel Large Bezel Large Bezel Large Bezel
Size Dia
275mm 335mm 335mm 335mm 275mm 275mm 275mm 335mm 335mm 335mm
Cat No
BJ16Z BJ28Z BJ38Z BJSBSIL BJSBPC BJSBPB BJLBSIL BJLBPC BJLBPB
Emergency Cat No
EBBJ28Z -
Gear Type
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency -
Colour
White White White White Satin Silver Polished Chrome Polished Brass Satin Silver Polished Chome Polished Brass
Weight (kg)
0.8 1.4 1.4 2.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2
345
Vienza
Vienza provides an ideal combination of function and style, offering a solution for applications requiring a tough, waterproof but aesthetically pleasing luminaire with either mains only or combined mains and emergency operation. Offering a variety of finished appearances, the smooth seamless profile of Vienza enables it to blend effortlessly into a multitude of environments. All versions are available in either square or round formats, have vandal resistant polycarbonate body and diffuser in a choice of opal or clear prismatic version with internal prisms, for a smooth, wipe clean exterior. Mounting skirt and eyelid attachments are available for the round version, making Vienza a truly versatile lighting solution.
Matching mains only and emergency versions Suitable for indoor or outdoor use IP65 Tough vandal resistant polycarbonate Opal or clear prismatic diffuser Black or white body colour Hinged geartray for ease of installation Round eyelid and mounting skirt attachments
346
Lamp Options 28W, 2D compact fluorescent, 3500K - GR10q-4 cap Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting BESA drill points on rear, and alternative drill points for screw fixing Round mounting skirt attachment allows flush fixing over 20mm conduit and BESA box Cable entry points from 3 directions, with cover caps to maintain body profile Geartray hinges for ease of installation Terminals accept 2 x 1.5mm mains cables Diffuser retained by captive screws, with cover caps to maintain body profile Supplied complete with lamp Dimensions
D D D
Materials Base and optional eyelid and mounting skirt - polycarbonate, white or black Diffuser - opal or clear polycarbonate with internal prisms Geartray - steel, powder coated white Options High Frequency control gear Available as either mains only or combined mains and emergency Suitable for use on defined escape routes Choice of colour (black or white) Round eyelid and mounting skirt attachments For a wider range of lamp and gear options for mains only versions, refer to mains lighting section page 439 Specification To specify state: Square/Round IP65 vandal resistant compact fluorescent luminaire, black/white polycarbonate base, tough wipe clean opal/prismatic polycarbonate diffuser with internal prisms, eyelid and mounting skirt attachment, and hinged geartray as Crompton Vienza range, part no. ___________
Dia L
Dia
Photometric Data
Cat. No. VRWP28Z cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 120 W 50 30 80 10 50 30 10 30 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.70 0.05 0.65 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 38 32 28 36 31 28 35 30 27 25 5 1.0 43 38 33 41 36 33 39 35 32 29 5 1.25 48 43 39 46 41 38 44 40 37 34 5 Room Index 1.5 52 47 42 49 45 41 47 43 40 37 5 2.0 57 52 48 54 50 46 51 48 45 42 5 2.5 60 56 52 57 53 50 54 51 48 45 5 3.0 63 59 55 59 56 53 56 53 51 47 5 4.0 66 63 60 62 60 57 59 57 55 50 5 5.0 68 65 63 64 62 60 61 59 57 53 5
Lamp Rating Round Square Mounting skirt installed
L (mm) 310 -
W (mm) 310 -
Dia (mm) 319 346
D (mm) 105 85 135
160

Vienza Round 1 x 28w 1 x 28w 1 x 28w 1 x 28w High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency White White Black Black Opal Prismatic Opal Prismatic
Gear Option
Body Colour
Diffuser Type
Mains Only Version

VRWO28Z VRWP28Z VRBO28Z VRBP28Z
Weight (kg)
1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40
Emergency Cat No
EBVRWO28Z EBVRWP28Z EBVRBO28Z EBVRBP28Z
Weight (kg)
1.90 1.90 1.90 1.90
Vienza Square 1 x 28w 1 x 28w 1 x 28w 1 x 28w High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency White White Black Black Opal Prismatic Opal Prismatic VSWO28Z VSWP28Z VSBO28Z VSBP28Z 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 EBVSWO28Z EBVSWP28Z EBVSBO28Z EBVSBP28Z 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10
Attachments
Round white eyelid Round black eyelid Round white mounting skirt Round black mounting skirt
Cat No
VRWE VRBE VRWS VRBS
Weight (kg)
0.11 0.11 0.52 0.52
347
Britesign 2
Using the latest in LED technology Britesign 2 has been remodeled to suit most prestigious installations and commercial interiors. It has an ultra low profile of 40mm and the stepped bezel creates an even slimmer appearance which makes this LED exit sign blend unobtrusively into almost any environment. The picture frame style die cast aluminum bezel is available in satin anodised finish as well as the ever popular white and houses a 33m viewing distance legend panel. The 50,000 hour long life LED source provides outstanding savings in lamp replacement and maintenance costs when compared to a traditional 8W lamp.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Ultra low profile design 50,000 hour LED source for minimum maintenance EN1838 compliant legend panel Bezel colour options on request EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions
348
Lamp Options High intensity 3W white LED strip Materials Housing - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Bezel - die cast Aluminum, satin anodised or powder coated in RAL9016 finish Legend panel - clear acrylic with screen print legend Batteries - (self contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting First fix body with rear BESA entry and 20mm conduit entry on top face Direct fix via keyhole slots Bezel assembly screwed securely to base Supplied with LED strip
Options Bezel choice of satin anodised aluminium and powder coat white finish Central system slave version CeaGuard testing version EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304. Specification Self-contained - To specify state: 40mm deep, ultra low profile exit sign utilising 50,000 hour LED light source. Legend illumination to be fully compliant with requirements of EN 1838 and retained by die cast aluminium bezel as Menvier Britesign 2 range part no. ___________ Self-Test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self testing/Static inverter compatible slave 40mm deep, ultra low profile exit sign utilising 50,000 hour LED light source. Legend illumination to be fully compliant with requirements of EN 1838 and retained by die cast aluminium bezel as Menvier Britesign 2 range part no. ___________ Maximum Viewing Distance
Dimensions
40mm 370mm
33 metres
220mm

Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck
White Finish
BS2M BS2MIS BS2MEC BS2MEC2 BS2S230CG BS2S230 BS2S230EC
Aluminium Finish
BS2MA BS2MAIS BS2MAEC BS2MAEC2 BS2SA230CG BS2SA230 BS2SA230EC
Weight (kg)
1.45 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.25 1.25 1.30
Trim/legend assembly
Down arrow Left arrow Right arrow
Pictogram
Cat No
BSAD BSAL BSAR
Weight (kg)
0.80 0.80 0.80 40mm slim profile of Britesign 2 minimised further using stepped frame design
349
Briteblade
Briteblade is an unobtrusive recessed exit sign utilising a choice of traditional fluorescent light source or the latest LED technology. Installation is simple into either solid or suspended ceilings due to innovative rotating fixing arms that allow the fitting to pass easily into the mounting aperture on solid ceilings and a wishbone spring suspension system for ease of legend retention. A choice of white or silver trim finish makes Briteblade suitable for use in a wide range of applications.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Fully meets EN 1838 for uniformity of legend appearance Metal body construction Long life 50,000 hour LED version Suitable for single or doubled-sided use Suitable for solid or suspended ceilings EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self testing options Available in self contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions
350
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent 3500K G5 cap 3W LED strip Materials Body - Steel powder coated in RAL9016 finish Trim - Steel powder coated in a choice of colours Legend panel - clear acrylic with pre applied screen print legend Battery (self contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Can be installed into solid or suspended ceilings Body is retained into ceiling by 4 suspension arms which are retracted into the luminaire body prior to installation but rotate outwards into position as the fixing screws are tightened Trim secured to body by concealed wishbone springs Supplied with lamp Dimensions
120mm 351mm
Options
T5
Choice of trimplate colour Choice of fluorescent or LED light source Central system slave (AC/DC or static inverter) Intellem self check technology as detailed on page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing as detailed on page 304 CeaGuard testing versions Specification Self-contained - To specify state: Recessed edgelit exit sign utilising Fluorescent/LED light source. Metal body suitable for use in solid or suspended ceiling types, luminaire retention to utilise retractable side arms. Legend illumination to be fully compliant with requirements of EN 1838 and product to be fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22 as JSB Briteblade range part no. ___________ Self-Test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self testing/Static inverter compatible slave recessed edgelit exit sign utilising fluorescent/LED light source. Metal body suitable for use in solid or suspended ceiling types, luminaire retention to utilise retractable side arms. Legend illumination to be fully compliant with requirements of EN 1838 and product to be fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22 as JSB Briteblade range part no. ___________ Maximum Viewing Distance
75mm
146mm
24 metres

Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave
White Trim Plate

BBM BBMIS BBMEC BBMEC2 BB230CG BB230 BB230EC BB50 BB110
Silver Trim Plate Weight (kg)

BBMS BBMISS BBMECS BBMEC2S BB230CGS BB230S BB230ECS BB50S BB110S 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
System Mode (LED)

Maintained/Non-maintained 230V AC Mains Slave
White Trim Plate

BBLM BBL230
Silver Trim Plate Weight (kg)

BBLMS BBL230S 1.9 1.7
Legend Panel
Single sided panel. Down arrow Double sided panel. Left and right arrow Double sided panel. Down arrow
Pictogram
Cat No
LUCADS LUCALR LUCAD
Weight (kg)
0.35 0.35 0.35
351
Evoled
Evoled combines the long life and low maintenance benefits of LED technology with energy efficient operation and prestigious styling to produce an exit sign suitable for almost any application. Available in a choice of either white or silver colour finishes, Evoled is quick and simple to assemble with a clip together design incorporating a self locking click-in legend panel. Reliable operation is assured by the long life LED light source, which on self contained versions is monitored by an integral self test system.
Sleek modern looks blends into most environments 50,000 hour LED source for minimum maintenance Self-test as standard EN1838 compliant legend for uniformity of appearance White or silver finish AC mains slave version
352
Lamp Options 1W high output high efficiency side emitting white LED
Maximum Viewing Distance
24 metres
Materials Body and housing - polycarbonate Legend panel - clear acrylic with pre-applied screen printed legend Batteries - (Self contained versions) - NiMH Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling mounting Screwless snap together assembly Legend panel has a self locking mechanism to prevent malicious removal Push in connectors for mains supply cables Operates in permanent maintained mode Options Maintained 3 hour duration Static inverter slave version Choice of colour finishes Specification Self contained - To specify state: Compact stylish edgelit exit sign using LED technology and fully compliant with EN 1838. Complete with true light measuring self test technology incorporating nickel metal hydride batteries. Providing a 3 hour standby. Minimum viewing distance of 24 metres and complete with self retaining clip in legend as Menvier Evoled range part no. ___________ Slave - To specify state: Compact stylish edgelit exit sign using LED technology and fully compliant with EN 1838. Minimum viewing distance of 24 metres and complete with self retaining clip in legend as Menvier Evoled range part no. ___________
267mm 190mm
Dimensions
120mm

Maintained 3Hr Self-test 230V AC Mains Slave
White Trim
ICM ICS230
Silver Trim
ICMS ICS230S
Weight (kg)
0.9 0.9
Legend Panel
Down arrow - double sided Down arrow - single sided Left & Right arrow - double sided
Pictogram
Cat No
ICAD ICADS ICALR
Weight (kg)
0.10 0.10 0.10
353
Safe Edge
The ever popular Safe Edge has been fully restyled and redesigned to make it ideal for use in modern prestigious applications. The new design retains popular features such as the universal legend arrangement, which pivots through a full 90 degrees making the product suitable for mounting on walls, flat ceilings and even sloping ceilings. Long life LED versions are now available where maintained applications with long illumination periods are experienced. Available in white or silver finish. The fitting provides clear direction along with good aesthetic appearance, making it suitable for use in a very wide range of applications.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Suitable for wall or ceiling mounting Legend panel pivots for use on walls or sloping ceilings Long life 50,000 hour LED version Quick and easy to install Accepts surface or concealed wiring Available in a choice of colours Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self test versions
354
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap 3W LED strip Materials Body - Flame retardant ABS Legend panel - clear acrylic with pre applied legends Batteries (self contained versions) - NiCd
T5
Options Maintained (switchable) 3 hour duration Choice of white or silver finish Intellem self check. See page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing. See page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing versions Specification
Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting, legend rotates through 90 Rear BESA entry, break out section for surface side entry Dimensions
150mm 348mm 348mm
Self contained - To specify state: Edge-lit, emergency sign suitable for either wall or ceiling mounting, finished in white/silver, legend panel to be fully compliant with EN 1838 illumination requirements as Menvier Safe Edge part number ___________ Maximum Viewing Distance
24 metres
48mm 150mm 135mm 48mm 135mm
Ceiling mounted
Wall mounted
Catalogue Numbers Safe Edge Luminaire

Fluorescent Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave NSED NSEDIS NSEDEC NSEDEC2 NSED230CG NSED230 NSED230EC NSED50 NSED110 NSEDS NSEDISS NSEDECS NSEDEC2S NSED230CGS NSED230S NSED230ECS 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
White Finish
Silver Finish
Weight (kg)
LED Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck NSLED NSLEDIS NSLEDEC NSLEDEC2 NSLED230CG NSLED230 NSLED230EC NSLEDS NSLEDISS NSLEDECS NSLEDEC2S NSLED230CGS NSLED230S NSLED230ECS 1.9 1.9 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Legend Panels
Pictogram
Cat No
LUCADS LUCALR LUCAD
Weight (kg)
0.35 0.35 0.35
355
Recessed Safe Edge
Chrome finish
Gold finish
Designed for use in prestigious locations, Recessed Safe Edge is suitable for flush mounting into both solid and suspended ceilings. Installation time is kept to a minimum thanks to a separate recessing frame which has adjustable fixing clamps. The body is then simply clipped into position after connection of the supply cables, followed by insertion of the lamp and legend panel and finally the clip-on cover. The legend panel is designed to evenly distribute the light and meet fully the requirements of EN1838. Chrome, gold or white colour finishes ensure Recessed Safe Edge will blend into any interior.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Unobtrusive flush mounted design Choice of chrome, gold or white finish Quick and easy installation Superb, uniformly lit legend panel to EN1838 EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
356
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap 3W LED strip Materials Body, recessing frame and gear cover - flame retardant ABS, self coloured white finish/gold or chrome coated finish Legend panel - clear acrylic with pre-applied screen printed legend Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for flush mounting into ceiling Recessing frame secured by adjustable clamps or screw fixed Front access only is required to install luminaire body BESA entry drill-outs on rear. Cable entries rear and end Dimensions
W L
Options
T5
Maintained (switchable), 3 hour duration Intellem self test. Technology detailed on page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing versions. Choice of legend panels Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked, recessed edge-lit self contained emergency sign, fast fit body, finished white/chrome/gold, and legend panels with variable density prisms, fully compliant with EN 1838, as Menvier Recessed Safe Edge range, part no. _______
24 metres
D1
D2 L (mm) 407 W (mm) 150 D1 (mm) 85 D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) 135 364 x 112

Fluorescent Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave LED Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck RSELM RSELMIS RSELMEC RSELMEC2 RSEL230CG RSELS230 RSELS230EC RSELMCH RSELMCHIS RSELMCHEC RSELMCHEC2 RSEL230CHCG RSELS230CH RSELS230CHEC RSELMGD RSELMGDIS RSELMGDEC RSELMGDEC2 RSEL230GDCG RSELS230GD RSELS230GDEC 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.0 1.0 1.0 RSEM RSEMIS RSEMEC RSEMEC2 RSE230CG RSES230 RSES230EC RSE50 RSE110 RSEMCH RSEMCHIS RSEMCHEC RSEMCHEC2 RSE230CHCG RSES230CH RSES230CHEC RSE50CH RSE110CH RSEMGD RSEMGDIS RSEMGDEC RSEMGDEC2 RSE230GDCG RSES230GD RSES230GDEC RSE50GD RSE110GD 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
White Finish
Chrome Finish
Gold Finish
Weight (kg)
System Mode
Pictogram
Cat No
RSEADS RSEALR RSEAD
Weight (kg)
0.45 0.45 0.45
357
Royalux 2
Brass finish
White finish
The latest generation of Royalux offers the benefits of automatic testing and modern legend technology, but without losing its popular traditional styling. Choice of classical white or the high lustre brass or chrome plated finish and elegant bevelled design make Royalux 2 ideal for prestigious locations, such as hotels, boardrooms and theatres. Traditional fluorescent versions are now complemented by the latest LED technology ideal for maintained usage where long illumination periods are encountered. Advanced automatic test options permit the styling of Royalux to be employed in applications where ease of testing is paramount.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Classical styling High quality brass/chrome plate or painted white finish Long life 50,000 hour LED version Uniformily lit legend, compliant with EN1838 Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self test versions
358
Lamp Options 8W T5 - fluorescent 3500K G5 cap T5 3W LED strip Materials Body - steel frame, brass/chrome plated or white paint cover Legend - clear acrylic with pre applied legend Batteries - (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Mounting plate direct screw fixed with rear cable entry 2 x 1000mm suspensions supplied, adjustable on site Power supply cable linking body to mounting plate supplied Dimensions
T5
Options Maintained and non-maintained, 3 hour duration Intellem self test. Technology detailed on page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions Choice of legend panels Specification Self contained - To specify state: Edge-lit self-contained emergency sign, with adjustable suspension, white/brass/chrome finish and legend panels fully compliant with EN 1838, as JSB Royalux 2 range, part no. _______

W
32 metres
D1
W (mm) D2 55
L (mm) 360
D1 (mm) 122min-1087max
D2 (mm) 291

Fluorescent Non-Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck 50V AC/DC Central System Slave 110V AC/DC Central System Slave LED Maintained / Non-Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck RLX2LM RLX2LMIS RLX2LMEC RLX2LMEC2 RLX2L230CG RLX2L230 RLX2L230EC RLX2LMCH RLX2LMCHIS RLX2LMCHEC RLX2LMCHEC2 RLX2L230CHCG RLX2L230CH RLX2L230CHEC RLX2LMWH RLX2LMWHIS RLX2LMWHEC RLX2LMWHEC2 RLX2L230WHCG RLX2L230WH RLX2L230WHEC 2.0 IS 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.7 1.7 1.7 RLX2N RLX2M RLX2MIS RLX2MEC RLX2MEC2 RLX2230CG RLX2230 RLX2230EC RLX250 RLX2110 RLX2NCH RLX2MCH RLX2MCHIS RLX2MCHEC RLX2MCHEC2 RLX2230CHCG RLX2230CH RLX2230CHEC RLX250CH RLX2110CH RLX2NWH RLX2MWH RLX2MWHIS RLX2MWHEC RLX2MWHEC2 RLX2230WHCG RLX2230WH RLX2230WHEC RLX250WH RLX2110WH 2.0 2.0 IS 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Brass Finish
Chrome Finish
White Finish
Weight (kg)
Legend Panel
Down arrow - single sided Left arrow - single sided Right arrow - single sided Left and right arrow - double sided Down arrow - double sided
Pictogram
Cat No
RMADS RMLDS RMRDS RMAD RMALR
Weight (kg)
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
359
VIA8
Contemporary styling and high quality materials blend together perfectly to produce the attractive VIA8 range of pendant exit signs. Injection moulded parts help reduce weight and provide a distinctive sculptured appearance suitable for a wide variety of interiors and applications. VIA8 also benefits from a frameless modern design of legend panel that offers a maximum viewing distance of 24m. The long life LED strip provides an excellent uniform illumination of the legend comfortably meeting the requirements of EN1838. VIA8 has an LED source with a rated life of 50,000 hours ensuring reliable operation and minimising onsite maintenance costs.
Modern contemporary styling 50,000 hour LED source EN1838 compliant legend Easy to install Luminaire and legend supplied as one unit
360
Lamp Options 1W white LED strip Materials Body and housing - ABS white finish Legend - clear acrylic with pre applied legend Batteries - sealed nickel cadmium - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling mounting Screwless snap together assembly Legend panel has self locking mechanism to prevent malicious removal Luminaire and legend supplied together Supplied with LED strip Specification Self-contained - To specify state: stylish pendant exit sign utilising 50,000 hour LED light source. Legend illumination to be fully compliant with requirements of EN 1838 and product to be fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22 as JSB VIA8 range part no. ___________
24 metres
Dimensions
267
34 70
Adjustable
40
163
267
Catalogue Numbers System Mode Legend Panel

Maintained Maintained Double sided panel - down arrow Double sided panel - Left and right arrow
Pictogram
Cat No
VIA8D VIA8LR
Weight (kg)
1.1 1.1
361
Manhattan
Contemporary styling and traditional materials are blended together perfectly to produce the attractive Manhattan range of pendant exit signs. High quality aluminium extrusions lend the luminaire a distinctive, sculptured appearance which is suitable for a wide variety of interiors and applications, from offices to hotels. Manhattan also benefits from a modern, curved legend panel that incorporates a patented variable pitch dot screen printing process, which ensures compliance with European luminance and uniformity standards. A remote mounting box offers the convenience of quick first fix and simplified installation and can be installed onto ceilings or walls.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind Modern sculptured profile Premium quality extruded aluminium body Convenient first fix mounting box Patented uniform luminance legend panel EasiCheck central addressable self-test options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions
362
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Body - extruded aluminium powder coated in white finish, with flame retardant ABS end caps Mounting box - steel mounting plate, with flame retardant ABS cover Legend panel - clear acrylic with patented variable pitch dot, screen print Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for wall or ceiling mounting Mounting plate direct screw fixed, with rear cable entry. Cover clips over base plate Supplied with 4 core cable connecting body to mounting plate, adjustable for length on site Legend locates onto pegs inside body Body sections lock together via screwed end cap Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Options Maintained and non-maintained, 3 hour duration EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions Choice of legend panels
T5
Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked, edge-lit self contained emergency sign, with adjustable suspensions, extruded aluminium body and legend panels with variable pitch dot screen printing, fully compliant with EN 1838, as JSB Manhattan range, part no. __________ Slave - To specify state: Central system slave, edge-lit emergency sign, with adjustable suspensions, extruded aluminium body and legend panels with variable pitch dot screen printing, fully compliant with EN 1838, as JSB Manhattan range, part no. __________
32 metres
Catalogue Numbers System Mode Cat No

MA83 MA83M MA83MIS MA83MEC MA83MEC2 MA8230 MA8230EC
Weight (kg)
2.0 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Dimensions
Non-Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr

L
Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2

D1
230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck
D2
Legend Panel
Down arrow - single sided Left arrow - single sided Right arrow - single sided
Pictogram
Cat No
MAAD MAAL MAAR
Weight (kg)
0.10 0.10 0.10
L (mm) 300
W (mm) 68
D1 (mm) 61 min - 560 max
D2 (mm) 290
363
Waylite 800
Designed specifically in response to the latest EN 1838 standard, Waylite 800 has the unique combination of a powerful downlight and evenly illuminated exit legend panel, both served from the same light source. The downlight optic provides an exceptionally high level of threshold light over the surrounding floor area, minimising the quantity of additional emergency luminaires required. Simultaneously, the base mounted lamp is used to back light the exit legend, via an ingenious ribbed legend mounting plate that collects and evenly redirects the light over the entire legend surface. Constructed in vandal resistant polycarbonate, Waylite 800 is designed to provide long term reliable service.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Unique dual function downlight and exit sign Superior optical design Vandal resistant polycarbonate construction Internal, evenly illuminated legend panel Supplied with universal legend kit EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-test options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
364
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Base - polycarbonate, white finish Geartray - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Legend mounting plate - ribbed polycarbonate, opal finish Diffuser - clear polycarbonate Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting Direct screw fix. Cable entry on top or drilled on site Geartray locates into groove and clips into position. Retained by single screw Universal legend kit supplied for application to legend mounting plate, which clips inside diffuser Diffuser retained by screw and clips Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Dimensions
75mm
Options
T5
Maintained and non-maintained, 3 hour duration Intellem self test. Technology detailed on page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing versions. Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked, back lit self contained emergency sign, for wall mounting, with powerful threshold downlight, ribbed legend mounting plate and universal legend kit, fully compliant with EN 1838, as JSB Waylite 800 range, part no. _______ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system slave, back lit emergency sign, for wall mounting, with powerful threshold downlight, ribbed legend mounting plate and universal legend kit, fully compliant with EN 1838, as JSB Waylite 800 range, part no. _______
25 metres
380mm
180mm

Photometric Data Cat No

WL80083ICEL WL8003IS WL80083EC WL80083EC2 WL80083MICEL WL8003MIS WL80083MEC WL80083MEC2 WL800230CG WL800230 WL800230EC WL80050 WL800110
Weight (kg)
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55
Y B A X
M Lumianire Mounting Lux level height directly (m) under
Escape route 2m wide Distance to 1 lux min
Self-contained 2.0 2.5 3.5 2.3 2.6 2.5 6.6 7.6 4.8 5.0 1.8 1.7
Waylite 800 provides a high level of threshold illumination, increasing the distance that the first dedicated or converted emergency luminaire can be situated from the wall. Example: To achieve a minimum of 1 lux along escape route between Waylite 800 and luminaire X: Distance A = 50% transverse:transverse spacing of Waylite 800 plus 50% transverse:transverse spacing of luminaire X. To achieve a minimum of 1 lux along escape route between Waylite 800 and luminaire Y: Distance B = 50% axial:axial spacing of Waylite 800 plus 50% axial:axial spacing of luminaire Y.
365
Exit SE
Traditionally styled, Exit SE is a large format exit sign that is ideally suited to large, open plan areas, such as shopping malls, call centres and function rooms. Robustly constructed from steel, the luminaire features a screw fixed frame that retains the legend panel securely. The exit legend is screen printed on the inner surface of the panel providing a high degree of resistance from cleaning abrasion or accidental scratching. Exit SE is therefore suitable for public spaces where such damage may occur. Good threshold illumination is obtained via the large opal downlight panel, offering improved indication of escape routes during mains power failure.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Large format, ideal for open plan areas Robust construction 41 metres viewing distance Large downlight panel EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-test options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
366
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Body and gear cover - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Legend panel - clear acrylic with rear screen printing Downlight panel - opal polycarbonate Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Dimensions
65mm 482mm
Options
T5
Maintained and non-maintained, 3 hour duration EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions Choice of legend panels Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked, back-lit, large format self contained emergency sign, with large downlight panel and 41m viewing distance legends, as JSB Exit SE range, part no. __________ Slave - To specify state: Central system slave, back-lit, large format emergency sign, with large downlight panel and 41m viewing distance legends, as JSB Exit SE range, part no. __________
238mm
41 metres
Cat No
SE83ICEL SE83IS SE83EC SE83EC2 SE83MICEL SE83MIS SE83MEC SE83MEC2 SE8230CG SE8230 SE8230EC SE850 SE8110
Weight (kg)
3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Legend Panel
Pictogram
Cat No
SEAD SEAL SEAR
Weight (kg)
0.10 0.10 0.10
367
New Safe Ex
New Safe Ex is a popular choice for many installations. Offering excellent value for money, it can be quickly installed thanks to time saving features such as BESA piercings, keyhole screw fixings, clip out cable entry and a removable, hinged geartray. The legend panel has been thoughtfully designed to slide in from below, permitting installation close to the ceiling or adjacent walls. The light source also provides excellent threshold lighting, thanks to a high quality fresnel lens downlight panel. New Safe Ex is now available with Intellem or EasiCheck self-test functionality, offering even greater choice for this ubiquitous exit sign.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Attractive modern styling Easy and fast to install Competitive, value for money product Uniformly lit legend, compliant with EN 1838 Fresnel lens downlight panel EasiCheck, Intellem and CeaGuard self-testing options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Supplied with lamp
368
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Body - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish, with polycarbonate end caps Geartray - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Legend panel - clear acrylic with rear screen printing Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting BESA entry on rear, or direct screw fix via keyhole slots Additional top cable entry, with clip out grommet Removable gear tray clips into body, hinges and locates via locking tabs Legend panel (ordered separately) slides in from bottom Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Dimensions
75mm 402mm
Options
T5
Maintained and non-maintained, 3 hour duration Intellem self test. Technology detailed on page 309 EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing versions Choice of legend panels Specification Self contained - To specify state: BSI Kitemarked, back-lit self contained emergency sign, with hinged removable geartray, fresnel downlight lens and slide in legend panel, fully compliant with EN 1838, as Menvier New Safe Ex range, part no. __________ Self-test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system slave, back-lit emergency sign, with hinged removable geartray, fresnel downlight lens and slide in legend panel, fully compliant with EN 1838, as Menvier New Safe Ex range, part no. __________ Maximum Viewing Distance
30 metres
184mm

Cat No
SXN SXNIS SXNEC SXNEC2 SXM SXMIS SXMEC SXMEC2 SX230CG SX230 SX230EC SX50 SX110
Weight (kg)
3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Legend Panel
Pictogram
Cat No
PEXD PEXL PEXR
Weight (kg)
0.10 0.10 0.10
369
Legendlite LED
Legendlite LED is an exit sign equally at home in prestigious installations and commercial interiors. It has an ultra low profile of 50mm and the curved upper gallery creates an even slimmer appearance which makes this LED exit sign blend unobtrusively into almost any environment. The 50,000 hour long life LED source is monitored by an integral self test system ensuring reliable operation and minimizing onsite maintenance costs. Legendlite LED is supplied with a complete 4 part legend pack covering a wide range of applications.
Ultra low profile design blends into most environments 50,000 hour LED source Self-test as standard EN1838 compliant legend for uniformity of appearance Slave luminaire options Includes 4 part legend pack
370
Lamp Options 1W high output high efficiency side emitting white LED Materials Body and housing - polycarbonate Lens - clear polycarbonate Batteries - (self contained versions) NiMH Installation Notes Lower gallery fixed directly via key slots BESA entry on rear. Cable entries on side and end Upper gallery and lens have snap fix retention 4 part universal legend pack included Supplied with LED Dimensions
Options Maintained 3 hour duration Static inverter slave version CeaGuard testing version Specification Self-contained - To specify state: 50mm deep, ultra low exit sign utilising 50,000 hour LED light source. Legend illumination to be fully compliant with requirements of EN 1838 and product to be fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22 as JSB Legendlite LED range part no. ___________ Self-Test/Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self testing/Static inverter compatible slave 50mm deep, ultra low exit sign utilising 50,000 hour LED light source. Legend illumination to be fully compliant with requirements of EN 1838 and product to be fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22 as JSB Legendlite LED range part no. ___________

365mm 180mm
50mm
24 metres

Maintained 3Hr Maintained 3Hr Self-test Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck Maintained 3Hr EasiCheck 2 230V Ceaguard Slave 230V AC Mains Slave 230V AC Mains Slave EasiCheck
Cat No
LLEDM LLEDMIS LLEDMEC LLEDMEC2 LLED230CG LLED230 LLED230EC
Weight (kg)
0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7
371
ZED
ZED is an easy to install, cost effective answer to projects requiring a double sided exit sign solution. Manufactured from hard wearing, resilient polycarbonate and ABS, the luminaire has the benefit of a removable geartray for easy installation and rapid future maintenance and a clip-on diffuser. The standard decorative skirt attachment lends a modern, sleek wedge profile appearance to the luminaire. A universal legend kit is supplied for application to an internally mounted legend plate, offering scratch and tamper resistance. Available in self-contained and slave operation formats, ZED can also be specified with EasiCheck automatic self-testing functionality.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind ICEL registered with verified light performance Competitively priced double sided exit sign Easy to install and maintain Internal, tamper resistant legend panels Supplied with universal legend kit for flexibility on site EasiCheck Intellem and CeaGuard self-test options Available in self-contained, AC/DC and AC mains slave versions Weatherproof IP54 Supplied with lamp
372
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500K - G5 cap Materials Body and skirt - flame retardant ABS, white finish Geartray - steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Diffuser - clear polycarbonate Legend mounting plate - flame retardant PVC Batteries (self-contained versions) - NiCd Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling mounting BESA entry drill-outs on rear. Cable entries on ends Skirt fitted behind base, fixed when base secured Geartray and diffuser clip into position Universal legend kit supplied for application to mounting plate and clipped inside diffuser Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Dimensions
380mm 108mm
Options
T5
Maintained and non-maintained, 3 hour duration EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Central system slave versions CeaGuard testing versions Specification Self contained - To specify state: IP54 Double sided self contained emergency sign, with decorative skirt, clip-in geartray and diffuser with internal mounting plates for legend kits, as JSB ZED range, part no. __________ Slave - To specify state: IP54 Central system slave, double sided emergency sign, with decorative skirt, clip-in geartray and diffuser with internal mounting plates for legend kits, as JSB ZED range, part no. __________
22 metres
180mm

Cat No
ZED83 ZED83IS ZED83EC ZED83EC2 ZED83M ZED83MIS ZED83MEC ZED83MEC2 ZE8230CG ZE8230 ZE8230EC ZE850 ZE8110
Weight (kg)
1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
373
Beamlite
Beamlite can be used for a wide variety of interior emergency lighting applications, particularly for warehouses and high ceiling commercial areas. The high intensity light source provides efficient illumination of long, narrow escape routes, but can also provide general coverage of a specific area for such as critical task locations where higher illumination is required. Beamlite has keyhole slot screw fixing holes and a hinged front access door providing ease of installation, whilst the standard twin LED indicator lamps give separate early warning of failure of each lamp, in addition to mains and charging status. For wet or dusty areas, an IP55 weatherproof version is available.
BSI kitemarked for peace of mind High light output Robust construction with a long durable life Hinged front access door eases maintenance Multi-directional lamp heads for on site flexibility Weatherproof IP55 option EasiCheck and Intellem self-test options
374
Lamp Options 12V, 21W tungsten - BA15d cap 12V, 55W tungsten halogen H3 - Pk22s cap Materials Body IP20 - sheet steel, powder coated in white/black finish Body IP55 - sheet steel, powder coated in grey finish Lamp heads - BEN3 polycarbonate, finished black with clear front lens Lamp heads - BEN1H pressed steel, finished black, with clear polycarbonate lens Batteries - recombination lead acid, maintenance free, 5 year life Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting Cable entry on rear and top Direct screw fixed with keyhole slots Weatherproof version drilled on site for fixing and entry holes Lamp heads swivel and tilt, locked in position by screws Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
L
Options Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration 2 x 55W, non-maintained operation, 1 hour duration version available EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 Intellem Self-test. System detailed on page 309 Specification To specify state: Internal/Weatherproof beam projector, self contained emergency luminaire, with robust steel enclosure and front access door, multi-directional swivel and turn polycarbonate lamp heads, with 2 x 21/55W high intensity lamps and twin LED indicators, as Menvier Beamlite range, part no. ________ Photometric Data
D1
D2
Mounting Height - H(m) 2 x 21W
Aiming Angle -
Spacing Luminaire to Wall - D1(m)
Spacing between Luminaires - D2(m)
4 6 8 10 15
45 18 14 11 8
3.5 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.8
9.0 7.6 7.6 8.0 8.4
2 x 55W 10 15 20 45 45 37 34 34 32 32 31 31 7.2 11.0 15.5 20.0 24.0 28.5 33.0 37.0 41.0 14.5 23.0 31.0 40.0 48.0 57.0 66.0 74.0 82.0
Options Standard Weatherproof
L (mm) 325 300
H (mm) 370 565
D (mm) 82 180
25 30 35 40 45 50

Standard IP20 housing Non-Maintained Non-Maintained self test Non-Maintained EasiCheck Non-Maintained EasiCheck 2 Non-Maintained Weatherproof IP55 Housing Non-Maintained Non-Maintained self test Non-Maintained EasiCheck Non-Maintained EasiCheck 2 Non-Maintained 3 Hour 3 Hour 3 Hour 3 Hour 1 Hour 2 x 21W 2 x 21W 2 x 21W 2 x 21W 2 x 55W BEN3W BEN3ISW BEN3ECW BEN3EC2W BEN1HW 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4 11.3 3 Hour 3 Hour 3 Hour 3 Hour 1 Hour 2 x 21W 2 x 21W 2 x 21W 2 x 21W 2 x 55W BEN3 BEN3IS BEN3EC BEN3EC2 BEN1H 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 11.3
Duration
Lamp Rating
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Notes: 1. Spacing achieves 1 lux min on centre line of escape route 2. Aiming angle at 4m height restricted by glare cut-off restriction 3. K factor of 0.55 and S factor of 0.8 have been applied 4. 2 x 55W spacing distances for mounting heights below 10M are same as for 2 x 21W unit.
375
Gemini Junior
Combining flexibility and ease of installation, Gemini Junior represents exceptional value for money. This competitive beam projector is suitable for a wide variety of installations, with a choice of top or side mounting of the lamp heads, with multi-directional swivel and tilt facility ensuring that exactly the right aiming angle is achieved. Internal components are accessed via the hinged front cover, permitting easy installation and maintenance. Twin LEDs provide peace of mind, covering individual lamp failure in addition to mains and charging status. When cost is paramount, Gemini Junior is an excellent choice for factory and high ceiling applications.
Competitive beam projector suits most budgets Easy to install keeps cost low Hinged front access door eases maintenance Top or side mounting of lamp heads Multi-directional lamp heads for on site flexibility Supplied with lamps
376
Lamp Options 12V, 18W tungsten - wedge base Materials Body - Sheet steel, powder coated in white finish Lamp heads - Polycarbonate, finished white with clear front lens Batteries - Recombination lead acid, maintenance free, 5 year life Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting Cable entries on rear. Side and top cable entries, dependant on location of lamp heads Direct screw fixed with keyhole slots Lamp heads can be mounted on top or side of enclosure Lamp heads swivel and tilt, locked in position by screws Supplied complete with lamps Specification To specify state: Beam projector, self contained emergency luminaire, with steel enclosure and hinged front access door, top or side mounting multi-directional swivel and turn polycarbonate lamp heads, with 2 x 18W high intensity tungsten lamps and twin LED indicators, as JSB Gemini Junior range, part no. ________ Dimensions
360mm
Photometric Data
D1
Mounting Height - H(m) 4 6 8 10 15 Aiming Angle - 45 18 14 11 8
D2
Spacing Luminaire to Wall - D1(m) 3.3 3.3 3.5 3.5 3.5 Spacing between Luminaires - D2(m) 9.0 7.4 7.4 7.6 8.1
Notes: 1. Spacing achieves 1 lux min on centre line of escape route 2. Aiming angle at 4m height restricted by glare cut-off restriction 3. K factor of 0.55 and S factor of 0.8 have been applied
355mm
80mm
320mm
Side mounted lamp heads and hinged access door

Non Maintained 3Hr Non Maintained 3Hr Self-test
Cat No
GMRJ2183 GMRJ2183IS
Weight (kg)
7.0 7.0
Emergency - Twiin Spots
377
Metrolite
When conventional emergency lighting cannot be used for architectural or installation reasons, Metrolite offers a stylish solution. The compact design neatly fits into any interior, with the multi-directional heads permitting the base unit to be ceiling or wall mounted. Metrolite is fitted as standard with a test switch.
Compact design, ideal for visible installations at low mounting heights Modern, stylish appearance Multi-directional lamp heads for on site flexibility Easy to install, with first fix back plate Supplied with lamps
378
Lamp Options 12V, 12W tungsten halogen - G4 cap Materials Base plate/geartray - zinc plated steel Body and lamp heads - flame retardant ABS Batteries - recombination lead acid, maintenance free, 5 year life Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting BESA and cable entry on rear Can be direct screw fixed Body with lamp heads hinges and screw fixes to base plate/geartray Supplied complete with lamps
Options Non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Specification To specify state: Architectural beam projector, self contained emergency luminaire, first fix back plate and multi-directional swivel and turn lamp heads, with 2 x 12W high intensity tungsten halogen lamps, as JSB Metrolite range, part no. MT12102123
Photometric Data
Dimensions
526mm (max)
D1
Mounting Height - H(m) 4 6 Aiming Angle - 35 30 30 30
D2
Spacing Luminaire to Wall - D1(m) 5.0 4.0 2.0 0.5 Spacing between Luminaires - D2(m) 12.0 12.5 12.0 8.0
135mm
133mm
8 10

Non-maintained
Notes: 1. Spacing achieves 1 lux min on centre line of escape route 2. K factor of 0.55 and S factor of 0.8 have been applied
Cat No
MT12102123
Weight (kg)
6.40
379
Doncaster College Beamlite
380
Emergency Luminaires
Convertalite
The latest range of Convertalite conversion kits delivers optimum performance for a diverse choice of fluorescent lamp types and wattages. The new QX series of modules simplifies the selection of kit for T8 lamps, the same module being suitable for magnetic and high frequency circuits. Each module now has 4 pole output switching plus an additional relay pole to isolate the switched live in emergency mode. Consequently, lock-out of the ballast is prevented when it returns to mains mode. Low profile modules and unique chamfered battery end caps, easing integration into shallow luminaires, are standard throughout, particularly useful in the newest ranges of T5 lamp.
BSI Kitemarked for peace of mind Fully compatible with high frequency circuits Extensive range, covering a diverse choice of fluorescent lamps Low profile design for easy integration Full 5 pole isolation, preventing mains ballast lock-out Rapid conversion service EasiCheck central addressable self-test options
381
Convertalite
Lamp Options See selection table Materials Module case - steel, white finish Battery end caps - polycarbonate Batteries - sealed nickel cadmium Installation Notes Suitable for fitting integral to host luminaire, where thermal and electro-magnetic test results permit Remote mounting of complete kit, or of batteries only, available. Contact Technical Support for full details Supplied complete with low profile end caps for mounting batteries and LED with 1000mm lead Dimensions
W L L W
Options 3 hour duration. Mode of operation dependant on host luminaire Conversion Service To ensure satisfactory operation, a full conversion service is offered by Cooper Lighting and Safety. This gives complete peace of mind that the conversion is carried out and certified to all required standards, providing: Total warranty of converted luminaire CE marking of converted luminaire. Note: It is a legal requirement to remove the existing and re-apply a new CE mark to the luminaire after it has been converted and compliance with CE requirements established Conformance to ICEL 1004, when luminaires supplied for conversion have BSI Kitemark and marking Conversion in a facility that is BS EN ISO9001 approved Specification To specify state: Electronic emergency conversion kit for fluorescent lamps with low profile module featuring 4 pole output switching and additional isolating relay pole, with time delay function to prevent lock-out of mains ballast on return to normal mode, suitable for high frequency and magnetic control gear circuits, sealed nickel cadmium battery sets, mounted using uniquely profiled end caps for ease of integration, as Menvier Convertalite range, part no. ________ Technical Specification
Supply voltage Supply current Battery charge current Battery discharge current Ta (ambient) Tc (case) Battery cell Emergency lumen output / BLF Normal lumen output Recharge period 230V 10%, 50-60 Hz 50 mA maximum 0.25 A nominal 1.1 A nominal 50 C 75 C 1.2V 4AH Ni-cad See selection table Full rated output of lamp (maintained circuits) 24 hour (14 hour for 1 hour duration)
Ba
D
tter
Mo
du
le
Description QX/HC/HD/HE modules EH modules 2 cell battery & caps 3 cell battery & caps 4 cell battery & caps 5 cell battery & caps
L (mm) 216 216 160 220 280 340
W (mm) 38 38 33 33 33 33
D (mm) 28.5 36.5 33 33 33 33
Fixing Centres (mm) 205 205 150 210 270 330
382
Selection Table The table indicates the most suitable choice of module and the corresponding resulting ballast lumen factor with batteries indicated
Lamp Type
Conversion Kit (incl batteries)

BQX18 BQX18 BQX18 BQX18 BQX18 BQX18 BQX BQX HC1 HD1 HD1 HD1 BQX18 BQX EH EH
Battery Ballast Lumen Configuration Factor (BLF)

3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 4 cell 4.8V 5 cell 6.0V 5 cell 6.0V 5 cell 6.0V 3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 6 cell 7.2V 6 cell 7.2V 0.24 0.18 0.21 0.21 0.19 0.19 0.10 0.09 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.12 0.07 0.13 0.10
Lamp Type
Linear Fluorescent 14W T5 (HE) 21W T5 (HE) 24W T5 (HO) 28W T5 (HE) 35W T5 (HE) 39W T5 (HO) 49W T5 (HO) 18W T8 36W T8 58W T8 70W T8 100W T12
Conversion Kit (incl batteries)

BQX14 HC1 HE1 HD2 HD2 HE1 HE1 BQX18 BQX CQX DQX EH
Battery Ballast Lumen Configuration Factor (BLF)

3 cell 3.6V 4 cell 4.8V 6 cell 7.2V 5 cell 6.0V 5 cell 6.0V 6 cell 7.2V 6 cell 7.2V 3 cell 3.6V 3 cell 3.6V 4 cell 4.8V 5 cell 6.0V 6 cell 7.2V 0.14 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.05
Compact Fluorescent 10W 2D 16W 2D 7W TC 11W TC 10W TC-DE 13W TC-DE 18W TC-DE 26W TC-DE 18W TC-T 26W TC-T 32W TC-T 42W TC-T 18W TC-L 36W TC-L 40W TC-L 55W TC-L
When performing photometric designs, the K and S lumen reduction factors of 0.85 and 0.85 respectively should be applied. See page 566 for Design Guide.
Description
18-36W T8 conversion 36-65W T8 conversion 65-70W T8 conversion 14-21W T5 conversion 26-42W TC conversion 28-35W T5 conversion 24-54W T5(HO) conversion 40-55W TC conversion
Module & Battery Conversion Kit

BQX CQX DQX HC1 HD1 HD2 HE1 EH
Weight (kg)
0.80 1.00 1.20 1.00 1.20 1.20 1.40 1.40
A wide range of enclosures for remotely mounting the module and battery, or batteries only, are available. Contact Technical Support for full details.
383
TFL - Remote Twin Beam Spotlight
TFL can be used for a wide variety of interior emergency lighting applications, particularly for warehouses and high ceiling commercial areas. The high intensity light source provides efficient illumination of long, narrow escape routes, but can also provide general coverage of a specific area for such as critical task locations where higher illumination is required. For wet or dusty areas, a weatherproof version is available.
High light output Robust construction Multi-directional lamp heads EasiCheck central addressable options For use with 110V and 230V CBU or remote power pack
384
Lamp Options 12V, 21W tungsten - BA15d cap Materials Body IP20 - sheet steel, powder coated in white/black finish Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting Cable entry on side Lamp heads swivel and tilt, locked in position by screws Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
Options EasiCheck addressable testing IP65 versions available Single and twin head available. Powered using a CP50T Convertapack (see page 386) IP65 versions available Specification Slave - To specify state: Internal/Weatherproof beam projector, emergency luminaire, with robust steel enclosure multi-directional swivel and turn polycarbonate lamp heads, with 2 x 21W high intensity lamps as Menvier TFL range, part no. ________ Photometric Data
Options Standard
L (mm) 198
H (mm) 107
D (mm) 136
Catalogue Numbers
Mounting Height - H(m)
D1
D2
Aiming Angle -
Spacing Luminaire to Wall - D1(m)
Spacing between Luminaires - D2(m)
System Mode
2 x 21W 110V 2 x 21W 230V 1 x 21W 24V* 2 x 21W 24V*
*
Cat No
TFL110 TFL230 TFL1 TFL2
Weight (kg)
1.50 1.50 1.30 1.50
2 x 21W 4 6 8 10 15 45 18 14 11 8 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.8 9.0 7.6 7.6 8.0 8.4
TFL1 and TFL2 for use with CP50T (see page 386) TFL110 and TFL230 for use with loadstar central power supplies
Notes: 1. Spacing achieves 1 lux min on centre line of escape route 2. Aiming angle at 4m height restricted by glare cut-off restriction.
385
Convertapack & Maxi-Power
Tungsten halogen downlights are used extensively in applications requiring decorative illumination. Convertapack and Maxi-Power can provide a discreet solution to aesthetic demands, converting existing luminaires for emergency operation. If 100% emergency lumen output is required, such as in high ceiling areas, Convertapack is first choice and can be connected to existing or new remote transformers for maintained operation. For smaller areas or standard ceiling heights, Maxi-Power offers an economical alternative, with a lower emergency output of 8% and the convenience of an integral maintaining transformer in a compact enclosure.
Ideal unobtrusive solution for decorative applications Robust construction for a long and durable life Easy to install using hinged cover Choice of emergency output ratings Convenient integral maintaining transformer on Maxi-Power EasiCheck central addressable self-test options
386
Materials Convertapack body - sheet steel, powder coated in white/black finish Maxi-Power body - sheet steel, powder coated in white finish Batteries - recombination lead acid, maintenance free, 5 year life Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting or on suspension bracket (not supplied) Convertapack cable entries: top, 2 x 20mm Maxi-Power cable entries: end, 3 x 20mm Direct screw fixed with keyhole slots Outputs fused Convertapack has terminals to connect external maintaining transformer (not supplied) if required Maxi-Power has integral 12V 50VA maintaining transformer, for full power normal mains operation (mains BLF = 1) Low voltage interconnecting cable required. Does not need to be fire protected if less than 1m in length Dimensions
L D L
Options Convertapack - non-maintained operation, 3 hour maximum duration. Maintained operation via remote maintaining transformer Maxi-Power - maintained or non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration Either unit can be used with 12V tungsten halogen luminaires EasiCheck addressable testing. System detailed on page 304 CP50T can be used with TFL remote head units, see page 384 Specification Convertapack - To specify state: Emergency conversion kit for 12V tungsten halogen lamps, with option to add maintaining transformer, providing 3 hour duration for 50W or 1 hour duration for 100W, operating at full mains and emergency output BLF = 1, as Menvier Convertapack range, part no. CP50T Maxi-Power - To specify state: Emergency conversion kit for 12V 50W max tungsten halogen lamps with maintained/ non-maintained operation, 3 hour duration, operating at emergency BLF = 0.08, including 12V 50VA maintaining transformer mains BLF = 1, as JSB Maxi-Power range, part no. MPAR6M230240 Technical Specification
Convertapack Supply voltage System mode W Emergency duration Maximum output Power consumption Battery Ballast lumen factor Recharge period 230V 10%, 50-60 Hz Non-maintained (maintained using separate transformer) 3 hour (50W) or 1 hour (100W) 100W 24VA 12V 24Ah 1 24 hours Maxi-Power 230V 10%, 50-60 Hz Maintained or non-maintained 3 hour 50W 18VA non-mtd, 68VA mtd (50W load) 6V 12Ah 0.08 24 hours
Conversion Kit Convertapack Maxi-Power
L (mm) 325 420
W (mm) 225 158
D (mm) 110 83
Catalogue Numbers Conversion Kit

Convertapack* Maxi-Power
Cat No
CP50T MPAR6M230240
Weight (kg)
12.0 5.6
* Remote head units available, see TFL range page 384
387
ACM1 - Static Inverter Conversions
Discreet emergency lighting, without purchasing and installing additional luminaires can be achieved by utilising suitable standard mains luminaires operated via a static inverter system. Normally there is a requirement for local switching under normal mains healthy conditions. ACM1 modules automatically override this during a mains failure, providing failsafe illumination of the emergency luminaires. Easy to use, the module is ultra compact allowing easy integration into luminaires chosen for emergency operation from a 230V AC static inverter system. Alternatively it can be mounted in a remote enclosure to control a load of up to 750VA, if fed from a common switched mains supply. Rated to switch 480V, the ACM1 delivers reliable, high integrity performance.
Utilise mains luminaires as emergency lighting Simple single or multiple luminaire control Controls up to 750VA Ultra compact profile for ease of integration or remote mounting Meets switching thresholds of EN 60598-2-22 Rated to switch 480V EasiCheck self-test system compatible versions available
388
Emergency Luminaires - Conversion Kits
Materials Module case - polycarbonate, white finish Remote enclosure - steel, white finish Installation Notes Suitable for fitting integral to host luminaire, where EMC test results permit Modules can control single or multiple luminaires A maximum load of 750VA can be controlled by one module, providing all luminaires are fed from the same switched supply in mains healthy mode. Requires unswitched mains supply (permanent live) Heavy duty terminals Available in remote mounting box (ACM1ENC) Changeover device can switch 480V, permitting feed from inverter and local switched supply to be on different phases. Operates luminaire at full lumen output. When performing photometric designs the K and S lumen reduction factors of 0.95 and 0.85 respectively should be applied. See page 566 for Design Guide.
Options EasiCheck addressable testing system compatible versions available. System detailed on page 304 Available with a variety of easy connect plugs (POA) Specification To specify state: Static inverter system control module for fluorescent lamps, in low profile case, providing changeover from switched mains supply to emergency supply, with 480V switch rating and conforming to switching thresholds of EN 60598-2-22, controlling individual luminaires or multiple loads up to 750 VA, for use with 230V AC/AC static inverter systems, as Menvier Active Control Module range, part no. ACM1
Dimensions

Active Control Module (max 730VA) Above item in remote enclosure
Cat No
ACM1 ACM1ENC
Weight (kg)
0.30 0.90
Description ACM1 ACM1ENC
L(mm) 158 285
W(mm) 38 100
D(mm) 33 55
Fixing Ctrs (mm) 147 -
*Must be Fire Rated Cable!*
230V AC EL Supply Light Switch Switched Mains Supply 230V AC only 1 2 3 4 5 6 L N N L L N N L N L 6 5 4 3 2 1
Emergency Lighting Distribution Board
ACM1
EL Supply Indicator Output to Emergency Light - 3A Max Static Inverter System 230V AC Output
Mains Lighting Distribution Board
Un - Switched Mains Supply 230V AC only *Must be Fire Rated Cable!*
Mains Only
Combined Mains, Emergency
Mains Only
Combined Mains, Emergency
Typical ACM1 schematic diagram
389
SMCB - Central System Conversions
Central power systems utilising converted mains luminaires offer economical emergency lighting, with no additional luminaires to purchase and install. Converted luminaires automatically change over to the central supply in the event of normal mains failure, operating one lamp at a reduced output. A 230V AC/AC module is ideal for installations with narrow distribution luminaires or smaller applications using Menviers new compact static inverter. Traditional static inverter systems operate all lamps at full power in an emergency luminaire.The 230V module operates only one lamp and at a significantly reduced output, eliminating excessive, wasted light and dramatically reducing the rating, size and cost of the static inverter system required.
Monitors local unswitched mains supply New 230V AC/AC low BLF option for static inverters significantly reduces the load on the inverter Unobtrusive emergency lighting Simple single luminaire conversion Rapid conversion service available
390
Emergency Luminaires - Conversions Kits
Materials Module case - galvanised steel Remote Enclosure - steel, white finish Installation Notes Suitable for fitting integral to host luminaire, where electromagnetic test results permit Designed to convert a single luminaire only Requires unswitched mains supply Remote mounting box available (order separately) Modules should be sited within 300mm of luminaire when mounted remotely (maximum allowable is 1000mm) See selection table for ballast lumen factors. See page 566 for full design guide Dimensions
Conversion Service To ensure satisfactory operation, a full conversion service is offered by Cooper Lighting and Safety. This gives complete peace of mind that the conversion is carried out and certified to all required standards, providing: Total warranty of converted luminaire CE marking of converted luminaire. Note: It is a legal requirement to remove the existing and re-apply a new CE mark to the luminaire after it has been converted and compliance with CE requirements established Conversion in a facility that is BS EN ISO9001 approved Specification To specify state: Central system emergency conversion modules for fluorescent lamps, with low profile case, suitable for use with 24/50/110V AC/DC central battery systems/230V AC/AC static inverter systems, one module per luminaire, as Menvier SMCB range, part no. ________
Ballast Lumen factor Table Lamp Type / Voltage K FACTOR

L(mm) 216 300 380 W(mm) 40 43 145 D(mm) 45 35 52 Fixing Ctrs (mm) 205 289 -
D W Description Modules 24/50/110V Modules 230V Remote Box
24V 0.65 0.85

0.45 0.28 0.23 0.50 0.49 0.44 0.25 0.25 0.28 0.24 0.31 0.22 -
50V 0.70 0.85

0.65 0.40 0.33 0.71 0.70 0.63 0.37 0.37 0.40 0.35 0.44 0.33 0.24 0.18
110V 0.70 0.85

0.65 0.40 0.33 0.71 0.70 0.63 0.37 0.37 0.40 0.35 0.44 0.33 0.24 0.18
230V AC 0.95 0.85

0.32 0.28 0.19 0.35 0.34 0.31 0.25 0.25 0.28 0.24 0.30 0.23 0.17 0.13
S FACTOR
Compact Fluorescent 16W 2D 28W 2D 38W 2D 9W TC 11 TC 13W TC 18W TC-D

System voltage 24V AC/DC System voltage 50V AC/DC System voltage 110V AC/DC System voltage 230V AC/AC Remote enclosure
Cat No
SMCB24 SMCB50 SMCB110 SMCB230 FMENCA
Weight (kg)
0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.60
18W TC-L 24W TC-L 36W TC-L Linear Fluorescent 18W T8 36W T8 58W T8 70W T8
Notes: 1. When performing photometric designs, the K and S lumen reduction factors should be applied. 2. Ballast Lumen factors for 230V AC/AC SMCB modules available on application. See page 566 for Design Guide
391
British Ceramic Tiles Linergy
392
Industrial & Hazardous Area
Industrial & Hazardous
LED High-Bay
PG 395
Linergy
PG 399
Alfalux Highbay
PG 402
Pacemaker 2
PG 405
Lightmaster
PG 409
Litex
PG 412
Tufflite TFW
PG 415
Tufflite TFC
PG 419
Patriot 2
PG 423
Zone 1
PG 426
Zone 2
PG 428
393
394
LED High-Bay
This unique luminaire presents the market with a revelation in cold store and high bay lighting. Purpose designed for operation in a wide ambient temperature range, this luminaire blends cutting edge LED technology with innovative and functional styling. Offered with cool white LEDs, the HBL range is a high performance alternative to traditional HID luminaires, boasting significant through life advantages to the customer. Optical performance is enhanced with a choice of racking aisle or open area lens and reflector options. The light output can be tailored to the application through separate switching of the LED arrays. Excellent thermal management is achieved through the use of liquid filled heatpipes, drawing heat rapidly from the LEDs, these are in turn cooled via an array of cooling fins. The range is completed with emergency variants providing a comprehensive LED lighting solution.
Ideal for Cold Stores down to -30C, though equally suited to ambient up to +30C Instant white light, no restrike or run up delay Long life cutting edge LED technology mean zero lamp changes Energy efficient Compact and robust die-cast aluminium housing Racking aisle or open area optics maximising spacing and uniformity High mounting height Integrated emergency option a benefit over HID solutions Choice of output through switching or dimming of LED arrays
395
LED High-Bay
Lamp and Control Gear Options Multi-die LED chip array High frequency control gear as standard
90 Cat. No. HBL1-WCW-R cd/1000lm Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 W 50 30 60 50 10 50 30 10 30 30 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 100% 100% 100% 0 0 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 62 55 50 61 54 50 59 54 49 47 3 1.0 72 65 60 70 64 59 68 63 59 56 3 1.25 79 72 67 77 71 66 75 70 66 63 3 Room Index 1.5 84 78 73 82 76 72 79 75 71 68 3 2.0 91 86 81 88 83 80 85 81 78 75 3 2.5 96 91 87 92 88 85 89 86 83 79 3 3.0 99 94 91 95 91 88 92 89 86 82 3 4.0 103 99 96 99 96 93 95 93 91 86 3 5.0 105 102 100 101 99 96 97 95 94 89 3
Photometric Data
Materials Aluminium housing finished in white RAL9016 powder coat paint finish Clear polycarbonate optical lens Aluminium reflector Installation Notes 4 x 9mm diameter holes to allow surface mounting or suspension via suitable chain, wire or drop rods Fused as standard For operation in ambient temperatures of -30C to +30C The IP20 remote gear box must be located in an ambient of +5C to +25C 1m lead supplied fitted to luminaire head for direct connection to the remote gear box 100mm length of conduit supplied to protect wiring through mounting surface to remote gear box Installations using the rack optic should be installed with the length of the luminaire running parallel with the length of the aisle Options Integrated 3hr maintained emergency option and high output option Output selection via switching and/or dimming of the LED arrays. Select the appropriate Gear Box for the required function. Racking aisle or open area optic choices Project specific optics can be developed where appropriate Specification To specify state: High performance LED luminaire, Aluminium housing with white RAL9016 powder coat finish, reflector and clear polycarbonate optical lens, suitable for surface or suspended mounting (ideal for coldstores), as Cooper Lighting HBL High-Bay LED luminaire, part no.______
60
400 600 800
BZ-Class
Luminaire lumens at 142W, +25C = 8800lm
LED Chip Performance @ +25C Ambient
10000 LED Chip output (lm)
Lens retained with M4 screws
5000
50
100 Circuit Watts
150
LED Chip Performance @ +25C Ambient

Circuit Watts (W) 28.4 56.8 85.2 113.6 142.0 Chip lumens (lm) 2200 4400 6600 8800 11000
396
Dimensions
71 100 480 325 290 319 315 469
71
Luminaire head unit
Standard gearbox
Emergency gearbox
Remote gearbox
Emergency remote gearbox

LED Array LED Array LED Array -
Cat No
HBL1-WCW-R HBL1-WCW-M HBL1-WCW-W HBL1-GB EBHBL1-GB HBL1-GBD EBHBL1-GBD EBHOBL1-GB
Description
LED High-Bay IP65 (Rack optic) LED High-Bay IP65 (Medium optic) LED High-Bay IP65 (Wide optic) Remote gear box (IP20) Remote gear box with emergency (IP20) Remote gear box with Dimming (IP20) Remote gear box with Dimming and Emergency (IP20) Remote gear box with high output emergency (IP20)
Weight (kg)
6.3 6.3 6.3 3.0 3.3 3.0 3.3 3.6
Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
397
England and Wales Cricket Board, Truro Linergy
398
Linergy
Linergy offers a modern alternative for retail, sport and industrial installations at high and low mounting heights, where traditionally discharge luminaires are used. Benefits such as instant illumination, excellent colour rendering, white light appearance and emergency lighting are possible, alongside outstanding efficiency, thanks to the advanced design reflector system. Linergy is supplied with separate switching as standard, via a removable link, allowing differing light level selection for working, trading and cleaning periods. Easy to install, with a first fix mounting plate plus plug and socket connection, Linergy delivers new levels of light quality for a wide variety of applications.
Ultra-high performance optics - 97% LOR First fix mounting plate and simple plug and socket connection reduces installation time Separate switching option as standard maximising energy saving Optional wire guard for sports halls to protect the lamps and optics Intellem self-test emergency Integrated lighting controls to maximise energy efficiency
399
Linergy
Lamp and Control Gear Options 54W (HO), 80W (HO) T5 fluorescent, 4000K - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body and mounting kits - welded, full box steel construction, powder coated in RAL9016 white finish Reflectors - Xenoptic grade, satin finish, zero iridescence, anodised aluminium Wire guard - heavy gauge zinc plated steel, 25mm grid size Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling, conduit, chain, rod and trunking mounting 2 part mounting plate provides mechanical/electrical first fix 2 x BESA fixings on upper mounting plate Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Lower mounting plates secured to body by screws Body then simply hooks onto upper mounting plate Electrical connection to body via plug and socket Fused as standard Delivered and installed with lamps and reflectors in-situ Wire guard is retrofit, secured by screws Supplied complete with lamps
60 200 300 60 50 90 Cat. No. LIN654Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 30 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.97 0.04 0.93 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 66 60 56 64 59 55 63 58 54 52 2 1.0 74 68 64 72 67 63 70 65 62 59 2 1.25 81 75 71 78 73 69 75 71 68 65 2 Room Index 1.5 85 80 76 82 78 74 79 76 73 69 2 2.0 91 86 83 87 84 80 84 81 78 74 2 2.5 95 90 87 91 87 85 87 84 82 78 2 3.0 97 93 90 93 90 87 89 87 85 80 2 4.0 100 97 95 96 93 91 92 90 88 83 2 5.0 102 100 98 98 96 94 93 92 90 85 2
Options
T5
Separate switching of lamps as standard by removal of link wire on terminal block during installation Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality see page 303 for system features Suitable for use on defined escape routes Rack reflector version available to special order Top cowl for sports hall applications available to special order Lighting control and energy management options (refer to Controls Guide on page 505) IP20 clear polycarbonate panel version available to special order Specification To specify state: Surface mounted, F marked high/low bay luminaire, of full box welded construction with post coat powder paint, Permawhite finish, installed via first fix mounting plate with plug and socket connection to body, high performance Xenoptic satin reflectors and T5 high output lamps, as Cooper Lighting Linergy range, part no. ___________
Photometric Data
Dimensions
W
30
30
Lamp Rating 4 x 54W 6 x 54W 4 x 80W
L (mm) 1194 1194 1494
W (mm) 284 416 284
D (mm) 92 92 92
Note: Mounting bracket adds 75mm to overall depth
Detail of mounting plate
400

4 x 54W 6 x 54W 4 x 80W
Cat No
LIN454Z LIN654Z LIN480Z
Weight (kg)
7.30 9.80 7.50
Emergency Cat No
EBLIN454Z EBLIN654Z EBLIN480Z
Weight (kg)
8.63 11.13 9.53
Description
Wire guard - 4 lamp 54W Wire guard - 6 lamp Wire guard - 4 lamp 80W
Cat No
LIN4WG LIN6WG LIN480WG
Weight (kg)
1.4 1.8 1.75
For DSI dimming option, replace part number character Z with RD, eg LIN654Z becomes LIN654RD For DALI dimming option, replace part number character Z with DD, eg LIN654Z becomes LIN654DD HF luminaires fitted with switching High Level detector 4x54W 6x54W 4x80W IHPLIN454Z IHPLIN654Z IHPLIN480Z 8.3 10.8 8.5 EBIHPLIN454Z EBIHPLIN654Z EBIHPLIN480Z 9.63 12.13 10.53
DSI luminaires fitted with DSI dimming High Level detector 4x54W 6x54W 4x80W IHPLIN454RD IHPLIN654RD IHPLIN480RD 8.3 10.8 8.5 EBIHPLIN454RD EBIHPLIN654RD EBIHPLIN480RD 9.63 12.13 10.53
DALI luminaires fitted with DALI dimming High Level detector 4x54W 6x54W 4x80W IHPLIN454DD IHPLIN654DD IHPLIN480DD 8.3 10.8 8.5 EBIHPLIN454DD EBIHPLIN654DD EBIHPLIN480DD 9.63 12.13 10.53
Refer to controls section page 546 for high level detector information Primary product for an optimised energy efficient lighting solution For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Switching Options All HF Linergy luminaires are fitted with a 5 way terminal block, allowing 2 x switched Live connections to be made for separate switching options if required (L1 and L2) 6 Lamp Luminaire - 3 Switching Levels 4 Lamp Luminaire - 2 Switching Levels
L1 switch energised - 33% light output
L1 and L2 switches energised - 100% light output
Notes: 1. 2. Both live terminals must be connected to a single phase supply, or same phase of a 3-phase supply Linergy is supplied with a link fitted between L1 and L2 terminals. This must be removed if separate switching of lamps is required.
L1 and L2 switches energised - 100% light output

DIMMING
CONTROLS
401
Alfalux High Bay
Designing emergency lighting for areas with high ceilings poses problems. Conventional bulkheads lack sufficient light output and often have inappropriate photometric distribution, and twin spot projectors are unlikely to provide the 0.5Lux minimum coverage over the entire core area for open areas as required for compliance with standards. With high output 4 cell control gear, and a purpose designed reflector, Alfalux high bay provides a compact, simple to install, solution suitable for mounting heights up to 10 metres, with features such as a hinged geartray and push in wire terminals for the mains supply, maintenance issues have not been overlooked either, an extra high output green LED is provided for mains/charge healthy indication which can easily be seen from ground level, even with high ambient lighting levels and high mounting heights.
Purpose designed for high mounting heights achieves 0.5 lux min at 10m BSI verified spacing performance for peace of mind IP65 rated for stay clean operation Push in wire terminals with hinged gear tray, speeds installation and aids maintenance Aids compliance to BS5266-10 Extra bright charge LED can be viewed at high mounting heights from ground level
402
Lamp Options 8W T5 fluorescent 3500K - G5 cap Materials Base - Die cast Aluminium, finished in white powder coated paint Diffuser - clear polycarbonate Batteries (self contained versions) - Nickel Cadmium Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling mounting Designed for mounting heights of 6 - 10m Twin BESA entry drill-outs on rear 20mm conduit entry on each end, with blanking plugs Direct screw fix option, with fixing holes outside IP65 area Geartray hinged, retained in closed position by single thumb screw Terminal block, accommodating push in wiring (solid or stranded cables) Diffuser retained by allen key security screws Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp
T5
Options Maintained, Non-maintained operation, 3 hour standby EasiCheck addressable testing (see page 304) Ceaguard testing versions Intellem self-test (see page 309) Specification To specify state: Self contained - High output high performance IP65 rated self contained luminaire complete with 4 cell control gear and purpose designed reflector suitable for mounting heights of up to 10 Metres. Cast Aluminium base and heavy duty clear diffuser as JSB Alfalux High-Bay range part number ___________ Slave - High output high performance IP65 rated slave luminaire complete with high output control gear and purpose designed reflector suitable for mounting heights of up to 10 Metres. Cast Aluminium base and heavy duty clear diffuser as JSB Alfalux High-Bay range part number ___________
Photometric Data
Dimensions
W L
Luminaire type
Mounting height (m)
Self-contained NM 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 3.4 3.2 1.4 2.9 2.2 1.0 9.4 9.8 8.5 8.5 9.2 7.7 8.0 8.0 7.9 7.2 7.5 7.5 2.8 2.8 1.4 1.6 2.2 1.0 2.8 2.6 2.1 2.0 2.2 2.1 1.9 0.7 9.8 11.9 12.1 12.9 8.8 10.5 11.2 11.5 9.2 10.6 10.5 10.5 8.1 8.7 9.3 9.8 2.5 2.1 2.0 1.6 2.1 2.1 1.8 0.4
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
L (mm) 400
W (mm) 136
D (mm) 95

Maintained 3Hr standby Non-maintained 3Hr standby Maintained 3Hr standby c/w self-test Non-maintained 3Hr standby c/w self-test 230V AC Slave Slave CEAG compatible
Cat No
HL8M HL8N HL8MIS HL8NIS HL8230 HL8230CG
Weight (kg)
2.90 2.50 2.90 2.50 2.50 2.50
403
Pacemaker 2
404
Pacemaker 2
Pacemaker 2 is a latest generation High Bay luminaire. It has a self cleaning aluminium reflector, which has been designed for use with elliptical lamps for uniform distribution and glare control. Now also available are 2 sizes of high efficiency refractor where a direct/indirect lighting effect is required. The major size is suited to the discharge lamp versions and the minor size more in keeping with the lower mounting heights associated with the low energy CFL models. The die cast housing has a multi finned heat sink construction to dissipate lampholder heat and improve lamp life and is rated to IP65 (IP40 CFL). A toughened safety glass attachment is recommended if using standard metal halide lamps and this also seals the aluminum reflector to IP65.
Attractive die cast aluminium housing with chain suspension facility which speeds installation Full range of SON, MBI and CFL options Housing pre-wired and IP65 as standard (IP40 CFL types) Reflector IP23 with an IP65 safety glass option to protect against dust and moisture Major and minor prismatic refractor with a conical lens option suit areas where a more decorative feel or indirect light is also required Supplied less lamp
405
Pacemaker 2
Lamp Options 100W, 250W, 400W SON-E - 2000K E40 cap 100W, 250W, 400W HQI-E - 4000K E40 cap 70W, SON E/I - 2000K E27 cap 70W, MBIT - 4200K E27 cap 42W, TC-T Compact fluorescent - 4000K GX24-q4 cap 57W, TE Compact fluorescent - 4000K GX24 - q5 cap Materials Housing - Extruded aluminium body with die-cast aluminium end caps Reflector - Spun and polished aluminium Refractor and Lens - Clear prismatic, UV stabilised acrylic Installation Notes Suitable for chain mount suspension Supplied with a 1m pre-wired lead Pacemaker 2 is quick to install and easy to maintain 3 way, 2 x 2.5mm terminal block
2
90
Options All discharge lamp versions can be supplied with an auxiliary run up lamp facility (250w halogen) which strikes immediately and disconnects when 80% of the discharge lamp light output is reached Fully integral emergency conversion available on CFL models Specification To specify state : Single point suspended high bay luminaire with extruded aluminium housing. Self cleaning spun aluminium reflector / prismatic refractor optic with optional conical lens attachment. Discharge and CFL lamp options with 3 hour maintained emergency on CFL types, as Crompton Pacemaker 2 range, part no _______
Photometric Data
Cat. No. PM250MH & PMALR cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 70 60 200 60 70 50 50 300 50 30 30 30 30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.752 0.00 0.752 0 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class F 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 0 0.75 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 1.0 57 53 49 56 52 49 55 51 48 46 2 1.25 62 58 54 60 56 53 59 55 53 51 2 Room Index 1.5 66 62 58 64 60 57 62 59 57 54 2 2.0 71 67 64 69 66 63 67 64 62 60 2 2.5 74 71 68 72 69 67 69 67 65 63 2 3.0 76 73 71 74 71 69 71 69 67 65 2 4.0 79 76 74 76 74 72 73 72 70 67 2 5.0 80 78 77 77 76 74 75 73 72 69 2
Reflector attached to housing with large threaded fixing nut Refractor attached to housing via 2 bayonet slots Conical lens for prismatic refractor attached with jointing band Supplied less lamp Dimensions
Cat. No.
PM442Z & PMREF407 cd/1000lm
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances 90 C 70 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 BZ-class F 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0 0.75 44 39 35 41 37 33 38 34 31 28 3 1.0 50 45 40 46 42 38 42 39 36 31 4 1.25 55 49 45 50 46 42 46 42 39 34 4 Room Index 1.5 58 53 49 53 49 45 48 45 42 37 5 2.0 63 58 54 57 53 50 52 49 46 40 5 2.5 66 62 58 60 56 53 54 51 49 42 5 3.0 69 65 61 62 59 56 56 53 51 44 5 4.0 72 68 65 65 62 59 58 56 54 46 5 5.0 74 71 68 67 64 62 60 58 56 48 5
90
80 60 120 160 60
70 70 50 50 50 30
200
30
30
30 30
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.81 0.22 0.59
Dia
Option With PMALR reflector With PMREF407 refractor & collar With PMREF563 refractor & collar
Dia (mm) 485 407 563
H (mm) 662 675 735
406

70W 150W 250W 400W 70W 150W 250W 400W
Lamp Type
HP Sodium HP Sodium HP Sodium HP Sodium Metal Halide Metal Halide Metal Halide Metal Halide
Cat No
PM70S PM150S PM250S PM400S PM70MH PM150MH PM250MH PM400MH
Weight (kg)
4.5 5.7 6.7 8.1 4.5 5.7 6.7 8.1
Cat No
PM150S-ARU PM250S-ARU PM400S-ARU PM150MH-ARU PM250MH-ARU PM400MH-ARU
Weight (kg)
5.7 6.7 8.1 7.9 8.9 10.1
Discharge Lamp Housings
Lamp Rating
1x57W 2x57W 2x42W 4x42W 1x57W 2x57W 2x42W 4x42W
Lamp Type
High Frequency CFL High Frequency CFL High Frequency CFL High Frequency CFL Digital Dimming CFL Digital Dimming CFL Digital Dimming CFL Digital Dimming CFL
Cat No
PM157Z PM257Z PM242Z PM442Z PM157RD PM257RD PM242RD PM442RD
Weight (kg)
3.1 3.2 3.2 3.6 3.1 3.2 3.2 3.6
Emergency Cat No
EBPM157Z EBPM257Z EBPM242Z EBPM442Z EBPM157RD EBPM257RD EBPM242RD EBPM442RD
Weight (kg)
3.9 4.0 4.0 4.4 3.9 4.0 4.0 4.4
Compact Fluorescent Lamp Housings
Lamp Rating
Accessories Discharge Discharge Discharge Discharge Discharge CFL CFL
Lamp Type
Any Any Any Any Any Any Any
Description
Pacemaker 2 Aluminium Reflector Pacemaker 2 IP 65 Safety Glass Pacemaker 2 Wire Guard Pacemaker 563 dia Prismatic Refractor & Collar Pacemaker 563 dia Prismatic Conical Lens & Band Pacemaker 407 dia Prismatic Refractor & Collar Pacemaker 407 dia Prismatic Conical Lens & Band
Cat No
PMALR PMSG PMWG PMREF563 PMLENS563 PMREF407 PMLENS407
Weight (kg)
1.0 2.2 0.3 3.3 1.1 1.8 0.7
407
Easton College, Norwich Lightmaster
408
Lightmaster
Easy to install and delivering outstanding optical performance, Lightmaster sets new standards in low bay luminaire design. Suitable for a wide variety of industrial and commercial applications, the luminaire has a hinged and detachable geartray to simplify installation, with the body installed first before hooking on the heavier geartray. Attachments are easily added, sliding into guide rails on the body and secured by a captive, rotating end plate. The Lightmaster range offers comprehensive choice, including an economy metal halide version operated from MBF gear and rack lighting reflector options, specifically designed to illuminate high and narrow warehouse aisles evenly.
High performance reflector design - 90% LOR Detachable hinged geartray for easy installation Comprehensive choice of lamps Rack lighting reflector option for narrow warehouse aisles Easy to install slide in attachments Optional auxiliary lamp facility provides illumination until the discharge lamp is fully functional Supplied with lamp
409
Lightmaster
Lamp Options 150W, 250W, 400W SON E and T E40 cap 250W, 400W HQI E and T E40 cap Materials Body - Heavy gauge steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Reflector - Anodised aluminium, hammered finish on tubular lamp versions Wire Guard - Zinc plated steel Glass - toughened glass sheet Bowl - clear UV stabilised polycarbonate Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling, conduit, chain and trunking mounting 2 x BESA fixings on 468mm centres Body mounted with geartray and reflector detached, minimising weight Geartray hooks onto body and hinges through 90 for easy wiring. Locked into position by captive screw 3 way, 2 x 2.5mm2 terminal block Reflector rolls/slides into position Attachments slide into retaining guide rail and fixed by locking end plate Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
468 371 Gear tray end L W
Options Auxiliary tungsten lamp run-up facility is a standard option. Provides instant illumination whilst discharge lamp is warming up and during re-strike period following momentary power interruption - lamp to be ordered separately Up to 2 attachments can be installed together. Contact us for full details Glass panel is compulsory and supplied as standard when metal halide lamp option catalogue numbers are ordered Thermal cut-out on ballast as standard (SON/HQI versions only) Specification To specify state: Surface mounted, marked low bay luminaire with detachable, hinged geartray for ease of installation, slide in attachments with locking end plate retention, high performance Aluminium satin reflector/rack lighting reflector and optional auxiliary tungsten lamp run-up facility, as Crompton Lightmaster range, part no. ___________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. LMXLS400 cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 200 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 300 30 30 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.90 0.00 0.90 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 66 60 55 64 59 55 63 58 54 52 3 1.25 72 66 62 70 65 61 68 64 60 58 3 Room Index 1.5 77 71 67 75 70 66 72 68 65 63 3 2.0 83 78 74 80 76 73 78 74 72 69 3 2.5 87 83 79 84 80 77 81 78 76 72 3 3.0 90 86 82 86 83 80 83 81 78 75 3 4.0 93 90 87 90 87 85 86 84 82 78 3 5.0 95 93 90 92 89 87 88 86 85 81 3
228
21mm dia cable entry hole Chain Hole 5.5mm dia slot 18mm long
Embossed feet C/W 5.5mm dia woodscrew holes
L (mm)
W (mm)
D (mm)
BESA fixing centres (mm) 468
600 318 184 Polycarbonate bowl adds 80mm to depth Transverse louvre adds 50mm to depth
410

1 x 150W 1 x 250W 1 x 400W 1 x 250W 1 x 400W
Lamp Type
SON-E (2000K) SON-E (2000K) SON-E (2000K) SON-T (2000K) SON-T (2000K)
Cat No
LBY150S LBY250S LBY400S LMXLST250 LMXLST400
Weight (kg)
10.8 12.0 13.2 12.0 13.2
Cat No with Auxiliary Lamp

LMXLST250TRF LMXLST400TRF
Weight (kg)
12.3 13.5
High pressure sodium lamps
Metal halide lamps (SON control gear) - supplied complete with glass panel 1 x 250W 1 x 400W HQI-T (4000K) HQI-T (4000K) LMXLMHT250 LMXLMHT400 12.0 13.2 LMXLMHT250TRF LMXLMHT400TRF 12.3 13.5
Metal halide lamps (MBF control gear) - supplied complete with glass panel 1 x 250W 1 x 400W MBI-T (4000K) MBI-T (4000K) LBY250MH LBY400MH 12.4 13.4 -
Lightmaster with rack lighting reflector 1 x 250W 1 x 400W 1 x 250W 1 x 400W SON-T (2000K) SON-T (2000K) HQI-T (4000K) HQI-T (4000K) LMXLST250R LMXLST400R LMXLMHT250R LMXLMHT400R 12.0 13.2 12.0 13.2 LMXLST250RTRF LMXLST400RTRF LMXLMHT250RTRF LMXLMHT400RTRF 12.3 13.5 12.3 13.5
Attachments
Polycarbonate bowl (max 250W lamp) Wire guard Transverse louvre Glass panel
Cat No
LMXLD LMXLG LMXLL LMXLTP
Weight (kg)
1.4 0.2 2.2 1.5
411
Litex
Litex is a versatile luminaire, suitable for use in arduous conditions. Constructed in strong and corrosion resistant extruded aluminium, the body is close fitting to the mounting surface, with no ledges to collect dust. Combined with the wipe clean diffuser, this makes Litex highly suited to use in kitchens or dirty areas. The diffuser is retained by tamper resistant screws and manufactured from impact resistant polycarbonate, affording peace of mind when used in public areas. All versions benefit from a removable geartray with plug and socket, for ease of installation and maintenance. Litex offers an excellent solution for numerous applications, underlining its versatility.
Tough extruded aluminium body IP54 dust proof and splash proof Impact resistant polycarbonate diffuser Removable geartray with plug and socket for ease of maintenance Diffuser retained by tamper resistant screws to prevent unauthorised access Quick and easy to install and maintain
412
Lamp and Control Gear Options 36W, 58W and 70W T8 fluorescent, triphosphor 4000K - G13 cap High Frequency control gear as standard Dimming options including DSI and DALI Materials Body - extruded aluminium, powder coated in textured white finish Geartray - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish Diffuser - UV stabilised clear polycarbonate, stippled finish Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix to ceiling Body pre-drilled with 2 x 5.5mm holes, 600mm centres for 36/58W, 1100mm centres for 70W versions Neoprene seals and steel washers supplied to maintain seal when screw fixed Central 20mm cable entry Terminal block with 2 x 2.5mm cable capacity per termination Fused as standard Plug and socket connection from body to geartray Geartray retained by 2 screws, via keyhole slots. Hanging cords supplied Diffuser retained by tamper resistant screws Supplied complete with lamps Dimensions
W L D
30
Options
T8
Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Specification To specify state: F marked surface luminaire, extruded aluminium body and UV stabilised polycarbonate stippled diffuser retained by tamper resistant screws, removable geartray with plug and socket connection and hanging cords, dust proof and splash proof to IP54, as Cooper Lighting Litex range, part no. ___________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. LX136Z cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 W 50 30 100 10 50 30 200 30 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.76 0.08 0.68 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 1.0 44 37 32 41 36 31 39 34 30 27 6 1.25 49 42 37 46 40 36 43 38 35 31 6 Room Index 1.5 53 47 42 49 44 40 46 42 38 35 6 2.0 58 53 48 55 50 46 51 47 44 39 6 2.5 62 57 52 58 54 50 54 51 47 43 6 3.0 65 60 56 61 57 53 57 53 50 45 6 4.0 69 65 61 64 61 58 60 57 54 49 6 5.0 72 68 64 67 64 61 62 60 57 52 6
Lamp Rating 1/2 x 36W 1/2 x 58W 1/2 x 70W
L (mm) 1263 1563 1828
W (mm) 137 137 137
D (mm) 118 118 118
A (mm) 600 600 600

1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W
Gear Option
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency
Cat No
LX136Z LX236Z LX158Z LX258Z LX170Z LX270Z
Weight (kg)
5.2 6.2 6.5 7.7 7.8 9.2
Emergency Cat No
EBLX136Z EBLX236Z EBLX158Z EBLX258Z EBLX170Z EBLX270Z
Weight (kg)
6.5 7.5 7.8 9.0 9.1 10.5
413
British Ceramic Tiles Tufflite TFW
414
Tufflite TFW
The Tufflite TFW range is a versatile general purpose IP65 rated weatherproof luminaire. It is supplied with fast fit mounting clips as standard for ease of installation and available with a choice of switch start and high frequency control gear, T5 and T8 lamp options and integral emergency variants. Stainless steel diffuser clips and through wiring kits are also available as separate accessories. The polycarbonate construction provides excellent impact resistance & married with the prismatic controller & contemporary aesthetics, the TFW range provides a strong, fully enclosed luminaire designed for use in wet or dusty areas such as swimming pools, shower areas, plant rooms, kitchens, under canopies, car parks, loading bays and sign lighting.
IP65, dust tight and water jet proof for stay clean operation Vandal and heat resistant polycarbonate body, diffuser and clips Deep poured gasket seal for consistent and reliable sealing Prismatic diffuser for optimum light distribution and glare reduction Fast fit mounting clips avoid the need for drilling the housing on installation Microwave sensor option for greater lighting control
415
Tufflite TFW
Lamp Options 18W, 36W, 58W & 70W T8 fluorescent 4000K - G13 cap 28W, 35W (HE), 49W, 54W (HO) T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap Materials Body - Fire retardant polycarbonate Gasket - Polyurethane Diffuser - UV stabilised, fire retardant prismatic polycarbonate Clips - Fire retardant polycarbonate, stainless steel accessory kits available Geartray - Sheet steel, white enamel finish Installation Notes Ceiling fixing brackets supplied, removing the need to seal fixing holes 20mm cable entry hole at each end, supplied complete with sealing plugs 3 way push connect terminal block Through wiring kits available Geartray hangs on body for ease of install, locates in position with tool free clips Simple to use one piece diffuser clips End clips provide hinge facility for safe and quick install and maintenance Supplied excluding lamps
Lamp 1 x 18W 1 x 28/54/36W 1 x 35/49/58W 1 x 70W L (mm) 660 1270 1570 1839 660 1270 1570 1839 W (mm) 100 100 100 100 160 160 160 160 D (mm) Fixing Centres 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 365 918 1220 1540 365 918 1220 1540 D
Options
T8
High frequency and switch start control gear as standard HF regulating versions on request Stainless steel diffuser clips, available separately, offer tamper resistance as a tool is required for access T5 & T8 single and twin lamp versions available Through wiring kits available for all lengths Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Suitable for use on defined escape routes Microwave sensor option (page 538) Specification To specify state: marked weatherproof luminaire, sealed to IP65, with polycarbonate body and prismatic light controller, secured by hinged latches and removable geartray retained by tool free clips, as Crompton Tufflite TFW range, part no. ________
T5
Dimensions
W L
Chemical Resistance Table

Chemical Agent Diesel-naptha oil Mineral oils Food oils and fats Acetone Acetic acid 10% Arsenic acid 20% Carbonic acid Citric acid 20% Chlorhydrid acid 1-5% Chromic acid Formic acid 30% Nitric acid 20% Perchloric acid 10% Sulphuric acid 30% Silicon oils Bencylic alcohol Ethyl alcohol Isopropylic alcohol Ammonia 5% Aniline Sugar Sulphur Alcoholic beverages Bencine Benzyl Bromo Potassium bromide Caustic potash Cement Sea climate Chlorine liquid (vapours) Tufflite TFW Chemical Agent Chloroform Calcium chloride Iron chloride Ethyl chloride Sodium chloride Sulphuric chloride Ethyl ether Phenol Petrol Glycerine Hexane Carbohydrates Sodium hydroxide 5% Soda bleach Mercury Methanol Calcium nitrate Potassium nitrate Oxygen Ozone Potassium permanganate Oil Aluminium sulphate Zinc sulphate Copper sulphate Magnesium sulphate Sodium sulphate Carbon tetrachloride Toluene Trochloroethylene Iodine Tufflite TFW
2 x 18W 2 x 28/54/36W 2 x 35/49/58W 2 x 70W

Photometric Data
Cat. No.
90
TFW158Z
cd/1000lm 90
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30

60
Room Index 0.75 1.0 46 39 34 43 37 32 40 35 31 28 6 1.25 51 45 39 48 42 37 44 40 36 32 6 1.5 55 49 44 51 46 42 48 43 39 35 6 2.0 61 55 50 57 52 47 53 48 45 40 6 2.5 65 60 55 60 56 52 56 52 49 43 6 3.0 68 63 59 63 59 55 58 55 52 46 6 4.0 72 68 64 67 63 60 62 59 56 50 6 5.0 75 71 68 69 66 63 64 61 59 53 6
F 20
80 60 120
10 50 50 30 20
200 240 30 30
10 30 50 30 10 20
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.81 0.12 0.69
0 BZ-class
416

1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W
Gear Option
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start
Cat No
TFW118Z TFW218Z TFW136Z TFW236Z TFW158Z TFW258Z TFW170Z TFW270Z TFW136RD TFW236RD TFW158RD TFW258RD TFW118S TFW218S TFW136S TFW236S TFW158S TFW258S TFW170S TFW270S
Weight (kg)
1.4 1.7 2.4 2.9 3.1 3.8 3.9 4.8 3.0 3.5 3.6 4.2 1.7 2.6 2.7 3.8 3.4 4.7 4.2 5.7
Emergency Cat No
EBTFW136Z EBTFW236Z EBTFW158Z EBTFW258Z EBTFW170Z EBTFW270Z EBTFW136RD EBTFW236RD EBTFW158RD EBTFW258RD EBTFW136S EBTFW236S EBTFW158S EBTFW258S EBTFW170S EBTFW270S
Weight (kg)
3.8 4.3 4.5 5.2 5.3 6.2 4.3 4.8 5.0 5.7 4.1 5.2 4.8 6.1 5.6 7.1
TFW - Polycarbonate body and diffuser, for T8 lamps (not supplied)
TFW - Polycarbonate body and diffuser, for T5 lamps (not supplied) 1 x 28W 2 x 28W 1 x 35W 2 x 35W 1 x 49W 2 x 49W 1 x 54W 2 x 54W 1 x 28W 2 x 28W 1 x 35W 2 x 35W 1 x 49W 2 x 49W 1 x 54W 2 x 54W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim TFW128Z TFW228Z TFW135Z TFW235Z TFW149Z TFW249Z TFW154Z TFW254Z TFW128RD TFW228RD TFW135RD TFW235RD TFW149RD TFW249RD TFW154RD TFW254RD 2.4 2.9 3.1 3.8 3.1 3.8 2.4 2.9 3.0 3.5 3.6 4.2 3.0 3.8 3.0 3.5 EBTFW128Z EBTFW228Z EBTFW135Z EBTFW235Z EBTFW149Z EBTFW249Z EBTFW154Z EBTFW254Z EBTFW128RD EBTFW228RD EBTFW135RD EBTFW235RD EBTFW149RD EBTFW249RD EBTFW154RD EBTFW254RD 3.8 4.3 4.5 5.2 4.5 5.2 3.8 4.3 4.2 4.9 5.2 5.8 5.2 5.8 5.2 5.6
Attachments
Stainless steel clip kit for 600mm, 18W Stainless steel clip kit for 1200mm, 28/54/36W Stainless steel clip kit for 1500mm, 35/49/58W Stainless steel clip kit for 1800mm, 70W Through wire kit for 600mm, 18W Through wire kit for 1200mm, 28/54/36W Through wire kit for 1500mm, 35/49/58W Through wire kit for 1800mm, 70W
Cat No
TFWST06 TFWST12 TFWST15 TFWST18 TFWTW06 TFWTW12 TFWTW15 TFWTW18
Weight (kg)
0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6
417
Suffolk New College Tufflite TFC
418
Tufflite TFC
The Tufflite TFC range is manufactured with a robust glass reinforced polyester base and an acrylic controller fastened with lockable stainless steel clips. This provides a polycarbonate free luminaire ideal for use in areas where corrosive chemicals may be present such as industrial plants, workshops, food factories and maintenance areas (chemical resistance chart shown overleaf).The latest version now utilises an injection moulded controller which allows for the material thickness to be increased in the most vulnerable areas improving the already durable construction of this high IP rated luminaire. Both luminaire ends are pre-drilled to 20mm diameter to aid installation and sealing plugs are supplied. Both high frequency and switch start control gear options are available supported by 3 hour integral emergency versions available as standard.
IP65, dust tight and water jet proof for stay clean operation Polycarbonate free corrosion proof construction GRP body with injection moulded acrylic diffuser ideally suited to more corrosive environments Stainless steel clips with locking feature as standard improves vandal resistance Deep poured gasket seal for consistent and reliable sealing Microwave sensor option for greater lighting control
419
Tufflite TFC
Lamp Options 18W, 36W, 58W & 70W T8 fluorescent 4000K - G13 cap 28W, 35W (HE), 49W, 54W (HO)T5 fluorescent 4000K - G5 cap Materials Body - Glass reinforced polyester (GRP) Gasket - Polyurethane Diffuser - UV stabilised prismatic acrylic Clips - Stainless steel (lockable) Geartray - Sheet steel, powder coated in RAL9016 finish Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix to ceiling, fixing centres marked for drilling on site Fast fit/suspension clips available, removing the need to seal fixing holes 20mm cable entry hole at each end, supplied complete with sealing plugs 3 way push connect terminal block Geartray locates in position with tool free clips Diffuser retained by hinged clips for safe and quick install and maintenance Supplied excluding lamps
Lamp 1 x 18W 1 x 28/36W 1 x 35/49/58W 1 x 70W 2 x 18W L (mm) 702 1312 1612 1812 702 1312 1612 1812 W (mm) 102 102 102 102 172 172 172 172 D (mm) 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 Fixing Centres 500 800 1100 1100 500 800 1100 1100 D
Options
T8
High frequency and switch start control gear as standard HF regulating versions on request Lockable stainless steel diffuser clips supplied as standard T5 & T8 single and twin lamp versions available Fast fit suspension brackets available as accessories Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Intellem self-test emergency versions available Microwave sensor option (page 538) Specification To specify state: marked corrosion resistant luminaire sealed to IP65, with GRP body and injection moulded prismatic controller, secured by hinged latches and removable geartray retained by tool free clips, as Crompton Tufflite TFC range, part no. ________
T5
Dimensions
W L
Chemical Resistance Table

Chemical Agent Diesel-naptha oil Mineral oils Food oils and fats Acetone Acetic acid 10% Arsenic acid 20% Carbonic acid Citric acid 20% Chlorhydrid acid 1-5% Chromic acid Formic acid 30% Nitric acid 20% Perchloric acid 10% Sulphuric acid 30% Silicon oils Bencylic alcohol Ethyl alcohol Isopropylic alcohol Ammonia 5% Aniline Sugar Sulphur Alcoholic beverages Bencine Benzyl Bromo Potassium bromide Caustic potash Cement Sea climate Chlorine liquid (vapours) Tufflite TFC Chemical Agent Chloroform Calcium chloride Iron chloride Ethyl chloride Sodium chloride Sulphuric chloride Ethyl ether Phenol Petrol Glycerine Hexane Carbohydrates Sodium hydroxide 5% Soda bleach Mercury Methanol Calcium nitrate Potassium nitrate Oxygen Ozone Potassium permanganate Oil Aluminium sulphate Zinc sulphate Copper sulphate Magnesium sulphate Sodium sulphate Carbon tetrachloride Toluene Trochloroethylene Iodine Tufflite TFC
2 x 28/36W 2 x 35/49/58W 2 x 70W

Photometric Data
Cat. No.
90
TFC158Z
cd/1000lm 90
Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 W 50 30

60
Room Index 0.75 38 32 27 1.0 44 37 32 41 35 31 39 34 30 26 6 1.25 50 43 38 47 41 36 43 39 35 31 6 1.5 54 47 42 50 45 40 47 42 38 34 6 2.0 60 54 49 56 50 46 52 47 44 39 6 2.5 64 58 54 59 55 51 55 51 48 43 6 3.0 67 62 57 62 58 54 57 54 51 45 6 4.0 71 67 63 66 62 59 61 58 55 49 6 5.0 74 70 66 68 65 62 63 61 58 52 6
F 20
80 60 120
10 50 50 30 20
36 30 26
200 240 30 30
10 30 50 30 10 20
34 29 25
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0.78 0.11 0.67
22 6
BZ-class
420

1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W 1 x 70W 2 x 70W
Gear Option
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start
Cat No
TFC118Z TFC218Z TFC136Z TFC236Z TFC158Z TFC258Z TFC170Z TFC270Z TFC136RD TFC236RD TFC158RD TFC258RD TFC118S TFC218S TFC136S TFC236S TFC158S TFC258S TFC170S TFC270S
Weight (kg)
1.8 2.1 2.7 4.5 3.6 6.2 4.3 7.9 3.3 5.1 4.2 6.8 1.9 2.2 2.8 4.6 3.7 6.3 4.4 8.0
Emergency Cat No
EBTFC136Z EBTFC236Z EBTFC158Z EBTFC258Z EBTFC170Z EBTFC270Z EBTFC136RD EBTFC236RD EBTFC158RD EBTFC258RD EBTFC136S EBTFC236S EBTFC158S EBTFC258S -
Weight (kg)
4.1 5.9 5.0 7.6 5.7 9.3 4.7 6.5 5.6 8.2 4.2 6.0 5.1 7.7 -
GRP body and Acrylic diffuser - for T8 lamps (not supplied)
GRP body and Acrylic diffuser - for T5 lamps (not supplied) 1 x 28W 2 x 28W 1 x 35W 2 x 35W 1 x 49W 2 x 49W 1 x 54W 2 x 54W 1 x 28W 2 x 28W 1 x 35W 2 x 35W 1 x 49W 2 x 49W 1 x 54W 2 x 54W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim DSI Digital Dim TFC128Z TFC228Z TFC135Z TFC235Z TFC149Z TFC249Z TFC154Z TFC254Z TFC128RD TFC228RD TFC135RD TFC235RD TFC149RD TFC249RD TFC154RD TFC254RD 2.7 4.5 3.6 6.2 3.6 6.2 2.7 4.5 3.3 5.1 4.2 6.8 4.2 6.8 3.3 5.1 EBTFC128Z EBTFC228Z EBTFC135Z EBTFC235Z EBTFC149Z EBTFC249Z EBTFC154Z EBTFC254Z EBTFC128RD EBTFC228RD EBTFC135RD EBTFC235RD EBTFC149RD EBTFC249RD EBTFC154RD EBTFC254RD 4.1 5.9 5.0 7.6 5.0 7.6 4.1 5.9 4.7 6.5 5.6 8.2 5.6 8.2 4.7 6.5
Accessories
Suspension brackets single lamp housing Suspension brackets twin lamp housing
Cat No
TFCSBS TFCSBT
Weight (kg)
0.1 0.1
421
Patriot 2
422
Patriot 2
Strength, durability and ease of installation are amongst the key attributes designed into the latest version of our popular Patriot range. An all polycarbonate housing and diffuser provides a high level of vandal resistance and when coupled with the wide variety of finishes and lamp options available allows Patriot 2 to be used for most external and internal applications. Rated at IP65 this dust tight and water jet proof luminaire can be accessed via rear or side cable entry points and installation is simplified through the use of quick release gear trays. 3 hour maintained emergency versions, which pass the 850C glow wire test, are available as standard making this range suitable for use in defined escape routes as well as open areas. Energy saving models using high frequency control gear form our primary offer but a full complement of switch start versions remain available if required.
Energy efficient bulkhead for interior and exterior use Vandal resistant polycarbonate construction for a durable long life IP65 dust tight and water jet proof for stay clean operation Black or white body colour suits most applications Prismatic or opal diffuser option offers maximum light output or a more diffuse lamp image Quick release geartray for easy installation Supplied with lamp
423
Patriot 2
Lamp Options 16W, 28W and 38W 2D compact fluorescent, 3500K - GR 10q cap
90
Photometric Data
Cat. No. P2SWP28Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 80 60 120 60 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 30 30 30 50 30 10 20 20 F 20 0.75 37 31 27 35 30 26 33 29 25 0 23 6 1.0 43 37 32 40 35 31 38 33 30 27 6 1.25 48 42 38 45 40 36 43 38 35 31 6 Room Index 1.5 52 46 42 49 44 40 46 42 38 35 6 2.0 58 52 48 54 49 46 50 47 43 39 6 2.5 61 57 52 57 53 50 53 50 47 43 6 3.0 64 60 56 60 56 53 56 53 50 45 6 4.0 68 64 61 63 60 57 59 56 54 49 6 5.0 70 67 64 65 63 60 61 59 57 51 6
Materials Base - Polycarbonate, white or black Diffuser - Opal or clear polycarbonate Geartray - Sheet steel, white finish Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting BESA drill points on rear, and alternative drill points for screw fixing Central cable entry point 3 way, 2 x 1.5mm2 terminal block Diffuser retained by captive screws Supplied complete with lamp Options Minor size (16W) Major size (28 & 38W) Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Suitable for use on defined escape routes Specification To specify state: Square/Round IP65 vandal resistant compact fluorescent luminaire, black/white polycarbonate base, opal/prismatic polycarbonate diffuser and quick release geartray as Crompton Patriot 2 range, part no. ___________ Dimensions
LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.74 0.10 0.64
0 BZ-class
Lamp Rating Round Minor Round Major Square Minor Square Major
L (mm) 200 280
W (mm) 200 280
Dia (mm) 200 280 -
D (mm) 85 85 85 85
424

Patriot 2 Round 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start White White White White White White White White White White White White Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Opal Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Prismatic Opal Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Prismatic Opal Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Prismatic Opal Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Prismatic P2RWO16Z P2RWO28Z P2RWO38Z P2RWP16Z P2RWP28Z P2RWP38Z P2RWO16S P2RWO28S P2RWO38S P2RWP16S P2RWP28S P2RWP38S P2RBO16Z P2RBO28Z P2RBO38Z P2RBP16Z P2RBP28Z P2RBP38Z P2RBO16S P2RBO28S P2RBO38S P2RBP16S P2RBP28S P2RBP38S 0.8 1.0 1.1 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.1 1.3 1.4 0.8 1.0 1.1 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.1 1.3 1.4 EBP2RWO28Z EBP2RWP28Z EBP2RBO28Z EBP2RBP28Z 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
Gear Option
Body Colour
Diffuser Type
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
Patriot 2 Square 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 16W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start Switch Start White White White White White White White White White White White White Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Opal Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Prismatic Opal Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Prismatic Opal Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Prismatic Opal Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Prismatic P2SWO16Z P2SWO28Z P2SWO38Z P2SWP16Z P2SWP28Z P2SWP38Z P2SWO16S P2SWO28S P2SWO38S P2SWP16S P2SWP28S P2SWP38S P2SBO16Z P2SBO28Z P2SBO38Z P2SBP16Z P2SBP28Z P2SBP38Z P2SBO16S P2SBO28S P2SBO38S P2SBP16S P2SBP28S P2SBP38S 0.8 1.0 1.1 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.1 1.3 1.4 0.8 1.0 1.1 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.1 1.3 1.4 EBP2SWO28Z EBP2SWP28Z EBP2SBO28Z EBP2SBP28Z 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
425
Zone I
The versatile Crompton Zone 1 luminaire is certified for use in both Zone 1 and Zone 2 areas with group IIB gases and has a T6 surface temperature classification. Sealed to IP67, it is dust tight and water tight. Thanks to its exceptionally tough construction and borosilicate glass over tube, the Zone 1 luminaire can withstand severe environmental conditions and is also suited to non-hazardous locations where conventional luminaires would not be tough enough, such as dockside applications. An optional wire guard further increases mechanical protection. With full ATEX certification, Cooper Lighting Zone 1 is designed to provide many years of reliable service.
ATEX certification and EEx d IIB T6 rating for hazardous area compliance Tough, marine grade zinc alloy housing to withstand harsh environments IP67 dust and water tight for defined period immersion Hinged body for easy lamp replacement and maintenance Optional wire guard for added protection
426
Lamp and Control Gear Options 18W, 36W, 58W T8 fluorescent - G13 cap 8W T5 fluorescent - G5 cap High frequency control gear as standard Materials Body - pressure die cast marine grade zinc alloy (BS1004A), polyester powder coated, white finish Support channel - steel, polyester powder coated, white finish Over tube - borosilicate glass, hermetically sealed into end caps Wire guard - heavy gauge steel, nickel plated Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix to ceiling via 2 x 10mm fixing holes Mounting brackets available to special order 2 x M20 ISO cable entry holes. 1 x FLP blank supplied Appropriate ATEX approved cable glands must be used to ensure flameproof/IP integrity is maintained Terminal block accepts 1 x 4mm2 cable per terminal. Suitable for through wiring Luminaire must not be opened with hazardous atmosphere present Lamp housing unbolts and hinges for safe lamp replacement Suitable for ambient temperature range -20C to +40C Supplied excluding lamps (1 x 8W T5 supplied c/w lamp)
90
Options
T8 T5
Wire guard available to protect glass over tube Group IIC product to special order (1 x 8W T5 is IIC as standard) Polycarbonate over tube versions to special order Emergency conversion, 1 hour duration (3 hour for 1 x 8W T5 version) Battery pack is external, attached to luminaire Maintained or non-maintained operation selectable Suitable for use on defined escape routes Emergency 8W luminaire is supplied c/w pictogram panel, legend kit and wall mount bracket Certification SIRA 00ATEX1107 Specification To specify state: ATEX certified, EEx d IIB T6 Zone 1/2 luminaire, sealed to IP67, with marine grade zinc alloy body, to BS1004A, high frequency control gear, borosilicate glass over tube, steel support channel and hinging body, as Cooper Lighting Zone 1 range, part no. ________ Photometric Data
Cat. No. FLPG51Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 120 160 30 30 30 W 50 30 80 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.61 0.07 0.54 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 30 25 21 28 24 20 26 22 20 18 6 1.0 34 29 25 32 28 24 30 26 23 21 6 1.25 39 34 30 36 32 28 34 30 27 24 6 Room Index 1.5 42 37 33 39 35 31 36 33 30 27 6 2.0 46 42 38 43 39 36 40 37 34 31 6 2.5 49 45 41 46 42 39 43 40 37 33 6 3.0 52 48 44 48 45 42 45 42 40 36 6 4.0 55 51 48 51 48 46 47 45 43 39 6 5.0 57 54 51 53 50 48 49 47 45 41 6
Dimensions
Fixing centres
L W Lamp Rating 1 x 8W 1/2 x 18W 1/2 x 36W 1/2 x 58W L (mm) 575 835 1440 1740 W (mm) 114 114 114 114 D (mm) 130 130 130 130 Fixing Centres (mm) 391 661 1266 1566

1 x 8W 1 x 18W 2 x 18W 1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W
Gear Option
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency
Cat No
FLPG21Z FLPG22Z FLPG41Z FLPG42Z FLPG51Z FLPG52Z
Weight (kg)
13.0 13.5 17.7 18.2 20.0 20.5
Emergency Cat No
EBFLPG11Z EBFLPG21Z EBFLPG22Z EBFLPG41Z EBFLPG42Z EBFLPG51Z EBFLPG52Z
Weight (kg)
12.0 13.5 15.0 19.2 19.7 21.5 22.0
Wire Guard
FLPG1WG FLPG2WG FLPG2WG FLPG4WG FLPG4WG FLPG5WG FLPG5WG
427
Zone II
Designed for areas where an explosive gas/air mixture can be present for short periods, but not likely in normal operation, the Cooper Lighting Zone 2 luminaire provides a reliable and cost effective solution. The Zone 2 luminaire has full ATEX certification and an unrestricted breathing EEx n classification with T4 temperature rating. Suitable for many types of areas, according to the classification, the luminaire is constructed from tough, corrosion resistant GRP, with a high light output prismatic polycarbonate controller. All luminaires are sealed to IP65 to prevent ingress of dust and water. Fully integral emergency options offer further choice.
ATEX certification and EEx n T4 unrestricted breathing rating for hazardous area compliance IP65 dust tight and water jet proof provides protection from the weather and allows ease of cleaning Tough corrosion resistant GRP body to withstand the environmental conditions High efficiency prismatic controller to maximise light output Integral emergency options to provide complete lighting schemes
428
Lamp and Control Gear Options 36W, 58W T8 fluorescent - G13 cap High frequency control gear as standard Materials Body - glass reinforced polyester (GRP), self coloured grey Geartray - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish Controller - UV stabilised prismatic polycarbonate, injection moulded Latches - stainless steel
T8
Options IP65 nylon cable gland kit accepts flexible cable - part no. Z2GK Conduit suspension sealing washer kit for 20mm conduit part no. Z2SK Twin hook suspension kit - part no. Z2SH Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Emergency versions use 8W linear fluorescent lamp 1 x 58W emergency is in twin width body Suitable for use on defined escape routes Certification
Installation Notes Suitable for direct fix to ceiling. Fixing points marked for drilling on site Neoprene seals and steel washers supplied for 2 x 6.5mm holes, when screw fixed 20mm cable entry hole at each end Installer to drill larger holes for conduit/trunking suspension Cable glands for entry of flexible cables available 3 way, 2 x 2.5mm2 terminal block Geartray retained by turnbuckles and hangs on straps Diffuser retained by hinged latches Supplied excluding lamps Dimensions
60 120
Baseefa03ATEX0671X Specification To specify state: ATEX certified, EEx n IIB T4 unrestricted breathing, Zone 2 luminaire, sealed to IP65, with corrosion resistant body and prismatic polycarbonate controller, retained by stainless steel latches, as Cooper Lighting Zone 2 range, part no. ______________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. Z2158 cd/1000lm 120 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 90 50 100 150 30 30 0.66 0.12 0.54 0 60 30 90 50 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 20 F 20 0.75 32 26 22 30 25 21 20 27 23 20 0 17 6 1.0 37 31 27 34 29 25 31 27 24 21 6 1.25 42 36 32 38 34 30 35 31 28 24 6 Room Index 1.5 45 40 35 42 37 33 38 34 31 27 6 2.0 50 45 41 46 42 38 42 38 35 30 6 2.5 54 49 45 49 45 42 45 42 39 34 6 3.0 56 52 48 51 48 45 47 44 41 36 6 4.0 60 56 52 55 51 49 50 47 45 39 6 5.0 62 59 56 57 54 51 52 50 48 41 6
50 30 10
D
LOR: ULOR: DLOR:
0 BZ-class
Lamp Rating
L (mm)
W (mm)
D (mm)
Fixing Centres (mm) 836 1136 836 1136
1 x 36W 1276 100 107 1 x 58W 1576 100 107 2 x 36W 1276 170 107 2 x 58W 1576 170 107 Note: 1 x 58W emergency luminaire is in a 2 x 58W width body

1 x 36W 2 x 36W 1 x 58W 2 x 58W
Gear Option
High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency
Cat No
Z2136 Z2236 Z2158 Z2258
Maximum Ambient (Ta)

52C 46C 49C 37C
Weight (kg)
3.2 4.6 4.2 6.9
Emergency Cat No
EBZ2158 EBZ2258
Maximum Ambient (Ta) Weight (kg)

31C 25C 4.9 7.6
429
Edison Bollard Product name
430
Exterior
Exterior
Churchouse Bollard
PG 432
Edison
PG 434
Vienza
PG 438
Galaxy Minor
PG 442
Galaxy Major
PG 444
Gladiator
PG 446
Darksky 2
PG 449
Strada
PG 453
Columns
PG 457
Exterior
431
Churchouse Bollard
The Churchouse Bollard remains a market leading design standard against which other bollards are measured. The classical and slim profile is unobtrusive and complements all types of landscape, whether it is the car park of a period hotel, or a modern city centre plaza. Churchouse is also efficient, thanks to a high performance polycarbonate refractor which delivers excellent illumination from low wattage light sources. Installation and maintenance is easy due to the large, removable access door and ready fitted fused cut-out assembly, where SWA cable can be terminated. Churchouse can be supplied in colours to match an installation or corporate colour scheme.
Classical slim line design Robust aluminium construction High performance polycarbonate refractive lens Fused cut-out with SWA cable terminations Large access door for easy installation Wide range of colour finishes available Standard black and grey finish with other colours available to special order
432
Exterior
Lamp Options 50W SON-E/I (internal ignitor) - E27 cap 50W MBFU Deluxe - E27 cap 9W TC-S compact fluorescent, 4000K - G23 cap 100W (max) - E27 cap Materials Head - pressure die cast aluminium, multi-stage chromate pre-treatment, powder coated in grey finish Body - extruded aluminium, multi-stage chromate pre-treatment, powder coated in grey or black finish Lens - clear polycarbonate prismatic refractor Installation Notes Suitable for ground installation, root mounted or surface base plate Rooted version supplied with load spreading plate for soft soil conditions Root should be bitumen coated on site 150mm cut away at base for below ground cable entry Base plate versions bolted to concrete foundation with rag bolts, J bolts or expanding jaw bolts (not supplied)
Options Other colours available to special order Specification To specify state: Robust bollard luminaire, with extruded aluminium body, die cast aluminium head and polycarbonate refractive lens, finished in grey/special colour powder paint, sealed to IP53, wide access door, fused cut-out assembly and terminations suitable for SWA cables, as Cooper Lighting Churchouse Bollard range, part no. ___________
Photometric Data
Spacing Distance
Cat No
Access door removes for ease of installation Termination bar with 3 x 21mm holes for SWA cables 4 way fused cut-out, 1 x 25mm conductor capacity per terminal. Max 40A looping capacity
2
CBSE50 CBME50 CBCT209 CBGE100
Spacing Distance to Achieve Typical Mid-Point Illuminance 15 lux 10 lux 5 lux 2 lux 1 lux
3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 5.5m 5.0m 4.0m 4.0m 7.0m 6.0m 5.0m 5.0m 9.0m 8.0m 7.0m 7.0m 12.0m 10.0m 8.0m 8.0m
Cut-out fitted at 225mm approximately above ground level Fuse fitted to protect bollard circuit All entry points have tamper resistant allen key fixings Supplied complete with lamp (except E27 version) Thermal cut-out on SON lamp ballasts as standard Dimensions
Dia Options Root mounted version Round base plate version Square base plate version Replacement head H Note: Dia (mm) H (mm) D (mm) Base Plate (mm) 150 150 150 150 865 865 865 265 436 214 dia 305 x 305 -
Cable entry zone on root mounted version is 285 - 436mm below ground level.

1 x 50W 1 x 50W 2 x 9W 1 x 100W (max) 1 x 50W 1 x 50W 2 x 9W 1 x 100W
Lamp Type
SON-E/I MBFU Deluxe TC-S E27 CAP SON-E/I MBFU Deluxe TC-S GLS
Finish
Grey Grey Grey Grey Black Black Black Black
Root Mounted
CBSE50 CBME50 CBCT209 CBGE100 CBSE50BLT CBME50BLT CBCT209BLT CBGE100BLT
Round Base Plate

CBSE50RB CBME50RB CBCT209RB CBGE100RB CBSE50RBBLT CBME50RBBLT CBCT209RBBLT CBGE100RBBLT
Square Base Plate

CBSE50SB CBME50SB CBCT209SB CBGE100SB CBSE50SBBLT CBME50SBBLT CBCT209SBBLT CBGE100SBBLT
Weight (kg)
9.2 9.2 8.0 7.2 9.2 9.2 8.0 7.2
Replacement Head
CBSE50H CBME50H CBCT209H CBGE100H CBSE50HBLT CBME50HBLT CBCT209HBLT CBGE100HBLT
Weight (kg)
3.6 3.4 2.7 2.2 3.6 3.4 2.7 2.2
Exterior
433
Edison Bollard
434
Exterior
Edison
Fresnel Option
Reflector Option
Louvred Option
The Edison Bollard range provides a stylish yet robust solution in a wide variety of outdoor applications. The main housing is manufactured from die cast and extruded aluminium with a strong UV stabilised polycarbonate lens protecting the optical section. Complimenting the more usual high output SON and MBI discharge lamp types is a highly efficient energy saving model which is also available with a three hour maintained emergency version where required. Externally rated to IP65 the Edison Bollard range is suited to most environments. In addition to this and unlike many of our competitors, the integrity of the electronic control gear is maintained by housing the gear for CFL and the CFL emergency options in an internally mounted IP44 rated chamber.
Classical slim design blends into most environments Robust aluminium construction for a long durable life Choice of dome or flat top versions for customer choice Wide spacing and low glare louvred options High output 70W SON and MBI models where wide spacing is required Low energy 42W CFL model available including 3 hour emergency version to allow safe exit of the building perimeter Supplied with lamp
Exterior
435
Edison
Lamp Options 70W SON E/I, 2000K - E27 cap 70W MBIT, 4200K - E27 cap
1100mm 1040mm
Dimensions
180mm 180mm
42W TC-T compact fluorescent, 4000K - GX24q- 4 cap Materials Body - Extruded aluminium channel, powder coated in black finish Base and Top Section - Die cast aluminium powder coated in black finish Lens - UV stabilised polycarbonate
Dome Top
400 3-10.5 117.5 45
Flat Top
Installation Notes The Edison Bollard range can be mounted on a variety of surfaces Hard Standing - Bolt directly to the surface Wet Poured Concrete - Use the root mounting kit at first fix Soft Ground - Use the root mount post extension for extra stability Photometric Data Options For wet poured concrete installations use Root Mounting Kit BOLRMK For extra stability in soft ground installations use Root Mounting Post - BOLRMP Specification To specify state: Robust bollard luminaire with extruded aluminium body, die cast aluminium head and polycarbonate lens. Dust tight and water jet proof to IP65 with IP44 internal chamber for high frequency CFL and 3 hour emergency versions, as Crompton Edison range, part no. ___________
90 Cat. No. 120 BOLF42 cd/1000lm 120
Root Mount Post
90 20 60 40 60 30 30
90
60
Cat. No.
BOLL42 cd/1000lm 90
Luminaire Spacings at Mid Point LUX Level Lamp

BOL*R70S BOL*R70MH BOL*R42Z BOL*L70S BOL*L70MH BOL*L42Z BOL*F70S BOL*F70MF BOL*F42Z
20 60 30 40 60
1 lux
15.0m 15.0m 10.0m 12.5m 13.0m 9.0m 15.0m 16.5m 12.5m
2 lux
12.0m 9.0m 7.5m 10.5m 11.0m 7.5m 12.5m 13.5m 9.5m
3 lux
9.0m 6.0m 5.5m 8.0m 9.0m 5.5m 9.0m 10.0m 7.0m
4 lux
7.0m 5.0m 4.0m 6.5m 5.5m 5.0m 7.0m 7.5m 5.5m
5 lux
6.0m 4.5m 3.5m 5.5m 5.0m 4.0m 5.5m 6.5m 4.5m
30 60 120 Cat. No. 30
50
30
BOLR42 cd/1000lm 120
90 10 20 30 30
90
60
Emergency Luminaire Spacings at Mid Point LUX Level Lamp

EBBOL*R42Z EBBOL*L42Z EBBOL*F42Z
0.25 lux
6.0m 6.5m 7.5m
0.5 lux
4.5m 5.0m 6.0m
1 lux
3.5m 4.0m 4.5m
436
Exterior
90 2.5
180 120
Catalogue Numbers Cat No Lamp Rating/Type Top/Optic Weight (kg)
Bollard - IP65 Luminaire - Including lamp BOLDR70S BOLDR70MH BOLDR42Z EBBOLDR42Z BOLDL70S BOLDL70MH BOLDL42Z EBBOLDL42Z BOLDF70S BOLDF70MH BOLDF42Z EBBOLDF42Z BOLFR70S BOLFR70MH BOLFR42Z EBBOLFR42Z BOLFL70S BOLFL70MH BOLFL42Z EBBOLFL42Z BOLFF70S BOLFF70MH BOLFF42Z EBBOLFF42Z BOLRMK BOLRMP 70W SON 70W MBIT 42W CFL 42W CFL 70W SON 70W MBIT 42W CFL 42W CFL 70W SON 70W MBIT 42W CFL 42W CFL 70W SON 70W MBIT 42W CFL 42W CFL 70W SON 70W MBIT 42W CFL 42W CFL 70W SON 70W MBIT 42W CFL 42W CFL Root Mounting Kit Root Mounting Post Dome Reflector c/w lamp Dome Reflector c/w lamp Dome Reflector c/w lamp Emergency Dome Reflector c/w lamp Dome Louvre c/w lamp Dome Louvre c/w lamp Dome Louvre c/w lamp Emergency Dome Louvre c/w lamp Dome Fresnel Lens c/w lamp Dome Fresnel Lens c/w lamp Dome Fresnel Lens c/w lamp Emergency Dome Fresnel Lens c/w lamp Flat Reflector c/w lamp Flat Reflector c/w lamp Flat Reflector c/w lamp Emergency Flat Reflector c/w lamp Flat Louvre c/w lamp Flat Louvre c/w lamp Flat Louvre c/w lamp Emergency Flat Louvre c/w lamp Flat Fresnel Lens c/w lamp Flat Fresnel Lens c/w lamp Flat Fresnel Lens c/w lamp Emergency Flat Fresnel Lens c/w lamp 9.2 9.3 7.2 8.5 9.2 9.3 7.2 8.5 9.2 9.3 7.2 8.5 9.2 9.3 7.2 8.5 9.2 9.3 7.2 8.5 9.2 9.3 7.2 8.5 1.3 4.2 Root Mounting Kit
Exterior
437
Vienza Round with Eyelid and Skirt
438
Exterior
Vienza
The Vienza range brings a touch of style to interior and exterior applications requiring a tough, water proof, energy efficient light source. Designed to offer a variety of finished appearances, the Vienza blends effortlessly into a multitude of environments with the help of its smooth seamless profile. All versions have vandal resistant polycarbonate body and diffuser in both square and round, and a choice of opal or clear prismatic diffusers with internal prisms, providing a smooth, wipe clean exterior. Mounting skirt and eyelid attachments for the round version, together with photocell kits complete the range, making Vienza a truly versatile lighting solution.
Smooth seamless profile Tough, vandal resistant polycarbonate Opal or clear prismatic diffusers Black or white body colour Hinged geartray for easy installation and maintenance Round eyelid and mounting skirt attachments
Exterior
439
Vienza
Lamp and Control Gear Options 28W, 38W 2D compact fluorescent, 3500K - GR10q-4 cap High frequency control gear as standard Materials Base - polycarbonate, white or black Diffuser - opal or clear polycarbonate with internal prisms Geartray - steel, powder coated white Eyelid - polycarbonate, white or black Round mounting skirt - polycarbonate, white or black Installation Notes Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting BESA drill points on rear, and alternative drill points for screw fixing Round mounting skirt attachment allows flush fixing over 20mm conduit and BESA box Cable entry points from 3 directions, with cover caps to maintain body profile Geartray hinges for ease and speed of installation 3 way, 2 x 1.5mm2 terminal block Diffuser retained by captive screws, with cover caps to maintain body profile Fully retained eyelid attachment Supplied complete with lamp Dimensions
D D D
30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.70 0.05 0.65 90
Options Fully integral emergency conversion, 3 hour duration Suitable for use on defined escape routes Round eyelid and mounting skirt attachment Photocell kit Fused option available Specification To specify state: Square/Round IP65 vandal resistant compact fluorescent luminaire, black/white polycarbonate base, tough wipe clean opal/prismatic polycarbonate diffuser with internal prisms, eyelid and mounting skirt attachment, and hinged geartray as Cooper Lighting Vienza range, part no. ___________
Photometric Data
Cat. No. VRWP28Z cd/1000lm 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 120 160 30 30 W 50 30 80 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 38 32 28 36 31 28 35 30 27 25 5 1.0 43 38 33 41 36 33 39 35 32 29 5 1.25 48 43 39 46 41 38 44 40 37 34 5 Room Index 1.5 52 47 42 49 45 41 47 43 40 37 5 2.0 57 52 48 54 50 46 51 48 45 42 5 2.5 60 56 52 57 53 50 54 51 48 45 5 3.0 63 59 55 59 56 53 56 53 51 47 5 4.0 66 63 60 62 60 57 59 57 55 50 5 5.0 68 65 63 64 62 60 61 59 57 53 5
Dia L
Dia
Lamp Rating Round Square Mounting skirt installed
L (mm) 310 -
W (mm) 310 -
Dia (mm) 319 346
D (mm) 105 85 135
Vienza Square
Vienza Round with Eyelid
Vienza construction
440
Exterior

Vienza Round 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency White White White White Black Black Black Black Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic VRWO28Z VRWO38Z VRWP28Z VRWP38Z VRBO28Z VRBO38Z VRBP28Z VRBP38Z 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 EBVRWO28Z EBVRWP28Z EBVRBO28Z EBVRBP28Z 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 -
Gear Option
Body Colour
Diffuser Type
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Emergency Cat No
Weight (kg)
Vienza Square 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W 1 x 28W 1 x 38W High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency High Frequency White White White White Black Black Black Black Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic Opal Opal Prismatic Prismatic VSWO28Z VSWO38Z VSWP28Z VSWP38Z VSBO28Z VSBO38Z VSBP28Z VSBP38Z 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 EBVSWO28Z EBVSWP28Z EBVSBO28Z EBVSBP28Z 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 -
Attachments
Round white eyelid Round black eyelid Round white mounting skirt Round black mounting skirt Photocell kit
Body Colour
VRWE VRBE VRWS VRBS VPC
Weight (kg)
0.11 0.11 0.52 0.52 0.10
Emergency versions available with automatic test functionality - see page 303 for system features For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Exterior
441
Galaxy Minor
Manufactured from tough, vandal resistant polycarbonate, Galaxy remains a popular choice for general purpose floodlighting. Compact styling and a dispersive reflector allow Galaxy to be used in a wide variety of applications, such as hotel car parks, pub signs and building faades. As standard, all luminaires are sealed to IP65 - dust tight and water jet proof - delivering long and durable through-life service. A choice of lamp options include SON and MBI discharge types and now a low energy 42W CFL version. Integral photocell options enhance the Galaxy range, underlining its versatility.
Tough polycarbonate base and diffuser provides high impact resistance IP65 dust tight and water jet proof for stay clean operation Low energy CFL version where energy costs are paramount Dusk to dawn photocell versions avoids wasted energy in daylight hours Supplied with lamp
442
Exterior
Lamp Options 70W SON-E/I 2000K - E27 cap 100W HQI-E, 3200K - E27 cap 42W TC-T compact fluorescent, 4000K - GX24q 4 cap Materials Body - UV stabilised black polycarbonate Visor - UV stabilised clear polycarbonate Reflector - Anodised aluminium Stirrup - Steel, powder coated in black finish Installation Notes Suitable for column, wall and floor mounting Stirrup bolts directly to surface Cable gland supplied for 8 - 13mm circular flex 3 way, 1 x 2.5mm2 terminal block Gear mounted on removable geartray, secured by screws Visor retained by 2 captive screws. Visor hinges for easy lamp replacement Supplied complete with lamp Safety distance - 0.5m Dimensions
W D H1
Options Integral photocell versions available Full range of columns and brackets available. See page 457 Thermal cut out on SON/HQI lamp ballast as standard Specification To specify state: Polycarbonate, general purpose floodlight, dust tight and water jet proof to IP65, with high efficiency, dispersive, anodised aluminium reflector, quick release hinging polycarbonate visor, removable geartray and optional integral photocell, as Crompton Galaxy range, part no. ___________
Photometric Data
15m 10m 5m 1 3 10m 10 20 5m 0 5m 10m 15m 20m 15m
Floor Isolux Galaxy GA70S 70W SON-E Inclined at 55 Mounting height = 5m See page 560 for Design Guide
5m
10m
H2
Options Galaxy 42- 100W
W (mm) 322
L (mm) 375
D (mm) 300
Y (mm) 190

GA100MBI GA70S GA70SPEC GA142Z GA142ZPC
Description
Galaxy 100W HQI-E Metal Halide 3200K Lamp Galaxy 70W SON-E Sodium 2000K Lamp Galaxy 70W SON-E Sodium, with photocell 3500K Lamp Galaxy 42W CFL, 4000K Lamp Galaxy 42W CFL, with photocell, 4000K lamp
Weight (kg)
4.4 3.5 3.5 3.7 3.7
Exterior
443
Galaxy - Major
The ever popular range of Galaxy floodlights has now been extended to include up to 400W versions. Galaxy Major has been designed with an all new slim architectural body and solves the problem of sky glow and light trespass by employing a special asymmetrical optical system which, when mounted with the glass horizontal to the ground, distributes light evenly up to 3 times the mounting height in front of the luminaire. This can be increased to five times the height by tilting at 20 using the in-built inclinometer, whilst still preventing sky glow. Galaxy Major, rated to IP65, takes modern jet powered cleaning methods in its stride to provide long and reliable service.
Die-cast aluminum construction for a long durable life IP65 dust tight and water jet proof for stay clean operation Anti-light pollution design avoids sky glow and light trespass Inbuit inclinometer aids aim and set up Outstanding optical performance keeps quantity required to a minimum Supplied with lamp
444
Exterior
Lamp Options 150W, 250W, 400W SON-T, 2000K - E40 cap 150W, 250W, 400W HQI-T, 4000K - E40 cap Materials
Dimensions
W D
H1
Body - Die-cast aluminium powder coated black Lens - Toughened soda lime glass Reflector - High purity, high reflectance, anodised aluminium Stirrup - Steel powder coated in black finish
Options Galaxy 150W -400W W (mm) 445 L (mm) 80 D (mm) 420 Y (mm) 165
H2
Installation Notes Suitable for column, wall and floor mounting Stirrup bolts directly to vertical surface for area floodlighting or to floor for faade lighting Use COLDHVB mounting bracket (order separately) if mounting on column or horizontal surface for area floodlighting 3 way, 1 x 2.5mm2 terminal block Aimed by slackening side bolts and positioning angle using inclinometer on stirrup Front frame secured by captive screws. Hinges for easy lamp replacement Supplied complete with lamp Safety distance - 1m Specification To specify state: Die cast aluminium, anti-light pollution low glare floodlight, with asymmetric reflector and toughened safety glass. Finished in black paint finish and dust tight and water jet proof to IP65, as Crompton Galaxy Major range, part no. ___________
1 3 25m 10 20 15m 10m 5m 0 -5m 20m
Photometric Data
0m 5m 10m 15m 20 25m 30m 35m 40m 35m 30m
Floor Isolux Galaxy GA250 250W MBI Inclined at 20 Mounting height = 8m See page 560 for Design Guide

GA150S GA250S GA400S GA150MH GA250MH GA400MH
Description
Weight (kg)
11.5 11.9 12.4 11.5 11.9 12.4
Galaxy IP65 150W SON Floodlight c/w 2000K Lamp Galaxy IP65 250W SON Floodlight c/w 2000K Lamp Galaxy IP65 400W SON Floodlight c/w 2000K Lamp Galaxy IP65 150W MBI Floodlight c/w 4000K Lamp Galaxy IP65 250W MBI Floodlight c/w 4000K Lamp Galaxy IP65 400W MBI Floodlight c/w 4000K Lamp
Exterior
445
Gladiator
Gladiator Wallpack brings the rare mix of functionality and aesthetics together in this good looking, yet well specified, luminaire. The heavy duty Aluminium base casting has the facility of either side conduit or BESA entry and also accommodates a photocell where automatic dawn to dusk operation is required. Gladiators curved profile diffuser is manufactured from vandal resistant Polycarbonate and has a sleek appearance when compared to traditional outdoor bulkheads. The diffuser fully hinges aiding installation and maintenance and a stainless steel six point fastening system ensures that its IP65 rating is maintained at all times. 70w SON and MBI lamp types are complemented by 26W and 42W low energy compact fluorescent versions which are also available with integral 3 hour maintained emergency facility whilst still allowing 6m spacing between luminaires.
Robust, die cast aluminium base with conduit entries provides rigid base ideal on uneven walls Attractive, curved profile, polycarbonate diffuser with high impact resistance High output 70W SON and MBI versions Low energy 26W and 42W models also available including 3 Hour emergency version to allow safe exit of the building perimeter IP65 rated, dust tight and jet proof for stay clean operation Dawn to Dusk photocell control avoids wasted energy in daylight hours Supplied with lamp
446
Exterior
Lamp Options 70W SON E/I, 2000K - E27 cap 70W MBIT, 4200K - E27 cap 42W TC-T compact fluorescent, 4000K - GX24q 4 cap 26W TC-D compact fluorescent, 4000K - G24q 3 cap Materials Base - Pressure die cast aluminium Lens / Cover - Polycarbonate, self coloured black cover and clear prismatic optic section
90 120
Photometric Data
70W SON cd/1000lm 120 10 8 6 (m) 80 60 120 160 60 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 (m) 12 14 16 18 20 1:250 4 2.5 5 7.5 10
90
90
30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.76 0.26 0.50
30
26W CFL cd/1000lm 90
10 8 6 (m) 4
Options Integral dawn to dusk photocell versions for all models 3 hour integral emergency versions for 26W and 42W CFL models
30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.67 0.19 0.48 60 100 150 200 60
2.5 5 7.5 10 15
2 0 0 2 4 6 8
Installation Notes Suitable for wall mounting BESA entry on back plate 20mm conduit entry on both sides for through wiring 3 way, 1 x 2.5mm terminal block
2
30
10 (m)
12
14
16
18
20 1:250
42W CFL cd/1000lm 90 90
10 8 6 (m) 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 (m) 12 14 16 18 20 1:250 2.5 5 7.5 10 15
Diffuser secured by captive screws. Hinges for easy lamp replacement Supplied complete with lamp Safety distance - 1m
80 60 120 160 200 60
30
30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.67 0.19 0.48
Specification To specify state: Vandal resistant wall mounted area lighting luminaire, dust tight and water jet proof to IP65, with die cast aluminium base and polycarbonate lens / cover assembly including clear prismatic refractor and optional photocell as Crompton Gladiator range, part no. ___________
Dimensions
182 288
Lamp Rating 1x28 1x35 1x54 1x49 2x28 2x35

308
W (mm) 172 172 172 172 172 172 172
L (mm) 1194 1494 1194 1494 1194 1494 1494
D (mm) 53 53 53 53 53 53 53
Y (mm) 1100 1300 1100 1300 1100 1300 1300
264
2x49

70W 70W 70W 70W 26W 26W 42W 42W 26W 26W 42W 42W
Lamp Type
SON E SON E MBI T MBI T CFL CFL + Photocell CFL CFL + Photocell CFL CFL + Photocell CFL CFL + Photocell
Cat No
GLR70S GLR70SPC GLR70MH GLR70MHPC GLR126Z GLR126ZPC GLR142Z GLR142ZPC -
Emergency Cat No
EBGLR126Z EBGLR126ZPC EBGLR142Z EBGLR142ZPC
Weight (kg)
2.90 2.94 3.04 3.08 2.20 2.24 2.21 2.25 3.37 3.41 3.38 3.42
Exterior
447
British Ceramic Tiles Darksky 2
448
Exterior
Darksky 2
The Darksky floodlight range is designed with a slim architectural body and improved performance from its asymmetric optical system, designed to solve the problems of sky glow and light trespass. When mounted with the glass horizontal to the ground, light is distributed evenly up to 3 times the mounting height in front of the luminaire. This can be increased to five times the height by tilting Darksky at 20 using the in-built inclinometer, whilst still preventing sky glow. Darksky is available in 2 sizes, all dust tight and water jet proof to provide long and reliable service. A selection of coloured filter glass accessories provide colour wash possibilities for enhancing features and buildings.
Slim profile architectural design Robust die cast aluminium construction IP65 dust tight and water jet proof Anti-light pollution design Easy to aim and set up Outstanding optical performance Coloured glass attachments
Exterior
449
Darksky 2
Lamp and Control Gear Options 70W, 150W SON-TS - Rx7s/Rx7s-24 cap 70W, 150W CDM-TD, 3000K - Rx7s/Rx7s-24 cap 70W, 150W HQI-TS, 4200K - Rx7s/Rx7s-24 cap 150W, 250W, 400W SON-T - E40 cap 250W, 400W HQI-T - E40 cap Thermal cut-out on ballast as standard Installation Notes Suitable for column, wall and floor mounting Materials Body and fascia - pressure die cast aluminium, multi-stage chromate pre-treatment, powder coated in black finish Reflector - high purity, high reflectance, anodised aluminium Lens - toughened soda lime glass Stirrup - heavy gauge steel, powder coated in black Wire guard - heavy gauge galvanized steel Specification To specify state: Die cast aluminium, anti-light pollution low glare floodlight, with asymmetric reflector, designed for operation with glass horizontal, to give no spill or trespass light and no sky glow effect, finished in black paint finish, dust tight and water jet proof to IP65, as Darksky 2 range, part no. ___________ Dimensions
D W
Options Full range of columns and brackets available. See page 365 SON Deluxe lamp versions available to special order Wall mounted photocell to switch one flood available, part no. PCW Other body colours to special order
Stirrup bolts directly to vertical surface for area floodlighting or to floor for faade lighting Use COLDHVB mounting bracket (order separately) if mounting on column or horizontal surface for area floodlighting Cable gland supplied for 8-11mm circular flex 3 way, 1 x 2.5mm2 terminal block Aimed by slackening side bolts and positioning angle using inclinometer on stirrup Front frame secured by captive screws. Hinges for easy lamp replacement Supplied complete with lamp Safety distance - 1m
Photometric Data
20m 15m 10m 5m 0 5m 10m 15m 20m 35m 30m 25m 5 10
H2
1
H1
Floor Isolux Darksky DST250 250W SON-T Glass inclined at 20 Mounting height = 8m See page 560 for Design Guide
20m 15m 10m 5m
20
Model Darksky Compact Darksky
H1 (mm) 390 425
H2 (mm) 30 55
W (mm) 300 450
D (mm) 150 180
0 5m 10m
Darksky Compact with wire guard
Darksky Compact
Darksky with wire guard
450
Exterior

Darksky Compact 1 x 70W 1 x 150W 1 x 70W 1 x 150W 1 x 70W 1 x 150W SON-TS (2000K) SON-TS (2000K) CDM-TD (3000K) CDM-TD (3000K) HQI-TS (4200K) HQI-TS (4200K) DCSTS70 DCSTS150 DCCTD70 DCCTD150 DCHTS70 DCHTS150 7.2 7.9 7.2 7.9 7.2 7.9 Darksky Compact Accessories Wire guard Blue filter glass in frame Red filter glass in frame Darksky 1 x 150W 1 x 250W 1 x 400W 1 x 250W 1 x 400W SON-T (2000K) SON-T (2000K) SON-T (2000K) HQI-T (4200K) HQI-T (4200K) DST150 DST250 DST400 DHT250 DHT400 13.4 14.0 15.3 14.0 15.3 Darksky Accessories Wire guard Blue filter glass in frame Red filter glass in frame Purple filter glass in frame Green filter glass in frame DWG DGB DGR DGP DGG 0.9 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Purple filter glass in frame Green filter glass in frame DCWG DCGB DCGR DCGP DCGG 0.6 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Lamp Type
Black Finish Weight (kg)
Lamp Rating
General Accessories Vertical to horizontal bracket Wall mounted photocell
Cat No
COLDHVB PCW
Weight (kg)
1.1 0.2
Note: Coverage also depends on height. These diagrams are shown at 5m. To calculate coverage at different heights, multiply height by ratio shown on diagram
Glass at 0 5m Cut off 71.5 20 vertical 10m (2:1) 1.8m 15m (3:1) 10m (2:1)
Glass Horizontal
Glass at 20
5m
30m (6:1) 90 1.5 10m (2:1) 10m (2:1)
vertical
Darksky with coloured filter glass in use
Glass inclined at 20
Exterior
451
News International, Wapping Strada
452
Exterior
Strada
Delivering high performance with a striking, attractive appearance, the Strada range of spheres provides excellent amenity lighting for numerous and diverse applications. Available with the strength of vandal resistant polycarbonate or the economy of acrylic, spheres can be supplied in opal or clear finish. In addition, there is a black topped option which re-directs a large percentage of the upward light back to the ground, increasing efficiency and minimising light pollution which causes sky glow effect. Complementing the spheres is a comprehensive range of columns and attractive brackets, with curved or straight profiles.
Attractive contemporary appearance Opal and clear spheres in acrylic or vandal resistant polycarbonate Anti-light pollution black top sphere option High performance refractors IP54 dust and splash proof Comprehensive range of columns and brackets New 150W high frequency option in 500mm globe.
Exterior
453
Strada
Lamp and Control Gear Options 70W SON-E/I (internal ignitor) - E27 cap 80W, 125W MBFU Deluxe - E27 cap 150W metal halide - E40 cap 150W supplied with high frequency control gear. Other wattages are magnetic control gear Thermal cut-out on SON magnetic lamp ballasts as standard Materials Sphere base - polycarbonate, self coloured black Refractor - high temperature acrylic, asymmetric version with high purity reflector Spheres - UV stabilised acrylic or polycarbonate, clear or opal finish. Black top version has external white and secondary black coating Columns and brackets - galvanised steel. Column roots are bitumen coated. Wooden backboards in base compartment Installation Notes Suitable for column and bracket mounting Sphere base has 76mm diameter spigot Base secured to column or bracket spigot by allen key screws supplied, marked for asymmetric directional installation Cable entry has clamp for circular flex 3 way, 1 x 2.5mm2 terminal block Control gear cover bayonet fixes onto base Refractor bayonet fixes to gear cover, optically orientated Sphere is clamped onto base with allen key fixings Columns are root mounted, with cable entry via underground slot. Single base compartment with access door as standard Installer to supply/fit gland plate/fused cut-out to backboard Column supplied with grub screws to fix bracket Sphere bases supplied complete with lamp Dimensions
Dia 3
Options Full range of wall and column brackets available Refractor must be used with clear and black top spheres Do not order refractors for use with opal spheres Strada available with 500mm diameter spheres to special order Specification Luminaire - To specify state: Decorative sphere luminaire, 450/500mm diameter, with integral control gear base in black polycarbonate, high temperature acrylic symmetric/asymmetric refractor and opal/clear/anti-light pollution black top sphere in acrylic/polycarbonate, sealed to IP54, as Cooper Lighting Strada range, part no. ___________ Columns and brackets - To specify state: 4/5m galvanised steel root mounted column, 140mm base, 76mm shaft, grub screw for fixing bracket, bitumen coated root and single base compartment with treated wooden backboard and access door, uniform bracket/column interface and geometrically designed brackets, as Cooper Lighting Strada column and bracket range, part no. ________
Photometric Data
10m 5m 0 5m 10m 10m
Floor Isolux Strada STBSE70/STS450CPBT 70W SON-E Mounting height = 5m
3 5 7
5m
5m
10m
Dia 1 (mm) 76
Dia 2 (mm) 220
Dia 3 (mm) 450/500
H (mm) 95
Dia 1 Dia 2
Opal sphere distributes light equally in all directions
Refractor sphere redirects light onto ground with a small upward light content
Black topped sphere collects upward light and redirects it onto ground. Refractor redirects light onto ground
454
Exterior

1 x 70W 1 x 80W 1 x 125W 1 x 150W
Lamp and Gear Type

SON-E/I MBFU Deluxe MBFU Deluxe Metal Halide Magnetic control gear Magnetic control gear Magnetic control gear High Frequency control gear
Cat No
STBSE70 STBM80 STBM125 STBMH150Z
Weight (kg)
3.5 3.5 3.6 3.2
Sphere bases - order sphere and refractor (if required) separately
Lamp Rating
All All All
Description
Opal finish (Refractor not required) Clear finish (Refractor essential) Clear finish with black top (Refractor essential)
Acrylic
STS450OA STS450CA STS450CABT
Polycarbonate
STS450OP STS450CP STS450CPBT
Weight (kg)
3.6 3.6 3.6
Sphere - 450mm diameter
Sphere - 500mm diameter All Refractor All All Symmetric refractor Asymmetric refractor/reflector STRS STRA 0.5 0.6 Clear finish with black top (Refractor essential) STS500CPBT 3.6
Description
Columns 4m column - for use with single Strada 4m column - for use with brackets for 2-4 Strada 5m column - for use with single Strada 5m column - for use with brackets for 2-4 Strada Brackets 1 way curved - for wall mounting 2 way curved - for column mounting 3 way curved - for column mounting 4 way curved - for column mounting 1 way straight - for wall mounting 2 way straight - for column mounting 3 way straight - for column mounting 4 way straight - for column mounting
Cat No
COL476 COL476GS COL576 COL576GS
Weight (kg)
32.0 32.0 36.0 36.0
COLSWBC1 COLSBC2 COLSBC3 COLSBC4 COLSWBS1 COLSBS2 COLSBS3 COLSBS4
6.0 11.0 15.0 19.0 5.0 9.0 13.0 17.0
60 76 60 225 150
76 60mm dia. steel tube 60 4000 or 5000 nom
76 60mm dia. steel tube
225
76
2 way curved bracket - COLSBC2
Curved wall bracket - COLSWBC1
2 way straight bracket - COLSBS2

140 1078 76 500 76 55 425 Ground level 285 50 x 30mm 800 500 Cable entry slot 150 x 50 60 120 500 76
Straight wall bracket - COLSBSWBS1

76 500 150 285 mm 50 x 30mm
225
Exterior
455
Darksky 2 Compact
456
Exterior
Floodlighting Columns
Designed specifically for the full range of floodlights, these columns and brackets offer a high quality product for most types of application. Floodlights can vary considerably in weight, area projected towards the wind and fixing details. Geographical location also needs to be taken into account when selecting the style and design of column. In order to simplify selection, floodlighting columns have been carefully chosen to meet the needs of installers when using Galaxy, Darksky 2 and Darksky 2 Compact floodlights. A comprehensive range of brackets complement the columns, providing easy selection for all but exposed locations.
Extensive range of 4m to 10m columns Comprehensive range of mounting brackets Simple to select compatibility charts Specifically matched systems for safety Quality hot dip galvanised steel construction
Exterior
457
Floodlighting Columns
Luminaire Options Darksky 2 Darksky 2 Compact Galaxy Materials Columns - hot dip galvanised tubular steel, bitumen coated root and treated wooden backboard Brackets - hot dip galvanised steel Installation Notes Suitable for root mounting, placed into excavated hole in ground Support column perpendicular in hole, placing cable duct into entry slot, and backfill with concrete suitable for site conditions Alternatively, column can be placed into buried vertical pipe supported by appropriate mass of concrete, grouting gap to give firm fix Installer to supply and fit gland plate and fused cut-out to backboard in base compartment Access door has tamper resistant lock (key supplied) Brackets fitted internally or externally by grub screws Column drilled, tapped and supplied with grub screws for internally mounting brackets Cable exit points provided on brackets Dimensions
Floodlight bracket 1 way
157mm dia.
Options Columns and bracket combinations listed have been matched specifically to the Crompton brand luminaires listed. Contact us for other options, including exposed locations (installations at altitude or on the coast) Columns, when used with floodlight combinations shown, are to BS 5649 K factor for columns up to and including 8m = 1.8 K factor for 10m columns = 2.5 Galvanising to BS729 Specification To specify state: Hot dip galvanised steel root mounted column, with bitumen coated root, single base compartment, tamper resistant lock, key provided, earth terminal and wooden treated backboard. When used with floodlighting brackets system, complies with the requirements of BS 5649, as Cooper Lighting Floodlighting Columns range, part no. ___________

300 mm 300 mm 157mm dia. 680mm
Column
Column

OD2 300 mm 300 mm 157mm dia. 680mm

300 mm 300 mm 157mm dia. 680mm
Column OD1 B
Column
Ground level
55mm 78 mm
180mm
Floodlight bracket DHVB
500 Cable entry slot 150 x 50
Note - Actual height is marginally less than nominal height. Addition of brackets and luminaires provides optical centre of approx H
Column Ref COL476GS COL576GS COL676GS COL889 COL8140 COL10114 COL10140
H Nominal 4m 5m 6m 8m 8m 10m 10m
OD1 (mm) 140 140 140 168 194 168 194
OD2 (mm) 76 76 76 89 140 114 140
A (mm) 3000 4000 5000 6750 6750 8750 8750
B (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250 1250
C (mm) 800 800 1000 1200 1200 1500 1500
458
Exterior
Selection Table Column Height

Galaxy 4m 5m 6m COL476GS COL576GS COL676GS COLFB176I COLFB176I COLFB176I COLFB276I COLFB276I COLFB276I COLFB376I COLFB376I COLFB376I COLFB476I COLFB476I COLFB476I
Column Cat No
Floodlighting Bracket and Accessories Cat Nos 1 Flood 2 Floods 3 Floods 4 Floods
Darksky 2 Compact 4m 5m 6m Darksky 2 5m 6m 8m 8m 10m 10m COL576GS COL676GS COL889 COL8140 COL10114 COL10140 COLFB176I & 1 x COLDHVB COLFBI76I & 1 x COLDHVB COLFB189E & 1 x COLDHVB COLFB1114E & 1 x COLDHVB COLFB276I & 2 x COLDHVB COLFB276I & 2 x COLDHVB COLFB289E & 2 x COLDHVB COLFB2114E & 2 x COLDHVB COLFB3140E & 3 x COLDHVB COLFB3140E & 3 x COLDHVB COLFB4140E & 4 x COLDHVB COLFB4140E & 4 x COLDHVB COL476GS COL576GS COL676GS COLFB176I & 1 x COLDHVB COLFB176I & 1 x COLDHVB COLFB176I & 1 x COLDHVB COLFB276I & 2 x COLDHVB COLFB276I & 2 x COLDHVB COLFB276I & 2 x COLDHVB COLFB376I & 3 x COLDHVB COLFB376I & 3 x COLDHVB COLFB376I & 3 x COLDHVB COLFB476I & 4 x COLDHVB COLFB476I & 4 x COLDHVB COLFB476I & 4 x COLDHVB
Typical example:
A 4 metre column to support 2 x Darksky 2 Compact floodlights requires 1 x COL476GS - column 1 x COLFB276I - floodlight twin bracket and 2 x COLDHVB - horizontal to vertical stirrup plate

Columns 4m rooted column, shaft with grub screws COL476GS 5m rooted column, shaft with grub screws COL576GS 6m rooted column, shaft with grub screws COL676GS 8m rooted column, standard duty 8m rooted column, heavy duty 10m rooted column, standard duty 10m rooted column, heavy duty COL889 COL8140 COL10114 COL10140 34 38 43 80 117 130 178
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Description
Floodlight Brackets Single 76mm internal fix Twin 76mm internal fix Triple 76mm internal fix Quad 76mm internal fix Single 89mm external fix Twin 89mm external fix Triple 89mm external fix Quad 89mm external fix
Cat No
COLFB176I COLFB276I COLFB376I COLFB476I COLFB189E COLFB289E COLFB389E COLFB489E COLFB1114E COLFB2114E COLFB3114E COLFB4114E COLFB3140E COLFB4140E COLDHVB
Weight (kg)
5 12 14 16 5.5 12.5 14.5 15.5 6.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 15.5 17.0 1.1
Note - Please refer to Strada section for details of columns and brackets for spheres
Single 114mm external fix Twin 114mm external fix Triple 114mm external fix Quad 114mm external fix Triple 140mm external fix Quad 140mm external fix Horizontal to vertical stirrup plate
Exterior
459
460
System Design
PG 463
Loadstar AC/DC Systems PG 475
Economy AC/DC
PG 482
Loadstar AC/AC Systems PG 485
Compact AC/AC
PG 493

PG 496
EasiCheck Slave
PG 498
Slave Luminaire Technical Data PG 501
461
British Ceramic Tiles Tufflite TFW
462
System Design
Central battery system based emergency lighting is ideal for medium to large installations. For projects where central control and testing is desirable, a central battery system is a viable and cost effective alternative to self-contained emergency lighting products. The main advantages of central battery systems over self-contained systems are: Testing and maintenance is much easier to carry out Battery replacement is much quicker and less disruptive Battery life is generally 10 years or more Luminaires can be centrally controlled High light levels can easily be achieved The emergency lighting system can be completely unobtrusive To complement the range of central battery systems, Cooper Lighting also offers a wide selection of Menvier and JSB slave luminaires and conversion modules for mains fluorescent luminaires. EasiCheck automatic self-testing can be readily incorporated into central systems. Cooper Lighting manufactures a wide range of central battery emergency lighting systems. Standard products include AC/AC static inverter systems, with the addition of a new compact, competitively priced unit for smaller installations. A comprehensive range of traditional AC/DC systems are also available, including an economy range designed for use in small premises. Bespoke systems to suit the exact requirements of the specifier are also available.
System Design (See page 464) Loadstar AC/DC Systems (See page 475) Economy AC/DC Systems (See page 482) Loadstar Static Inverter AC/AC Systems (See page 485) Compact Static Inverter AC/AC (See page 493 Switchgear Tripping Battery Chargers (See page 496) Slave Luminaire Technical Data (See page 501)
463
System Design
Central Battery System Design When it has been decided that a central battery system is the most suitable system of emergency lighting for a particular site, the designer needs to give consideration to the following: Lighting design Type of system System control and mode of operation Battery type System sizing Battery room ventilation Lighting Design Considerations Current legislation and design increases the attraction of using central battery systems to provide emergency lighting in a building. In particular, an increase in the use of static inverter systems, which provide an alternative source of power to normal mains luminaires. These considerations can be summarised as follows: 1. BS 5266 part 7 (EN 1838) specifies increased emergency light levels than previous standards 2. Slave luminaires, operating from AC/DC and AC/AC central systems, offer a higher light output and improved spacing characteristics over comparable self-contained versions of the same luminaire 3. Compact fluorescent lamps make ideal slave luminaires, offering high efficiency and appropriate light output for areas with low ceilings 4. There is an increasing requirement from architects and users to make emergency lighting as unobtrusive as possible, so utilisation of the normal mains luminaires is an ideal solution Through the use of dedicated slave luminaires and conversion modules for mains fluorescent luminaires, these considerations can be catered for by both AC/DC and AC/AC central systems. An illustration of the increased output that can be expected from 8W slave luminaires compared to self-contained versions is shown in figure 1. This section of the catalogue provides a guide to how to choose the most suitable type of central battery system and then how to ensure it will meet the installation requirements. Technical assistance is available to help you with selecting and designing a system correctly. Contact the Cooper Lighting Central Systems Technical Sales department, Tel: 01302 303240
Fig 1. Light output of different types of luminaire (nominal lamp lumens based on standard 8 Watt fitting)
300 221 200 180
272
100
80
0 2 Cell 3 Cell Self-contained Self-contained AC/DC Slave Static Inverter AC/AC Slave
When performing photometric calculations for converted mains luminaires with static inverter systems, the full design lumen output of the luminaire must be taken into account, as the lamps are powered by conventional ballasts. It is important to ensure that the use of such high output luminaires in low ceiling areas does not exceed the uniformity factor limitations. The utilisation factor should be taken at zero reflectance in line with BS 5266 Pts. 1 and 7 1999. Typical spacing data is provided at the rear of this catalogue, to assist in the calculation of spacing.
464
Type of System There are numerous different combinations of central battery system type and the correct choice depends as much on customer preference as on design criteria. The selection chart below gives some general guidance. Should you wish to discuss a proposed system type for a particular application, our technical department is available to provide assistance. Contact the Central System Technical Sales department, Tel: 01302 303240
Do you want dedicated emergency luminaires or do you require the emergency lighting to be integrated within the normal lighting?
Integrated
Either use a maintained battery unit with conversion modules (see note 1) or static inverter unit (see note 2)
Dedicated
Use a non-maintained battery unit or maintained battery unit with hold off relays or static inverter with sub-circuit monitors
None of the lighting
Do you want the emergency lighting to be illuminated whilst the mains is healthy? eg. maintained emergency lighting, security lighting or nightlighting applications?
All of the lighting
Use dedicated slave luminaires powered from either a maintained battery unit or static inverter unit (see note 3)
Some of the lighting
Use a maintained unit or static inverter unit (see note 3) with hold off relays to control the non-maintained luminaires
Notes 1. Conversion modules are designed to be incorporated into a conventional mains luminaire. During normal conditions the luminaire operates at full brightness (using the normal switched mains supply and conventional control gear). In emergency conditions the luminaire continues to operate at reduced brightness (with the emergency lamp being powered from the conversion module instead of the conventional control gear). Conversion modules are ideal for use with mains luminaires which have louvres with a sharp cut off angle, or for projects where the mains luminaires have multiple tubes, but only one tube is required to be illuminated during emergency conditions. 2. Static inverters provide mains voltage output during both normal and emergency conditions. They are designed to run conventional mains fittings at full brightness even in emergency conditions. Static inverters are ideal for projects with large open areas, or hazardous areas requiring higher than normal emergency lighting levels, or for powering compact fluorescent luminaires where there is often insufficient space within the fitting to accommodate a conversion module. 3. Static inverter systems operate the emergency luminaires at full brightness throughout the emergency autonomy period, which usually results in significantly improved luminaire spacing for mains slave luminaires compared with an equivalent low voltage AC/DC unit. In addition, the combination of higher supply voltage and the resultant reduced input current reduces installation costs by allowing the use of smaller distribution cables than would be required with a lower voltage AC/DC system.
465
System Design
System Control and Mode of Operation It is a requirement of any correctly designed emergency lighting system that the emergency lighting is activated both in the event of complete mains failure, and also in the event of a local mains failure. The emergency lighting system can have luminaires that are maintained or non-maintained. Similarly, the central battery unit can also be maintained or non-maintained operation. The following diagrams explain how activation of the emergency lighting is achieved, using the main types of central battery systems.
Central systems with dedicated slave luminaires a. Non-maintained central battery unit with sub-circuit monitors. With this method, relays are used to monitor the normal lighting supplies. The contacts of these relays are wired in a series loop such that in the event of failure of any of the normal lighting supplies, the loop is broken, sending a signal to the central battery unit to activate all of the emergency luminaires. Details of purpose-made remote sub-circuit monitor units can be found in the Loadstar product section.
Normal mains healthy condition
Failure of normal lighting final circuit
Total mains failure
KEY - LIVE - DEAD
466
Central systems with dedicated slave luminaires contd b. Maintained central battery unit with the maintained circuit continuously energised. A simple installation where emergency luminaires are illuminated at all material times irrespective of the status of the normal lighting. In the event of a complete mains failure, the slave luminaires are illuminated from the battery supply.
Total mains failure
KEY - LIVE - DEAD
c. Maintained central battery unit with remote hold off relays The maintained output from the battery unit is fed to a number of remote hold off relays throughout the building. The coil of the hold off relay is connected to the unswitched side of the local normal lighting supply. Assuming this supply is healthy, the relay will pull in, opening the contacts and preventing power from reaching the slave luminaires. In the event of a local mains failure, the relay drops out, the contacts close and the emergency luminaires in that particular area are illuminated from the maintained circuit of the battery unit. In the event of a local mains failure, the relay drops out, the contacts close and the emergency luminaires in that particular area are illuminated from the maintained circuit of the battery unit. In the event of a complete mains failure, the system operates in a similar manner, except that the slave luminaires are illuminated from the battery supply. Details of purpose-made remote hold off relays can be found in the Loadstar product section.
Total mains failure
KEY - LIVE - DEAD
467
System Design
Central systems with converted mains luminaires AC/DC systems d. Maintained AC/DC central battery with conversion luminaires With this option, the normal mains luminaires are fitted with a conversion module, enabling them to also operate as emergency luminaires in the event of mains failure. Each conversion module includes a changeover relay which, under normal circumstances, is energised by a permanent supply from the unswitched side of the normal lighting circuit. Whilst energised, it connects the lamp to the conventional mains control gear within the luminaire allowing it to operate as a standard mains fitting, powered via a switched live connection to the mains ballast. Should the normal lighting fail, the relay within the conversion module drops out, disconnecting the lamp from the conventional control gear and connecting it to the inverter within the conversion module. This illuminates the lamp at reduced brightness. In multi-lamp luminaires, the conversion module only operates a single lamp in the emergency mode. All other lamps will extinguish upon mains failure.
Total mains failure
Local Switched Supply
Normal mains control gear
Lamp INV SMCB Mains only Luminaires Local Switched Supply Local Switched Supply
Combined Mains/ Emergency Luminaire Normal mains control gear Normal mains control gear
OR
Lamp INV SMCB Mains only Luminaires INV SMCB
Lamp Mains only Luminaires
Combined Mains/ Emergency Luminaire Normal mains control gear
Combined Mains/ Emergency Luminaire
Lamp INV SMCB Mains only Luminaires
Combined Mains/ Emergency Luminaire
KEY - LIVE - DEAD - LIVE VIA INVERTER
468
Central systems with converted mains luminaires AC/AC systems e. Static inverter unit with conventional mains fittings A static inverter runs conventional mains luminaires at full brightness during both mains healthy and mains failure conditions. However, there is usually a requirement for local switching of the luminaires during mains healthy conditions, with automatic illumination in the event of mains failure. Local switching with automatic illumination in the event of mains failure can be easily achieved by use of the Menvier ACM1 module, which is purpose-designed for this application. A detailed description of the ACM1 module, including a typical wiring schematic, can be found on page 388.
Total mains failure
ACM1
Combined Mains/Emegency Luminaire Local Switched Supply Local Switched Supply
Mains only Luminaires
OR
ACM1
Combined Mains/Emegency Luminaire
ACM1
ACM1
KEY - LIVE - DEAD - LIVE VIA INVERTER
469
System Design
Battery Type Cooper Lighting offer a choice of five different battery types: Valve regulated lead acid (10 year design life) Valve regulated lead acid (3-5 year design life) Vented nickel-cadmium High performance plante lead acid Flat plate lead acid Each battery type has specific characteristics. In order to assist with the choice of battery, full details of the characteristics and benefits can be found in the Loadstar and Static Inverter System product pages. The table below (fig. 2) provides a comparative guide to these characteristics. The most popular battery type is valve regulated lead acid with a 10 year design life. This type of battery is used on approximately 90% of projects due to its competitive cost, good life characteristics, ease of maintenance and compact size.
Fig 2. Comparison of Battery Characteristics
Characteristics Expected life Capital cost Maintenance
Valve Regulated Lead Acid (10 year life)
Valve Regulated Lead Acid (3-5 year life)
Vented Nickel Cadmium
High Performance Plante Lead Acid
Flat Plate Lead Acid
Resistance to damage and abuse Through life costs
Battery Room Ventilation Vented batteries, such as nickel cadmium, plante and flat plate lead acid emit potentially explosive gases under charge conditions. Therefore it is important when selecting rooms for emergency lighting central battery systems with these types of battery, to calculate the amount of ventilation required. The required number of air changes per hour (A) is given by the following formula:
A = 0.045 x N x I V
Where: N = Number of cells in the battery V = Volume of room in cubic metres I= Charge rate in Amperes
This formula will give the number of air changes per hour required during boost charge conditions. On float charge (systems are on float charge for most of their service life), the amount of gas emitted is approximately 1.5% of that liberated whilst on boost charge and under most circumstances this will be dissipated by natural ventilation, and will not present a hazard. However, we recommend that the boost charge condition is allowed for at the design stage to ensure the appropriate decision on ventilation requirements is made. Although Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries require little ventilation under normal operating conditions, it is good practice to apply the formula to calculate the number of air changes required to achieve minimum risk under battery fault or failure conditions. Please refer to: BS 6133:1995
470
System Sizing When sizing the system, it is important to allow for the full input requirement of the light fittings rather than the lamp wattages. AC/DC systems When using conversion modules fitted to conventional mains fittings, the lamp will be illuminated directly from the mains ballast during normal mains healthy operation and via the inverter during emergency conditions. When being driven from the battery unit via the conversion module, the emergency lamp will be illuminated at less than full output, and as a result, the fitting will consume a reduced input power. AC/AC systems When utilising a static inverter system, the fitting operates at full output during both mains healthy and mains failure conditions. When sizing a suitable static inverter to power a particular load, it is important to consider the input VA and the input (not lamp) wattage of the emergency luminaires. The total VA requirement defines the inverter module size, and the total input wattage defines the battery size.
Therefore, to establish the correct inverter module size, the power factor correction (PFC) rating of the luminaires must be considered in addition to lamp wattage and control gear losses. High frequency control gear circuits have excellent PFC ratings, usually of around 0.96 to 0.98. This compares with 0.85 to 0.9 for equivalent lamp magnetic control gear circuits. Care should be taken when low wattage compact fluorescent lamps are used, utilising high frequency gear or high PFC versions where possible. Low power factor versions can have PFC ratings of only 0.45 to 0.5, thereby greatly increasing the inverter rating required for the system. If utilising low voltage lighting powered via step-down transformers, it is essential to allow for the efficiency and power factor of the step-down transformers. Table (fig. 3) and graph (fig. 4) illustrate the relationship between wattage and VA rating for a typical system. For a detailed explanation of conversion operation, please refer to page 388. For details of the power consumption of slave luminaires and converted luminaires (when operating in the emergency mode via a conversion module), please refer to page 501. Note: BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting.
Fig 3. Typical system. VA rating with and without power factor correction
Qty of Luminaires
25 40 15 15 5
Description
1 x 58W T8 (wire wound ballasts) 1 x 28W 2D (wire wound ballasts) 1 x 16W 2D (wire wound ballasts) 1 x 13W TC-D (wire wound ballasts) 1 x 40W GLS incandescent
Total Circuit Watts

1725 1360 315 270 200
VA Rating (Compact lamps without PFC)

1925 2960 690 600 200
VA Rating (Compact lamps with PFC

1925 1560 375 315 200
Inverter Rating =
3870
6375
4375
Note: Use of compact fluorescent luminaires with power factor correction (PFC) leads to a reduced inverter module size and therefore savings in space and capital costs
Fig 4. Typical system. VA rating with and without power factor correction
8000 7000 6000 Watts/VA 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 Total Circuit Watts VA Rating (with PFC) VA Rating (without PFC)
471
System Design
Additional Considerations Spare capacity With any central battery system it is important to bear in mind that it is difficult to extend the system at a later date unless capacity has been allowed for at the design stage. For this reason, we would strongly recommend that some spare capacity is included when selecting the central battery system rating. Our technical department is available to provide assistance. Contact the Central System team, Tel: 01302 303240 or E-mail: central.systems@cooper-ls.com Fire protection of cables Cables should be routed through areas of low fire risk. The following cables and wiring systems should be used. a) Cables with inherently high resistance to attack by fire i) Mineral-insulated copper-sheathed cable in accordance with BS 6207: Part 1 ii) Cable in accordance with BS 6387. The cable should be at least category B b) Wiring systems requiring additional fire protection. i) PVC-insulated cables in accordance with BS 6004 in rigid conduits ii) PVC-insulated cables in accordance with BS 6004 in steel conduit iii) PVC-insulated and sheathed steel wire armoured cable in accordance with BS 6346 or BS 5467 Systems should be installed in accordance with IEE Regulations and BS 5266. Additional fire protection may apply. For example, if cables are buried in the structure of the building.
British Ceramic Tiles
472
Fig 5.
Cable sizes When selecting cable sizes, due regard should be paid to limitations imposed by voltage drop and physical strength. Each conductor shall be of copper, having a nominal cross sectional area of not less than 1mm2. BS 5266 states that the voltage drop in cables connecting a central battery to a slave luminaire should not exceed 4% of the system nominal voltage at maximum rated current. Using copper conductors, volts drop can be calculated per pair of conductors as shown in table fig. 5. Total volts drop on a circuit can be calculated according to the formula: Nominal Cross Sectional Area
1.0mm2 1.5mm2 2.5mm2 4.0mm2 6.0mm2 10.0mm2 16.0mm2
Maximum Current Rating

14 amps 17 amps 24 amps 32 amps 41 amps 55 amps 74 amps
Volt per Drop per Metre

42mV 28mV 17mV 11mV 7.1mV 4.2mV 2.7mV
VDT = I x VDM x D
The problems of volt drop can be overcome by: Where: VDT I D = volts drop total = maximum load current = cable run in metres Using higher system voltages (= lower currents and therefore lower volt drop) Using larger cables (= lower resistance and therefore lower volt drop) Using multiple outgoing circuits (= less current per circuit and therefore lower volt drop)
VDM = volts drop per amp per metre (obtained from fig. 5)
Example: Fig. 6 and 7 show an example comparison for a central battery system with a total connected load of 1500W and a 50m run of 16mm2 cable supplying the luminaires. This example shows that for this configuration, a 230V system would be most suitable to meet the requirements of BS 5266. The low current value combined with greater allowable volt drop would enable much smaller cables to be used.
Fig 6.
Fig 7.
Comparison Data
Max. permissible Volt drop (BS 5266) Total current for total connected load of 1500W Actual volt drop for 16mm cable with 50m length
2
24V System
50V System
110V System
230V System
70 60
Max. permissible volt drop (V) Current for 1500W load (A)
0.96V
2.0V
4.4V
9.2V
50 Volts/Amps 40 30 20
62.5A
30A
13.6A
6.52A
8.43V
4.05V
1.84V
0.88V
The use of larger cables or multiple outgoing circuits may permit the use of 24, 50 or 110V systems in the above example.
10 0 24V System 50V System 110V System 230V System
473
Jumeirah Beach Loadstar
474
Loadstar AC/DC Systems
The Loadstar range of AC/DC central battery units comply with the latest relevant European and British standards. High quality, cost effective units provide secure sources of emergency power for escape and emergency lighting systems in a wide variety of installations. Many years of experience, gained whilst designing and manufacturing systems to customer requirements, have led to the current modular concept based on a basic specification, combined with a choice from five battery types and a number of standard optional extras. This enables the specifier to choose a standard product and select optional extras as required to customise the equipment to meet the project requirements.
High specification systems Fully complies with BS EN50171:2001 Digital display to clearly indicate system status Maintained or non-maintained versions with 1, 2 or 3 hour duration EasiCheck compatible versions available Simple operation and reduced complexity Low maintenance Low running cost
475

System Operation In mains healthy condition, the system charges the batteries and stores power, ready for emergency operation In the event of a mains failure, the system provides emergency power to dedicated slave or converted mains luminaires, until mains power is restored (or for the rated duration of the system in the event of extended mains failure) Output voltage from the system batteries is 24, 50 or 110V DC nominal Conversion modules or dedicated slave ballasts within the luminaire convert the output of the central system to operate the emergency lamp Systems are available with non-maintained or maintained circuit operation Sub-circuit monitoring and hold off relays can be added to the system to energise the emergency luminaires in the event of a localised mains circuit failure Converted luminaires have a combined inverter and changeover relay in each host luminaire Full detail of modes of operation is shown on pages 466 Dimensions
D W
Battery Charger Solid state, constant voltage charge control module Fully automatic Full recharge within 24 hours of a rated discharge Recharge to 80% capacity within 12 hours, complying with BS EN 50171:2001 Manual boost switch on systems with vented battery cells Current limit facility, preventing overcharging or damage to the system in the event of battery failure or fault Outputs have low AC ripple currents for maximum battery life and in compliance with BS EN 50171:2001 Input protection by mcb to BS 3871 Part 1 or BS 4752 Part 1
Battery Systems can be specified with: Valve regulated lead acid - 5 year design life Valve regulated lead acid - 10 year design life Vented nickel cadmium High performance plante Flat plate See selection tables/guides for battery characteristics
Fusegear Cubicle Ref 931 932 934 H (mm) 1200 1800 1800 W (mm) 715 715 1015 D (mm) 680 680 680
Removable industrial HRC fuses, complying with BS 88
Input Circuits Cable entry via removable gland plate on top of cubicle Single phase 230V 10% AC 50Hz supply. Other input voltages on request Input terminals and mcbs DIN rail mounted and easily accessible
Dimensions are for guidance only and may be subject to change
Load Circuits Standard Specification Cubicles 1.6mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032 Light German Grey finish Plinth base feature to prevent build up of moisture/corrosive materials and aid mechanical handling by fork or pallet truck 3 standard size cubicles, for combined charger/battery, charger only or battery only Most systems require only one cubicle. Some larger systems are housed in multiple sets (see selection tables) Electrical control gear and battery compartments are segregated, with lockable access door(s) Battery compartments supplied, where appropriate, with separate tiered sections to enable ease of electrolyte level inspection Separate fixed facia panel for mounting control/display panel Option of open battery racks on larger systems Substantial DIN rail mounted output terminals 2 terminals per output pole for ease of connection of ring or parallel circuits Option of integral distribution board (MCB or HRC fuses)
Monitoring Circuits Terminals provided for connection of remote monitors and controls Maintained systems have terminals for connection of remote switch or time clock on primary control circuit
Cables Compliant with BS 6231
Transformer Double wound with earth screen to BS 171
Rectifier Full wave controlled thyristor/diode bridge
Contactor Mains failure contactor to BS 5424 Part 1
Temperature Compensation All lead acid cell systems supplied with transducer to monitor battery compartment temperature Chargers pre-set for optimum performance in 20C ambient Charging voltage automatically adjusted to optimise battery life
476
Low Battery Voltage Disconnect Circuit Fitted as standard to lead acid cell systems Automatically disconnects load from battery when battery voltage falls below pre-set level, during extended periods of mains supply failure Helps prevent potential damage from deep discharge Indicator remains lit until mains power restored and reset Pressed
Installation Notes A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work efficiently and safely Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of potentially explosive gases is avoided Please refer to the System Design section for details of ventilation calculations Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery rooms: BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE ENTERING. NO SMOKING
Test Push Button Simulates a mains failure
Metering and Display Panel Simple and easy to read status display LCD meter indicating battery voltage, battery current or battery compartment temperature. Voltage is default, others displayed using push buttons. Display mode indicated by LED: Volts Amps Temperature - lead acid batteries only Charger indication LEDs Power On Maintained Lights (maintained systems only) Float Mode Current Limit Full Charge Boost mode (vented battery systems only) Alarm indication LEDs Mains Fail Charge Fail Battery High Volts Battery Low Volts DC Earth Fault Deep Discharge Protection (protection circuit has operated) Audible alarm fitted internally, with mute button on display, plus common volt free contacts for remote signalling of a fault condition and terminals for optional remote alarm unit
477

Factory Fitted Options Dual Output Options Separate circuits on maintained systems for non-maintained and maintained luminaires/exit signs Suffix - MNM Detects phase failure and energises output from the battery Suffix - P Detects mains lighting circuit failure and energises output from the battery Monitoring relays fitted inside cubicle and require supply from each mains lighting circuit Suffix - xMPF (x = number of circuits) For output load circuits. MCB or HRC fuses Input contacts from building fire alarm panel Energises output from the battery when alarm signal received Sub Circuit Monitor Non load switching Monitors mains lighting circuits. Provides signal to central battery unit in the event of a sub circuit failure Standard units available to monitor 4, 8 or 12 sub circuits Multiple units can be used if more than 12 circuits require monitoring A keyswitch can be fitted if required, to enable simple testing by authorised user Unit dimensions: H250 x L265 x D130mm Remote Mounted Options Remote Alarm Unit Visual and Audible indication of system fault Sounder mute facility Surface mounting dimensions: H114 x L114 x D25mm Suffix RAU2
3 Phase Failure Monitor
Multi-way Sub Circuit Monitor
Integral Distribution Board Fire Alarm Relay
Hold Off Relay Monitors Load switching Used to hold off maintained output from central battery unit, providing non-maintained luminaire operation Monitors mains lighting circuits. In the event of a sub circuit failure, contactor drops out, allowing the maintained supply to energise the emergency luminaires Standard units available to monitor 4, 8 or 12 sub circuits A keyswitch can be fitted if required, to enable simple testing by authorised user Unit dimensions: H250 x L265 x D130mm
Catalogue Numbers
Number of ways monitored

4 8 12 Hold off relay monitor
Cat. No. of Sub Circuit Monitor

1SCM4 1SCM8 1SCM12
Cat. No. of Hold Off Relay Monitor

1HOR4 1HOR8 1HOR12
Use suffix /TS for addition of a test keyswitch, /NI for indicator, /RT for run on timer and /EC for EasiCheck SCM and HOR units are designed to accept a single common neutral per enclosure, all monitored circuits connected to an individual unit must share a common neutral.
Typical sub-circuit monitor arrangement
N L4 L3 L2 L1 230V 50Hz MONITORED SUPPLY UNUSED INPUTS MUST HAVE A LIVE CONNECTION
S1019 N/0 N L COM
N L4 L3 L2 L1 230V 50Hz MONITORED SUPPLY N L4 L3 L2 L1 TEST KEY SWITCH UNUSED INPUTS MUST HAVE A LIVE CONNECTION
S1019 N L COM
C1
FROM CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM OR STATIC INVERTER
+/L -/N
C1-1 C1-2
N/0
+/L TO LUMINAIRES -/N
LOOP OUT
LOOP IN
LOOP OUT
LOOP IN
TO NEXT MONITOR OR CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM
Typical hold off relay arrangement
478
Systems with Valve Regulated Lead Acid Batteries Compact Reliable Cost effective Maintenance free Selection Table: SLR Range - 10 year design life batteries System Reference
SLR24/20* SLR24/28* SLR24/40* SLR24/75* SLR24/95* SLR24/120* SLR24/150* SLR24/200* SLR24/260* SLR24/300*
Available with 3-5 year or 10 year design life batteries Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard
1 Hour Volts
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
2 Hour Amps
10.6 14.8 24.7 37.0 49.4 60.8 81.6 98.7 138.0 156.0
3 Hour Amps
6.4 8.5 14.0 21.0 28.1 35.8 47.6 56.2 69.0 90.8
Watts
250 344 572 854 1142 1392 1882 2285 3230 3677
Watts
152 198 326 490 653 826 1104 1306 1695 2123
Watts
110 146 243 364 485 605 797 970 2343 1556
Amps
4.7 6.2 10.4 15.6 20.8 26.0 34.1 41.6 58.4 65.0
Cubicle
930 930 930 930 930 931 931 931 932 932
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
500 687 1144 1708 2285 2734 3763 4570 6461 7354
10.6 14.8 24.7 37.0 49.4 60.8 81.6 98.7 138.0 156.0
303 396 653 979 1306 1651 2208 2611 3389 4246
6.4 8.5 14.0 21.0 28.1 35.8 47.6 56.2 69.0 90.8
220 292 486 728 970 1210 1594 1939 2733 3111
4.7 6.2 10.4 15.6 20.8 26.0 34.1 41.6 58.4 65.0
931 931 931 931 931 932 932 932 934 934
110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
1126 1547 2575 3845 5141 6264 8467 10282 14537 16546
10.6 14.8 24.7 37.0 49.4 60.8 81.6 98.7 138.0 156.0
682 890 1469 2203 2938 3715 4968 5875 7325 9554
6.4 8.5 14.0 21.0 28.1 35.8 47.6 56.2 69.0 90.8
496 657 1093 1637 2182 2722 3586 4363 6150 6950
4.7 6.2 10.4 15.6 20.8 26.0 34.1 41.6 58.4 65.0
931 931 932 932 932 934 934 934 932 + 932 932 + 934
* Specify /NM1, /NM2, /NM3, /M1, /M2 or /M3 as appropriate See page 476 for cubical dimensions
Selection Table: SLG Range - 3-5 year design life batteries System Reference
SLG24 Series
1 Hour Volts
24
2 Hour Amps
6.1 - 39.4
3 Hour Amps
3.6 - 23.5
Watts
144 - 913
Watts
84 - 546
Watts
61 - 399
Amps
2.6 - 17.1
SLG50 Series
50
281 - 1349
6.1 - 29.1
168 - 638
3.6 - 13.7
123 - 466
2.6 - 10.0
SLG110 Series
110
644 - 966
6.1 - 9.1
385 - 578
3.6 - 5.4
281 - 422
2.6 - 3.9
This table provides only an overview of possible system configurations. Contact our Central Systems Technical Sales department for full details, including cubicle types required. Non-maintained or Maintained operation can be specified on all systems
479

Systems with Vented Nickel Cadmium Batteries Extremely robust over a wide temperature range Reliable, with a 25 year service life Good through life costs Resistant to electrical and mechanical abuse Can be stored in any state of charge without damage Automatic and manual boost circuits fitted as standard Selection Guide: NC Range System Reference
NC24 Series
1 Hour Volts
24
2 Hour Amps Watts

118 - 1979
3 Hour Amps
4.9 82.1
Watts
186 - 3078
Watts
83 - 137
Amps
3.4 57.1
No. of Cells
20
7.7 126.9
NC50 Series
50
389 - 6412
7.7 126.9
246 - 4122
4.9 82.1
174 - 2872
3.4 57.1
42
NC110 Series
110
855 - 14106
7.7 126.9
542 - 9070
4.9 82.1
383 - 6319
3.4 57.1
92
Systems with High Performance Plante Batteries 25 year service life Reliable Retains virtually full capacity throughout design life Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard Selection Guide: HP Range System Reference
HP24 Series
1 Hour Volts
24
2 Hour Amps Watts

148 - 1474
3 Hour Amps
6.3 61.8
Watts
236 - 2379
Watts
111 - 1111
Amps
4.6 46.2
No. of Cells
13
10.0 -102.2
HP50 Series
50
473 - 4758
10.0 102.2
296 2948
6.3 61.8
223 - 2215
4.6 46.2
26
HP110 Series
110
1001 - 10065
10.0 102.2
627 - 6237
6.3 61.8
473 - 4686
4.6 46.2
55
Systems with Flat Plate Batteries 10 year service life Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard Selection Guide: FP Range System Reference
FP24 Series
1 Hour Volts
24
2 Hour Amps Watts

164 - 983
3 Hour Amps
6.6 39.6
Watts
247 - 1482
Watts
122 - 733
Amps
5.0 30.0
No. of Cells
13
10.6 63.6
FP50 Series
50
475 - 2850
10.6 63.6
315 - 1890
6.6 39.6
235 - 1410
5.0 30.0
26
FP110 Series
110
1045 - 6270
10.6 63.6
693 - 4158
6.6 39.6
517 - 3102
5.0 30.0
55
480
Suffolk New College
481
Economy AC/DC
Where the benefits of central control and maintenance are desired in small premises, the Economy range of central battery systems provides a competitive solution. The compact wall mounted cubicle can be unobtrusively mounted in non-public areas, in buildings such as restaurants, pubs and community centres. All units have a 24V nominal output, with different output rating options to suit a wide range of applications. Available with 1 or 3 hour duration and nonmaintained or maintained operation, all units are supplied with maintenance free valve regulated lead acid batteries. Offering reliability and non-disruptive maintenance, Economy systems offer a viable alternative to self contained emergency lighting.
Competitive central battery system Compact wall mounted cubicle Maintained and non-maintained mode options Maintenance free valve regulated lead acid batteries Choice of battery design life - 3-5 or 10 years DC power supply unit option Low maintenance Low cost
482
Specification Battery Charger Solid state, constant voltage charge control module Fully automatic Full recharge within 24 hours of a rated discharge Current limit facility, preventing overcharging or damage to the system in the event of battery failure or fault Input protection by fuse to BS88
Indicators Simple status display Indication lamps Power On Maintained Lights (maintained systems only) Cubicles 1.2mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032 Light German Grey finish Wall mounting design Access to charger and battery via removable cover
Battery Valve regulated lead acid Choice of 10 year or 3-5 year design life
Dimensions Input Circuits Cable entries on top of cubicle Single phase 230V 10% AC 50Hz supply Input terminals and fuse DIN rail mounted and easily accessible
H H (mm) 450 W (mm) 745 D (mm) 270 D W
Load Circuits Substantial DIN rail mounted output terminals Optional double pole HRC fuses
Monitoring Circuits Terminals provided for connection of remote switch on maintained units Installation Notes A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work efficiently and safely Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of potentially explosive gases is avoided Refer to the System Design section for ventilation calculations Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery rooms: BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE ENTERING. NO SMOKING Options Customised versions suitable for use as DC power supplies Selection Table: SLA Range System Reference
SLA24/10* SLA24/15* SLA24/24* SLA24/38* SLA24/65*
Cables Compliant with BS6231
Transformer Double wound with earth screen to BS171
Low Battery Voltage Disconnect Circuit Automatically disconnects load from battery in the event of extended mains failure Helps prevent potential damage of deep discharge Automatically resets when mains supply is restored
Factory modification to operate as a DC power supply with battery backup Suitable as power supply to door release units, relay coils etc Custom designed to meet specific requirements
1 Hour Volts
24 24 24 24 24
2 Hour Amps
6.1 9.1 14.5 23.0 30.0
Watts
141 211 337 534 720
Watts
61 92 147 233 399
Amps
2.6 3.9 6.3 10.0 17.1
Battery Life
3-5 Yr 3-5 Yr 3-5 Yr 3-5 Yr 3-5 Yr
SLAR24/10* SLAR24/38* SLAR24/65*
24 24 24
337 534 720
14.5 23.0 30.0
147 233 399
6.3 10.0 17.1
10 Yr 10 Yr 10 Yr
* Specify /NM1, /NM3, /M1 or /M3 as appropriate
483
National Space Centre, Leicester Loadstar Static Inverter System
484
Loadstar AC/AC Systems
The Loadstar range of AC/AC static inverter units offer the opportunity to create a discreet emergency lighting system, utilising suitable standard mains luminaires without modification. Small or decorative compact fluorescent luminaires can also be easily incorporated. Loadstar AC/AC systems offer many benefits, including higher light levels in emergency mode, as all lamps in the luminaire are usually energised by the emergency supply. Mains voltage and lower currents enable cables of smaller cross sectional area to be used than with low voltage AC/DC systems, without unacceptable levels of voltage drop. The proven and reliable modular design ensures a cost effective emergency lighting solution.
Cost effective modular design Standard mains luminaires used for emergency lighting Fully complies with BS EN50171:2001 Digital display to clearly indicate system status EasiCheck compatible versions available Low maintenance Low running cost due to passive stand-by operation
485

System Operation In mains healthy condition, the system charges the batteries and stores power, ready for emergency operation In mains healthy condition, the power to luminaires designated for emergency use is supplied from the normal mains, via a by- pass contactor inside the cubicle. This may be switched, using a maintained lights switch (optional extra) or by use of a remote switch connected to terminals provided Local change-over switching can be achieved using an ACM1 module, controlling single or multiple luminaires (if fed from common switched mains supply - max load 750VA). The system will then supply normal mains power or emergency power via the inverter, dependant on status of mains supply at the static inverter In the event of a mains failure, the system provides emergency power to dedicated mains slave or designated standard mains luminaires, until mains power is restored (or for the rated duration of the system in the event of extended mains failure) Output voltage, from the system via the inverter, is 230V AC nominal Standard mains luminaires require no modification to operate with the static inverter (unless ACM1 change-over module is fitted integrally). All lamps in multi-lamp luminaires will be lit during mains failure, unless separate control gear is provided for individual lamps Sub-circuit monitoring and hold off relays can be added to the system to energise the emergency luminaires in the event of a localised mains circuit failure, if the ACM1 module is not used Full detail of modes of operation is shown on page 466 Full detail of ACM1 module is shown on page 388 Dimensions
D W
Standard Specification Cubicles 1.6mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032 Light German Grey finish Plinth base feature to prevent build up of moisture/corrosive materials and aid mechanical handling by fork or pallet truck - 3 standard size cubicles, for combined charger/inverter/battery, charger/inverter only or battery only Small systems require only one cubicle. Larger systems housed in multiple sets (see selection tables) Electrical control gear and battery compartments are segregated, with lockable access door(s) Battery compartments supplied, where appropriate with separate tiered sections, to enable ease of electrolyte level inspection Separate fixed facia panel for mounting control/display panel Option of open battery racks on larger systems
Battery Charger Solid state, constant voltage charge control module Fully automatic Full recharge within 24 hours of a rated discharge Recharge to 80% capacity within 12 hours, complying with BS EN 50171:2001 Manual boost switch on systems with vented battery cells Current limit facility, preventing overcharging or damage to the system in the event of battery failure or fault Outputs have low AC ripple currents for maximum battery life and in compliance with BS EN 50171:2001 Input protection by mcb to BS 3871 Part 1 or BS 4752 Part 1
Battery Cubicle Ref 931 932 934 H (mm) 1200 1800 1800 W (mm) 715 715 1015 D (mm) 755 755 755
Systems can be specified with: Valve regulated lead acid Vented nickel cadmium High performance plante
Depth of 931/2/4 includes a 75mm spacer fitted to back, to ensure ventilation grilles are not obstructed. Dimensions are for guidance only and may be subject to change
See selection tables/guides for battery characteristics
Fusegear Removable industrial HRC fuses, complying with BS 88
Input Circuits Cable entry via removable gland plate on top of cubicle Single phase 230V 10% AC 50Hz supply. Other input voltages on request Input terminals and mcbs DIN rail mounted and easily accessible
Energy Efficient Standby Operation The Loadstar range of AC/AC static inverter systems are designed specifically for long term sustainability, reduced carbon footprint and reduced running cost without compromising on the products performance criteria. Due to the passive stand-by operation of the inverter only operating when required, the quiescent running power is minimised while maximising equipment lifetime and reduced running cost.
Load Circuits Substantial DIN rail mounted output terminals Option of integral distribution board (MCB or HRC fuses)
486
Standard Specification contd Monitoring Circuits Terminals provided for connection of remote monitors and controls
Standard Specification contd Metering and Display Panel Simple and easy to read status display LCD meter indicating battery voltage, battery current or battery compartment temperature. Voltage is default, others displayed using push buttons. Display mode indicated by LED: Volts Amps Temperature - lead acid batteries only Charger indication LEDs Power On Maintained Lights (maintained systems only) Float Mode Current Limit Full Charge Boost mode (vented battery systems only) Alarm indication LEDs Mains Fail Charge Fail Battery High Volts Battery Low Volts DC Earth Fault Deep Discharge Protection (protection circuit has operated) Inverter indication LEDs Inverter Running Inverter Overload (optional alarm package) Inverter High Volts (optional alarm package) Inverter Low Volts (optional alarm package) Audible alarm fitted internally, with mute button on display plus common volt free contacts for remote signalling of a fault condition and terminals for optional remote alarm unit
Cables Compliant with BS 6231
Transformer Double wound with earth screen to BS 171
Contactor Mains failure contactor to BS5424 Part 1
Temperature Compensation All lead acid cell systems supplied with transducer to monitor battery compartment temperature Chargers pre-set for optimum performance in 20C ambient Charging voltage automatically adjusted to optimise battery life
Low Battery Voltage Disconnect Circuit Automatically shuts down the inverter when battery voltage falls below pre-set level, during extended periods of mains supply failure Helps prevent potential damage from deep discharge Indicator remains lit until mains power restored and reset pressed
Inverter Extensively proven and reliable modular design Systems with ratings up to 4 kVA incorporate a single module rated at 1.25 kVA, 2.5 kVA or 4 kVA Larger systems utilise multiple modules in parallel to provide a single common output, equal to sum of individual ratings Complies fully with BS EN50171:2001 Modules can be quickly and easily removed/replaced, aiding installation and maintenance See table for detailed technical specification
Test Push Button Simulates a mains failure
487

Inverter Technical Specification
Output Voltage Frequency Voltage Regulation Isolation Total Harmonic Distortion Power Factor Overload Start-up time Noise Level Efficiency Protection Pre-settable in the range 220-240V AC. Default setting is 230V AC. Voltage tolerance is 2% on loads of 0-100% of system rating 50 or 60Hz. 0.01%. Standard setting 50Hz. Waveform: Sinusoidal Static 2%, dynamic 6% 2kv rms between input and output terminals Less than 3% into a linear load Will supply loads in the 0.3 lag - 0.3 lead range 200% for 10 seconds, 125% for 20 minutes without reduction in output voltage Standard 30mS soft start Less than 55dBA at 1 metre 85 - 89% DC input and AC output mcbs DC input reverse polarity protection Short circuit protection Pre-charge protection fuse Reverse-fed mains proof Inverter module(s) automatically shut down when battery discharges to a pre-set level. Re-set is following a combination of the restoration of the mains supply and an increase in battery voltage above the disconnect threshold level Residual current drain when the disconnect circuit has operated is less than 1mA per module Inhibit Technology An inhibit switch to control the inverter is fitted on a user control pcb in the cubicle Pulse width modulation with high frequency switching
Low Voltage Shut down
Installation Notes Note - BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting. A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work efficiently and safely Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of potentially explosive gases is avoided Please refer to the System Design section for details of ventilation calculations Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery rooms: BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE ENTERING. NO SMOKING
System Design To ensure a suitably rated system is selected, list the luminaires to be used, with their characteristics, to determine the wattage and VA power rating of the required inverter Where possible, utilise luminaires with high frequency control gear, compact fluorescent luminaires with high power factor correction, or dedicated Menvier or JSB 230V AC mains slave luminaires, to minimise the required VA rating of the inverter Using uncorrected compact fluorescent luminaires with poor power factor, will increase the size of inverter module required, leading to increased capital cost and space requirements See page 471 for an example of determining the required inverter rating For details of static inverter systems with ratings above those listed, please contact our central systems technical sales department It should be noted that multiple smaller units can often be more cost effective than a single large system. Distribution costs can be substantially reduced by locating units throughout a large building BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting Note - systems specified for emergency lighting use should not have other services connected to them
488
Factory Fitted Options 3 Phase Failure Monitor Detects phase failure and energises the inverter from the battery supply Suffix - P
Remote Mounted Options Remote Alarm Unit Visual and Audible indication of system fault Sounder mute facility Surface mounting dimensions: H114 x L114 x D25mm Catalogue Number - RAU2
Multi-way Sub Circuit Monitor Detects mains lighting circuit failure and energises the inverter from the battery supply Monitoring relays fitted inside cubicle and require supply from each mains lighting circuit Suffix - xMPF (x = number of circuits)
Sub Circuit Monitor Non load switching Monitors mains lighting circuits. Provides signal to central battery unit in the event of a sub circuit failure Standard units available to monitor 4, 8 or 12 sub circuits Multiple units can be used if more than 12 circuits require monitoring A keyswitch can be fitted if required to enable simple testing by authorised user Unit dimensions: H250 x L265 x D130mm Hold Off Relay Monitors Load switching Used to hold off maintained output from static inverter unit, providing non-maintained luminaire operation Monitors mains lighting circuits. In the event of a sub circuit failure, contactor drops out, allowing the maintained supply to energise the emergency luminaires Standard units available to monitor 4, 8 or 12 sub circuits, however monitors are available with up-to 24 circuits A keyswitch or supply healthy indicator can be fitted if required to enable simple testing by authorised user and visual indication of the supply condition Unit dimensions: H250 x L265 x D130mm
Remote Alarm Unit
Catalogue Numbers
Number of ways monitored

4 8 12
Cat. No. of Sub Circuit Monitor

1SCM4 1SCM8 1SCM12
Cat. No. of Hold Off Relay Monitor

1HOR4 1HOR8 1HOR12
Use suffix /TS for addition of a test keyswitch, /NI for addition of supply healthy indicator, /RT for addition of run on timer. SCM and HOR units are designed to accept a single common neutral per enclosure, all monitored circuits connected to an individual unit must share a common neutral.
Typical sub-circuit monitor arrangement
N L4 L3 L2 L1 230V 50Hz MONITORED SUPPLY UNUSED INPUTS MUST HAVE A LIVE CONNECTION
S1019 N/0 N L COM
N L4 L3 L2 L1 230V 50Hz MONITORED SUPPLY N L4 L3 L2 L1 TEST KEY SWITCH UNUSED INPUTS MUST HAVE A LIVE CONNECTION
S1019 N L COM
C1
FROM CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM OR STATIC INVERTER
+/L -/N
C1-1 C1-2
N/0
+/L TO LUMINAIRES -/N
LOOP OUT
LOOP IN
LOOP OUT
LOOP IN
TO NEXT MONITOR OR CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM
Typical hold off relay arrangement
489

Systems with Valve Regulated Lead Acid Batteries Compact Reliable Cost effective Maintenance free, 10 year design life batteries Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard Selection Table: AC/AC SLR Range System Reference Inverter Power Rating (kVA)
AC1KVA/850/SLR* AC2KVA/1700/SLR* AC2.5KVA/2125/SLR* AC3KVA/2550/SLR* AC4KVA/3400/SLR* AC5KVA/4250/SLR* AC6KVA/5100/SLR* AC7.5KVA/6375/SLR* AC8KVA/6800/SLR* AC9KVA/7650/SLR* AC10KVA/8500/SLR* AC11KVA/9350/SLR* AC12KVA/10200/SLR* AC13KVA/11050/SLR* AC14KVA/11900/SLR* AC15KVA/12750/SLR* AC16KVA/13600/SLR* AC17KVA/14450/SLR* AC18KVA/15300/SLR* AC19KVA/16150/SLR* AC20KVA/17000/SLR* AC21KVA/17850/SLR* AC22KVA/18700/SLR* AC23KVA/19550/SLR* AC24KVA/20400/SLR* AC25KVA/21250/SLR* 1.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.5 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0
Output Watts W
850 1700 2125 2550 3400 4250 5100 6375 6800 7650 8500 9350 10200 11050 11900 12750 13600 14450 15300 16150 17000 17850 18700 19550 20400 21250
Cubicle Arrangement 1 Hr Autonomy

931 931 931 932 932 932 934 934 934 932 + 932 932 + 932 932 + 932 932 + 932 932 + 932 932 + 932 932 + 934 932 + 934 934 + 934 934 + 934 934 + 934 934 + 934 934 + 934 934 + 934 934 + 934 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 932
2 Hr Autonomy
931 932 932 932 934 934 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 + 932 932 + 934 + 932 932 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 934 934 + 934 + 934 934 + 934 + 934 934 + 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 934 + 932
3 Hr Autonomy
931 932 932 934 934 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 932 + 934 + 932 932 + 934 + 932 932 + 934 + 932 932 + 934 + 932 932 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 934 934 + 934 + 934 934 + 934 + 934 934 + 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 934 + 932 934 + 934 + 934 + 932 932 + 932 + 934 + 934 + 934 932 + 932 + 934 + 934 + 934 932 + 932 + 934 + 934 + 934
* Denotes the system autonomy i.e. AC1KVA/850/SLR3 = 3Hr Backup Autonomy
490
Systems with Vented Nickel Cadmium Batteries Extremely robust over a wide temperature range Reliable, with a 25 year service life Good through life costs Resistant to electrical and mechanical abuse Can be stored in any state of discharge without damage Automatic and manual boost circuits fitted as standard Selection Guide: AC/NC Range System Reference
AC/NC Series
Systems with High Performance Plante Batteries 25 year service life Reliable Retains virtually full capacity throughout design life Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard
Selection Guide: AC/HP Range Inverter Wattage

500 - 21250
Inverter Power Rating (kVA)

1.0 - 25.0
System Reference
AC/HP Series
Inverter Power Rating (kVA)

1.0 - 25.0
Inverter Wattage
500 - 21250
This guide provides only an overview of possible system configurations. Contact our Central Systems Technical Sales department for full details, including cubicle arrangement. 1, 2 or 3 hour autonomy systems available
This guide provides only an overview of possible system configurations. Contact our Central Systems Technical Sales department for full details, including cubicle arrangement. 1, 2 or 3 hour autonomy systems available
491
Shangri La Hotel, Dubai Loadstar Static Inverter System
492
Compact AC/AC
Many features normally only associated with larger units are included in the standard specification of the Menvier Compact AC/AC static inverter system. The inverter has a rated output of 500VA/400W or 600VA/500W and benefits from 4 independently fused outputs, battery deep discharge protection, automatic temperature compensation and a clear, informative system status display panel. The unit also fully complies with the latest BS EN 50171:2001 standard. An output voltage of 230V AC permits any suitable, unmodified mains luminaires to be operated at full output in emergency mode.
Competitive 500VA or 600VA static inverter system Compact - ideal for smaller installations Fully complies with BS EN 50171:2001 Four separately fused outputs Digital display to clearly indicate system status EasiCheck compatible version available
493
Compact AC/AC
System Operation In mains healthy condition, the system charges the batteries and stores power, ready for emergency operation In mains healthy condition, the power to luminaires designated for emergency use is supplied from the normal mains via a by-pass contactor inside the cubicle In the event of a mains failure, the system provides emergency power to dedicated mains slave or designated standard mains luminaires, until mains power is restored (or for the rated duration of the system in the event of extended mains failure) Output voltage, from the system via the inverter, is 230V AC nominal Local change-over switching can be effected using an ACM1 module, controlling single or multiple luminaires (if fed from common switched mains supply) Suitable standard mains luminaires require no modification to operate with the static inverter (unless ACM1 change-over module is integral). All lamps in multi-lamp luminaires will be lit during mains failure, unless separate control gear is provided for individual lamps Sub-circuit monitoring and hold off relays can be added to the system to energise the emergency luminaires in the event of a localised mains circuit failure, if the ACM1 modules is not used Full details of modes of operation is shown on page 466 Full details of ACM1 module is shown on page 388 Dimensions
D W
Specification
General
Cubicle 1.6mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032 Light German Grey finish. Removable cover retained by screws. Cable entries via removable top gland plate Valve regulated lead acid, 10 year design life
Batteries
Charger and controls

Mains supply Input control Fusegear Terminals Transformer Rectifier Contactor Charger 230V 10% AC single phase supply, 50 Hz MCB to BS3871 Pt 1, or BS4752 Pt 1 HRC type to BS88 DIN rail mounted near to cable entry Double wound with earth screen to BS171 Full wave controlled thyristor/diode bridge Standard contactors comply with requirements of BS5424 Constant voltage, current limited type with electronic solid state controller. Voltage controlled to within 2% of setting at up to 10% mains supply variations.Full recharge within 24 hours. 80% capacity within 12 hours. Current limit facility Fitted as standard. Automatic shut down of inverter when battery voltage falls below pre-set level, during extended periods of mains supply failure Compliant with BS6231 4 independent fused output circuits. Terminals provided for connection of remote monitors and controls Fitted as standard. Charger voltage is automatically adjusted with reference to ambient temperature to optimise charging and battery life. Pre-set for optimum performance at 20C Simulates mains failure Composite facia with LCD display and LED indicators Audible alarm fitted internally plus common volt free contacts for remote signalling of a fault condition and terminals for remote alarm unit option
Deep discharge protection Cables Load circuits Monitoring circuits Temperature compensation
Test push button Display panel Alarm warning
Inverter
Output voltage Frequency Voltage regulation Isolation Total harmonic distortion Power factor Pre-settable in the range 220-240V AC. Default setting is 230V AC. Voltage tolerance is 2% on loads of 0-100% of system rating 50Hz. 0.1%. Waveform: Sinusoidal Static 2%, dynamic 6% 1kv rms between input and output terminals Typically 3% or better. Max. 10% Will supply loads in the 0.7 lag - 0.7 lead range 200% for 10 seconds, 125% for 20 minutes without reduction in output voltage Standard 300mS. Soft start Effectively silent on both charge and discharge 83% nominal. Typically 82-85% DC input protection. AC output fuses DC input reverse polarity protection Short circuit protection Pre-charge protection fuse Inverter module automatically shuts down when battery discharges to a pre-set level. Re-set is automatic following the restoration of the mains supply An inhibit switch to control the inverter is fitted on the main pcb in the cubicle Pulse width modulation with high frequency switching
H (mm) 970
W (mm) 530
D (mm) 400
Overload Start-up time Noise level
Efficiency Protection
Low voltage shut down Inhibit Technology
494
Metering and display panel Simple and easy to read status display LCD meter indicating battery voltage or current Reading mode indicated by LED: Volts Amps Indication LEDs Power On Charge Fail Battery High/Low Volts Deep Discharge Protection (protection circuit has operated) Inverter Running
Design and Installation Notes To ensure the system is suitably rated, list the luminaires to be used, with their characteristics, to ensure the wattage and VA power rating of the inverter is not exceeded Using fluorescent luminaires with poor power factor will increase the VA load Note - BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting. A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work efficiently and safely Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of potentially explosive gases is avoided Please refer to the System Design section for details of ventilation calculations Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery rooms: BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE ENTERING. NO SMOKING
Catalogue Numbers - Compact Static Inverter
System Reference
AC500VA/M3 AC600VA/M3
Inverter Output Rating (VA)

500 600
Output Watts
400 500
Standby Time
3 Hours 3 Hours
Weight (kg)
135.0 136.00
Remote Mounted Options Remote Alarm Unit Sub Circuit Monitor Hold Off Relay Monitor ACM1s Full details of these options can be found on page 489
495
Cooper Lighting battery chargers for switchgear tripping and closing have been developed from the experience gained from many years of designing and manufacturing sophisticated battery charging and control equipment. Designed to provide a continuous DC supply for operating switchgear and protection equipment, these latest units are supplied with a comprehensive alarm, metering and indication package as standard. The informative and clear display panel is fixed to the fascia of both wall and floor standing units, with a remote alarm unit as an option. Extremely reliable and easy to install, these units provide a competitively priced solution.
Proven and reliable units Digital display to clearly indicate system status Comprehensive alarm and indication package Choice of vented nickel cadmium or valve regulated lead acid batteries Systems available to meet exact project requirements
496
Metering and display panel Simple and easy to read status display LCD meter indicating battery voltage and the option of battery current or battery compartment temperature. Voltage is default, others displayed using push buttons (If options specified). Display mode indicated by LED: Volts Amps (optional) Temperature (lead acid battery systems only) Charger indication LEDs Power On Float Mode Current Limit Full Charge Boost mode (nickel cadmium battery systems only) Alarm indication LEDs Mains Fail Charge Fail Battery High Volts Battery Low Volts DC Earth Fault Audible alarm fitted internally, with mute button on display. Common set of volts free changeover contacts for remote signalling and output for remote alarm unit Dimensions
Installation Notes A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work efficiently and safely Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of potentially explosive gases is avoided Refer to System Design section for ventilation calculations Warning notices should be displayed on battery room doors: BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE ENTERING. NO SMOKING Options Remote Alarm Unit Integral HRC fused distribution board (110V systems only) Integral MCB distribution board (110V systems only) Specification
General
Cubicle (30V systems) Wall mounted 1.2mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032 Light German Grey finish. Removable cover retained by screws. Steel divider separates control gear and battery compartments 1.6mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032 Light German Grey finish. 2 lockable doors and segregated control gear/battery compartments. Cable entries via removable top gland plate Vented nickel cadmium, 25 year design life Valve regulated lead acid, 10 year design life
Cubicle (110V systems)
Batteries
Charger and controls

D W Mains supply Input control Cubicle Ref Wall (S Type) 931 932 H H (mm) 450 1200 1800 W (mm) 745 715 715 D (mm) 270 680 680 Input terminals Transformer Rectifier Charger 230V 10% AC single phase supply, 50 Hz. Other input voltages available MCB to BS3871 Pt 1. Type D DIN rail mounted near to cable entry Double wound with earth screen to BS171 Full wave controlled thyristor/diode bridge Constant voltage, current limited type with electronic solid state controller. Voltage controlled to within 1% of setting at 10% mains supply variations. Full recharge within 24 hours. Compliant with BS6231 DIN rail mounted Fitted as standard to lead acid battery units. Charger voltage is automatically adjusted with reference to ambient temperature to optimise charging and battery life. Pre-set for optimum performance at 20C Composite facia with LCD display and LED indicators Audible alarm fitted internally plus common volt free contacts for use in conjunction with integral on-board power supply to operate the remote alarm unit option
Dimensions are for guidance only and may be subject to change, depending on precise specification required
Cables Output terminals Temperature compensation
Display panel Alarm warning
Catalogue Numbers System Reference

ST30/10/* ST30/18/* ST30/24/* ST30/30/* FST110/10/* FST110/18/* FST110/24/* FST110/30/*
Nominal Battery Ah Capacity

10 18 24 30 10 18 24 30
Nominal System Voltage

30 30 30 30 110 110 110 110
Float
36 36 36 36 132.5 132.5 132.5 132.5
Output Voltage Max

41.25 41.25 41.25 41.25 151.8 151.8 151.8 151.8
No of Cells
25 25 25 25 92 92 92 92
Cubicle Type
Wall(S) Wall(S) Wall(S) Wall(S) 932 932 932 932
Systems With Nickel Cadmium Batteries
Systems with Valve Regulated Lead Acid Batteries FSLRT110/19/* FSLRT/110/29/* FSLRT110/38/*
Notes:
19 29 38
108 108 108
122.5 122.5 122.5
122.5 122.5 122.5
54 54 54
931 931 932
1. * = Specify charger size. Contact us for guidance 2. Diode regulators can be fitted to control the output terminal voltage to pre-determined limits. Contact Central Systems Technical Sales for details 3. Other size batteries and chargers are available on request
497
EasiCheck Slave
EasiCheck offers an advanced, versatile and flexible solution to automatic testing, which is easy to use and provides a high level of integrity. Each panel can monitor up to 250 luminaires, continuously lamp status, communication and central battery operation. Function and duration tests are performed automatically at frequencies that exceed the requirements of the current codes of practice. All faults are displayed on the panel, providing location text and the nature of the fault, to aid maintenance. EasiCheck is suitable for all sizes of projects, but particularly medium to large installations, where panels can be networked or where optional site monitoring or colour graphics software is required, providing central PC control.
Saves time and cost on testing and maintenance Tests fully comply with EN 50172 Easy to use control panel 255 address capacity per panel Stand alone or network up to 63 panels Events log and test reports can be printed Colour graphics software package available Continuous monitoring of CBU and luminaire
498
System Operation An EasiCheck interface module or addressable changeover module is fitted into all suitable dedicated emergency luminaires or mains luminaires converted for emergency operation. Each module is given a unique address number, using a hand held programmer. Every luminaire is then connected to a 2 core data BUS cable, which is linked back to the control panel. A single panel can accommodate up to 255 luminaires and addressable devices. When switched on, the panel will self learn the number of luminaires connected to it. Text information can be allocated to each system component, including central battery units and changeover devices during commissioning by a Cooper Lighting and Security service engineer. The panel can then be programmed to carry out automatic test sequences according to BS 5266/EN 50172. Testing can also be initiated manually. All test data is sent back and stored at the control panel. Additionally, the system carries out continuous real time monitoring of all connected devices. Central battery unit status is constantly monitored and multiple CBUs can be controlled by a single panel. In the event of a fault, the precise location of the device is displayed at the control panel along with accurate details of the nature of the fault and an alarm is raised. A printer can be connected, which automatically prints details of any system events as soon as they occur. The system can be enhanced by networking up to 63 panels. Central PC monitoring and a global network printer can also be incorporated. An advanced colour graphics software package is available to provide central and remote system control and monitoring.
Panel Constructed from flame retardant polycarbonate. 2 line x 40 character LCD display and soft touch 5 button keypad. Access to panel functions is by means of a secure password. All functions controlled by the keypad, via a series of user friendly menus with context sensitive help information. System and luminaire faults can be viewed without input of password. Panel has printer connection facility and battery back-up. An on-board alarm is fitted, which is activated when faults are identified. Alarm can be muted or disabled using keypad. Panel is used to facilitate following functions: Set up test types and times Initiate manual tests Display real time current/voltage of single luminaire Print test results (remote printer) Configure Panel functions
In addition, LED indicators display the following status: Power on Emergency mode General fault System fault Test in progress
Dimensions
332mm 12 Cable Entry Points 283mm 198mm 242mm
MUTE BUZZER SCROLL
270mm
90mm
499
Emirates Stadium Central Battery Systems
500
Slave Luminaire Technical Data

Slave luminaires for use with central emergency lighting systems must be compatible with the central battery supply unit. The most common types are: Dedicated slave luminaires, with specially designed housings and circuits Converted mains luminaires, which have been modified by the addition of an emergency circuit, normally to operate on 24, 50 or 110V AC/DC supplies Mains luminaires which are suitable to be powered by 230V AC inverter systems To be compatible with the power supply unit and to comply with the luminaire product standard, whilst being installed to meet the requirements of the BS 5266 Pt.1 code of practice, the luminaires should meet the following requirements: Voltage compatibility - the luminaire operating range must be within the central system output voltage range, minus an additional 4% cable voltage drop Static inverter systems - luminaires must fully meet the requirements of EN 60598-2-22, which ensures they are suitable for use as emergency luminaires Cooper Lighting systems and slave luminaires meet these requirements in full.
System & Luminaire Technical Data
24 AC/DC
Central System Output Maintained voltage output range including cable voltage drop Initial emergency output voltage range including cable voltage drop End of duration output voltage range including cable voltage drop 19.4 - 25.3V 21.6 - 24.0V 19.4 - 21.6V
50V AC/DC
40.5 - 53.0V 45.0 - 50.0V 41.4 - 45.0V
110V AC/DC
89.1 - 116.6V 99.0 - 110.0V 89.0 - 99.0V
230V AC/AC
194.4 - 254.4V 200.0 - 223.0V 200.0 - 223.0V
Compatible Dedicated 8W Luminaires Minimum strike volts (0C) Minimum run volts (0C) Maximum run volts (0C) 18.0V 18.0V 30.0V 37.5V 37.5V 62.5V 82.5V 82.5V 138.0V 198.0V 198.0V 264.0V
Converted or Dedicated Luminaire Fitted with SMCB Module Minimum strike volts (0C) Minimum run volts (0C) Maximum run volts (0C) 62.5V 95.0V 82.5V 138.0V -
Note: SMCB units use changeover relays, so the maintained function should be provided by the normal mains control gear. However, the module will operate on either AC or DC enabling it to operate with a maintained central system in the emergency conditions
501
Slave Luminaire Technical Data

Power Consumption and Performance Dedicated Slave AC/DC Systems 50V Lumens Amps
275 0.18 -
24V Lamp Watts & Type

8W 11W 2x21W T5 TC-S Tungsten
Lumens
275 -
Amps
0.34 -
110V Lumens Amps

275 2x300 0.07 0.50
AC/AC Systems 230V High Frequency Ballast Lumens Watts VA

272 900 2x300 8 14 55 9 16 60
Mains Luminaires Converted with an AC/DC SMCB Unit AC/DC Systems 110V Lumens Amps
350(0.44) 650(0.33) 740(0.24) 700(0.18) 0.095 0.14 0.165 0.17
Lamp Watts
18W 36W 58W 70W
Lamp Type
T8 T8 T8 T8
AC/AC Systems 230V Lumens Amps

594(0.44) 1105(0.33) 1248(0.24) 1179(0.18) 11.20 16.50 19.54 20.00
16W 28W 38W
2D 2D 2D
400(0.65) 500(0.40) 560(0.33)
0.11 0.145 0.15
9W 11W 13W 18W 26W 36W
TC-S TC-S TC-DE TC-DE/TC-L TC-DE TC-L
250(0.71) 375(0.70) 330(0.63) 330(0.63) 425(0.40) 600(0.35)
0.09 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.13 0.15
408(0.34) 684(0.38) 928(0.32)
11.80 15.80 17.60
Mains Luminaires Powered from a Central Inverter 230V AC/AC systems High Frequency Ballast Wire Wound Ballast Watts VA Watts VA
20.2 38 58.1 72.4 20.8 39.2 59.9 74.6 26 43 67 80 29.5 45.3 77 92
Lamp Watts
18W 36w 58w 70w
Lamp Type
T8 T8 T8 T8
Lumens
1100 2700 4200 5300
16w 28w 38w
2D 2D 2D
850 1655 2300
17 31.2 43.2
17.9 32.5 45
21 34 45
45.7 37.4 49.5
13w 18w 26w 36w
TC-DE TC-DE/TC-L TC-DE TC-L
725 970 1450 2300
16.1 20.6 28.8 37.6
16.6 21 30 38.4
18 24 32 45
20.7 26.4 35.6 53
Notes: 1. VA ratings assume power factor capacitors are fitted 2. Watts and VA figures based on typical control gear data, for system design purposes 3. The above lumen data is based on output from triphosphor lamps. De-rate by 15% if halophosphate lamps are used 4. Lumen output figures include the effects of lamp and luminaire ageing, end of discharge voltage and cable volt drop 5. Data for 230V AC/AC SMCB unit available on application
502
Suffolk New College
503
Kavli Institute, Cambridge Laserline
504
Lighting Controls
Lighting Controls
Intellect Digital
PG 507
Intellect Regulator
PG 517
PG 522
Manual Dimming
PG 524
Infra-red Scene Setting PG 527
Modular Lighting Controls PG 530
Integrated Sensors
PG 536
Microwave Sensor
PG 538
Lighting Control Module PG 540
Intelligent MiniSensor PG 544
+ + + + -
Detectors
PG 546
Connect Wiring System PG 548
LED Driver Selection Guide PG 550
LED Controls
PG 554
Lighting Controls
505
Ipswich Building Society Combiform Semi Recessed
506
Lighting Controls
Intellect Digital
Intellect Digital is one of the most advanced lighting and energy management systems available today. System intelligence is built into every luminaire, monitoring and reacting to occupancy, pre-selected light levels and changes in ambient daylight levels. Absence functionality has also been introduced with the addition of a simple wall switch. The result is a highly efficient and intelligent system, which is easily re-configured as room layout or usage changes, via a simple hand-held infra-red programmer. Importantly, Intellect Digital fully considers the human dimension. Luminaires communicate with each other, allowing selected fittings to switch on together offering a pleasant, safe and correctly illuminated environment. A handy infra-red override unit also provides local control for individuals on a temporary basis. Whatever the application, Intellect Digital delivers automatic energy savings combined with outstanding flexibility.
Energy saving - typically between 50% and 70% Occupancy detection, daylight linking and constant illumination Absence functionality via manual wall switch maximising energy saving Flexible programming via a hand-held unit Luminaire communication for high light quality User infra-red override facility for local control Simple to install and set up Easy to re-configure when office layout changes
Lighting Controls
507
Intellect Digital
Standard System Features Intellect Digital is a highly sophisticated and advanced lighting and energy management tool. However, it is easy to install, set up and reconfigure, to accommodate the needs of the modern working environment. Intelligence is built into every luminaire, with a wide range of set-up parameters available to configure the system to the exact needs of the installation. All features are set-up via a hand held infra-red master programmer and can be summarised as follows: Absence function Occupancy detection Luminaire communication Daylight linking Constant illumination Illumination control System set-up Presence Detection In a typical office environment, people are away from their workstations between 20% and 40% of the time, during which period luminaires could generally be switched off. Intellect Digital uses a passive infra-red (PIR) presence detection system fitted within each luminaire, which turns on the luminaire while people are present, but off shortly after they leave. PIR detectors have a sophisticated lens which divides the area into three dimensional zones. Crossing from one zone to another triggers the device. Generally, the closer the person is to the PIR, the closer the zones and therefore a smaller movement is needed to trigger the device. Intellect Digital uses a 360 lens which has a high zone density immediately beneath the luminaire to detect small movements, ensuring the luminaire remains lit when reading or writing at a desk. Further away, larger movements are required. As luminaires are usually spaced less than 3 metres apart, people are almost always working in detection zones of high sensitivity.
Absence Function Many lighting control systems historically worked on presence detection and would activate the luminaires whenever occupancy was detected. This meant that although the system may have daylight monitoring and account for natural daylight and dim/brighten fittings accordingly, they would be on when in some cases they may not need to be. Absence detection, as it is often referred to, requires the user to manually demand the lights on, usually by means of a simple wall switch. This can result in further energy savings as the luminaires will only be switched on when they are needed, regulate accordingly during operation, then switch off following the pre set time delay after the sensor last detected occupancy. Absence is now an acknowledged energy saver and has been integrated into recommendations for many energy related incentive schemes. To keep pace with this the Intellect Digital absence switch (ILDAS) has been introduced to the popular Intellect Digital range. The switch is simply installed in the same way as any other switch but instead of switching the mains power it is linked to the Intellect Digital BUS loop via the 2-pole plug and socket provided and the parameters set accordingly with the hand held programmer so when the switch is depressed the system is activated. (The switch is given the same address as the luminaires to be activated and the PIR function set to PIR off only via the Intellect Digital master programmer)
Intellect PIR coverage
Intellect Digital Absence Switch (ILDAS)
508
Lighting Controls
Luminaire Communication System Most commercially available presence detection luminaires act independently and turn off if no one is directly under them. Whilst providing energy savings, it can lead to intimidating circumstances. In addition, individual luminaires generally do not provide the correct illumination level or adequate uniformity. Staff working late could be left sitting in a pool of light, surrounded by intimidating darkness or have to negotiate a dark corridor, where luminaires only switch on as the person passes under them. Intellect Digital solves this problem by enabling luminaires to communicate with each other. Every luminaire can be programmed with up to 4 of 50 available address numbers. When a luminaire is activated, by detecting presence beneath it, a signal is sent out via the 2 wire communication BUS to every other luminaire. Any sharing the same address number will switch on. As a result selected surrounding luminaires can be instructed to remain on, along with chosen luminaires on a notional walkway or by doors. This ensures the correct level of illumination and recommended uniformity wherever people are working, along with essential circulation lighting. An additional feature is common zone addresses. Any luminaire can have a common zone address allocated, in addition to or instead of the 4 standard communication addresses. If designated with a common zone address, that luminaire will switch on or stay illuminated if any other luminaire on the BUS is activated by presence. This feature is useful to instruct selected corridor, circulation or stairway luminaires to stay on if any person is in the building. As building layout or usage is changed, the address numbers allocated to any luminaire can be simply re-programmed via the infra-red master programmer, effortlessly accommodating the ever increasing churn rate experienced in commercial buildings.
Luminaires which dont communicate cause small pools of light surrounded by intimidating darkness
Intellect luminaires communicate with each other, providing a pleasant, safe and energy saving environment
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
509
Intellect Digital
Daylight Linking Natural daylight can often provide either sufficient or a significant contribution to workplace illumination, particularly in the 5 metre area next to windows known as the window zone. Potential typical savings due to daylight alone are between 50% and 70%, dependent on the size, position and compass direction of windows. However, most people will not turn off the lights and the perceived difference between 100% on and switched off appear to be large. Additionally, turning the lights off will affect everybody, including some who may still require illumination. Intellect Digital overcomes this by having a built-in light sensitive cell that monitors daylight levels and adjusts lamp output accordingly, so that the pre-set light level is maintained. As daylight becomes available, the luminaires react by dimming the lamps, continuing until minimum output is reached. With continuing or sustained daylight availability, the luminaires can be instructed to stay on and continue to operate at low levels of output, or switch off after a timed period. If daylight decreases, lamps are automatically brightened to maintain the pre-selected light level.
Percentage 300% light level and energy CONVENTIONAL LUMINAIRE Natural daylight plus artificial light TOO MUCH LIGHTWASTING ENERGY Percentage 300% light level and energy INTELLECT DIGITAL DAYLIGHT LINKING
Each luminaire reacts independently, to take into account that the further away from the window it is installed, the influence of daylight decreases. Intellect Digital automatically compensates for light received from other luminaires and the use of window blinds or curtains. It also has a built in time delay so that it is unaffected by temporary changes in level due to reflections or clouds passing over the sun. The luminaire provides light according to the actual conditions directly beneath it.
200% Required illumination level 100%
200% Required illumination level 100% Total illumination level 0% Energy Finish work used Time Total illumination level
Natural daylight 0% Typical working day Start work
ENERGY SAVED Natural daylight Start work Typical working day
Finish work
Energy used
Time
Using a conventional luminaire, artificial light is needed at the start and end of the day, but provides too much light for most of the day (because of daylight) thus wasting energy
Intellect Digitals daylight linking feature reduces light output and energy used but ensures that the installation has enough light
Typical office showing luminaires by the window automatically dimmed to low level but increasing in brightness when moving away from the windows, giving even illumination
510
Lighting Controls
Constant Illumination Light output from all luminaires reduces over time, as lamps age and the optics get dirty. Room surfaces also accumulate dust and dirt. Standard lighting design practice compensates for this depreciation by increasing initial illumination levels, according to maintenance and cleaning plans. When the installation is new or following maintenance and re-lamping, this leads to overlighting and energy wastage with conventional luminaires. Intellect Digital automatically compensates for this, dimming the lamps initially so that the designed, pre-set level is achieved when lamps are new. As lamps age and optics accumulate dirt, the luminaire automatically increases power to the lamps to maintain the desired illumination level. This delivers substantial energy savings over a conventional installation, typically between 10% and 20% dependent on maintenance intervals. A further benefit is improved visual comfort, as over lighting is eliminated. Each luminaire reacts independently, to take into account that the further away from the window it is installed, the influence of daylight decreases. Intellect Digital automatically compensates for light received from other luminaires and the use of window blinds or curtains. It also has a built in time delay so that it is unaffected by temporary changes in level due to reflections or clouds passing over the sun. The luminaire provides light according to the actual conditions directly beneath it.
125%
Installed illumination level (required to achieve maintained level)
CONVENTIONAL LUMINAIRE Level of illumination provided
TOO MUCH LIGHTWASTING ENERGY 100%
Required illumination level (maintained) TOO MUCH LIGHTWASTING ENERGY
Service interval (lamp replacement & luminaire clean) 75% Intermediate clean Intermediate clean
Energy used
Service interval
Conventional luminaires overlight to allow for luminaire/lamp depreciation, causing discomfort and wasting energy
125%
INTELLECT DIGITAL - CONSTANT ILLUMINATION Level of illumination provided Required illumination level (maintained)
100% ENERGY SAVED ENERGY SAVED
75%
Energy used Service Intermediate Intermediate interval clean clean (lamp replacement & luminaire clean) Service interval
Intellect Digital provides only the level of light required, thus saving energy and still allowing for luminaire/lamp depreciation
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
511
Intellect Digital
Illumination Control The problem with most conventional lighting systems is that: They deliver a fixed illumination level They are expensive to reconfigure if the office layout or use changes They cannot be dimmed if the light level is higher than required They cannot be brightened if more light is required These problem areas are solved by using Intellect Digital luminaires, as they can be set to operate at any light output within their range, either individually or as a whole. This is set up using the infra-red master programmer, to provide illumination that achieves the recommended level to perform general or specific tasks. Light levels can be accurately set, as the programmer can instruct each luminaire to operate at any value setting between minimum and maximum output of the ballast. If the usage of an area changes on a long term basis, the master programmer can be used to quickly re-configure the pre-set level. The luminaires will then continue to react automatically to changes in ambient daylight and compensate for lamp ageing, to maintain the set level. Temporary dimming or brightening of luminaires can be achieved by a simple, push button, hand held controller. This can be used to individually dim luminaires for presentations, or to brighten levels for detailed work. Luminaires can also be turned on or off. Adjustment using this controller fixes the light level and prevents automatic regulation. When the area is vacated, the luminaire switches off and automatically returns to its original settings. Luminaires can also be reset into automatic mode by pressing one button on the controller.
10% Illumination
25% Illumination
50% Illumination
The Hand Held Controller can be used to temporarily dim or brighten the luminaire
75% Illumination
100% Illumination
512
Lighting Controls
System Set-up System set-up is carried out after installation. A portable infra-red programmer is required, which transmits all set-up instructions to a receiver within the luminaire. Once programmed, the luminaire will retain its settings, even in the event of a power failure. Re-programming is easy - new instructions are simply transmitted to the luminaire. Cooper Lighting provide a commissioning service, during which the programming procedure is demonstrated to the designated individual responsible for adjustments to system settings after the installation is complete. A full specification of required settings is needed prior to commissioning. The following parameters can be set: Light levels Luminaires can be set to the same or different levels according to the task needs. They then automatically compensate for contribution from daylight and surrounding luminaires. Luminaire communication Up to 4 addresses can be programmed, from 50 available channel numbers. Luminaires with common addresses are all turned on if any one luminaire with the same address detects presence via the built-in PIR detector. Up to 3 common zones can also be programmed which turn on the luminaire if any other connected to the BUS is activated, which is useful for corridors, toilets and circulation areas. Time delay Sets time span between last detected movement and luminaire switch off. Adjustable between 30 seconds (for testing) and 60 minutes. Continuous operation can also be selected, requiring a means of isolation or use of a hand-held controller to switch on or off. Background light mode Luminaires can be instructed to hold on at minimum light output following the set time delay after the last movement has been detected. This provides low level background illumination which is useful for deep plan offices/call centres. A separate time delay can be set for this mode, to switch off completely up to 60 minutes after initiated, or hold on continuously. Any movement detected when a luminaire is in background light mode returns the luminaire to its normal operating level. Bright-out mode If bright-out is selected, the luminaire switches off if the ambient daylight levels rise to 50% or more of the pre-programmed required light level. The PIR continues to monitor movement, so that when ambient levels fall, the luminaire switches back on if the area is still occupied. Bright-out has active priority, so if anyone enters an area with sufficient natural light, the luminaire will not come on until daylight falls to the level set in the luminaire by the programmer. If bright-out is not selected, luminaires will remain at minimum output during periods of occupancy and high ambient levels. Power up mode Instructs luminaires to either turn on when power is first applied, or remain off until movement is detected. Important for large installations, to reduce start-up load following power failure, whilst allowing selected luminaires to power up immediately, such as on stairways or in circulation areas. Hold override mode Selecting hold override instructs the luminaire to retain the last light level value set by the hand held controller and not to automatically return to pre-set functions after the luminaire switches off. This is useful for meeting rooms in extended use or areas where tasks require non-standard illumination for long periods. The pre-set levels can be selected at any time by pressing one button on the hand-held override controller.
System set-up is carried out using the Infra-Red Master Programmer
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
513
Intellect Digital
System Components Luminaires All Intellect Digital luminaires are supplied with digital high frequency regulating control gear and a built-in Intellect Digital cube, which contains all system controls and intelligence in an unobtrusive housing. A comprehensive list of luminaires available with Intellect Digital controls is shown on page 521. Infra-Red Master Programmer Hand held unit with 6 button key pad and 2 line x 16 character LCD display. Required for performing all programming functions, by authorised personnel. Menus are accessed and data selected using the previous, next and select buttons, prompted by clear screen messages. Send button used to programme luminaire with selected functions. Read button to interrogate and download luminaires settings. Dims: 180mm(L) x 100mm(W) x 45mm(D) Hand Held Override Controller Compact ergonomically designed unit with 5 soft-touch push buttons. Provides On, Off, Dim and Brighten functions for building users, with additional button to return the luminaire to pre-set automatic operation. Dims: 125mm (L) x 50mm (W) x 25mm (D) BUS Communication Cable A standard mains insulated 2 core cable of 1.5mm2 cross-sectional area is recommended. Installed between all luminaires to provide communication link. The cable may be run in a radial, star, tee or ring format. A ring circuit provides a higher degree of integrity, with communication fully retained if a single point of interruption is experienced. Cable length should not exceed 400m and polarity must be observed when connecting the BUS cable to each luminaire. System Design and Installation Intellect Digital systems lighting design is carried out exactly as a conventional system would be, selecting available luminaires fitted with Intellect controls. See page 521 for a comprehensive list of compatible luminaires. Light switches are not essential, although a recognised means of isolation is required to facilitate maintenance and re-lamping. A mains power supply is connected in the normal way. An additional 2 core BUS cable is required to allow luminaires to communicate with each other. Although only a low voltage signal (15V) is carried, a 1.5mm2 mains voltage insulated cable is recommended, for complete electrical safety and to allow the cable to share trunking or conduit with mains voltage supply cables. Polarity must be observed when connecting the BUS cable to each luminaire. The luminaires are set-up after installation, using the hand held Infra-Red Master Programmer. Cooper Lighting can offer a full commissioning service, including a full demonstration of programming to a designated individual. Contact our Technical Support and Application department for advice on design or system application.
Infra-Red Master Programmer The main components of every Intellect Digital luminaire
Infra-Red Hand Held Override Controller
514
Lighting Controls
Options Intellect Digital can be interfaced with a Building Management System (BMS). A compatible interface unit can be supplied for specific installations, to meet project requirements. Contact Technical Support for further details. Master and slave luminaires can be supplied for installation where full flexibility is not required, or to meet specific project requirements. Master luminaires are supplied with full Intellect Digital functionality. Slave luminaires are fitted with digital high frequency regulating gear and receive on/off and light level instructions from the master luminaire. It is recommended that a maximum of 3 slaves are operated from a master luminaire, for satisfactory PIR detection range reasons. Additional components are required if 4 or more slaves are operated from a master. Contact Technical Support for further details. If control is required at luminaire group level only, to meet specific project requirements, Intellect Digital can be supplied in Groupmaster format. Up to four standard digital dimming luminaires can be modified to accept on/off and light level instructions from a single Groupmaster control unit, which contains the Intellect Digital cube. Addressing and all other programmable functions are shared by all luminaires in the group. See the Groupmaster section on page 522 for details.

Infra-Red Master Programmer Hand-Held Override Controller Intellect Digital Absence Switch
Cat No
ILDIRPR ILDIRCO ILDAS
Mains voltage supply Communication BUS cable
Intellect Digital requires only simple wiring
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
515
Ipswich Building Society Combiform Semi-recessed
516
Lighting Controls
Intellect Regulator
Intellect Regulator is the sister range of luminaires to Intellect Digital, sharing the same basic lighting and energy management functionality, of presence detection, daylight linking and constant illumination in every luminaire. Infra-red programming and override is replaced by simple set-up via DIP switches, resulting in a highly competitive package. Intellect Regulator is flexible with re-configuration easily performed as requirements change. A special background light feature prevents lone room occupants being stranded in a pool of light surrounded by darkness, whilst maintaining a high quality gently lit environment and good uniformity. Particularly suited to refurbishment projects, Intellect Regulator provides advanced energy management at exceptional value for money.
Competitive energy management package Energy saving - typically between 50% and 70% Presence detection, daylight linking and constant illumination Background light feature Easy to set-up via simple switches on the detector
Lighting Controls
517
Intellect Regulator
Standard System Features Intellect Regulator is an advanced lighting and energy management tool that is extremely easy to install and set-up, providing instant energy savings. Intelligence is built into every luminaire, with a comprehensive range of set-up parameters available to meet building user needs. All features are set-up via a series of DIP switches mounted on the side of the control cube and can be summarised as follows: Presence detection Daylight linking Constant illumination Background light mode System set-up Presence Detection Intellect Regulator uses a Passive Infra-Red (PIR) presence detection system fitted within each luminaire, which turns on the luminaire while people are present, but off shortly after they leave. Energy savings are typically between 20% and 40%. PIR detectors have a sophisticated lens which divides the area into three dimensional zones, which have to be crossed to trigger the device. Intellect Regulator uses a sophisticated 360 lens which has a high zone density immediately beneath the luminaire to detect small movements, ensuring the luminaire remains lit when reading or writing at a desk. Further away, larger movements are required. Normal 2.4m - 3m luminaire spacing ensures that people are almost always working in detection zones of high sensitivity.
Intellect PIR coverage
Daylight Linking Energy is wasted if artificial light is not reduced when natural daylight is adequate, particularly in the 5 metre area next to windows known as the window zone. Potential savings due to daylight are between 50% and 70%. However, most people do not turn off the lights and if they do it can cause problems, as some people, particularly those further away from the windows, will still require illumination. Intellect Regulator overcomes this by monitoring the light level below each luminaire. As daylight levels increase the luminaire reacts by dimming the lamps, continuing until minimum output is reached. With continuing or sustained daylight availability, the luminaires can be instructed to stay on and continue to operate at low levels of output, or switch off after a timed period. When daylight falls, lamps are automatically brightened to maintain the pre-selected light level. Each luminaire reacts independently. Intellect Regulator automatically compensates for light received from other luminaires and the use of curtains or blinds. It also has a built in time delay so that it is unaffected by temporary changes in level due to reflections or clouds passing over the sun.
Percentage 300% light level and energy
CONVENTIONAL LUMINAIRE Natural daylight plus artificial light TOO MUCH LIGHTWASTING ENERGY
Percentage 300% light level and energy
INTELLECT REGULATOR DAYLIGHT LINKING
200% Required illumination level 100%
200% Required illumination level 100% Total illumination level 0% Energy Finish work used Total illumination level
Natural daylight 0% Typical working day Start work
ENERGY SAVED Natural daylight Start work Typical working day
Finish work
Energy used
Using a conventional luminaire, artificial light is needed at the start and end of the day, but provides too much light for most of the day (because of daylight) thus wasting energy
Intellect Regulators daylight linking feature reduces light output and energy used but ensures that the installation has enough light
518
Lighting Controls
Constant Illumination Light output from all luminaires reduces over time, as lamps age and the optics get dirty. Room surfaces also accumulate dust and dirt. Standard lighting design practice compensates for this depreciation by increasing initial illumination levels, according to maintenance and cleaning plans. When the installation is new or following maintenance and re-lamping, this leads to over lighting and energy wastage with conventional luminaires. Intellect Regulator saves energy by dimming the lamps when new so that the designed, pre-set level is achieved. As lamps age and optics accumulate dirt, the luminaire monitors this and automatically increases power to the lamps to maintain the pre-set illumination level. This typically saves between 10% and 20% dependent on maintenance intervals and improves visual comfort by preventing over lighting.
Background Light Mode Normally when an area is vacated, luminaires switch off after a selected period of time. This can lead to poor lighting quality and unacceptable uniformity for anybody left working alone in the area, particularly in open plan offices. At night this can also be intimidating, if sat in a pool of light surrounded by darkness. Intellect Regulator overcomes this by activation of a background light mode feature, which if selected instructs the luminaire to remain on, but at a reduced light level. In deep open plan offices this delivers improved uniformity around areas where people are still working and greatly improves the visual environment, as walls and other vertical surfaces remain gently illuminated. This feature is also useful for frequently accessed racked areas in store rooms. The reduced level of light and a further time delay to full switch off are selectable on every Intellect Regulator luminaire.
Mercedes Benz UK, Milton Keynes
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
519
Intellect Regulator
System Set-up System set-up is simple, via a series of DIP switches on the side of the control cube, accessed from inside the luminaire. The following parameters can be set: Light levels Luminaires can be set to the same or different levels according to the task needs. A choice of eight different levels can be set in each luminaire, which then compensate automatically for contribution from daylight and surrounding luminaires. One of these levels is for fixed maximum output. Time delay Sets time span between last detected movement and luminaire switch off. A choice of four different delay periods are offered - 2.5, 5, 10 or 20 minutes. Background light mode Luminaires can be instructed to hold after the last detected movement, at three selectable levels - 10%, 20% or 50% output. After entering background light mode, the luminaire has the facility to automatically switch off after a further time delay of 5, 20 or 60 minutes, or hold on continuously. Any movement detected when a luminaire is in background light mode returns the luminaire to its normal operating level. Bright-out mode If bright-out is selected, the luminaire switches off when the ambient daylight levels exceed by 50% or more the pre-programmed light level required, for more than 10 minutes. The PIR continues to monitor movement, so that when ambient levels fall, the luminaire switches back on if the area is still occupied. If bright-out is not selected, luminaires will remain at minimum output during periods of occupancy and high ambient levels. System Components Luminaires All Intellect Regulator luminaires are supplied with digital high frequency regulating control gear and a built-in Intellect Regulator cube, which contains all system controls and intelligence in an unobtrusive housing. No other components or accessories are required. A comprehensive list of luminaires available with Intellect Regulator controls is shown on page 521. System Design and Installation Intellect Regulator system lighting design is carried out exactly as a conventional system would be, selecting luminaires that are available fitted with Intellect Regulator controls. See page 521 for a comprehensive list of compatible luminaires. Light switches are not essential, although a recognised means of isolation is required to facilitate maintenance and re-lamping. A mains power supply is connected in the normal way. The luminaires can be set-up prior to or after installation, using the built in DIP switches. If set up before installation, further adjustment to light level settings may be required. Contact our Technical Support and Application department for advice on design or system application.
Options Master and slave luminaires can be supplied for installation where full flexibility is not required, or to meet specific project requirements. Master luminaires are supplied with full Intellect Regulator functionality. Slave luminaires are fitted with digital high frequency regulating gear and receive on/off and light level instructions from the master luminaire. It is recommended that a maximum of 3 slaves are operated from a master luminaire for satisfactory PIR detection range reasons. Additional components are required if 4 or more slaves are operated from a master. Contact Technical Support for further details. If control is required at luminaire group level only, to meet specific project requirements, Intellect Regulator can be supplied in Groupmaster format. Up to four standard digital dimming luminaires can be modified to accept on/off and light level instructions from a single Groupmaster control unit, which contains the Intellect Regulator cube. System set-up functions are shared by all luminaires in the group. See the Groupmaster section on page 522 for more details.
Combiform
Moduspec T8
Varsity
Moduspec T5
Moducell
Crompack 5
520
Lighting Controls
Luminaires shown on these pages are available with built-in Intellect Digital or Intellect Regulator controls, as indicated. Please refer to the page number shown for full technical and specification information for each luminaire. Intellect can also be integrated into Synthesis, Laserline and Acoustic System luminaires on request. Cat No Emergency Cat No Description Product Page
35 35 35 38 38 38 59 59 59 59 59 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 45 45 45 45 45 117 117 117 117 117 121 121 121 121 121
Intellect Digital - Communicating Intelligent Luminaires and Attachments - Including Lamp ILDCFSH240RD EBILDCFSH240RD Int Digital Combiform Shallow ILDCFSH255RD EBILDCFSH255RD Int Digital Combiform Shallow ILDCFSH414RD EBILDCFSH414RD Int Digital Combiform Shallow ILDCFPS240RD EBILDCFPS240RD Int Digital Combiform Plus Semi-Rec ILDCFPS255RD EBILDCFPS255RD Int Digital Combiform Plus Semi-Rec ILDCFPS414RD EBILDCFPS414RD Int Digital Combiform Plus Semi-Rec ILDMCFX236RD ILDMCX240RD ILDMCX255RD ILMVFXM22 ILMVXM22 ILDMS3236RD ILDMS3258RD ILDMS6418RD ILDMS6436RD ILMXM23236 ILMXM23258 ILMXM26418 ILMXM26436 ILMXS23236 ILMXS23258 ILMXS26418 ILMXS26436 ILDMSFM414RD ILDMSPM414RD ILDMSFS414RD ILDMSPS414RD ILDMSTS414RD ILDVYP228RD ILDVYP235RD ILDVYP249RD ILDVYP236RD ILDVYP258RD ILDVYSP228RD ILDVYSP235RD ILDVYSP249RD ILDVYSP236RD ILDVYSP258RD EMILDMCFX236RD EBILDMCX240RD EBILDMCX255RD EBILDMS3236RD EBILDMS3258RD EBILDMS6418RD EBILDMS6436RD EBILDMSFM414RD EBILDMSPM414RD EBILDMSFS414RD EBILDMSPS414RD EBILDMSTS414RD EBILDVYP228RD EBILDVYP235RD EBILDVYP249RD EBILDVYP236RD EBILDVYP258RD EBILDVYSP228RD EBILDVYSP235RD EBILDVYSP249RD EBILDVYSP236RD EBILDVYSP258RD Int Digital Moducell Housing only Int Digital Moducell Housing only Int Digital Moducell Housing only Int Digital Moducell Mirror Louvre Int Digital Moducell Mirror Louvre Int Digital Moduspec Housing only Int Digital Moduspec Housing only Int Digital Moduspec Housing only Int Digital Moduspec Housing only Int Digital Moduspec Mirror Louvre Int Digital Moduspec Mirror Louvre Int Digital Moduspec Mirror Louvre Int Digital Moduspec Mirror Louvre Int Digital Moduspec Satin Louvre Int Digital Moduspec Satin Louvre Int Digital Moduspec Satin Louvre Int Digital Moduspec Satin Louvre Int Digital Moduspec T5 Mirror Louvre Int Digital Moduspec T5 Mirror Louvre Int Digital Moduspec T5 Satin Louvre Int Digital Moduspec T5 Satin Louvre Int Digital Moduspec T5 Satin Louvre Int Digital Varsity T5 Int Digital Varsity T5 Int Digital Varsity T5 Int Digital Varsity T8 Int Digital Varsity T8 Int Digital Varsity School T5 Int Digital Varsity School T5 Int Digital Varsity School T5 Int Digital Varsity School T8 Int Digital Varsity School T8
Intellect Regulator - Intelligent Luminaires - Inc Lamp (Please see Intellect Digital section for the range of Louvre attachments for Intellect Moducell/Moduspec) ILRCFSH240RD ILRCFSH255RD ILRCFSH414RD ILRCFPS240RD ILRCFPS255RD ILRCFPS414RD ILRCP41RD ILRCP42RD ILRCP51RD ILRCP52RD ILRMCFX236RD ILRMCX240RD ILRMCX255RD ILRMS3236RD ILRMS3258RD ILRMS6418RD ILRMS6436RD EBILRCFSH240RD EBILRCFSH255RD EBILRCFSH414RD EBILRCFPS240RD EBILRCFPS255RD EBILRCFPS414RD EBILRCP41RD EBILRCP42RD EBILRCP51RD EBILRCP52RD EMILRMCFX236RD EBILRMCX240RD EBILRMCX255RD EBILRMS3236RD EBILRMS3258RD EBILRMS6418RD EBILRMS6436RD Int Reg Combiform Shallow 2x40W HF Satin Louvre Int Reg Combiform Shallow 2x55W HF Satin Louvre Int Reg Combiform Shallow 4x14W HF Satin Louvre Int Reg Combiform Plus Semi-Rec Satin Louvre Int Reg Combiform Plus Semi-Rec Satin Louvre Int Reg Combiform Plus Semi-Rec Satin Louvre Int Regulator Crompack 5 1200mm Int Regulator Crompack 5 1200mm Int Regulator Crompack 5 1500mm Int Regulator Crompack 5 1500mm Int Regulator Moducell Housing only Int Regulator Moducell Housing only Int Regulator Moducell Housing only Int Regulator Moduspec Housing only Int Regulator Moduspec Housing only Int Regulator Moduspec Housing only Int Regulator Moduspec Housing only 35 35 35 35 35 35 137 137 137 137 59 59 59 49 49 49 49
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
521
Intellect Groupmaster provides the opportunity to utilise intelligent lighting controls where it is not possible to use individual intelligent luminaires, perhaps for reasons of budget constraints. Available with specially modified versions of either Digital or Regulator control cubes, Intellect Groupmaster provides the benefits and set up features of these two systems, but with reduced equipment costs. Supplied as a stand alone unit, each Groupmaster can operate up to four luminaires fitted with digital regulating control gear, sharing light level and on/off control signals. Although offering less flexibility than using individual intelligent luminaires, as special features such as communication or background light mode are shared, Intellect Groupmaster provides a cost effective solution.
Competitive energy management package Energy saving - typically between 50% and 70% Choice of Intellect Digital or Regulator functionality Group operation of on/off and light level control Presence detection, daylight linking and constant illumination Easy to set-up minimising installation time Absence functionality via manual wall switch maximising energy efficiency
522
Lighting Controls
Standard System Features Intellect Groupmaster is supplied as a stand alone control unit, for recessed mounting into ceiling systems. Each unit can be specified to be fitted with either an Intellect Digital or Intellect Regulator control cube. Up to 4 luminaires, each equipped with digital high frequency regulating control gear, can be operated from a single Groupmaster unit. See Intellect Digital or Regulator product entries for a full explanation of functionality. Shared system features can be summarised as below. Intellect Digital Groupmaster Absence function Presence Detection Luminaire Communication Daylight Linking Constant Illumination Illumination Control Infra-Red System Set-up Intellect Regulator Groupmaster Presence Detection Daylight Linking Constant Illumination Background Light Mode DIP Switch System Set-up System Components Groupmaster Control Unit Ceiling mounted unit fitted with appropriate cube and DSI on/off/level output for connection to luminaires. Luminaires Compatible luminaires fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. A comprehensive list of luminaires suitable for use with Intellect Groupmaster can be provided by contacting our Technical Support and Application department. Absence function Refer to Intellect Digital section page 507
System Design and Installation Intellect Groupmaster system lighting design is carried out exactly as a conventional system would be, selecting compatible luminaires that are available fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Light switches are not essential, although a recognised means of isolation is required to facilitate maintenance and re-lamping. Groupmaster control units should be located in the most appropriate position for detection purposes. In large areas this is generally in the centre of each group. In small areas, it is likely to be more beneficial over the task area. A mains power supply is connected in the normal way to the luminaires and Groupmaster control units. An additional 2 core communication BUS cable is required to link control units in Intellect Digital Groupmaster installations. Polarity must be observed when connecting the BUS cable to each Groupmaster unit. The luminaires are set up using the infra-red programmer or DIP switches, as appropriate for the control cube type specified. We recommend that you contact our Technical Support and Application department for advice on design and system application as Intellect Groupmaster is highly project specific.

Intellect Digital Groupmaster Control Unit (max 4 luminaires) Intellect Regulator Groupmaster Control Unit (max 4 luminaires)
Cat No
ILDGM ILRGM
Mains voltage supply Groupmaster on/off/level signal distribution Communication BUS (digital only) Groupmaster cube
Typical Intellect Groupmaster wiring schematic
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
523
Manual Dimming
Simple on/off and dimming control is often required in many types of application, particularly in areas where audio-visual presentations are conducted. The Manual Dimming System achieves this without the need of complicated controls or dimming racks, simply by using momentary push buttons plus Cooper Lighting luminaires fitted with digital regulating control gear. Installation is straightforward, with luminaires only requiring a standard power supply and an additional switched live, via the push button. No complicated set up is required, just push and hold the button down until the desired illumination is reached. Precision control is easily achieved by using the Manual Dimming System.
Simple dim/brighten control Easy to install and use Silent, stable, precision control Soft on/off feature Comprehensive range of compatible luminaires
524
Lighting Controls
System Operation Luminaires to be controlled should be fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Each luminaire requires a standard, permanent live mains power supply, plus a switched live supply and neutral reference via a momentary push button switch. Luminaires are switched on or off by a short push of the switch. Luminaires will switch on at their previous light level. Pushing and holding the switch will dim the luminaires. Releasing and then holding again will increase the luminaire brightness. Operation will toggle between on/off or dim/brighten each time the switch is pressed or held on. System Components Switch Momentary push button fitted in a white single gang switch plate. Luminaires Compatible luminaires fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. To specify luminaires, change the S or Z suffix to RD. A comprehensive list of luminaires suitable for use with the Manual Dimming System can be provided by contacting our Technical Support and Application department. Options Emergency converted luminaires can be used with this system, specifying the appropriate luminaire to be used complete with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Contact Technical Support for full details. Specification To specify state: Dimming system providing manual on/off/dim/brighten functionality, using digital high frequency regulating luminaires controlled by momentary push button switch, as Cooper Lighting Manual Dimming System, part no. ______________
System Design and Installation Lighting design is carried out exactly as a conventional system would be, to determine the quantity of luminaires required. System designed for up to 10 luminaires. Specify the luminaires to be fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Connect all luminaires to a permanent live mains supply. It is recommended that a suitable means of isolation is provided for routine maintenance purposes. An additional momentary switched live supply via a push button switch is required for on/off/dim/brighten control. The luminaire ballast also requires a common neutral connection. This can be taken from the unswitched mains supply. However, to allow flexibility and permit other controls to be connected in the future, it is recommended that an additional neutral is run alongside the switched live supply. On/off and dim/brighten control is manually accessed by a short press or press and hold of the push button. Additional control switches can be added for two way switching etc. Any additional push buttons should be connected in parallel.

Momentary push button switch - on/off/dim/brighten control
Cat No
LCSDPB
Mains voltage supply Switched live and neutral reference to luminaire providing on/off/dim/brighten control LCSDPB - Push button
Typical Manual Dimming System wiring schematic
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
525
526
Lighting Controls
Infra Red Scene Setting
The control of lighting levels from anywhere within a room offers great flexibility to any installation. Conference meeting rooms particularly benefit from one person being able to create different modes or scenes during a presentation. The Infra-Red Scene Setting system provides this versatility without the need of expensive and complicated dimming racks. The basic control module can operate up to 25 ballasts and requires only the addition of an infra-red receiver and hand held controller in order to create 3 preset lighting scenes with dim/brighten override. Up to 8 control modules and 5 receivers can be linked, allowing the system to be utilised in larger and more sophisticated installations.
3 programmable scene levels provide one touch access to commonly used settings Convenient infra-red control Simple to understand, install and set up Easily expanded to multiple zone system for larger rooms or those with partitions On/off and dim/brighten manual control Soft on/off feature fades lamps on and off, avoiding an instant on/off switching of the lamp
Lighting Controls
527
Infra Red Scene Setting

System Operation Luminaires to be controlled should be fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Each luminaire requires a standard, permanent live mains power supply. Luminaires should be zoned and designated to a control module. Every luminaire in each zone is linked using a 2 wire DSI BUS cable, connected back to the appropriate control module. An infra-red receiver is installed and connected to all control modules in the system. Up to 5 receivers can be used. Using a hand-held infra-red controller the luminaires can be switched on/off or dimmed/brightened. The controller can also be used to set up scenes, with different zones at varying light levels. Once programmed, scenes are recalled by pressing one of the 3 scene selection buttons. A DSI control signal, providing on/off/dim/brighten control information, is distributed by the 2-wire BUS to luminaires on each individual zone as instructed by the module, based upon instructions provided by the hand held controller. System Components Control Module Moulded white thermoplastic housing, supplied ready to fix into a suitable box/housing. Infra-red receiver Injection moulded thermoplastic in white. Hand held controller Injection moulded thermoplastic in grey, complete with wall mounting bracket/holster. Luminaires Compatible luminaires fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. To specify luminaires, change the S or Z suffix to RD. A comprehensive list of luminaires suitable for use with Infra-Red Scene Setting can be provided by contacting our Technical Support and Application department.

Infra-red hand held controller Infra-red receiver - ceiling mounted (max 5 per system) Infra-red dimming control module - up to 25 ballasts (max 8 per system) Infra-red dimming control module 2 channel - up to 25 ballasts per channel Momentary push button switch - on/off/dim/brighten control
Cat No
LCSDHHC LCSDIRR LCSDCIR LCSDCIR2 LCSDPB
LCSDIRR Infra-red receiver
LCSDHHC Infra-red hand held controller
528
Lighting Controls
System Design and Installation Lighting design is carried out exactly as a conventional system would be, to determine the quantity of luminaires required, making provision for particular scene effects/requirements. Specify the luminaires to be fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear (max 25 ballasts per channel of the single or twin channel controllers). Connect all luminaires to a permanent live mains supply. It is recommended that a suitable means of isolation is provided for routine maintenance purposes. Connect a 2-wire DSI BUS cable from the control module to each luminaire in the module's zone. Maximum length is 50m per module/zone. DSI connection is polarity free. It is recommended that mains insulated cable is used. Install infra-red receiver, linking it to each control module in the system. Up to 5 receivers can be used on one system, installed in parallel. Power is supplied from one IR master control module, the others designated as IR slave by removing a jumper link. Light levels for each zone and each of the 3 programmable scenes is set up using the hand held controller. LCSDPB momentary push buttons can added to the system to provide fixed point on/off/dim/brighten override control.
Options Emergency converted luminaires can be used with this system, specifying the appropriate luminaire to be complete with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Contact us for full details.
Specification To specify state: Infra-red dimming and scene setting system providing on/off/dim/brighten and programmable scene recall functionality, using digital high frequency regulating luminaires and selected using a hand held infra-red controller, as Cooper Lighting Infra-Red Scene Setting System, part no. ___________
Mains voltage supply On/off/dim/brighten/scene signal to luminaires Link to LCSDIRR receiver Optional manual override LCSDCIR
Typical Infra-Red Scene Setting wiring schematic
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
529
Modular Lighting Controls
Simple to install and set up, Modular Lighting Controls offer the opportunity to create individually tailored systems to meet the requirements of many types of applications. The controls provide up to three groups of dimming control, with the option of adding PIR detection as standard. To this basic module can be added daylight linking, scene setting, or a combination of both extra features. The modular design allows for the simple and straightforward future expansion or augmentation of the system, by supplementing existing modules and adding photocells or PIR detectors, without a costly full-scale re-wire. For ease of ordering, the modules are supplied as kits to meet specific project requirements.
3 channel dimming control as standard Facility to add PIR detectors to any channel Daylight linking system available Scene setting facility available Simple to install and set up Modular design for easy future expansion
530
Lighting Controls
System Operation Luminaires to be controlled should be fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Each luminaire requires a standard, permanent live mains power supply. Luminaires should be designated into 1 of up to 3 groups for individual channel control. Each group is linked using a 2-wire DSI BUS cable, connected back to the appropriate channel output on the basic control module. Remote devices such as push buttons, PIR detectors, photocells or scene set switches are installed as appropriate to the system selected. Control system modules receive volt-free inputs from the remote devices installed, dependent on manual input, presence detection, available daylight or as selected scene set switch is pressed. A DSI control signal, providing on/off/dim/brighten control information, is distributed by the 2-wire BUS to luminaires on each individual channel as instructed by the module, based upon the information provided by the remote devices. Luminaires have soft on and fade to off operation. Manual override is available on all systems. Specific information follows for each system.
System Design and Installation Lighting design is carried out exactly as a conventional system would be, to determine the quantity of luminaires required. Specify the luminaires to be fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Connect all luminaires to a permanent live mains supply. It is recommended that a suitable means of isolation is provided for routine maintenance purposes. Connect a 2-wire DSI BUS cable from the control modules to each luminaire in a ring or combined ring/radial circuit. Maximum length of 250m per channel/group. DSI connection is polarity free. It is recommended that mains insulated cable is used. Install selected control system in a suitable housing and location. Add remote devices as required. Follow set up procedure provided with control system. Specific information follows for each system.
Options Emergency converted luminaires can be used with this system, specifying the appropriate luminaire to be complete with digital high frequency regulating control gear. Contact Technical Support for full details.
System Components Control Modules Moulded thermoplastic housings suitable for DIN rail mounting. Basic module requires mains power supply. Power to additional modules in the kit is provided by an interface cable link, which also shares data between components. Photocell Injection moulded thermoplastic in white. Switch Momentary push button fitted in a white single gang switch plate. Luminaires Compatible luminaires fitted with digital high frequency regulating control gear. To specify luminaires, change the S or Z suffix to RD. A comprehensive list of luminaires suitable for use with Modular Lighting Controls can be provided by our Technical Support and Application department. Other accessories Proprietary PIR detectors, multi-gang push buttons, grid switches and scene indicators can be used with Modular Lighting Controls. Contact our Technical Support and Application department for advice on compatibility. Expansion module The introduction of the LCSDLC DIN rail mounted expansion module makes connection of proprietary mains rated detectors quick and simple converting the signal to potential free to suit this modular system. The mains sensors on page 547 may be used with this system through the LCSDLC. Relay module The LCSDRK relay module enables switching of loads such as magnetic or electronic non dimmable control gear within a DSI or switch dim installation.
LCSDP Photocell

3 channel dimming control module 3 channel dimming and daylight link module kit 3 channel dimming and scene setting module kit 3 channel dimming, scene and daylight module kit Photocell - ceiling mounted Momentary push button switch - on/off/dim/brighten control Expansion module for mains sensors DSI Relay module
Cat No
LCSDMDC LCSDMDD LCSDMDS LCSDMDT LCSDP LCSDPB LCSDLC LCSDRK
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
531

3 CHANNEL DIMMING CONTROL System Features Separate control of up to 3 channels/groups of luminaires. Precise adjustment of light levels to suit requirements. Up to 100 luminaire ballasts per output channel. Simple set up of required light level via push buttons. On/off control via conventional switches or PIR detectors. System remembers pre-set level each time it is switched on. Project Example To provide the necessary equipment to achieve 3 channel manual dimming in the example below and using Moduspec T5 luminaires, the following would need to be ordered: 1 - LCSDMDC 3 - LCSDPB (for light level set up) 12 - MSTS414RD In addition, proprietary 1, 2 or 3 gang conventional switch(s) or PIR detector(s) may be used for on/off control.
System Installation System requires volt-free momentary push buttons for light level set up and volt-free conventional switches or PIR detectors for on/off control. On/off control of groups can be linked or split as required. Groups are set up individually, or linked and set up together. Compatible transformers for low voltage lamps are available.
Specification To specify state: Manual dimming system providing on/off/dim/brighten functionality for up to 3 channels with 100 ballasts per channel maximum, using digital high frequency regulating luminaires, set up and controlled using momentary push buttons, with the option of on/off via PIR detectors, as Cooper Lighting 3 Channel Dimming Modular Lighting Control System, part no. LCSDMDC.
Mains voltage supply Channel 1 Signal cable Channel 2 Signal cable Channel 3 Signal cable LCSDPB LCSDMDC
532
Lighting Controls
DAYLIGHT LINKING CONTROL System Features Daylight linking of up to 3 separate channels of luminaires. System automatically compensates for changes in ambient daylight levels. 50% - 70% energy saving in window zone. Up to 100 luminaire ballasts per output channel. Simple set up of light level via push buttons. Manual/Automatic override facility. On/off control via conventional switches or PIR detectors. Project Example To provide the necessary equipment to achieve daylight linking in the example below and using Halos luminaires, the following would need to be ordered: 1 1 3 12 LCSDMDD LCSDP LCSDPB (for light level set up) HAL414RD
In addition, proprietary 1, 2 or 3 gang conventional switch(es) or PIR detector(s) may be used for on/off control. A conventional switch for the manual/automatic override function and a 1, 2 or 3 gang momentary push button for set-up are also required.
System Installation Photocell to be ceiling mounted, aimed towards windows and connected to module using 2 core, 1.5mm2 mains rated cable. System requires volt-free momentary push buttons for set up and volt-free conventional switches or PIR detectors for on/off control. On/off control of groups can be linked or split as required. A manual/automatic override switch facility, using a volt free standard switch, is provided to disable or re-activate daylight linking response. Minimum and maximum light levels are set for each group during full daylight and darkness respectively. Each group of luminaires will then respond automatically for all intermediate daylight levels, dimming or brightening the lamps accordingly. Groups are set up individually, or linked and set up together. Compatible transformers for low voltage lamps are available. Specification To specify state: Daylight linking system providing on/off/dim/brighten and automatic response to daylight level functionality for up to 3 channels with 100 ballasts per channel maximum, using digital high frequency regulating luminaires, set up and controlled using momentary push buttons and photocell, with the option of on/off via PIR detectors, as Cooper Lighting Daylight Linking Modular Lighting Control System, part no. LCSDMDD.
Mains voltage supply Channels 1/2/3 Signal cables Link to LCSDP photocell Link to on/off switch LCSDMDD 3 gang momentary push button for set-up
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
533

SCENE SETTING CONTROL System Features Program and recall up to 4 light scenes. Choice of up to 3 channels of luminaires for scene flexibility. Facility to add scene indicators. Up to 100 luminaire ballasts per output channel. Simple set up of light level and scenes via push buttons. Easily expanded and re-configured. On/off control via conventional switches or PIR detectors. Project Example To provide the necessary equipment to achieve scene setting in the example below and using Bali luminaires, the following would need to be ordered: 1 3 12 LCSDMDS CSDPB (for light level set up) BAL224RD
System Installation Proprietary 4 button scene select push button plate or similar is required to activate programmed scenes. System requires volt-free momentary push buttons for light level set up and volt-free conventional switches for on/off control. PIR detectors may be used for on/off control if appropriate. On/off control of groups can be linked or split as required. To program scene 1, firstly the light level (or off) for each channel is selected using the level set push buttons. Scene select button 1 is held until the luminaires flash to indicate the scene is stored. This is repeated for each scene required. Scene indicators may be added if required, to provide visual signal of which scene is operating. Groups are set up individually, or linked and set up together. Compatible transformers for low voltage lamps available.
A 4 button scene select push button plate (alternatively 4 x LCSDPB push buttons or similar) is required for scene selection following programming. Scene indicators can also be added. In addition, proprietary 1, 2 or 3 gang conventional switch(s) or PIR detector(s) may be used for on/off control and a 1, 2 or 3 gang momentary push button is required for set-up.
Specification To specify state: Scene set and dimming control system providing on/off/dim/brighten and 4 x scene recall functionality for up to 3 channels with 100 ballasts per channel maximum, using digital high frequency regulating luminaires, set up and controlled using momentary push buttons, with the option of on/off via PIR detectors, as Cooper Lighting Scene Setting Modular Lighting Control System, part no. LCSDMDS.
Mains voltage supply Channels 1/2/3 Signal cables Link to LCSDP photocell Link to on/off switch LCSDMDD 3 gang momentary push button for set-up
534
Lighting Controls
COMBINED DAYLIGHT LINKING AND SCENE SETTING CONTROL System Features Combines all features of Modular Lighting Controls. Daylight linking with 50% - 70% energy saving in window zone. Program and recall up to 4 light scenes. Up to 100 luminaire ballasts per output channel. Simple set up of light level and scenes via push buttons. Manual/Automatic override facility. On/off control via conventional switches or PIR detectors.
Project Example To provide the necessary equipment to achieve combined daylight linking and scene setting in the example below and using Combiform Shallow luminaires, the following would need to be ordered: 1 1 3 12 LCSDMDT LCSDP LCSDPB (for light level set up) CFSH414RD
System Installation Photocell to be ceiling mounted, aimed towards windows and connected to module using 2 core, 1.5mm2 mains rated cable. Proprietary 4 button scene select push button plate or similar is required to activate programmed scenes. System requires volt-free momentary push buttons for light level set up and volt-free conventional switches for on/off control. PIR detectors may be used for on/off control if appropriate. On/off control of groups can be linked or split as required. Refer to daylight linking/scene setting pages for set up details. Use of scene select push buttons disables the daylight linking function and re-activated using the manual/automatic button. Groups are set up individually, or linked and set up together. Compatible transformers for low voltage lamps available.
A 4 button scene select push button plate (alternatively 4 x LCSDPB push buttons or similar) is required for scene selection following programming. Scene indicators can also be added. In addition, proprietary 1, 2 or 3 gang conventional switch(s) or PIR detector(s) may be used for on/off control. A conventional switch for the manual/automatic override function and a 1, 2 or 3 gang momentary push button for set-up are also required.
Specification To specify state: Daylight linking and scene set dimming control system providing on/off/dim/brighten, 4 x scene recall and automatic response to daylight level functionality for up to 3 channels with 100 ballasts per channel maximum, using digital high frequency regulating luminaires, set up and controlled using momentary push buttons and photocell, with the option of on/off via PIR detectors, as Cooper Lighting Combined Daylight Linking and Scene Setting Control System, part no. LCSDMDT.
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
535
Lighting Controls - Integrated Sensors

Integrated occupancy and photocell sensors With the lighting load of a commercial building accounting for around 30% of the energy to run it, reducing the lighting load through controls and daylight harvesting can have a significant effect in reducing the energy consumed. This is a win win where the building operator reduces running costs, the occupant receives an improved lighting scheme and it is also of benefit to the environment. The products listed are a series of discrete PIR and photocell sensors which can be built into a number of Cooper Lighting luminaires and in many cases networked together in a master slave arrangement. There is a choice of DSI/DALI digital dimming or switching sensors designed for standard ceiling heights of up to 3m as well as a range suited to mounting heights of up to 10m. Energy saving through occupancy detection and photocell to regulate according to the available daylight. Absence functionality: the system needs to be manually switched on before the system will operate. Discreet size to suit integration into smaller luminaires. Simple set-up via Infra-red controller to adjust settings such as time delay and light level. DALI, DSI and switching options Common features of the standard and high level sensors: Elegant sensor head linked to a slimline control module via RJ plug for simple integration into luminaires. The sensor heads are retained by simple spring clips in the requisite hole cut out of ~ 28mm. The digital dimming unit is DSI and DALI compatible and a simple switching version is also available All incorporate a photocell for constant light level control with adjustment from 10 to 2000 lux They can be stand alone or operate as master/slaves with an unlimited number of slaves. The master slave arrangement takes the lux reading of the master only, the slaves operate on occupancy only. It is recommended to position the master furthest from the natural light so as not to cause slave luminaires to be over dimmed. The time delay can be set between 15 seconds and 30 minutes They have a 10A 230V switching output than can be used to trigger another device such as HVAC or similar on detection of occupancy. Normally closed contact for manual switching of the luminaires (on/off only for the switched version, on/off and dim/brighten (Switch-dim function) on the dimming version The ambient temperature range is -25 to +50
Standard height sensors The standard sensors have a recommended mounting height of up to 3m and create a detection cone with a diameter of 2 x mounting height on the floor for seated activity, 2.4 x mounting height for walking towards the sensor and up to 4 x mounting height for walking across the detection zone.
High mounting sensors The high mounting height sensors have a recommended mounting height of up to 10m and create a detection cone with a diameter of 0.6 x the mounting height on the floor for walking across the detection zone.
Standard height detector and control module
High mounting detector control module (shown with alternate bezel and lens shield)
Compact infra-red programmers are available for the standard and high mounting sensors providing the ability to commission and adjust settings as required including lux level, time delays and simple on/off override function.
Compact Infra-red programmers
536
Lighting Controls
Standard height micro sensor The Micro detector is a very small occupancy only sensor where its tiny head unit (11mm visible) enables integration into slim low profile luminaires with ease. As with the other sensors this is then connected to the control module via a link cable supplied. Recommended mounting height up to 3m, with detection cone diameter 2x mounting height at the floor. Ambient temperature range -25 to +50
Photocell There is also a small photocell only device, ideally suited to dusk-todawn operation of exterior luminaires. Key features: Light level can be adjusted between 2 and 1000 lux On/Off delay of ~10-15 seconds Ambient temperature range -25 to +50 Control module IP20, sensor IP54 Control module lead to sensor is ~150mm long, it can be extended to a maximum of 1.5m Requires 11.5mm cutout for the photocell
Dimensions
18 RJ11
26
23
11
N N L L
30 s 1 TEST 2 4 6 10 15 30 mins
38
154
Luminaire Range Compatibility These sensors are not available as individual units but designed to form an integral feature of a variety of luminaires. Luminaire ranges particularly suited to the Integrated sensor include surface and continuous systems such as Crompack 5, Synthesis, Laserline, Acoustic System and other fluorescent luminaires with mounting heights of up to 10m. Please contact your local Cooper Lighting Sales engineer to discuss your requirements. For further information contact our technical support and application department on 01302 303240 or email lighting@cooper-ls.com
Lighting Controls
DIMMING
CONTROLS
537
Lighting Controls - Microwave Sensor

This discrete microwave detector is usually supplied already integrated into our luminaires to provide occupancy/motion detection with simple adjustment of detection range, time out and switching light level.
Simple set up and operation Up to 360 detection (subject to mounting orientation) 1m to 8m diameter detection range 2 to 2000 lux switching 5sec to 15min time delay
Function An HF or microwave detector operates differently to a Passive InfraRed detector (PIR), it is important to understand the main operational differences to ensure the correct device is used for the application. Unlike motion detectors with PIR technology, this high frequency (HF) motion detector emits a 5.8 GHz signal. Movement is detected by a change in frequency of waves reflected by a moving object within the detection zone. Vibration or moving machinery may also trigger the device. The HF detectors are almost temperature-independent, whereas temperature is the basis for the PIR motion detectors temperature measuring process. Infra-red waves from a PIR detector do not pass through walls, but high frequency waves can do. As a consequence, it may not be possible to have the clear boundary of a room wall when using an HF occupancy detector. Therefore, movement of people or machinery in adjacent rooms may also be detected and activate the device, resulting in lights activating unnecessarily. The HF sensor is ideally suited to integration within luminaires with panels or diffusers through which a PIRs detection and functionality may be impaired.
Detection Zone
Wall Mounting
Walking towards = Best detection
8m 1m
Ceiling Mounting
Walking towards = Best detection
4m
8m 1m
This HF device detection works better when the signal source is approached from the front, and for that reason these HF motion detectors are more sensitive to frontal approach compared to lateral passing by. Avoid locating the device near a heating or air conditioning source.
Dimensions
42
42
L'
90
538
Lighting Controls
Set up and Operation Please read the all information contained in these directions prior to any set up or servicing. Isolate the device from the mains power supply before carrying out any installation, maintenance or servicing. The device will generally be pre installed into a luminaire ready for set up with no additional installation or connection required.
Range/Sensitivity (Rotary control dial C) Range and sensitivity can be reduced by this potentiometer. The chosen range can be infinitely varied form 1 to 8m diameter (Ceiling mounting). Test Setting In order to adjust the detection range during the day, the light level value must be set to day (sun symbol) and time should be set to the minimum (approx. 5 sec). Note: When initializing the detector into operation or after a power failure, the motion detector will switch on for the duration of the set time-value.
Connections L L N
Rotar y Control Dial Fig. 2
Fig. 1
A 2 - 2000 LUX B 5 sec - 15 min C 1 - 8m
Connections Connect power supply as indicated in the terminal connection: Phase = L Connected phase = L Neutral conductor = N Technical Data
Power Supply: Switching power: Power consumption: 230V (+6%/-10%) 50/60Hz 1200W <1W 5.8GHz <10mW ISM Band r = 1m to 8m 2 to 2000 lux 5 sec to 15 min
Working LED Light Sensor
Light Level Setting (Rotary control dial A) The chosen light response threshold can be infinitely varied from approx. 2-2000 Lux. Symbol MOON = dusk-to-dawn operation Symbol SUN = daylight operation
HF transmitter output: Range: Photo electric switch: Time setting:
Ambient temperature range: -15 to + 50C (The luminaire ambient operating temperature may be more restricted) Housing material: UV stable Polycarbonate
Time setting (Rotary control dial B) The light can be set to stay ON for any period of time between approx. 5 sec and a maximum of 15 min. Any movement detected before this time elapses will re-start the timer. There will be no twilight evaluation (daytime operation) for as long as the motion detector is switched on. Note: After the light switches OFF, it takes approx. 1 sec before it is able to start detecting movement again.
We reserve the right to make any technical adjustments which are in the interests of product-improvement.
Luminaire Range Compatibility The device is designed for integration into our luminaires and is not generally available as a stand alone device. Luminaire ranges particularly suited to the integrated microwave sensor include: Tufflite, Crompack 5, Cercla, Varsity and Wavelite. Please contact your local Cooper Lighting sales engineer to discuss your requirements.
Trouble Shooting Guide Symptom Light not illuminated Light illuminated constantly Cause Light level value not compatible with the given situation Constant movement activity in the area of coverage Rectification Adjust light level value with regulating screw If movements caused by sources of interference (animals, ventilation, etc.), remove from area of coverage. Reduce range/sensivity with SENS regulating screw Light illuminated constantly Light will not switch Light level value not compatible with the given situation Mechanical Adjust light level value with regulating screw Check lamp, check connections
Lighting Controls
CONTROLS
539
Lighting Control Module
Energy conservation and the resulting cost savings are key drivers in the increasing demand for lighting controls. This new range of intelligent mashalling boxes and accessories offers a simple and easily configured system with all the components necessary to distribute power, detector inputs and switch commands to the connected luminaires. The range includes a series of programmable Lighting Control Modules and a choice of PIR and microwave detectors each with photocells for daylight harvesting. Controls enhance any lighting scheme, helping to create a comfortable lit environment as well as optimising energy efficiency. Lighting controls can provide energy savings in excess of 50%. Where controls are taken into account, they can aid compliance with the energy efficiency requirements of the Building Regulations and energy efficiency incentives such as the Enhanced Capital Allowance scheme.
Energy saving through occupancy detection and daylight harvesting PIR and microwave detector options, all with photocells and absence functionality Quick and simple Plug and Play connection minimising installation time 12 luminaire connections, via 6-pole locking connectors, across 6 channels The 6 channels can be independently controlled or linked in any configuration Compatible with digital DSI or DALI dimming protocol Multiple SELV switch and detector inputs Commissioning via easy to use PC based software, subsequent operation and parameter changes via Infra-Red handset
540
Lighting Controls
Marshalling Boxes There are 4 marshalling box variants offering different functionality and compatibility with the range of accessories. LCMB12W is the switching only variant that offers configurable channel outputs and is ideal for areas where a simple light level offset and time delay provides sufficient control of luminaires. LCMB12WD is the digital dimming variant, compatible with both DSI and DALI ballasts, this allows daylight harvesting to trigger dimming to regulate the luminaire output relative to the commissioned light level setting. LCMB12WB has an integrated communication BUS interface to facilitate connection to a BUS loop enabling interaction with a wider lighting control system. (This variant does not have the dimming function) The BUS has mains voltage protection via a replaceable BUS card to prevent damage to the remainder of the box should mains be applied to the BUS loop in error. (The recommended cable for the BUS is 1.5mm unscreened twisted pair) LCMB12WDB combines both the dimming functionality and communication BUS interface to produce the most versatile marshalling box option. The marshalling boxes have a modular construction and can be upgraded to add the BUS or Dimming functionality described above if required. All of the marshalling boxes have the following features:
Detector inputs Each box is fitted with 5 x SELV RJ45 detector input sockets, this allows quick and simple connection of the detectors via RJ45 patch leads (available as separate accessories), minimising install time and removing the chance incorrect hardwiring. The maximum recommended cable length between a detector and the box is 100m. Switch Inputs Each box is fitted with 5 x 3-pole SELV switch input sockets. These connections are a pluggable terminal block with a common and two returns with normally open contacts. The function of each switch input can be attributed to one or more of the luminaire channels. These inputs have the potential to allow up to 10 functions to be attributed to them and could be used to create scene setting functionality. The recommended cable for use with the SELV switch inputs is 3-core 0.75mm 300/500V to CMA ref 3183Y (or 3183B for LSOH cable) The maximum recommended cable length between a switch device and the box is 100m. Mains supply The box requires a 230/240V 50Hz electrical supply. The mains input terminal is 4-pole with cable capacity of 2 x 2.5mm or 1 x 4.0mm per termination. The box is supplied with a link between the permanent and switched live terminals, this can be removed where a permanent live supply is to be connected for emergency luminaires. Dimensions
Construction Robust VO rated polycarbonate housing finished grey with dedicated mounting points at 240mm centres and numerous cable entry points Luminaire connections 12 x 6-pole luminaire connections which are split across 6 different channels as follows: 2 channels control 3 luminaire connections each 2 channels control 2 luminaire connections each 2 channels control 1 luminaire connector each The maximum recommended load per channel is 6A (with a maximum recommended total load of 16A for the box)
Depth Length Width Weight Fixing centres
50mm (108mm with 6-pole plug and lead fitted) 315mm (361mm including fixing feet) 205mm 1.85kg 340mm
315
205
50
340
The recommended maximum number of digital dimming ballasts per channel is 8, with a maximum of 20 digital dimming ballasts for the box in total. Luminaires can be supplied fitted with corresponding 6-pole connectors that will lock to the marshalling box, ensuring positive mechanical connection and prevents accidental disconnection.
Lighting Controls
CONTROLS
541
DIMMING
Lighting Control Module

Sensors There are 3 different detectors available for direct connection to the marshalling box. Up to five detectors in total can be connected to the box via the RJ45 patch leads, available separately. The maximum recommended patch lead length is 100m. Identify which sensors are to provide the daylight signal on each channel to avoid any conflict of 2 photocells on one channel trying to compete with each other.
LCMBMS is a corner mount microwave occupancy detector with integrated photocell. This device is supplied with surface or semi recessing bezels and is designed to sit below the ceiling line and detect occupancy across a room when ideally sited in the opposite corner to the point of entry to the room. At maximum sensitivity the detection range extends 20m from the flat face of the detector. This type of detector is ideal in open areas benefitting from its large detection range.
LCMBMF is a 360 ceiling mount microwave occupancy detector with integrated photocell. This device is designed to be mounted in the plane of the ceiling and has a conical detection pattern vertically below the detector. The detection cone diameter at the floor is 2.8 x the mounting height.
LCMBPIRF is a 360 ceiling mount PIR occupancy detector with integrated photocell. This device is designed to be mounted in the plane of the ceiling and has a conical detection pattern vertically below the detector. The detection cone diameter at the floor is 2.4 x the mounting height.
Care should be taken with the fixing and location of the microwave detectors to ensure the detection pattern is not blocked by solid obstructions or may perhaps detect movement in an adjacent room through windows or lightly constructed partitions. Note vibration or moving machinery may also trigger the microwave.
Accessories To complete the Lighting Control Module system there are a number of wiring accessories to make connection and integration quick and easy saving valuable time.
Patch leads to link the sensors to the box are available in 3m and 5m lengths, these are supplied fitted with an RJ45 termination at each end.
Luminaire connection leads can be supplied pre fitted to the majority of the Cooper Lighting luminaire ranges, allowing simple out-of-the-box connection of the luminaires directly to the chosen marshalling box. This makes specification of the full lighting system quick and easy. These are available in 6-pole 3m and 6-pole 5m length options using the G63 and G65 luminaire suffix codes respectively. Alternatively the latching connectors can be purchased a separate accessories.
LCM commissioning is via PC based software. Subsequent simple parameter changes can then be achieved with the hand held master programmer (LCSHHMP). Existing settings can be downloaded from one device to the programmer and copied to another via the download function of the programmer simplifying commissioning and the checking of setting parameters. It is compatible with all the LCM sensors and communication BUS devices listed on page 547 (The Intellect Digital system has its own hand held programmers)
542
Lighting Controls
Typical room configuration The following example shows a typical Classroom scenario, demonstrating the application of the marshalling box and accessories.
Classroom KEY:
LCM Lighting Control Module Sensor: PIR or Microwave with Photocell Wall Switch
A
Teaching Board Light
Row 3
LCM
Row 2
Luminaire
DIM
Column 1
DIM
Column 2
DIM
Row 1
DIM
Luminaire with Dimmable Control gear (DSI or DALI)
Column 3
All Luminaires, Sensor and Switches are Linked Back to the LCM via Interconnecting Leads.
Window
9 luminaires are used for the main space with an additional task luminaire over the teaching board. These luminaires are connected to the following channels on the box to enable the necessary functions to be assigned to those channels: Channel 1 has C and F connected Channel 2 has H and I connected Channel 3 has the teaching board light connected Channel 4 has G connected Channel 5 has A and D connected Channel 6 has B and E connected 3 independent wall switches, each connected to a separate SELV switch input on the box are assigned to the relevant channels on commissioning to operate the following luminaires: a. The teaching board light b. Luminaires A, D and G closest to the board, enables them to be switched off for projected presentations etc c. Luminaires B, C, E, F, H and I to the rear of the room
A combined PIR with integrated photocell (LCMBPIRF), shown positioned between Luminaires D and E, is connected via a patch lead to one of the RJ45 SELV sensor inputs on the box. All channels are assigned on commissioning to act on occupancy detected by the sensor. Luminaires G, H and I forming the window row are dimmable and channels 2 and 4 used for these luminaires are assigned on commissioning to act on the photocell for daylight harvesting. In absence mode the luminaires will not come on until manually switched even if occupancy is detected. In presence mode all the luminaires will come on as soon as occupancy is detected, with the window row regulating according to the detected natural light. Luminaires will automatically turn off after the commissioned time delay following the last detected occupancy (default is 20 minutes). For further detail on lighting scheme and control system design please contact your local sales engineer or our technical department.
Lighting Controls
CONTROLS
543
DIMMING
Intelligent Mini-Sensor
Integrated mini-sensor lighting control system Energy saving via occupancy detection and daylight harvesting Discrete sensor head eases integration into smaller luminaires Scene setting functionality Group dimming and zone control Ease of commissioning and setting updates via infra red programmer (LCSHHMP) This group of components can be used to create an intelligent lighting system utilising a discrete mini sensor head that can be integrated into todays ever smaller luminaires fitted with DSI control gear. This system is linked by a communication BUS that requires a remote power supply and so lends itself to larger installations. For individual luminaires or small groups of fittings also refer to the sensors listed on page 536 & 537 The mini-sensor incorporates a PIR occupancy sensor and photocell as well as infra red remote communication with the hand held programmer. The mini detector head is available with either a white or silver bezel to afford the most appropriate colour match within the luminaire.
Small sensor head
The system offers similar functionality to the Intellect Digital system, with features such as luminaire communication via the BUS link to enable the creation of zones, plus light level and time delay adjustment. It also boasts the added benefit of functions such as group dimming, where a pre determined group of luminaires can be dimmed/brightened and switched on/off together, and also scene setting where different light level settings can be programmed and stored for recall at any time. With a sensor in each luminaire this affords a high level of control and maximises both occupancy detection and daylight harvesting to provide the greatest energy savings. System configuration The mini sensor head mounted in the luminaire is connected to a control module via a simple RJ12 plug and socket which is also designed to be integrated within the luminaire. The control module is the interface to the BUS communication loop, power supply and switch-dim function (if required)
Luminaire Compatibility Luminaire ranges particularly suited to this integrated mini-sensor and BUS communication include surface and continuous systems such as: Laserline, Synthesis, Acoustic System, Crompack 5 and other fluorescent luminaires requiring a small sensor with the features described.
544
Lighting Controls
BUS Power Supply There is a choice of power supplies to drive the BUS loop, the larger BPS200 can power up to 200 devices on the loop, with the smaller BPS100 unit operating up to 100 devices.
Wall Plate The manual wall plate LCSWP3S is a useful addition to the system enabling local control of those luminaires assigned to the same zone address as the wall plate. It connects to and draws its power from the BUS loop and occupies 2 device nodes on the system. 3 pre-set scenes can be selected as well as providing the ability to dim, brighten and switch off the luminaires as required.
Hand Held Controllers The same LCSHHMP Infra Red master Programmer as used for the marshalling box is used for commissioning and setting adjustments on this system. Day to day control override of the devices on page 547 can be performed with the simpler LCSHHC5 hand held device if required.
This system can be supplied integrated into many of the Cooper Lighting luminaire ranges. There are other sensor variants and devices to enable the most cost effective and practical energy saving system to be configured to suit the application.
Lighting Controls
CONTROLS
545
DIMMING
Detectors
Stand alone high level PIR detector This high level PIR and photocell detector is a superb addition to the range for the control of luminaires in high ceiling applications such as warehouses, factories and large retail premises. Available as a flush fit recessed unit or with a surface mount housing this detector can be mounted remotely or integrated onto the appropriate luminaires and is available in DSI or DALI digital dimming compatible format as well as a simple 6A switching variant. The detection pattern has a 1 to 1 ratio of detection beam diameter to mounting height, such that at 16m mounting height the detection zone diameter on the floor is 16m.
Flush mount option Surface mount option
Maximum recommended mounting height
Centre of facet 15 Align to arrow for optimum sensitivity
Path of optimum sensitivity
16m
360 cone shaped detection pattern diameter at floor = 1 x height
Dimensions This detector can be used to control up to 25 digital dimming ballasts. It is supplied with factory default settings which may suit the majority of installations however it has the facility for the time delay, light level and other commissioning parameters to be set via the infra red master programmer LCSHHMP, limited functions can be adjusted using the LCSHHC5 programmer. This sensor can be supplied integrated onto the Linergy range of high efficiency T5 luminaires, simply add the IHP prefix to the luminaire part number, the luminaire control gear suffix will dictate the DSI, DALI or Switched option. Please contact your local Cooper Lighting representative or our sales team for further information on the controls and their compatibility with other luminaire ranges.
62
10
100
Mains voltage detectors A selection of standard mounting height microwave and PIR sensors with and without photocells are also available. Please refer to the catalogue part number table on page 547 The maximum recommended mounting height for these is 3m, producing a detection diameter from the PIRs of 2.4 x mounting height at the floor level. These are mains voltage sensors with the facility for manual dimming override on the digital dimming variants via a retractive switch. Refer to the manual dimming function operation on page 524. A latching switch may also be placed in parallel to override the occupancy detection.
546
Lighting Controls

Lighting Control Module LCMB12W LCMB12WD LCMB12WB LCMB12WDB LCM 12 way 6 channel Switching only LCM 12 way 6 channel Digital Dimming LCM 12 way 6 channel Switching and BUS connection LCM 12 way 6 channel Digital Dimming and BUS connection
Description
Sensors for the LCM LCMBMS LCMBMF LCMBPIRF Microwave detector and Photocell surface/semi-recessed mount Microwave detector and Photocell flush mount PIR detector and Photocell flush mount
LCM Accessories LCMPL3RJ45 LCMPL5RJ45 LCM6PGL Patch Lead 3m CAT5 c/w RJ45 connectors Patch Lead 5m CAT5 c/w RJ45 connectors 6-Pole Black/Grey GST latching Male connector
LCSHHMP
Lighting Control IR Hand Held Master Programmer*
*Note: The LCSHHMP and LCSHHC5 are not compatible with Intellect Digital
Control BUS Loop components and accessories BPS200 BPS100 LCSWP3S LCSHHC5 BUS Power supply 200 device capacity BUS Power supply 100 device capacity Wall Plate override switch 3 scenes, Dim/Brighten, Off Lighting Control IR Hand Held Controller
Stand alone mains rated sensors: High mounting height up to 16m IHPRDF IHPRDS IHPDDF IHPDDS IHPSF IHPSS PIR and Photocell High Level 230V DSI flush mount PIR and Photocell High Level 230V DSI surface mount PIR and Photocell High Level 230V DALI flush mount PIR and Photocell High Level 230V DALI surface mount PIR and Photocell High Level 230V 6A Switching flush mount PIR and Photocell High Level 230V 6A Switching surface mount
Stand alone mains rated sensors: Standard mounting height, up to 3m IPRDF IPRDS IPDDF IPDDS IPSF IPSS IMDS IMSS PIR and Photocell 230V DSI flush mount PIR and Photocell 230V DSI surface mount PIR and Photocell 230V DALI flush mount PIR and Photocell 230V DALI surface mount PIR and Photocell 230V 6A Switching flush mount PIR and Photocell 230V 6A Switching surface mount Microwave and Photocell 230V DSI surface/semi-rec mount Microwave and Photocell 230V 10A Switching surface/semi-rec mount
Lighting Controls
CONTROLS
547
DIMMING
Connect Wiring System
Ideal for todays fast paced project requirements, the Connect Wiring System offers a simple to use solution that saves time and cuts the cost of installation, whilst providing future maintenance and flexibility benefits. Each luminaire specified with the Connect system is fitted with an integral panel mounted socket. A pre-fabricated lead kit, consisting of a T-connector plus 3 or 5 metres of 4 core LSOH cable fitted with a connector at each end, rapidly links standard or emergency converted luminaires together. Future maintenance or reconfiguration is straightforward, with luminaires simply plugged in and out of the circuit. If time and cost is paramount, the Connect Wiring System is an indispensable option.
Reduced installation time Plug and lead kits with T-connector LSOH cable as standard Safe, self locking connectors Suitable for standard and emergency converted luminaires
548
Lighting Controls
Materials Plug and T-connector - injection moulded thermoplastic material, finish black, with nickel plated brass contacts Cable - 4 core, 1.5mm2 low smoke zero halogen (LSOH) sheathed, finished white Installation Notes Panel mounted 4 pole male GST plug is fitted to each luminaire specified with Connect Wiring System Each luminaire is also fitted internally with a terminal block to facilitate mains power connection for start of run. Alternatively, a lead kit can be used to supply mains power from a proprietary connection box (by others) Pre-fabricated lead kits are available with 3m or 5m of cable, with GST 4 pole male and female connector plugs fitted at either end. Kit also contains a GST T-connector with 4 pole male connector input and 2 x 4 pole female connector outputs T-connector is plugged into socket on luminaire 3m or 5m lead is plugged into T-connector on first luminaire and linked to T-connector on next luminaire, etc T-connector and plug have self-latching lock mechanism to prevent accidental disconnection. Requires tool to unlatch The final luminaire on the circuit can have the lead plugged directly into the luminaire socket, or a T-connector can be fitted to aid future expansion T-connectors, plugs, sockets and cable are rated for a maximum load of 16A System components are rated to be plugged in or out under load
Options Suitable for use with compatible Cooper Lighting recessed fluorescent standard mains and emergency converted luminaires, as a standard option Connect Wiring for dimming or intelligent lighting systems are available on request. Contact our Technical Support and Application department for details System Components Luminaires Compatible recessed fluorescent standard mains and emergency converted luminaires fitted with an integral panel mounted socket. To specify luminaires, add the suffix CX. A comprehensive list of luminaires suitable for use with the Connect Wiring System can be provided by contacting our Technical Support and Application department Plug and Lead Kit Interconnecting kit, comprising 3m or 5m x 4 core, 1.5mm2 LSOH cable fitted with 2 plugs, plus T-connector Specification To specify state: Rapid fit, 4 pole luminaire wiring system, featuring panel mount socket fitted integral to luminaire and interconnecting lead kits, comprising LSOH cable with plug in connectors at each end plus luminaire T-connector for continuous wiring, with self latching lock mechanism, as Cooper Lighting Connect Wiring System, part no. ________

Connect System Accessories 3m lead with 4 pole plugs and T connector 5m lead with 4 pole plugs and T connector CL43 CL45 0.45 1.15
Cat No
Weight (kg)
Connect lead with plugs and T connector
Lighting Controls
549
LED Driver Selection Guide

Why is a driver module required? An LED (Light Emitting Diode) is a solid state device, or semiconductor, which converts electricity passed through it into visible light. To maintain the light output, colour, efficiency and maximise the life of an LED, three factors must be controlled: 1. The manufacturing process and composition of the LED itself 2. Thermal management of the heat generated by the LED 3. The electrical supply to the LED The driver is the device used to control the electrical supply to the LED. The majority of luminaires in the Cooper Lighting LED ranges require an LED driver. Some luminaires are supplied complete with the appropriate driver, whilst others indicate on the product pages if a driver is needed. Driver types There are essentially two basic types of driver, those supplying a constant current and those supplying a constant voltage. These are then subdivided by other capabilities such as dimming or colour changing. Within the Cooper Lighting range there is a wide selection of drivers offering different features and characteristics to provide the right product for the application. There is a choice of constant current or voltage outputs, different levels of Ingress Protection, Dimming methods and Colour Changing versions as well as different physical sizes. Constant current drivers The majority of luminaires operate on a constant current, however not all constant current LEDs operate on the same current. It is therefore important to note the recommended current for the luminaire and select the appropriate driver. It is possible to operate luminaires at a lower current than recommended though this will reduce the light output and can affect the efficiency. If the current is too high it may cause premature failure of the LED. When connecting multiple luminaires to the constant current drivers they must be wired in series.
Constant Voltage power supply units Some of the LED luminaires require a constant voltage, usually 12V DC or 24V DC. When connecting luminaires to these constant voltage drivers they are wired in parallel.
Parallel Connection
+ + + + -
Dimming drivers A selection of constant current dimming drivers are available with different switching modes and control language protocol, eg retractive switch, 1-10V, DMX and DALI Colour change drivers LEDs are often associated with colour options and the ability to change the colour emitted from the same luminaire. This is achieved by mixing the output from an array of individual Red, Green and Blue LEDs or specialist Tri-chip LEDs to generate any colour of the visible spectrum. These products are referred to as having the RGB colour option. Several such drivers are included in the range for various budgets, most are DMX compatible. DMX is the type of software protocol used. (Not all luminaires are offered with RGB colour change options). Some drivers are multi-channel, typically 3 channel. For RGB products each channel is dedicated to a colour, Red, Green, Blue. For fixed colour product the number of luminaires connected should be split evenly between each channel, eg for LS-PBX27 the maximum number of 1W LEDs it will operate is 27, split 9 per channel.
Individual Connection
+ Mains Voltage Supply
3 Channel fixed output multiple connection

+ + +
Series Connection
+ +
550
Lighting Controls
Driver Selection Each range has a recommended driver listed against it though some installations may require different characteristics, for example, particular dimensional requirements or capable of operating more than one luminaire. The following tables list the range of drivers on offer, supported with technical data and a column indicating the number of 1W LEDs they are capable of driving. This step by step guide will aid selection of the required driver(s). 1. From the information on the product page note the following details: LED type and LED quantity within the luminaire. The recommended drive current or voltage Any dimensional constraints related to the installation, eg the cut out aperture of the luminaire. 2. Find the appropriate section of the table for the type of driver required: Constant Current - Fixed output Constant Current - Dimmable High Ingress Protection Colour Changing Constant Voltage - Fixed output Constant Voltage - Dimmable 3. Look at the input current or voltage column to find those drivers matching that required by the luminaire. 4. Cross check the number of LEDs the driver can operate is sufficient for the product(s) Note some drivers have a minimum load requirement. For example the LS-PD312 needs a minimum of three 1W LEDs to be connected to it for it to operate correctly. 5. Check the driver is dimensionally suited to the application. 6. This process may show several drivers are suitable for the chosen luminaire. Refine the selection by checking the other characteristics such as IP rating or power factor and also refer to the latest price list to compare the cost.
Driver Selection examples Example 1 Four fixed colour GR5-3K2-CW45C in-ground luminaires, with all four to be driven by one fixed output driver. Each luminaire contains three 1W LEDs and requires a 350mA drive current. Assuming the driver is to be mounted indoors remotely from the product with no dimensional or Ingress Protection constraints. This produces the following selection results: LS-PD312 will run up to 12 x 1W LEDs at 350mA so will run the four GR5-3K2 luminaires LS-PBX27 will run up to 27 x 1W LEDs at 350mA (split over 3 channels) so will run up to nine GR5-3K2 luminaires In this case the LS-PD312 may be the best choice as it is smaller and lower cost than the LS-PBX27. Example 2 The same GR5-3K2-CW45C as example 1 but with one driver per luminaire with the driver being installed beneath the fitting assuming in an application where IP40 is suitable protection results in the following option: LS-MN03 will run up to 3 x 1W LEDs at 350mA so will run one GR53K2 luminaire and with its small physical size will fit easily through the cut out and sit within the ground sleeve beneath the luminaire.
Cooper Lightings specialist LED team are able to provide support and assistance with project design and specification. For further details contact our LED Technical Support and Application Dept on 01934 622139 or to arrange a visit from your local Specialist Sales Engineer, contact our Customer Care Centre on 01302 303303
Lighting Controls
551
LED Driver Selection Guide

Dimensions W H Drive Current (mA) Mains Supply voltage
Cat No
Constant Current Non-Dimmable LS-MN01 LS-MN03 LS-MN04 LS-MN09 LS-DPL110 LS-DPL304 LS-PD312 LS-PD309 LS-PD316 LS-PBX27
1W LED Quantity
Weight (kg)
pf
IP Rating
Strain Features Relief
1 2-3 1 1 1-9 1-4 3-12 3-9 3-9 3-27 (9 per channel)
59 59 59 59 117 117 138 138 138 147
42 42 42 42 50 50 40 40 40 75
20 20 20 20 28 28 28.5 28.5 28.5 29
0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.075 0.075 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.26
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.85
IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
350 350 700 900 350 700 350 700 1000 350
190-265 190-265 190-265 190-265 90-250 90-250 190-265 190-265 190-265 190-265
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Small size Small size Small size Small size Loop-in/out Loop-in/out Loop-in/out Loop-in/out Loop-in/out 3 channel
Cat No
Constant Current Dimmable
1W LED Quantity
Weight (kg)
pf
IP Rating
Drive Current (mA)
Mains Supply voltage
LS-DBX27
3-27 (9 per channel) 116 @ 350mA 18 @ 700mA 19 @ 350mA 14 @ 700mA
147
75
29
0.26
0.85
IP40
350
190-265
Yes
3 channel, Retractive switch control 0-10V dimming Mains dimming (via trailing adge dimmer) 1-10V dimming Flying Leads 1-10V dimming Flying Leads
LS-AD-16
110
52
24
0.105
IP40
350/700
230-240
Yes
LS-MD-16
99
39
23.5
0.07
IP40
350/700
230-240
Yes
LED18CC700D
4-12 @ 350mA
153
40
30.5
0.3
0.9
IP67
350
100-265
LED36CC700D
8-24 @ 350mA 4-12 @ 700mA
153
40
30.5
0.3
0.9
IP67
700
100-265
Cat No
1W LED Quantity
Weight (kg)
pf
IP Rating
Drive Current (mA)
IP rated constant current - (non-dimming) LS-MPL01IP LS-MPL03IP LED10CC350 LED18CC350 LS-MPL04IP LED18CC700 LED36CC700 LS-MPL09IP 1 2-3 1-8 4-12 1 1-6 4-12 1 82 82 97 153 82 153 153 82 85 85 40 40 85 40 40 85 22 22 23 30.5 22 30.5 30.5 22 0.05 0.05 0.15 0.3 0.05 0.3 0.3 0.05 0.6 0.6 >0.9 >0.9 0.6 >0.9 >0.9 0.6 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 350 350 350 350 700 700 700 900 190-265 190-265 190-265 190-265 Yes Yes Yes -Yes Small size Small size 450mm flying leads 450mm flying leads Small size 450mm flying leads 450mm flying leads Small size
552
Lighting Controls
Cat No
Colour changing
1W LED Quantity
Weight (kg)
pf
IP Rating
Drive Current (mA)
LS-RGB27
3-27 (9 per channel)
147
75
29
0.26
0.85
IP40
350
190-265
Yes
3 channel, Retractive switch control
Maximum load Watts
Drive Voltage (V DC)

147 75 39 0.29 0.95 IP40 24V DC 190-265 Yes 3 channel, Retractive switch control DMX compatible 3 channel, DMX compatible. Requires LS-24V200W PSU 3 channel, DMX compatible.
LS-RGB50
50W
LS-RGB-DMXLV-MINI
200W
125
52
40
0.3
0.95
IP20
12-24V DC 12-24V DC
LS-RGB24V350W
350W
235
145
113
1.4
IP44
24V DC
230-240
Cat No
Constant Voltage LS-12V20W LS-12V50W LS-12V100W LS-24V20W LS-24V50W LS-24V100W LS-24V150W LS-24V200W LS-24V320W LS-24V600W
Maximum Load Watts
Weight (kg)
pf
IP Rating
Drive Voltage (V DC)
20 50 100 20 50 100 150 200 320 600
138 206 230 138 206 230 199 199 215 170
40 51 65 40 51 65 99 99 115 120
28 36 42 28.5 36 42 50 50 50 93
0.11 0.41 0.66 0.11 0.22 0.66 0.76 0.85 1.1 1.9
0.6 0.95 0.93 0.6 0.96 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.95 0.95
IP20 IP20 IP67 IP40 IP20 IP67 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
12V 12V 12V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V
190-265 88-264 85-264 190-265 190-265 85-264 85-264 85-264 88-264 88-264
Yes Yes Yes -
Lighting Controls
553
LED Controls
A whole new dimension in lighting is now available with LEDs. The ability to dynamically change colour enables the designer to create effects never seen or experienced before. As the colour is generated at source there is no need for filters which absorb the light. Combining different coloured LEDs provides the ability to generate any colour in the spectrum, both fixed and dynamically changing. The possibilities are endless.
RGB Luminaires A wide range of Cooper Lighting architectural luminaires integrate Red, Green and Blue LEDs to provide colour change capability
Colour Change Driver All RGB luminaires are supplied complete with RJ45 plug for simple connection into a colour change driver.
User Control A powerful yet user friendly control unit provides multiple default scenes and shows with the ability to programme bespoke colours and effects
Cooper Lightings specialist LED team are able to provide support and assistance with project design and specification. For further details contact our LED Technical Support and Application Dept on 01934 622139 or to arrange a visit from your local Specialist Sales Engineer, contact our Customer Care Centre on 01302 303303
DXF
Bespoke LED solution, Yas Island Hotel, Abu Dhabi
554
Lighting Controls
Colour Change Drivers 3 Channel Driver Drives up to 48 LEDs across 3 independent channels Universal Mains input 110V AC - 240V AC Dynamic Power Control and Pulse Amplitude Modulation Backlit 16x1 LCD display menu system 350mA, 500mA and 700mA Max. LED forward current per channel 8-bit control with 8-bit master channel current resolution Wide output DC voltage range (1V to 48V DC) DMX-512A protocol support Multiple channel bonding to create high current outputs >2.1A Real Time LED current, voltage and status monitoring Linear and smooth dimming selectable on each channel As the LED forward voltage demand goes down, the maximum forward current can be pushed up Over 81,000 internal programme scene options DMX Master/Slave options
Input Input Voltage Range: Input Frequency: Consumption: Power Factor: Efficiency: Connection: Standby Power: Inrush Current: Output Output Power: Output Current: Voltage Range: LED Connection: Thermistor Connection: Control Input Dimming control: Connection: Dimming Range: DMX Address Range: Programs: Master / Slave Arrangement: Thermal Feedback Control: Dimming Resolution: Environmental Operating Ambient Temperature: -10C to + 50C Storage Ambient Temperature: Case Temperature: Relative Humidity: Protection Over voltage, Over Temperature, Overload, Short Circuit, Open Circuit -20C to + 70C + 75C 80% DMX-512A or RDM RJ45 Connector 0 - 100% 001 - 510 via Menu system See user manual for all pre-sets See user manual Thermistor control 4 options 8-bit and Master Dim PAM 1-33W per channel, max 55W 0 - 500mA @ 48V DC per channel 0 - 700mA @ 24V DC per channel 1 - 48V DC per channel 8 Pin Molex terminal connector Included in the LED connector 110 - 240V AC 50 - 60Hz 1 - 55W 0.88/230V AC, 0.9/115V AC @ full load 85% at full load input Standard IEC mains filter <5W (total) <9A

LS-CLMX-VAR-3
Descripton
3 channel LED driver
Lighting Controls
555
LED Controls
Colour Change Drivers 24 Channel Rack Mount Driver 19 inch rack mounted driver system 1U High power density model - 672W output power Drives up to 384 LEDs across 24 independent channels Universal Mains input 110V AC - 240V AC Dynamic Power Control and Pulse Amplitude Modulation Backlit 16x2 LCD display menu system 100mA to 1A LED forward current per channel in 50mA steps 8-bit control with 8-bit master channel current resolution to prove up to 4 billion colours in 3 Channels Wide output DC voltage range (1V to 48V DC) Intelligent Rack Management System for easy Rack plug and play system configuration DMX or RDM protocol support Multiple channel bonding to create high current outputs >6A 8 individual temperature measurement sensor inputs for dynamic lighting fixture protection Configures as 8 outputs of 3 channels or 6 outputs of 4 channels 672W solution can drive up to 1000mA per channel; either 12 channels @ 48V DC or 24 channels @ 24V DC Linear and smooth dimming selectable on each channel As the DC voltage demand goes down, the maximum forward current can be pushed up Real Time LED current, voltage and status monitoring Over 81,000 internal programme scene options DMX Master/Slave options
Input Input Voltage Range: Input Frequency: Consumption: Power Factor: Efficiency: Connection: Standby Power: Inrush Current: Output Output Power: Output Current: Voltage Range: LED Connection: Thermistor Connection: Control Input Dimming control: Connection: Dimming Range: DMX Address Range: Programs: Master / Slave Arrangement: Thermal Feedback Control: Dimming Resolution: Environmental Operating Ambient Temperature: -10C to + 50C Storage Ambient Temperature: Case Temperature: Relative Humidity: Protection Over voltage, over temperature, overload, short circuit, open circuit, will withstand 300V AC surge input for 5 seconds -20C to + 70C + 75C 80% DMX-512A or RDM 5 - Pin XLR 0 - 100% 001 - 510 via Menu system See user manual for all pre-sets See user manual Thermistor control - 4 options 8-bit and Master Dim PAM 1 - 48W per channel, max 672W 0 - 500mA @ 48V DC per channel 0 - 1000mA @ 24V DC per channel 1 - 48V DC per channel 8 Pin terminal connectors Pin terminal connectors 110 - 240V AC 50 - 60Hz 1 - 700W 0.95/230V AC, 0.99/115V AC @ full >85% at full load input Standard IEC mains filter <1W total 70A/115V AC, 140A/230V AC Construction Mounting: Material: Weight: Dimensions: Standard 19 - 1U Rack System Steel case 5 kg Main body - 435 x 370 x 44mm Front panel - 483 x 44mm

LS-CLMX-VAR-24
Descripton
19 1U 24 channel rack mount LED driver
556
Lighting Controls
User Control Stand-alone operation Intuitive setup and operation Multi-lingual LCD information screen Master brightness and speed control Smooth digital dimming Sound activation for light and sound synchronized effects Built-in real-time astronomical clock TCP/IP Ethernet connectivity Twin full DMX 512 universes Range of plate finishes available Fits into a standard 47mm UK back box
Specification Power Supply: DMX Outputs: Ethernet: I/O: User Interface: Time Functions: LCD display: Networking: Audio In: 15V DC 0.3A, PSU supplied 2 x 512 channels, fully configurable 10/100 on RJ-45 socket Up to 3 Volt-free contact closure inputs Up to 3 0-10V outputs RGB buttons, scroll wheel RTC + Astronomical clock built-in 128 x 64 pixel mono graphic display, user configurable Web server built-in, library of telnet commands Line-level beat triggering audio input. Note audible converter maybe required, contact technical support for details 146 x 87 x 35mm. 47mm deep standard UK twin back-box recommended 0.23kg
Dimensions: Weight:
Catalogue Numbers Cat No LS-CS512-SS LS-CS512-W Descripton DMX wall mount controller with stainless steel fascia DMX wall mount controller with white fascia
Lighting Controls
557
Heathrow Express Rail Terminal, Heathrow Special integrated lighting and cabling system
558
Technical
Technical & Index
Lighting Design Guide Interior Lighting Design Emergency Lighting Design Emergency Lighting Spacing Tables Lighting Design Software Lamp Data Control Gear Selection Electrical Data IP Ratings Building Regulations Glossary of Terms Index - By Product Name Index - By Product Code Icons Explained Contact Details
560 563 567 578 588 590 594 596 598 599 600 602 604 607 608
Technical
559
Lighting Design Guide

Designing a basic lighting scheme requires the consideration of many factors, not just the achievement of a desired lighting level. Basic objectives must first be established, such as: What sort of tasks will be performed in the area? What 'mood' needs to be created? What type of lighting will create a comfortable environment? There are also standards and legislation that need to be complied with. For example: How energy efficient must the lighting be? How will Building Regulations affect the design? Is emergency lighting required? When all of these objectives and requirements have been established, they can be expressed as a series of lighting criteria in order to facilitate a quality lighting design. Criteria that would normally be considered are: Level of Illumination Illumination levels for a wide variety of environments and tasks can be found in BS EN 12464-1: 2002 and the Society of Light and Lighting's Code for Lighting. The levels stated are maintained illuminance, which is the minimum average illumination level that should be achieved at the point of scheduled maintenance. Uniformity & Ratios of Illuminance The combination of luminaires selected should evenly illuminate the working plane and appropriately illuminate walls and ceiling in relation to the task illumination, so that a pleasant and comfortable environment is achieved. In specific areas, increased directional lighting may be required to create a defined or more intimate environment. Glare The acceptable level of glare should be established as appropriate for the application, using information in BS EN 12464 and the Code for Lighting. Colour & Room Reflectance The colour appearance of the lamps should be natural for the application and complement the interior colour scheme, which should be chosen with an appreciation of the reflectance values that will be achieved. Lamps should be selected with appropriate colour rendition properties, for colour discrimination and reduction of eye fatigue. Energy Efficiency Luminaires should be selected that meet the requirements of the Building Regulations. The distribution characteristics should also match the requirements of the criteria above. Special Considerations Certain applications require additional considerations, such as the addition of display lighting, the arduous nature of the environment or the use of Display Screen Equipment. Luminaires should be selected and the design completed with these elements in mind, where appropriate. After these criteria have all been considered, a lighting scheme calculation can be undertaken. The most popular method of establishing the quantity of luminaires required, the illumination level achieved and the luminaire layout, is to use computer software created specifically for lighting design. It is important to remember that all the criteria above must still be considered prior to using computer software, if a satisfactory scheme is to be produced. Details of the Cooper Lighting Design System can be found on page 448. Lighting design can also be achieved using published photometric data, such as that included on the product pages of this catalogue. Average illumination via the lumen method of calculation can provide fast results that can then be assessed and facilitate more detailed design of the most appropriate option if required.
Lumen Method Calculations This method uses the utilisation factor tables created from photometric measurement of each luminaire. Firstly, the Room Index (K) of the space must be calculated, which is the relationship and measure of the proportions of the room: K = LxW (L + W) x Hm Where: L = length of room W = width of room Hm = height of luminaire above working plane
The result is used in conjunction with room reflectance values to obtain a specific utilisation factor for the surface illuminated from the tables. This can then be used as part of the calculation to determine the average illuminance level, using the following formula: E = F x n x N x MF x UF A Where: E = average illuminance F = initial lamp lumens n = number of lamps in each luminaire N = number of luminaires MF = maintenance factor UF = utilisation factor A = area
The maintenance factor is a multiple of factors and is determined as follows MF = LLMF x LSF x LMF x RSMF
Where: LLMF = lamp lumen maintenance factor - the reduction in lumen output after specific burning hours LSF = lamp survival factor - the percentage of lamp failures after specific burning hours LMF = luminaire maintenance factor - the reduction in light output due to dirt deposited on or in the luminaire RSMF = room surface maintenance factor - the reduction in reflectance due to dirt deposition in the room surfaces Guidance on calculating each of these factors is provided in the SLL Code for Lighting. Alternatively, contact our Technical Support and Application Department for advice.
560
Technical
Finally, the luminaires must be spaced in the room such that acceptable uniformity is achieved. The maximum spacing to height ratio, SHRmax, provides the maximum spacing permissible between luminaires in both transverse and axial directions, in comparison to the mounting height and should not be exceeded if acceptable uniformity is to be achieved. Using Photometric Data This catalogue includes a number of different formats of photometric data, to assist in lighting design. Polar Intensity Curves This illustrates the distribution of luminous intensity, in cd/1000 lm, for the transverse (solid line) and axial (dashed line) planes of the luminaire. The curve provides a visual guide to the type of distribution expected from the luminaire eg, wide, narrow, direct, indirect etc, in addition to intensity. Utilisation factors show the proportion of the luminous flux from the lamp that reaches the working plan. This is for the specific luminaire and allows for surface reflectivity and Room index. The UF is used in average lumen calculations to calculate the average illumination level for an area with a specific luminaire. Illuminance Cone Diagrams Usually used for spotlights or lamps with reflectors, the diagram indicates the maximum illuminance, Elux, at different distances, plus the beam angle of the lamp over which the luminous intensity drops to 50%. The beam diameter at 50% peak intensity, relative to distance away, is also shown.
0
Cat. No. BAL224Z cd/1000lm 90 90 Utilisation factors / TM5 Reflectances C 70 60 60 50 300 30 30 LOR: ULOR: DLOR: 0.72 0.04 0.68 30 W 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 0 BZ-class 0 20 20 F 20 0.75 42 37 33 41 36 33 39 35 32 30 4 1.0 50 45 41 48 44 40 46 43 40 37 4 1.25 55 50 47 53 49 46 51 48 45 42 4 Room Index 1.5 59 54 51 56 53 49 54 51 48 46 4 2.0 64 60 56 61 58 55 58 56 53 50 4 2.5 67 63 60 64 61 58 61 59 56 53 4 3.0 69 66 63 66 63 61 63 61 59 55 4 4.0 72 69 67 69 66 64 65 64 62 58 4 5.0 74 72 70 70 68 67 67 65 64 60 4
Emax 38 1m 1450 lx
0
Beam diameter (50% peak intensity) 0.69m dia
Cone Diagram Coolstar Fixed CSF50W 50W Dichroic
2m
363 lx
1.38m dia
3m
161 lx
2.07m dia
4m
91 lx
2.75m dia
Cartesian Diagrams Generally used for floodlights, this indicates the distribution of luminous intensity, in cd/1000 lm, for the horizontal (solid line) and vertical (dashed line) planes of the luminaire. The diagram provides a visual guide to the type of distribution expected from the luminaire eg,narrow or wide beam etc, in addition to intensity. The associated data illustrates the beam angle to 10% peak intensity.
cd/1000lm 2000
Isolux Diagrams The contours provide the points of equal illuminance, in lux, on the floor or wall plane, from a specific stated mounting position. The diagram can be used to assess the distribution characteristics of the luminaire in addition to determining lighting levels.
20m 15m 10m

Cartesian Diagram Focus FOC70CR
5m
5m
10m 15m 20m 30m 25m 20m
Floor Isolux Darksky DKST250 250W SON-T Glass inclined at 20
1600
70W CDM-TD
Mounting height = 8m
800
5 10
15m 10m 5m
800
25
400
0 5m
180 135
90
45
45
90
0 135 180
10m
Useful Website Addresses www.cibse.org - The Society of Light and Lighting www.bsi-global.com- British Standards
Technical
561
Associated Press, London Chilled Beam
562
Technical
Interior Lighting Design

Recent changes to standards and guides have affected how lighting schemes are designed, particularly for office interior applications and how to create a comfortable working environment. The most pertinent documents for interior lighting are: CIBSE Lighting design guides - The visual environment for display screen use/office lighting design guide BS EN 12464-1 - Lighting of indoor work places
CIBSE Lighting Guides Lighting Guide 3 (LG3) was first published in 1989 by CIBSE, covering the lighting of spaces with visual display terminals (VDT). It was updated in 1996, taking into account Health and Safety DSE regulations. In 2001 an addendum was issued by The Society of Light and Lighting (SLL), which act as the professional body for lighting in the UK. The addendum took into account changing international standards, new technology and new screen types, eg, colour screens with high resolution compared with green and white screens with low resolution. LG3 was renamed to Lighting Guide 7 (LG7) in 2005 and LG3 is to be re-written, focusing on the lighting of non-office work spaces. The more recent changes can be summarised as follows: Withdrawal of the Category rating system There has been a tendency amongst some in the industry to specify 'Category 2' luminaires as a default, without any thought to the actual working environment. 'Categorised' louvres also create an oppressive 'cave effect' which can result in an uncomfortable working environment. All specification now requires the provision of ergonomic data for the actual application, in order to design or select an appropriate luminaire. Recommendation for wall and ceiling illuminance The guide provides recommendations to address the dark and gloomy effect that can be created by 'categorised' louvres, including the sharp wall cut off and bright scalloping. To avoid this the walls and the ceiling should be lit as follows: i. The average wall illuminance above the working plane should be at least 50% of the average horizontal illuminance on the working plane, avoiding bright scallops or patches. ii. The ceiling average illuminance should be at least 30% of the average horizontal illuminance on the working plane. In the case of large areas with unusually low ceilings, this may be difficult to achieve and so should be as high as practically possible. Luminance limits The recommended luminance limits have been brought in line with BS EN 12464, to 1000 cd/m2 or 200 cd/m2. This can be increased up to 1500 cd/m2 and 500 cd/m2 respectively if positive polarity software only is used. The designer needs to select luminaires with the appropriate luminance limit based on the type(s) of screens likely to be used in the space.
CIBSE Lighting Guides (contd) In cases where the designer does not have information about the VDT's to be used, luminaires should be selected with a luminance limit of 200 cd/m2 at 65 elevation (old Cat 2), or 55 (old Cat 1) in special circumstances. The default luminance limit is for negative polarity software, and can be increased to 500 cd/m2 or 1500 cd/m2 for positive polarity. For indirect lighting, the average luminance for surfaces lit directly should not exceed 500 cd/m2, with the peak intensity not exceeding 1500 cd/m2. Luminance should vary gradually across the surface.
Combiform Shallow (Pg 35)
Certificate of conformity The guides require that the designer and installer of the installation complete and sign a Certificate of Conformity to demonstrate that all known visual and ergonomic criteria were fully considered during the design process and installed as specified. Due to the regular development of these guides, Cooper Lighting recommends you visit CIBSE on www.cibse.org to ensure the latest guides are being referred to.
Reef (Pg 177)
Technical
563
Interior Lighting Design

BS EN 12464-1 This standard specifies the requirements for lighting systems for most indoor work places and their associated areas. The standard neither provides specific solutions, nor restricts the designer's freedom from exploring new techniques or the use of innovative equipment. In addition to the required illuminance for the application, the standard states that good lighting practice is to be used, ensuring that lighting quantity and quality creates a suitable lit environment that satisfies the human need for visual comfort, visual performance and last but not least, safety.This lit environment is defined by reference in the standard to the following parameters: Luminance distribution The luminance distribution controls the adaptation level of the eye, and affects visual acuity and comfort. Excessively high and low luminance values and/or contrasts can cause glare, eye fatigue and a dull environment and should be avoided. Preferred wall and reflectance value ranges are listed. Illuminance Maintained illuminance values are specified and are set to meet visual comfort and performance needs. The average illuminance for each task area should not fall below the value given. Illuminance levels for immediately surrounding areas, in relationship to the task area are listed, along with uniformity requirements. Glare Glare must be limited to avoid errors, fatigue and accidents. Glare can be experienced as either: i. Discomfort Glare ii. Disability Glare If the limits of discomfort glare are met, disability glare is not usually a problem. The glare rating for a scheme should be calculated using the Unified Glare Rating (UGR) tabular method and must be below the rating listed for the application. Minimum shielding angles for bright light sources are specified. BS EN 12464-1 (contd) Directional Lighting Directional lighting may be used, creating a modelling effect. This is to be used to enhance the general appearance of an interior by ensuring structural features, objects and occupants are lit to give a pleasing effect. The lighting should not be too directional, creating harsh shadows, or too diffuse resulting in an undefined, dull environment. This section should be read in conjunction with the LG3: 2001 guidelines on the illumination of walls and ceilings. BS EN 12464, reflecting its aim of not providing specific solutions, specifies no target values. Colour Appearance and Rendering The colour appearance of the lamps used should suit what is deemed as natural for the application eg, relative to wall colours, furniture, climate etc. Lamps with a colour rendering index value lower than Ra 80 should not be used where people work or stay for long periods. Lamp Flicker Lamp flicker and stroboscopic effects, which create discomfort and dangerous situations, should be avoided. This can be achieved by use of high frequency control gear in typical applications. Maintenance Factor Schemes should be designed with an overall maintenance factor calculated for lamp ageing, lamp survival, luminaire and room surface dirt deposition and specified maintenance schedules. This allows calculation of a maintained illuminance level to be derived. Energy & daylight Schemes should be designed without waste of energy, without compromising the visual aspects of the installation. This may include utilising controls that make use of the available daylight, automatically dimming and brightening the lamps as daylight increases or reduces. Display Screen Equipment (DSE) Luminaire luminance limits are specified for areas with DSE workstations. These are provided at elevation angles of 65 and above from the downward vertical (old LG3 Cat 2) with screens that are vertical or inclined up to 15 tilt angle. In special circumstances, the luminance limits should be applied for lower elevation angles of the luminaire (eg, 55 - old LG3 Cat 1).
Waveform T5 (Pg 95)
Luminance limits for luminaires which can be reflected in DSE screens Screen classes in accordance with ISO 9241-7 Screen quality Average luminance of luminaires that are reflected in the screen
I Good
II Medium
III Poor
1000 cd/m2
200 cd/m2
Cooper Lighting recommend that reference be made to the current edition to ensure compliance. Details can be found on www.bsi-global.com
564
Technical
Practical Scheme Design In order to comply with the wide-ranging requirements of the CIBSE guides and BS EN 12464-1 (interior), each element briefly described should be carefully considered before choosing the luminaires to achieve the desired effect within the installation. It is unlikely that one luminaire type alone will meet the requirements in full and provide a satisfactory result. Each installation will also differ in design, as each application varies in terms of surface colours, furniture, ergonomics, task, limiting glare requirements, available daylight, etc. These documents aim to encourage the designer to look more closely at the working environment required and to create a comfortable and balanced lighting solution, taking into consideration the factors listed, rather than reverting to a default luminaire suitable for all applications. It is therefore more likely that schemes that successfully achieve the standard and guidance documents will consist of a combination of luminaire types, in order to achieve a balanced lighting solution. The combination of luminaires can include: Recessed or surface direct downlight luminaires Semi-recessed or recessed direct/indirect luminaires Suspended direct/indirect luminaires (where ceiling heights permit) Wall washer luminaires Wall mounted or floor standing uplighters
Demonstration of Compliance Evidence of conformity can be provided by use of a suitable computer software tool, using verified data. Information available as output from software, such as the Cooper Lighting Design System includes: Illuminance: working plane, walls and ceiling Unified Glare Rating (UGR) data Luminaire luminance Uniformity
In addition, this catalogue provides data on lamp colour rendering and appearance properties. Further information on the application of CIBSE lighting guides and BS EN 12464 and assistance on product selection is available by contacting our Technical Support and Application Department. Tel: 01302 303240. Advice on the selection and use of the most appropriate luminaires from the Cooper Lighting range can also be provided.
The resultant installation will provide efficient illumination of the task area, whilst wall and ceiling are evenly illuminated to provide a visually comfortable lit environment.
Bali (Pg 31)
Synthesis (Pg 103)
Technical
565
Peninsular Dental School
566
Technical
Emergency Lighting Design

Legal Requirements The main reason for installing an emergency lighting system is to enable the building to meet fire safety legislation in a way that is visually acceptable and meets the users needs for ease of operation and maintenance. Consequently it is important to establish all the relevant legal requirements for emergency lighting and fire alarm systems before commencing the design. These should ideally be agreed between the system designer, user, fire authority, building control officer and system installer. The main legislative requirements are: The Building Regulations 2000 - 2005 edition (England and Wales with equivalent legislation covering Scotland and Northern Ireland) The main changes regarding emergency lighting in the 2005 edition are that designers are reminded that when finished and put into use, the building will have to have satisfactory fire precautions to meet the hazards identified by the fire risk assessment required by the Fire Safety Order The building regulations detail the design and construction characteristics of a building. Approved Document B details the fire safety requirements for new buildings and the major refurbishment of existing premises. Table 9 of this document shows the locations that must be provided with emergency lighting. It now defines that in addition to escape routes, all open areas larger than 60m2 must be illuminated in the event of the failure of the normal lighting supply. It also clarifies that emergency lighting is needed for all parts of schools that either do not have natural light or are used outside normal school hours. The regulations require that systems comply with BS 5266-1, the code of practice for emergency lighting. The Fire Safety Order 2005 (England and Wales with equivalent legislation covering Scotland and Northern Ireland) These items of legislation replace the Fire Precautions act 1997 and are the laws by which the UK enforces the European Workplace Directive This new legislation requires that all premises must be safeguarded from fire by appropriate fire safety precautions. This must be demonstrated by the responsible person for the premises (normally the employer) conducting a fire safety risk assessment. If the site has 5 or more employees then the risk assessment must be kept as a formal record for inspection by the Fire Authority. The Assessment replaces fire certificates which are now no longer valid Main points in the guide are: That the law now covers all premises that have employees or are visited by members of the public. (Previously Fire certificates did not cover small premises) Emergency lighting should be upgraded to meet the current standards (Previously premises did not have to be upgraded when standards improved, now those engineered to previous issues need to be brought up to date)
Step 1
Identify fire hazards - such as sources of ignition, fuel or work processes
Step 2
Identify the location of people at risk in the case of fire
Step 3
Evaluate the risks to check whether existing fire safety measures are adequate, including: - Control of ignition and fuel sources - Fire detection and warning - Means of escape and the provision of emergency lighting - Means of fighting fire - Maintenance and testing of fire precautions - Fire safety training of employees
Step 4
Carry out any improvements needed
Step 5
Record findings and action taken
Step 6
Keep the assessment under review - revise provisions if the situation changes
Technical
567

The Fire Safety Order 2005 (contd) The Government has produced 11 guides for individual applications to help employers to conduct their assessments and gives guidance on the safety equipment required . The guides make it clear that occupants have to be protected from risks in the event of the normal supply failing to assist users they advise that: Emergency lighting is likely to be required where any escape routes are internal and without windows or if the premises are used during darkness (including early darkness in Winter) The assessment should cover the location of employees and any visitors (including information on those persons with disabilities) to the site to assist in determining the areas requiring emergency lighting. The guidance gives detailed requirements for the suitability of escape routes and calls for the installation of emergency lighting to be in accordance with BS 5266-1 The evaluation of areas with a fire risk assists when deciding which areas need protection, eg, a school chemical laboratory may be smaller than 60m2 but still need emergency lighting, as combustible materials and sources of ignition would be present It recommends that advice on the installation should be given by a competent person who specialises in emergency lighting systems Continued maintenance and testing must be correctly carried out, to comply with the directive The equipment used must be capable of being demonstrated as of adequate quality. Compliance with the appropriate British Standard, or other approved third party scheme, gives evidence of this. The standard for luminaires is BS EN 60598-2-22. ICEL 1001 registration endorses the spacing data of these luminaires. The standard for central battery systems is BS EN 50171 Note: When the premises are being assessed for risk, shortcomings in other areas of fire protection can be compensated for by improved levels of emergency lighting and fire alarms. Other Requirements In addition to fire safety legislation, some workplaces require a licence from the Local Authority, including theatres and cinemas, sport stadiums and premises for public entertainment, music, dancing, gambling and the sale of alcohol. Other premises must be registered with the Local Authority and be inspected by the Fire Authority, including nursing homes, children's homes, residential care homes and independent schools. Both licensed and registered premises have to pass a fire inspection to confirm that they have systems complying with BS 5266-1 for the emergency lighting and BS 5839 for fire equipment. Records of a system are now essential to maintain the validity of approvals and licences. Emergency Lighting - System Design This section provides guidance on system design to meet BS 5266 Parts 1 and 7 and so achieve compliance with legislation Design Objective BS 5266, when referring to the provision of Escape Lighting in section 4.2, requires that when the supply to all or part of the normal lighting in occupied premises fails, escape lighting is required to fulfil the following function: (a) To indicate clearly and unambiguously the escape routes. (b) To provide illumination along such routes to allow safe movement towards and through the exits provided. (c) To ensure that fire alarm call points and fire fighting equipment provided along escape routes can be readily located. (d) To permit operations concerned with safety measures. BS 5266-1 recommends that discussions should be held prior to commencing the design, to establish the areas to be covered, the method of operation, the testing regime and the most suitable type of system. These discussions should include the owner or occupier of the premises, the system designer, the installer, the supplier of the equipment and the fire authority. Note: BS 5266 was revised during 2006 following the publication of EN 50172. For up to date information visit our website at www.cooper-ls.com. Alternatively visit the British Standards Institute website, at www.bsi-global.com
The Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations 1996 These regulations bring into force the EC Safety Signs Directive (92/58/EEC) on the provision and use of safety signs at work. The purpose of the Directive is to encourage the standardisation of safety signs throughout the member states of the European Union so that safety signs, wherever they are seen, have the same meaning. The regulations apply to all safety signs including those which provide directional signage for escape routes.
568
Technical
Stage 1 Locate luminaires at mandatory Points of Emphasis Initial design is conducted by situating luminaires to reveal specific hazards and highlight safety equipment and signs, in addition to providing illumination to assist safe travel along the escape route. This should be performed regardless of whether it is an emergency escape route or an open (anti-panic) area. Only when this is accomplished should the type of luminaire or its light output be considered. BS 5266 Pt 7: 1999 requires that the luminaires sited at points of emphasis must comply with BS EN 60 598-2-22. Specific locations where a luminaire must be provided are:
At each exit door
All safety exit signs
Outside and near each final exit
Near stairs so that each tread receives direct light
At each change of direction
Near each first aid post
Near any other change of floor level
At each intersection of corridors
Near each piece of fire fighting equipment and call point
Note - the term near means within 2 metres measured horizontally
Technical
569

Stage 2 Ensure that exit signs are of correct format and size Section 4.1 of BS 5266 Pt 7 states that Signs which are provided at all exits intended to be used in an emergency and along escape routes shall be illuminated to indicate unambiguously the route of escape to a point of safety. Where direct sight of an emergency exit is not possible, an illuminated directional sign (or series of signs) shall be provided to assist progression towards the emergency exit.
Sign formats should not be mixed - BS 2560: 1975 Old-style signs now obsolete. Should have been replaced by December 1998 BS 5499 Pt 1 Signs are still acceptable, if they are already in the building
EXIT
EXIT
European Signs Directive Format This came into force on 1st April 1996, under The Signs Directive
If there is any doubt as to the most appropriate format of sign, guidance should be obtained from the local Fire Authority. Maximum viewing distances For all formats of safety signs, the maximum viewing distances and luminance conditions are given in BS 5266 pt7/EN 1838 Signs can be either internally illuminated, such as exit boxes or edge lit emergency luminaires with a screened sign that have a controlled illuminance, or painted signs which includes Photoluminescent signs but to be acceptable they must have an external emergency light illuminating them. Maximum viewing distances are: Internally illuminated signs - 200 x the panel height Externally illuminated signs - 100 x the panel height
<200 x h
<100 x h
Illumination requirements The sign must conform to the colours of ISO 3864, which defines that exit and first aid signs must be white with green as the contrast colour. The ratio of luminance of the white colour to the green colour must be between 5:1 and 15:1. The minimum luminance of any 10mm patch area on the sign must be greater than 2cd/m2 and the ratio of maximum to minimum luminance shall be less than 10:1 for either colour.
min luminance = 2cd/m2 ratio of luminance shall be less than 10:1 for either colour
contrast of the colours must be between 5:1 and 15:1
Note: Internally illuminated exit signs are pre-tested to ensure they meet these requirements, provided that they comply with EN 60598-2-22. If the sign is designed to be externally illuminated, considerable care must be taken by the system designer to see that these conditions are met. Even though an emergency luminaire must be sited within 2 metres from the sign (see stage 1) calculations should still be made to check that the sign is adequately illuminated.
570
Technical
Stage 3 Locate luminaires at the following essential areas in the buildings These locations are not part of the escape route but because of their risk they require protection by emergency lighting. Some of these areas are specifically defined in BS 5266-1. Others are likely to be hazard areas defined by the risk assessment and being considered as a guidance Standard pr BS 5266-10
Required by BS 5266-1 a) Lift cars - although only in exceptional circumstances will they be part of the escape route, they do present a problem in that the public may be trapped in them in the event of a supply failure. b) Toilets - all toilets for the disabled and facilities exceeding 8m2 floor area or without borrowed lights. Note the current issue of BS 5266-1 now excludes the en suite facilities in hotels c) Escalators - to enable users to get off them safely.
d) Motor generator, control or plant rooms - require battery supplied emergency lighting to assist any maintenance or operating personnel in the event of failure.
e) Covered car parks - the normal pedestrian routes should be provided with non-maintained luminaires of at least 1 hour duration.
Other areas that need consideration as input to the risk assessment (pr BS 5266-10) Kitchens - Sudden failure of lighting while staff are cooking hot food is potentially dangerous, currently these areas would need an emergency light over the extinguisher but emergency lighting is needed over the area for hot food preparation. Employees need to be able to locate and turn off machinery/ovens/hobs etc. to ensure that they do not turn on once the supply is re-instated and cause a possible unsafe condition. First Aid stations - Currently the requirement is for the light level needed to evacuate the premises, however system designers consider the light level response and duration times of emergency lighting of first aid rooms where treatment is to be given Refuge areas for disabled people - In these areas fire wardens will now have to go and collect disabled persons, often transferring them into rescue sleds to enable them safely to be taken downstairs consideration should be given to the light level response and duration times of emergency lighting in refuges. Fire equipment - In a fire condition, users must inspect and act on the condition of fire alarm panels and repeaters. The light must be sufficient to enable displays to be read accurately. The staff will also have to contact the fire brigade so they must have sufficient illumination for the number to be dialled correctly in the emergency condition. The emergency lighting must provide adequate direct illumination on crash bars on exit doors to enable them to be easily seen and operated, consider using exit signs above downward light panels.
Technical
571

Stage 4 Escape route lighting When the points of emphasis have been covered, it is essential to provide any additional luminaires to ensure that minimum illuminance levels are met to enable the routes to be used safely. In addition, every compartment on the escape route must have at least two luminaires, to provide some light in the event of luminaire failure. Light Level Requirements BS 5266 Pt 7: 1999 (EN 1838) 4.2 calls for a minimum of 1 lux anywhere on the centre line of the escape route for normal risks. A uniformity ratio of 40:1 maximum to minimum must not be exceeded. This illuminance must be provided for the full duration and life of the system. 50% of the illuminance must be available within 5 seconds and the full value within 60 seconds of supply failure. Note: The UK has an A deviation which continues to allow a 0.2 lux minimum value for routes that will be permanently unobstructed. It should be noted that this puts a heavy burden on the user to ensure routes are kept clear even in an emergency. For this reason it is recommended that the 1 lux level should always be used. Photometric Design Emergency Escape Routes The use of authenticated spacing tables or a suitable computer program provides the information to determine whether luminaires are needed in addition to those for the points of emphasis (see data section), to provide the minimum required level of illumination on the escape routes. To ensure that the design will meet the required levels at all times the data is de-rated, as required by the standard, to cover the following factors: i. Reduction in light as the battery voltage reduces during discharge. ii. Ageing of lamps in maintained circuits iii. The effects of dirt (Spacing tables use a figure of 80%).
Photometric Data
Britelite Luminaire Mounting type height (m) Lux level directly under Escape route 2m wide 1 lux min
0.5L 0.5L
Open (anti-panic) area 0.5 lux min

0.5L 0.5L
Self-contained NM 2.5 4.0 6.0 M 2.5 4.0 6.0 3.28 1.28 0.57 2.75 1.07 0.48 3.9 2.1 3.3 1.5 11.3 9.6 10.7 8.0 4.0 5.6 5.2 5.0 2.0 1.2 1.8 0.7 4.0 3.3 1.6 3.7 3.5 12.0 14.8 12.4 11.7 14.2 6.0 7.2 7.4 5.8 7.0 1.9 1.9 0.8 1.8 1.7 -
Example - luminaire spacing along escape route

11m 22m
Locate luminaires at mandatory Points of emphasis

ceiling 2.5m
11m
11m
11m
Add additional luminaire to achieve 1 lux minimum

ceiling 2.5m
572
Technical
Stage 5 Open (anti-panic) core areas Areas larger than 60m2, open areas with an escape route passing through them, or hazards identified by the building risk assessment all require emergency lighting. The current standard is easy to design for and to verify, promoting systems that provide good uniformity rather than ones that use a few large output luminaires. Light Level Requirements BS 5266 Pt 7/EN 1838 - 4.3 calls for 0.5 lux minimum of the empty core area, which excludes a border of 0.5m of the perimeter of the area. Spacing tables or a suitable computer program provide simple and accurate data that can easily be used. The spacing tables for 0.5 lux are de-rated on the same basis as those for escape routes. They can also be used as a guide for initial selection of the location of luminaires when using a computer program Spacing data Specific data is available for self-contained dedicated emergency luminaires. This can be found on each of the individual product entries in this catalogue and repeated in the section after this design guide. If using standard mains luminaires fitted with an emergency conversion kit, typical data is shown in the emergency lighting spacing tables. The data details the polar distribution for common types of luminaires, from which a suitable match should be selected. The factors considered should be the shape of the polar curve and the scale, which is shown by the nadir intensity. Alternatively, a computer program can be used and the light outputs of the appropriate kit can be used with the actual distribution data of the luminaire chosen.
Luminaire spacing in open (anti-panic) core areas
0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
0.5L
0.5 metre border (core area excludes a border of 0.5m of the perimeter of the area) Minimum points - at which 0.5 lux is obtained
Technical
573

Stage 6 High risk task area lighting Areas of high physical risk, or the control rooms of dangerous plant and production lines, need emergency lighting to enable them to be shut down safely. BS 5266 Part 1: 1999 defines that emergency lighting should provide 10% of the normal lighting level at the hazard, with a minimum of 15 Lux. (In practice this minimum is unlikely ever to be a problem, as it would only be valid if the risk area had a normal illumination level less than 150 lux). Design Procedures Reaching the light levels needed would normally be achieved by using a conversion of the normal luminaire, or by using a tungsten projector unit. If conversion units are selected, a direct ratio can be obtained by the Ballast Lumen Factor (BLF). i.e. to achieve 10% of normal use either: - Emergency units with a BLF of 10% are needed for each fitting in the area - Emergency units with a BLF of 20% are needed for every other fitting - Emergency units with a BLF of 100% are needed for one in 10 fittings Care is needed to ensure that a reasonably uniform distribution is achieved by whatever combination of luminaire and conversion kit used. If tungsten projector units are selected, a co-efficient of utilisation calculation has to be performed for the required value. Stage 7 Control Non-maintained luminaires must be activated by failure of supply to the normal lighting. They must therefore be connected to an unswitched live taken from the local normal lighting final circuit. Once the design has been completed it becomes apparent that the performance of the luminaire depends as much on the light distribution as it does the light output available. Consequently it becomes essential that luminaire types specified for a particular design do not get changed without a re-appraisal of the photometric design.
L N
Normal lighting
Emergency lighting
Testing and log book The Fire Safety Order require that appropriate testing is performed to maintain compliance of the system. The system should include adequate facilities for testing and recording the system condition. These need to be appropriate for the specific site and should be considered as part of the system design. Discussions with the user or system designer should identify: - The calibre and reliability of staff available to do the testing - The level of difficulty in performing the test - If discharge tests need to be done outside normal working hours, or phased so only alternate luminaires are tested in buildings that are permanently occupied The testing requirements in the code of practice are: Function test All emergency luminaires should be tested by breaking the supply to them and checking that they operate satisfactorily. The supply must then be restored and the charging indicators must be seen to be operating correctly. This test must be performed at least once per month and the results logged Discharge test The luminaires must be tested for their full rated duration period and checked for satisfactory operation. The supply must then be restored and the charging indicators rechecked. This test must be performed at least annually and the results logged.
574
Technical
Stage 7 (contd) Manual testing If manual testing is utilised, the following points should be considered: - Is a single switch to be used? Unless the whole building is to be switched off, a separate switch should be used for each final circuit. As the feed to non-maintained circuits must be taken from the switch this will probably mean that the building will have to be walked around twice, once to check the luminaires and once to check that they are recharging - Are luminaires to be individually switched? In practice, only a single walk around the building will be needed. However, the test switches could spoil the dcor of the building and they must be of a type that is tamper proof. After the tests, the performance of the luminaires must be logged. Automatic test systems Legislation demands that emergency lighting systems are regularly tested and maintained in full working order. To avoid the cost and disruption of manual testing, automatic test systems should be considered. Cooper Lighting offer two alternative testing systems each optimised for different building types:
EasiCheck Particularly suited to medium to large sized installations, EasiCheck is a versatile addressable emergency lighting system that uses a central control panel to perform automatic test schedules, initiate manual tests and download event logs and test reports. It is available for use with both self-contained luminaires and central power systems. EasiCheck continuously monitors all components of an emergency lighting system, reporting faults as soon as they occur. Up to 63 panels can be networked together, ensuring EasiCheck can be utilised in the largest of projects of up to 15,750 emergency luminaires. It also has advanced software options for PC monitoring and control.
Commissioning certificate BS 5266 Pt 1 and the European Standard both require written declarations of compliance to be available on site for inspection. These consist of: 1. Installation quality IEE regulations must have been conformed with and non-maintained fittings fed from the final circuit of the normal lighting in each, as required in BS 5266 2. Photometric performance Evidence of compliance with light levels has to be supplied by the system designer. Photometric tests for Cooper Lighting luminaires are normally performed at BSI and spacing data is registered by the ICEL scheme. Therefore copies of the spacing data in this catalogue provide the verification required. 3. Declaration of a satisfactory test of operation A log of all system tests and results must be maintained. System log books, with commissioning forms, testing forms and instructions are available from Cooper Lighting.
EasiCheck Panel
Maintenance Finally, to ensure that the system remains at full operational status, essential servicing should be defined. This normally would be performed as part of the testing routine, but in the case of consumable items such as replacement lamps, spares should be provided for immediate use.
Intellem Designed for use with self-contained emergency luminaires, Intellem is a stand alone self-test system for small to medium sized installations. The testing module self calibrates and carries out testing at predetermined intervals. Faults are precisely reported by an audible alarm and the flashing sequence of the LED indicator. For applications where an audible alarm would be inappropriate, this feature can be disabled during installation. Intellem has a function which enables tests of adjacent luminaires to be staggered to avoid complete loss of emergency cover during the recharge period after a full discharge test.
Technical
575

Example of System Design
i a,b,c,f&k x x 4 Plant room b Workshop (iv) b Acid bath x g
c&h x
x d Office (iii) x
h&f
Office (i)
Office (ii)
1 Lift d
b&e
e&h
e&h
Toilet
2 Escalator 3
Lobby a,b & c i
576
Technical
Example of system design Stage 1 Locate luminaires at points of emphasis on escape route a At each exit door b To illuminate exit and safety signs c Near call points (some covered by a.) d Near each staircase e Change of direction (some covered by b.) f Near fire fighting equipment (some covered by a.) g Change of floor level h Near intersection of escape routes i Outside final exits k Near first aid points Stage 2 Exit sign location is covered by Stage 1, but it is important to check that maximum viewing distances are not exceeded and that if the normal lighting is dimmed, eg, in cinemas, the exit signs must be permanently illuminated while the building is occupied (maintained lighting). Stage 3 Other areas, which require emergency lighting but are not on the escape route area. 1 Lift car 2 Toilet (above 8m2 floor area) 3 Escalators 4 Plant room Stage 4 Check minimum illuminance levels on the escape routes. After selecting a suitable luminaire, eg, Britelite, consulting the spacing table shows the number of fittings needed to provide a minimum of 1 lux on the centre line of the escape routes. Stage 5 Anti-panic open areas (x) apply to any areas over 60m2 floor area, or that have an escape route passing through them. (i) Office over 60m2 - 3 x Britelite (ii) Office under 60m2 - no requirement (iii) Under 60m2, but part of escape route from office (ii) - 2 x Britelite fittings, either as compartment of escape route or an open anti-panic area (iv) Workshop 4m high - 3 x Britelite + 1 x DQX - 5 cell conversion unit for high risk (m) or 4 x DQX - 5 cell conversion units (Use of conversion units is dependent on suitable mains luminaires being used). Stage 6 High risk lighting requirement for an acid bath (m) is included in the design for stage 5. If a conversion of a mains luminaire is not suitable, a high power tungsten projector, such as Beamlite could be used instead.
Wiring installation The wiring of emergency luminaires should generally be in accordance with normal wiring practice (I.E.E. Wiring Regulations), statutory requirements applicable to the type of building, local by-laws and regulations. The supply for self contained luminaires should be taken from the unswitched local light source Cabling used when installing self-contained emergency luminaires should be of a similar type to that used for the normal mains light. In the event of a fire, if the cabling used for the emergency luminaires has greater protection, there may be a chance of the normal lighting failing and the emergency lighting remaining in the normal mode (i.e. inoperative). Hence it is recommended that self-contained emergency luminaires are wired in PVC insulated cable. The supply to self-contained luminaires should be such as to prevent unauthorised disconnection, but should incorporate suitable means for simulating a mains failure for test purposes. The source of supply should be from the same local fuse as the normal lighting, so that in the event of a fuse failure causing the normal lighting to be extinguished, the emergency lighting is brought into operation in the same locality.
Non - maintained installation

mains lighting fuse L N tamper proof test switch to mains lighting to additional emergency luminaires non-maintained emergency luminaire
N L
Maintained or sustained installation

mains lighting fuse L N tamper proof test switch to mains lighting to additional emergency luminaires
N L1 L2 maintained lighting control switch

Wiring details
maintained emergency luminaire
Technical
577
Emergency Lighting Spacing Tables

Menvier Luminaire Spacing Tables Note: The photometric design data is registered within the ICEL photometric scheme which requires that a) The luminaire complies with BS EN 60598.2.22 b) Cooper Lighting has BS EN ISO9000 approval
Self Contained Luminaires
Luminaire type Mounting height (m) Lux level directly under 1.66 0.65 0.29 1.4 0.55 0.25 3.05 1.19 0.53 2.59 1.01 0.45 3.0 1.5 0.65 2.5 1.1 0.55 2.28 0.89 0.4 1.94 0.75 0.33 2.46 0.96 0.42 2.09 0.81 0.36 2.3 0.92 0.42 2.02 0.79 0.35 2.7 1.06 0.47 2.16 0.9 0.4 4 1.56 0.69 3.4 1.32 0.59 1.6 1.2 3.5 1.6 3 0.8 3.9 2.0 3.3 1.5 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.2 2 1.8 2.4 1.6 2.3 2.7 2.1 2.5 1.6 1.3 1.5 7.4 6.6 10.3 8.8 9.6 7.2 11.6 11.8 10.8 9.8 6.9 7.4 6.7 6.6 6.9 6.7 6.5 6.1 5.9 5.4 5.8 7.2 5.6 6.8 7.2 7.5 5.3 7 6.8 3.6 4.0 3.1 4.3 3.9 5.8 5.6 5.4 5 5.7 5.7 5.2 5.0 4.3 3.1 4.1 2 6.5 6.3 6 5.6 5.3 4.9 5.4 5.1 5 4.4 6.6 6.8 4.7 6.3 6.2 3.4 2.0 1.3 1 2.1 1.1 1.9 0.3 1.9 1.5 1.7 1.1 1.3 1.2 2.2 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9 0.6 1.7 2.5 1.9 2.2 1.4 0.5 -
c) The fittings are tested photometrically by BSI d) The derived data is subject to ICELs third party inspection
0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
Escape route 2m wide 1 lux min
Atlantic
NM
2.5 4 6
2.5 0.7 2.3 0.9 3.6 3 1.1 3.3 2.5 3.8 3.8 1.7 3.7 3.3 1.0 2.2 2.5 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2 1.8 1.6 1.6 2 2.5 2 2.3 2.5 2.6 1.8 2.4 2.3 1.2 2.2 2.5 2.7
9.1 9.6 8.8 8 10.9 13.4 11.1 10 12.8 11.1 13.8 16.4 10.8 13.3 15.4 7.5 8.6 7.2 8.2 8.1 9.2 9.8 7.8 8.5 7.5 8.4 7.2 7.5 6.3 7.4 8.8 5.9 7 8.5 8.5 9.8 10.3 7.8 9.2 9.8 3.4 4.2 4.0
5.3 5.8 5 5 6.7 7.7 5 6.1 7.2 6.4 7.4 8.0 6.1 6.8 7.1 5.6 5.6 5.4 5.4 7.2 8.4 9.1 7 7.8 6 7 5.7 6.5 6.2 7 7.4 5.7 6.7 7 7.4 8.6 9.5 6.8 8.2 8.8 4.0 4.3 4.2
1.4 0.4 1.4 0.6 2 1.9 0.7 1.8 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.8 1.6 1.0 1.5 1 1.4 0.9 2.2 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.6 1.3 1.4 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.5 2.3 2.3 1.6 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.4 1.5 1.7
2.5 4 6
Atlantic Plus
NM
2.5 4 6
2.5 4 6
Britelite contained
NM
2.8 4.0 6.0
2.8 4.0 6.0
Eurolite
NM
2.5 4 6
2.5 4 6
Kwiklite
NM
2.5 4 6
2.5 4 6
New Safe 8
NM
2.5 4 6
2.5 4 6
Vistral
NM
2.5 4 6
2.5 4 6
Weatherlite
NM
2.5 4 6
2.5 4 6
ZetaLED
2.5 3.0 4.0
578
Technical
Menvier Luminaire Spacing Tables Note: The photometric design data is registered within the ICEL photometric scheme which requires that a) The luminaire complies with BS EN 60598.2.22 b) Cooper Lighting has BS EN ISO9000 approval
Slave Luminaires
Luminaire type Mounting height (m) Lux level directly under 3.05 1.19 0.53 4.4 1.7 0.8 3.22 1.25 0.56 4.4 1.7 0.8 4.43 1.73 0.77 6.1 2.3 1.1 4.89 1.91 0.85 6.7 2.6 1.1 3.68 1.43 0.64 5.1 1.9 1 3.5 1.3 4.3 2.7 3.3 3.2 3.6 2.7 2.8 2.6 3.5 3 1.2 2.9 3.5 3.1 3.9 3.1 2.6 2 3.1 2.8 0.5 10.4 9.9 11.4 12 6.2 8.2 9.9 8.6 10.8 11.8 8.2 8 8.6 9.4 8.8 6.8 8.6 7.8 9 11.2 7.2 7.2 8.4 8.8 8 5.9 5.6 6.6 6.6 5.4 5.7 5.6 6.4 6.4 5.4 6.8 7.3 7.4 8.2 7.8 6.8 7.4 7.8 8.4 7.6 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.6 6.8 2 1.1 2.4 2 2 1.3 2.4 2 2.6 2.2 2.8 2.8 1 2.6 2.3 3 2.9 1.4 2.4 2 2.5 2.3 0.5
0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
Atlantic
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
3.6 3.1 1.1 4 4.2 2.2 2.8 3.4 3.3 3 3.8 4.1 2.8 2.8 2.3 3 3.3 3.1 2.3 3 3.5 2.7 3.2 3.9 2.3 2.5 1.5 2.9 3.1 2.8
10.7 13.5 12 10.6 13.7 15.3 8.1 10.2 12.3 8.3 10.4 13 9.2 11.2 11 10.1 11.9 13.4 7.5 8.9 10 8.4 9.8 11.2 8.6 9.8 10 9.5 10.9 12.3
6.7 7.7 7.9 7 8.5 9.5 6.4 7.5 7.7 7 8.4 9.1 7.2 8.9 9.8 7.4 9.5 11.1 7.2 8.9 9.8 7.7 9.8 11.2 7.1 8.4 9 7.3 9.1 10.6
2 2 0.7 1.7 1.7 1.4 2 1.9 0.8 1.6 1.6 1.4 2.3 2.5 2.1 1.9 2.1 2 2.3 2.5 2.1 2 2.1 1.9 2.2 2.1 1.4 1.7 1.9 1.7
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Eurolite
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
New Safe 8
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Vistral
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Weatherlite
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
CeaGuard Luminaires
Luminaire type Mounting height (m) Lux level directly under 3.6 1.41 0.63 7.33 2.86 1.27 6.97 2.73 1.21 5.87 2.29 1.03 5.86 2.28 1.02

0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
75% Atlantic AT230CG
2.5 4 6
3.9 2 3.7 3.6 2.5 3.2 4.1 4.3 4 4.6 4 3.4 3.2 1
11 10.3 4.4 10 10.5 10 8.2 9.6 11.9 9.4 11.8 13.2 8.9 9.4 8.8
6.3 6.3 4 8.1 9.2 9.1 8.2 9.2 9.1 7.1 7.6 7 7.8 8.4 8
2.3 1.6 3.2 3.2 2.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 2.7 2.5 0.2 2.9 2.9 1
3.8 3.6 1.5 3.5 3.6 3.5 2.9 3.3 4.1 3.2 4.1 4.6 3.1 3.2 3
11.2 14 15.4 11.2 13.3 14.2 9.1 19.6 12 9.2 11.6 14.4 10.2 11.6 12.9
7 8.3 8.9 8.4 10.5 11.4 8.7 10.6 12 7.5 9.2 10.5 8.4 9.9 11.3
2.2 2.2 1.4 2.8 3.2 3.1 2.9 3.2 2.7 2.4 2.6 2.4 2.7 2.9 2.8
75% New Safe 8 NS8230CG
2.5 4 6
75% Vistral VS230CG
2.5 4 6
75% Eurolite EU230CG
2.5 4 6
75% Weatherlite WL230CG
2.5 4 6
Technical
579

JSB Luminaire Spacing Tables Note: The photometric design data is registered within the ICEL photometric scheme which requires that a) The luminaire complies with BS EN 60598.2.22 b) Cooper Lighting has BS EN ISO9000 approval
Self Contained Luminaires
Luminaire type Mounting height (m)
0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
AG Bulkhead
NM
2.5 3 4
1.8 1.4 1.5 0.9 3.4 3.2 1.4 2.9 2.2 1.0 2.4 2.4 1.9 2.3 2.1 1.4 1.5 1.1 2.3 2.1 2.1 2 1.2 1.9 1.7 0.4 2 1.5 1.7 1.1 2.6 2.5 3.2 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 -
5.6 5.5 5.2 4.9 9.4 9.8 8.5 8.5 9.2 7.7 6.5 6.8 6.8 5.2 5 6.1 4.8 4.5 6.3 6.4 6 6 5.9 5.6 5.6 5.2 5.8 5.9 5.4 5.4 6.6 7.6 7.6 5.4 5.2 5 4.8 -
4.7 4.6 4.2 4.1 8.0 8.0 7.9 7.2 7.5 7.5 6.5 6.8 6.8 5.2 5 6.1 4.8 4.5 6.3 6.4 6 6 5.9 5.6 5.6 5.2 4.8 4.8 4.4 4.3 4.8 5 5 4.9 4.8 4.6 4.4 -
1.5 1.1 1.2 0.7 2.8 2.8 1.4 1.6 2.2 1.0 2.4 2.4 1.9 2.3 2.1 1.4 1.5 1.1 2.3 2.1 2.1 2 1.2 1.9 1.7 0.4 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.1 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.4 1 -
2 1.9 1.6 1.8 1.7 1.2 2.8 2.6 2.1 2.0 2.2 2.1 1.9 0.7 3.2 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.1 1.6 1.6 1.2 2.1 2.2 0.8 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9 1.8 2 2 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.4
5.4 5.5 5.5 5.1 5.2 5 9.8 11.9 12.1 12.9 8.8 10.5 11.2 11.5 7.5 8.2 8.9 7.2 7.7 8.4 5.6 6.1 6.5 7.2 7.7 6.1 7 7.2 8 6.7 7 7.4 6.7 7 7.8 6.3 6.7 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.5 7 7 7
4.4 4.6 4.6 4.2 4.3 4.2 9.2 10.6 10.5 10.5 8.1 8.7 9.3 9.8 7.5 8.2 8.9 7.2 7.7 8.4 5.6 6.1 6.5 7.2 7.7 6.1 7 7.2 8 6.7 7 7.4 4.3 5.8 6.4 5.4 5.7 6.1 5.6 6 6.5 5.4 5.7 6.2
1.6 1.6 1.3 1.5 1.5 1 2.5 2.1 2.0 1.6 2.1 2.1 1.8 0.4 3.2 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.1 1.6 1.6 1.2 2.1 2.2 0.8 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.9 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.1
2.5 3 4
Alfalux High Bay
NM
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
DRG
NM
2.5 3 4
2.5 3 4
Fairlite RG and SG16W
NM
2.5 3 4
2.5 3 4
Fairlite RG28 and SG28
NM
2.5 3 4
2.5 3 4
Sintralite
NM
2.5 3 4
2.5 3 4
Waylite*
2 2.5 3
Zeta II
NM
2.5 3 4
2.5 3 4
*Note:
Exit signs should be mounted between 2.0 and 2.5m above floor level, unless an alternative height is agreed with the fire authority
580
Technical
JSB Luminaire Spacing Tables Note: The photometric design data is registered within the ICEL photometric scheme which requires that a) The luminaire complies with BS EN 60598.2.22 b) Cooper Lighting has BS EN ISO9000 approval
Slave Luminaires
Luminaire type Mounting height (m)
0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
AG Bulkhead
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
2.5 1.5 3 2.3 4.3 4.5 4.6 5.9 3.6 3.9 3.2 5.5 6.4 7 4 4.4 4.2 3.2 4.4 2.4 5 5.9 6.4 2.8 2.1 3.3 3.8 2.5 1 3 2.9 0.5
7 6.6 8 7.8 6.8 11.9 12.0 11.9 13.0 9.5 10.5 10.8 13.6 16.4 18.4 10 11.8 12.8 8.4 9.6 9.5 12.5 15.1 16.8 7.5 8 8.4 10.2 10.8 7.2 7 8.4 8.4 8.2
5.8 5.7 6 6.6 5.6 12.2 14.3 14.6 14.8 9.5 10.5 10.8 13.6 16.4 18.4 10 11.8 12.8 8.4 9.6 9.5 12.5 15.1 16.8 6.3 6.4 6 6.2 4.6 6 6.7 6 7.6 7.4
2.1 1.2 2.2 1.8 5.0 5.4 5.1 4.0 3.6 3.9 3.2 5.5 6.4 7 4 4.4 4.2 3.2 4.4 2.4 5 5.9 6.4 2.3 1.9 2.3 1.8 2.3 1.9 2.6 2.6 0.5
2.5 2.4 2.8 2.7 2.4 5.9 6.1 6.4 6.5 3.2 3.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.4 3.5 4.1 4.4 2.9 3.3 3.3 4.4 5.2 5.8 2.5 2.8 1.8 2.9 3.6 3.8 2.6 2.5 1.8 2.9 2.9 2.9
6.6 7 9.8 10.8 11.8 13.7 13.9 15.6 17.6 10.3 12 14 15.4 18.2 20.7 10.3 12.7 15.1 9.1 11.2 12.6 12.6 15.4 18.1 8 9.5 10.8 8.1 10.2 12.6 7.4 7.5 7 10.9 11.8 11.8
5.3 5.8 7 8.4 9.9 14.9 18.1 19.8 19.1 10.3 12 14 15.4 18.2 20.7 10.3 12.7 15.1 9.1 11.2 12.6 12.6 15.4 18.1 6.8 8.2 9.1 6.7 8 8.7 5.3 6.3 6.6 7 8.7 10.5
2 2 1.5 1.7 1.4 6.2 7.2 7.7 7.0 3.2 3.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.4 3.5 4.1 4.4 2.9 3.3 3.3 4.4 5.2 5.8 2.1 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.6 1.2 2.1 2.3 1.8 1.5 1.9 1.9
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Alfalux High Bay
AC/AC
4 6 8 10
DRG
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Fairlite RG16W
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Fairlite RG28W
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Sintralite
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Zeta II
AC/DC
2.5 4 6
AC/AC
2.5 4 6
Technical
581
Suffolk New College Central Battery
582
Technical

To enable photometric designs to be performed as required by BS 5266 pts 1 and 7, the following factors need to be used to ensure that the worst case conditions are designed for. Initial lamp lumens of the lamp must be de-rated by: Ballast lumen factor (for emergency circuits, these are independently tested and their % value is shown) K Factor for the effect of reduction in supply voltage as the battery discharges, and of cable voltage drop on central systems S Factor to compensate for the ageing of lamps during service life. The effect of dirt on the diffuser must also be allowed for, so an allowance for 20% as recommended by ICEL has been built into these spacing tables. If the design is being produced on a computer, similar allowance should be made. System lumen reduction factors used in the following lumens chart are:
System Type K Factor S Factor Self-Contained 0.85 0.85 24 Volt Slave 0.65 0.85 50 & 110 Volt Slave 0.7 0.85 230 Volt Inverter Slave 0.95 0.85
When applied with the appropriate Ballast Lumen Factors % with typical fluorescent lamps, they give the following Emergency Lighting Design Lumens (ELDL) for typical fluorescent lamps which can be used for spacing calculations:
Self Contained WATT LUMEN Type 1350 3350 5200 6550 BQX BQX CQX DQX QX Series BLF 10 9 6 5 ELDL 100 215 225 235 TYPE ADV343 ADV343 ADV453 ADV563 ADV Series BLF 11 8 7 7 ELDL 105 195 260 330 24V Slave BLF 31 22 ELDL 230 400 -
Central Battery System 50V/110V Slave BLF 44 33 24 18 ELDL 350 650 740 700 230V Slave ELDL 1100 2700 4200 5300
TRI-PHOSPHOR LINEAR LAMPS 18 36 58 70 COMPACT LAMPS 16 - 2D 28 - 2D 38 - 2D 11 - TC-S 13 - TC-D 18 - TC-D 24 - TC-L 36 - TC-L 1050 2050 2850 900 900 1200 1800 2900
BQX BQX BQX BQX BQX
13 15 14 10 7
100 95 90 85 145
ADV343 ADV443 ADV553 ADV343 ADV343 ADV343 ADV343 ADV343
13 14 12 19 16 12 11 8
100 205 245 125 105 105 145 145
45 28 23 49 44 25 28 24
260 315 360 240 210 170 275 390
65 40 33 70 63 37 40 35
400 500 560 375 330 260 425 600
850 1655 2300 725 725 970 1450 2300
Notes: 1. ADV series modules suitable for use with switch start circuits only 2. Other lamp type/wattage data on request
Design procedure for Converted Mains Lighting Luminaires When normal mains luminaires are converted and utilised for emergency use, the procedure below should be followed: 1. The table of emergency lighting design lumens (above), should be consulted to determine the minimum emergency lamp output for the particular lamp/circuit required, for use with either spacing tables or a computer design program. 2. The appropriate spacing table should then be selected and used, checking the following points: That the shape of the polar curve corresponds with the luminaire to be used That the value of the output is similar (LOR and at the nadir. Variations can be compensated for, by determining a ratio for the lamp output value obtained in 1) 3. The spacing limits for escape routes or open areas can then be read off for specific height and lamp outputs. Note: If different values of minimum light level are needed, they can also be obtained by determining a ratio for the lamp output value i.e. To ensure a minimum of 10 lux on the centre line of an escape route, a value 10 times greater must be applied to the chart value. So 2000 lumen lamp output gives the same spacing to 10 lux as 200 lumens does for 1 lux. Use of Spacing Tables with Computer Programs Computer programs can provide accurate values for specific applications, using data for the exact luminaire, at the precise mounting height and with the actual emergency lamp output, for any luminaire configuration. To quickly develop an initial spacing layout, the spacing values from the nearest table should be used. This can then be applied to the software and modified as required, to obtain the optimum luminaire layout. Illuminance levels can then be calculated, verifying the system design as required by BS 5266-1:1999 and EN 1838.
Technical
583

Conversions with Low Brightness Louvre
cd/1000lm 90 90
Nadir intensity
320cd/1000lm
100 60 200 60
300 30 30
ULOR DLOR LOR
0.00 0.61 0.61
1 lux minimum on centre line escape routes - all risks

Mounting Height (m) ELDL Lux level directly under
0.5 lux minimum in core area open areas

0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
65-200cd/m2
100 200
4 8.1 24.4 81.1 163.2 1.6 3.2 9.6 32 64 4.4 8.8 26.4 88 176 1.7 3.4 10.2 34 64
2.5 2.7 3.3 3.6 * 2.9 3.6 4.6 5.1 5.3 2.5 2.7 3.4 3.8 * 2.2 3.4 4.5 5.4 5.7
5.5 5.9 6.6 7 * 7.2 8.6 9.8 10.9 11.6 5.4 6.4 7.6 7.8 * 6.8 8.6 10.1 12 12.6
5.2 7 7.6 7.7 * 6.4 8.8 11 11.7 12.2 5.9 7 8.2 8.6 * 6.8 9.2 11.8 13.2 14
2.4 2.9 3.7 3.8 * 1.9 3.2 4.7 5.6 5.7 2.5 2.9 3.7 4 * 2 3.4 5 6.1 6.4
1.9 2 2.2 * * 2.5 3 3.4 3.5 * 1.8 2.2 2.5 * * 2.3 3 3.5 3.7 *
5.9 6.1 6.6 * * 8.6 9.1 10.4 11 * 6.2 6.5 7.2 * * 8.6 9.5 11.2 12 *
6.4 6.6 7.2 * * 8.8 9.9 11 11.6 * 6.8 7.6 8.6 * * 8.9 10.5 12.6 13.4 *
1.8 2.4 2.6 * * 2.2 3 3.8 3.9 * 2 2.4 2.6 * * 2.3 3.2 4.1 4.2 *
2.5
600 2000 4000 100 200
4
General purpose
600 2000 4000 100 200
2.5
600 2000 4000 100 200
600 2000 4000
Conversions with Weatherproof Luminaire

120 cd/1000lm 120
Nadir intensity
129cd/1000lm
90 40 60 80 120 30 30
90
60
ULOR DLOR LOR
0.15 0.57 0.72


0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
100 200
1.9 3.8 11.4 28 47 0.7 1.5 4.5 15.2 30.4 0.3 0.6 2 6.8 13.6 0.1 0.2 0.7 2.4 4.8
1.6 2.9 4.9 7.5 8.6 2.2 5.1 8.5 11 4.5 8.9 12.1 8.6 13
5.8 8.2 12.5 19 22 8 13.9 22 27 14.2 24.2 31.6 20.6 27.6
4.6 6.4 9.4 13 14.8 7 10.6 15.8 19.6 11.1 18.4 23.7 20.6 27.6
1.5 2.3 3.6 5.2 6 1.7 4.1 6.2 7.9 3.8 7.2 9.2 7.1 10.3
2 2.8 4.3 5.2 * 2.2 2.8 4.8 7.7 * 1.7 4.9 8.4 10.8 3.5 9.1 12.2
8 10.7 16 19 * 8 11.6 18 28 * 11.2 19.6 32 40 19.6 36 48
6.5 8 11 13 * 6.6 9.4 13.5 19.5 * 9.1 15.2 23.5 28 16 28 36
1.6 2.2 3.2 3.6 * 1.1 2.4 3.7 5.5 * 1.6 3.8 6.3 8 2.8 7 9.6
2.5
600 2000 4000 100 200
600 2000 4000 100 200
600 2000 4000 100 200
10
600 2000 4000
584
Technical
Conversions with Compact Lamp Downlighter

cd/1000lm 90 90
Nadir intensity
272cd/1000lm
100 60 200 60
300 30 30
ULOR DLOR LOR
0.00 0.60 0.60


0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
100
3.3 6.7 21.1 67 134 1.3 2.6 7.8 26 52 0.6 1.2 3.6 12 21 0.2 0.4 1.2 4.2 8.4
2.4 2.9 3.5 4.1 * 2.1 3 4.7 5.5 5.7
5.8 6.6 7.6 8.2 * 6 8.8 10.5 11.8 12.6
5.8 6.6 7.6 8.2 * 6 8.8 10.5 11.8 12.6
2.4 2.9 3.5 4.1 * 2.1 3.1 4.7 5.5 5.7
2 2.3 2.6 * * 2.1 3 3.6 3.8 * 1.1
6.7 6.9 7.7 * * 8.7 9.8 11.1 12 * 8.2 12.1 15.6 17.7 18.5 21.6 25.3 26.3
6.7 6.9 7.7 * * 8.7 9.8 11.1 12 * 8.2 12.1 15.6 17.7 18.5 21.6 25.3 26.3
2 2.3 2.6 * * 2.1 3 3.6 3.8 * 1.1 2.9 4.9 5.9 6.1 5.2 8.4 9.4
2.5
200 600 2000 4000 100
200 600 2000 4000 100 200
1.7 5.5 7.5 8.5 3.9 9.8 12.2
8.4 14 17 17.8 15 24.4 27.5
8.4 14.o 17 17.8 15 24.4 27.5
1.7 5.5 7.5 8.5 3.9 9.8 12.2
2.9 4.9 5.9 6.1 5.2 8.4 9.4
600 2000 4000 100 200
10
600 2000 4000
Conversions with Trough Reflector

90 cd/1000lm 90
Nadir intensity
241cd/1000lm
60
100
60
200
300 30 30
ULOR DLOR LOR
0.04 0.83 0.87


0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
100
2.5 5.2 15.6 52 104 1 2 6 20 40 0.4 0.9 2.7 9.2 18.4 0.1 0.2 0.9 3.2 6.4
2.3 3.4 5.1 6.2 * 0.1 3.2 5.9 8.7 9.9 5.6 10.1 12.8 10.7 15
6.8 9 12.1 15 * 6.4 10.2 15.2 19.8 23.2 16.5 25.6 27.6 30 39
5.4 7.6 10 14 * 5.2 8.4 12.1 17.8 21 13 20.4 25 24 30.5
1.9 2.7 4 5.7 * 0.1 2.6 4.7 7.1 8.9 4.8 8.1 10.2 8.8 12
2.3 3.1 4.2 4.4 * 2.2 3.5 5.3 6.9 * 2.8 5.7 8.7 9.4 5.5 10.5 13.6
9 10.9 14 14.6 * 9.7 13 18.2 23.2 * 13.2 21.6 30 34 23.6 38 46
7 8.8 12.6 13.1 * 7.9 10.3 15 21 * 11 17.2 25.2 30 19 30.8 36
1.8 2.6 3.5 3.6 * 1.8 2.9 4.2 6.2 * 2.5 4.5 7 8.7 4.2 8.4 9.8
2.5
200 600 2000 4000 100
200 600 2000 4000 100 200
600 2000 4000 100 200
10
600 2000 4000
Technical
585

Conversions with Prismatic Diffuser
cd/1000lm 120 150 100 50 90 90 120
Nadir intensity
143cd/1000lm
60
60
ULOR DLOR LOR
0.32 0.49 0.81


0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
100
1.8 3.7 11.1 37 74 0.7 2.6 4.3 15 30 0.32 0.64 2 6.4 13 0.11 0.23 0.66 2.2 4.4
1.5 2.6 4.5 7 8 2.2 4.6 7.9 10.3 4.2 8.2 11.2 8 11.8
5.2 7.4 11.6 18.4 21.6 7.2 12.7 21 26.4 13 22.2 30 23.6 32.3
4.2 5.8 7.6 10.2 11.3 5.4 9.5 13 15.6 10.8 15.7 19 19 24.2
1.3 2.1 3.2 4.3 4.7 1.6 3.7 5.6 6.5 3.6 6.2 7.8 6.8 9.5
1.8 2.5 4 4.9 * 1.5 2.5 4.4 7.3 * 1.8 4.5 7.7 10.5 3.5 8.2 11.3
7 10.1 15.3 18.5 * 7 10.4 17 26 * 10 17.6 31 40 18.2 28 44
5.5 6.9 8.8 10.3 * 6.1 8.3 11.3 15.7 * 8.8 13.3 19 23 15.9 24 28
1.4 2 2.6 3 * 1.1 1.9 3.3 4.5 * 1.4 3.7 5.4 6.6 2.8 6.6 8.4
2.5
200 600 2000 4000 100
200 600 2000 4000 100 200
600 2000 4000 100 200
10
600 2000 4000
Conversions with Recessed Modular fitted with Flat Prismatic Diffuser

90 cd/1000lm 90
Nadir intensity
190cd/1000lm
60
80 120 160
60
ULOR DLOR LOR

30
0.00 0.47 0.47
30


0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L
100
1.8 3.6 10.8 18 36 0.7 1.4 4.2 7 14 0.3 0.6 1.8 3 6 0.11 0.22 0.66 1.1 2.2
1.4 2.3 3.6 4.3 5.3 1.6 4 5 6.4 3.5 5.1 7.1 2.3 6.8
4.6 6.2 9.2 10.6 13.2 3.2 6.4 10.6 12.8 16 4 11.2 14 18.4 13.6 20.4
4.6 6.2 9.2 10.6 13.2 3.2 6.4 10.6 12.8 16 4 11.2 14 18.4 13.6 20.4
1.4 2.3 3.6 4.3 5.3 1.6 4 5 6.4 3.5 5.1 7.1 2.3 6.8
1.6 2.2 3.2 3.7 * 1.1 2.2 3.7 4.5 5.6 1.4 3.9 4.9 6.4 2.7 4.8 7.1
5.6 7 9.5 11.5 * 6.3 8.4 11.8 14 17.1 6 9 13.9 16.2 20.3 15.4 19 24.1
5.6 7 9.5 11.5 * 6.3 8.4 11.8 14 17.1 6 9 13.9 16.2 20.3 15.4 19 24.1
1.6 2.2 3.2 3.7 * 1.1 2.2 3.7 4.5 5.6 1.4 3.9 4.9 6.4 2.7 4.8 7.1
2.5
200 600 2000 4000 100
200 600 2000 4000 100 200
600 2000 4000 100 200
10
600 2000 4000
586
Technical
Easton College Alfalux High-Bay
Technical
587
Lighting Design Software

Professional lighting design requires detailed luminaire photometric and product design data. Cooper Lightings advanced photometric facility produces accurate performance data for all product types and light sources, including LEDs. Cooper Lighting provides its customers this information in partnership with the leading lighting design software packages to enable accurate and detailed design to be created.
light simulation tools

Relux is a simple and intuitive lighting design software package which enables you to produce designs efficiently and accurately. Construction of rooms, structural elements and the positioning of luminaires, objects and furniture is done by a simple library driven menu system. A comprehensive selection of materials and textures can be allocated to your design elements, adding a realistic touch to rendered outputs. For more complex designs the import and export functions for 2D dxf and dwg files reduce significantly your design time. Detailed artificial light simulations can be created for interior rooms and outdoor projects based on EN 12464, emergency lighting designs based on EN 1838, roads based on EN 13201, and sports grounds and daylight based on CIE. A comprehensive results list enables you to construct reports exactly to your clients needs, from simple basic calculations to full rendered imagery and results tables. For more information and free download of the Relux software, visit www.relux.biz
With simple to use features and powerful photo realistic visualisations, DIALux is a popular lighting design tool used around the world. DIALux can import the CAD data from other architecture programmes to support your design and produce wild camera runs through you visualisation. The software package also determines the energy your light solution requires and supports you in complying with the respective national and international regulations. For more information and free download of the DIALux software, visit www.dial.de
588
Technical
Photometry Lab Doncaster
Technical
589
Lamp Data
Fluorescent Lamps
Designation Catalogue ILCOS ZVEI LINEAR FLUORESCENT T5 Miniature Halophosphate
Watts (W)
Nominal Dimensions (mm)
Cap
Colour Temp (K)
Colour Appearance
Colour Rendering Initial Index/Group Lumens (Im)
Rated Life Lumen Maintenance. (50% Survivors) At Rated Life
T5
T5 T5 T5 T5
FD FD FD FD
T16 T16 T16 T16
4 6 8 13
L 150 x Dia 16 L 225 x Dia 16 L 300 x Dia 16 L 525 x Dia 16
G5 G5 G5 G5
3500 3500 3500 3500
White White White White
56/3 56/3 56/3 56/3
150 280 400 800
5000 hr 5000 hr 5000 hr 5000 hr
75% 75% 75% 75%
T5 High Efficiency (HE)
T5
T5 T5 T5 T5
FDH FDH FDH FDH
T16 T16 T16 T16
14 21 28 35
L 550 x Dia 16 L 850 x Dia 16 L 1150 x Dia 16 L 1450 x Dia 16
G5 G5 G5 G5
4000 4000 4000 4000
Cool white Cool white Cool white Cool white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
1200 1900 2600 3300
16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr
95% 95% 95% 95%
T5 High Output (HO)
T5
T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 Circular T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5
FDH FDH FDH FDH FDH
T16 T16 T16 T16 T16
24 39 49 54 80
L 550 x Dia 16 L 850 x Dia 16 L 1450 x Dia 16 L 1150 x Dia 16 L 1450 x Dia 16
G5 G5 G5 G5 G5
4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Cool white Cool white Cool white Cool white Cool white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
1750 3100 4300 4450 6150
16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr
95% 95% 95% 95% 95%
FCH FCH FCH FCH FCH FCH
T16R T16R T16R T16R T16R T16R
22 22 40 40 55 55
Dia 230 Dia 230 Dia 300 Dia 300 Dia 300 Dia 300
2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13
4000 3000 4000 3000 4000 3000
Cool white Warm white Cool white Warm white Cool white Warm white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
1800 1800 3300 3300 4400 4400
16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr 16000 hr
95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95%
T8 Triphosphor
T8
T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8
FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD
T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26
18 18 18 18 36 36 36 36 58 58 58 70 70 70
L 600 x Dia 26 L 600 x Dia 26 L 600 x Dia 26 L 600 x Dia 26 L 1200 x Dia 26 L 1200 x Dia 26 L 1200 x Dia 26 L 1200 x Dia 26 L 1500 x Dia 26 L 1500 x Dia 26 L 1500 x Dia 26 L 1800 x Dia 26 L 1800 x Dia 26 L 1800 x Dia 26
G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13
4000 3500 3000 6000 4000 3500 3000 6000 4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000
Cool white White Warm white Daylight Cool white White Warm white Daylight Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
1350 1350 1350 1300 3350 3350 3350 3250 5200 5200 5200 6550 6550 6550
14000 hr 14000 hr 14000 hr 15000hr 14000 hr 14000 hr 14000 hr 15000hr 14000 hr 14000 hr 14000 hr 14000 hr 14000 hr 14000 hr
95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% 95%
T12 Halophosphate
T12
T12 T12
FD FD
T38 T38
100 100
L 2400 x Dia 38 L 2400 x Dia 38
G13 G13
4000 3500
Cool white White
67/2B 56/3
8300 8600
9000 hr 9000 hr
75% 75%
590
Technical
Compact Fluorescent Lamps
Designation Catalogue ILCOS ZVEI COMPACT FLUORESCENT 2D Type 2D 2D 2D 2D S Type TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S D Type TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D D/E Type TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D T/E Type TC-T TC-T TC-T TC-T TC-T TC-T L Type TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L FSM FSM FSM FSM FSM FSM TC-TEL TC-TEL TC-TEL TC-TEL TC-TEL TC-TEL FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ FSQ TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D TC-D FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S TC-S FSS FSS FSS FSS TC-DD TC-DD TC-DD TC-DD
Watts (W)
Cap
Colour Temp (K)
Colour Appearance
Colour Rendering Initial Index/Group Lumens (Im)
Rated Life Lumen Maintenance (50% Survivors) At Rated Life
16 28 38 55
140 x 140 205 x 205 206 x 205 207 x 205
GR10q-4 GR10q-4 GR10q-4 GR10q-4
2700 3500 3500 3500
Tungsten white White White White
82/1B 82/1B 82/1B 82/1B
1050 2050 2850 3900
10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr
75% 75% 75% 75%
5 5 5 7 7 7 9 9 9 11 11 11
L 109 x W 27 L 109 x W 27 L 109 x W 27 L 138 x W 27 L 138 x W 27 L 138 x W 27 L 168 x W 27 L 168 x W 27 L 168 x W 27 L 238 x W 27 L 238 x W 27 L 238 x W 27
G23 G23 G23 G23 G23 G23 G23 G23 G23 G23 G23 G23
4000 3500 2700 4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000
Cool white White Tungsten white Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
265 265 265 425 425 425 600 600 600 900 900 900
10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr
80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80%
13 13 13 18 18 18 26 26 26
L 131 x W 27 L 131 x W 27 L 131 x W 27 L 146 x W 27 L 146 x W 27 L 146 x W 27 L 165 x W 27 L 165 x W 27 L 165 x W 27
G24d-1 G24d-1 G24d-1 G24d-2 G24d-2 G24d-2 G24d-3 G24d-3 G24d-3
4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000
Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
900 900 900 1200 1200 1200 1800 1800 1800
10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr
80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80%
13 13 13 18 18 18 26 26 26
L 131 x W 27 L 131 x W 27 L 131 x W 27 L 146 x W 27 L 146 x W 27 L 146 x W 27 L 165 x W 27 L 165 x W 27 L 165 x W 27
G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-2 G24q-2 G24q-2 G24q-3 G24q-3 G24q-3
4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000
Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
900 900 900 1200 1200 1200 1800 1800 1800
12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr
80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80%
32 32 32 42 42 42
L 142 x W 56 L 142 x W 56 L 142 x W 56 L 159 x W 56 L 159 x W 56 L 159 x W 56
GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-4 GX24q-4 GX24q-4
4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000
Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
2200 2200 2200 3200 3200 3200
12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr 12000 hr
80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80%
18 18 18 24 24 36 36 36 40 40 40 55 55 55
L 217 x W 38 L 217 x W 38 L 217 x W 38 L 317 x W 38 L 317 x W 38 L 411 x W 38 L 411 x W 38 L 411 x W 38 L 533 x W 38 L 533 x W 38 L 533 x W 38 L 533 x W 38 L 533 x W 38 L 533 x W 38
2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11
4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000 4000 3500 3000
Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white Cool white White Warm white
85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B 85/1B
1250 1250 1250 1800 1800 2900 2900 2900 3500 3500 3500 4850 4850 4850
10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr
80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80%
Technical
591
Lamp Data
Discharge Lamps
Designation Catalogue ILCOS ZVEI METAL HALIDE Elliptical coated HQI-E HQI-E HQI-E HQI-E HQI-E HQI-E HQI-E HQI-E Tubular clear HQI-T HQI-T Single ended HQI-T HQI-T MT MT HIT HIT MT MT HIT HIT ME ME ME ME ME ME ME ME HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE
Watts (W)
Cap
Colour Colour Rendering Initial Rated Life Lumen MaintenanceLumen Operating Temp (K) Index/Group Lumens (Im) (50% Survivors) At Rated Life Position
100 250 250 250 400 400 400 400
Dia 54 x L 138 Dia 90 x L 226 Dia 90 x L 215 Dia 90 x L 215 Dia 120 x L 296 Dia 120 x L 290 Dia 120 x L 290 Dia 120 x L 296
E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40
3200 5200 3700 3700 3700 5900 3800 3700
70/2A 90/1A 70/2A 70/2A 70/2A 90/1A 65/2B 70/2A
8000 19000 18000 18000 36000 31000 43000 38000
7500 hr 15000 hr 10000 hr 10000 hr 15000 hr 15000 hr 15000 hr 20000 hr
60% 70% 63% 61% 63% 63% 63% 60%
Universal Universal Base Up 90 Base Up 90 Base Up 90 Universal Universal Base Up 15
250 400
Dia 46 x L 225 Dia 46 x L 285
E40 E40
4200 4200
70/2A 70/2A
21000 35000
10000 hr 15000 hr
62% 62%
Base Up 90 Base Up 90
70 150
Dia 25 x L 84 Dia 25 x L 84
G12 G12
4200 4200
85/1B 85/1B
5500 12500
9000 hr 9000 hr
79% 79%
Universal Universal
Single ended ceramic CDM-T CDM-T MT MT HIT-CE HIT-CE 70 150 W 20 x L 100 W 20 x L 110 G12 G12 3000 3000 83/1B 85/1B 6300 13500 9000 hr 9000 hr 65% 65% Universal Universal
Single ended ceramic capsule CDM-TC CDM-TC MT HIT-TC-CE MT HIT-TC-CE 35 70 W 14 x L 85 W 14 x L 85 G8.5 G8.5 3000 3000 81/1B 83/1B 3300 6400 10000 hr 10000 hr 65% 65% Universal Universal
Tubular double ended HQI-TS HQI-TS MT MT HIT-DE HIT-DE 70 150 Dia 20 x L 114 Dia 23 x L 132 RX7s RX7s-24 4200 4200 70/2A 70/2A 5500 11250 9000 hr 9000 hr 79% 79% Horizontal 45 Horizontal 45
Double ended ceramic CDM-TD CDM-TD MT HIT-DE-CE MT HIT-DE-CE 70 150 W 21 x L 118 W 24 x L 135 RX7s RX7s-24 3000 3000 80/1B 85/1B 6300 13500 9000 hr 9000 hr 65% 65% Horizontal 45 Horizontal 45
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM Elliptical coated SON SON SON SON SON SON SON Tubular clear SON-T SON-T SON-T SON-T ST ST ST ST HST HST HST HST 70 150 250 400 Dia 38 x L 156 Dia 48 x L 211 Dia 48 x L 257 Dia 48 x L 285 E27 E40 E40 E40 2000 2000 2000 2000 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4 5900 15000 27500 49000 20000 hr 26000 hr 26000 hr 26000 hr 65% 65% 65% 65% Universal Universal Universal Universal SE SE SE SE SE SE SE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE 50 50 70 70 150 250 400 Dia 70 x L 156 Dia 70 x L 156 Dia 70 x L 156 Dia 70 x L 156 Dia 90 x L 226 Dia 90 x L 226 Dia 120 x L 290 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4 3500 3500 5600 5600 15000 27000 48000 20000 hr 20000 hr 20000 hr 20000 hr 26000 hr 26000 hr 26000 hr 60% 60% 60% 60% 65% 65% 65% Universal Universal Universal Universal Universal Universal Universal
MERCURY DISCHARGE Deluxe elliptical coated MBFU MBFU MBFU MBFU MBFU QE QE QE QE QE HME HME HME HME HME 50 80 125 250 400 Dia 56 x L 129 Dia 71 x L 156 Dia 76 x L 177 Dia 91 x L 227 Dia 122 x L 290 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 57/3 56/3 55/3 52/3 50/3 2000 4000 6500 14000 24000 24000 hr 24000 hr 24000 hr 24000 hr 24000 hr 55% 55% 55% 55% 55% Universal Universal Universal Universal Universal
592
Technical
Tungsten Halogen Lamps
Designation Catalogue ILCOS ZVEI TUNGSTEN HALPGEN Low voltage capsule HSG QT-LP12
Watts (W)
Cap
Colour Colour Rendering Initial Rated Life Lumen Maintenance Temp (K) Index/Group Lumens (Im) (50% Survivors) At Rated Life
Beam Angle
20
Dia 9 x L 33
G4
2850
1A
350
2000 hr
Low voltage dichroic HRGI QR-CBC51 HRGI QR-CBC51 HRGI QR-CBC51 HRGI QR-CBC51 HRGI QR-CBC51 HRGI QR-CBC51 20 35 50 50 50 50 Dia 51 x L 49 Dia 51 x L 49 Dia 51 x L 49 Dia 51 x L 49 Dia 51 x L 49 Dia 51 x L 49 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 700* 1500* 10000* 4000* 2000* 1050* 5000 hr 5000 hr 5000 hr 5000 hr 5000 hr 5000 hr 38 Flood 38 Flood 10 Narrow Spot 24 Medium Spot 38 Flood 60 Wide Flood
Low voltage Colour Pro dichroic HRGI QR-CBC51 HRGI QR-CBC51 HRGI QR-CBC51 50 50 50 Dia 51 x L 49 Dia 51 x L 49 Dia 51 x L 49 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 3100 3100 3100 1A 1A 1A 10000* 2000* 1050* 5000 hr 5000 hr 5000 hr 10 Narrow Spot 38 Flood 40 Wide Flood
Technical
593
Control Gear Selection

Fluorescent Control Gear Selection Most fluorescent luminaires detailed in this catalogue are available with a choice of control gear. There are four main electrical circuits to choose from, each with its own particular advantages.
Switch Start This is the simplest circuit and therefore most economical to purchase where the capital cost of the installation has to be kept to a minimum. The circuit consists of a magnetic copper/iron ballast, a capacitor and a glow starter canister. It is very important to replace defective starters to prevent gear overheating and damage. It is recommended that the starter is replaced whenever a new lamp is installed. This circuit type is available for many of the luminaires listed in this catalogue.
Digital High Frequency Regulating This circuit has all the advantages of high frequency, but with the added benefit of being able to dim and brighten (regulate) the lamps. This circuit is therefore used for lighting and energy management systems. As lamps are dimmed, either manually or automatically, such as in response to an increase in daylight detected by a photocell, the ballast energy consumption is reduced. Therefore, further energy saving cost benefits can be realised. Digital regulating ballasts also provide precision control of light output, superior to that experienced with conventional analogue regulating ballast types. All luminaires with Intellect intelligent controls, plus luminaires for use with the remote lighting controls listed in this catalogue are supplied fitted with digital high frequency control gear. Please refer to the Lighting Controls section on page 505, or contact our Technical Support and Application department for further information. DALI This circuit has the advantages of digital high frequency dimming but with the additional advantages that each ballast can be individually addressed allowing lighting control systems to communicate commands to individual luminaires. It is also possible for the lighting control system to interrogate and receive feedback from each individual ballast. DALI circuits are able to have a maximum of 64 DALI components on any single loop and a maximum cable length of 300 meters. Please contact our Technical Support and Applications department for further information.
Electronic Start This uses an electronic starting device, with a magnetic copper/iron ballast, instead of the conventional starter switch and provides flicker free lamp starting. The electronic starter gently warms the lamp for fractions of a second before starting, extending the lamp life by up to 50%, depending on switching frequency. Lumen maintenance is also improved as lamp end blackening is reduced. The electronic starter also automatically switches off a failed lamp - thus preventing troublesome lamp flicker and flashing - which if left can lead to ballast burnout.
High Frequency This circuit uses the latest electronic technology to give substantial benefits to the user. It provides all the benefits of electronic start flicker free soft starting, extended lamp life, improved lumen maintenance and automatic shutdown of failed lamps. In addition the lamp is driven at high frequency, offering an instant energy saving of approximately 20% over the other circuits, using exactly the same lamps. High frequency circuits run at near unity power factor, reducing VA load and therefore cutting the electricity costs of users on maximum demand tariffs. Additionally, the light is perfectly flicker free. Flicker free lighting greatly reduces the incidence of headaches and eye strain, eliminates distractions and thus improves workplace quality and productivity. For production areas, high frequency lighting prevents the dangerous stroboscopic effects often experienced with switch start and electronic start circuits, when using rotating machinery. High frequency lighting is also completely silent in operation.
Note - Switch/electronic start control gear should not be mixed on the same circuit as high frequency gear, as damage can result to the high frequency ballasts.
594
Technical
Prospect House, London Chilled Beam
Technical
595
Electrical Data
Typical Electrical Data - Fluorescent Circuits - High frequency control gear Nominal Lamp Watts
1 x 13 2 x 13 1 x 18 1 x 18 2 x 18 2 x 18 1 x 26 2 x 26 1 x 28 1 x 32 2 x 32 1 x 36 2 x 36 1 x 38 1 x 40 2 x 40 22 + 40 1 x 42 2 x 42 1 x 55 2 x 55 Linear Fluorescent 1 x 14 2 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 1 x 18 2 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 1 x 21 2 x 21 1 x 24 2 x 24 3 x 24 4 x 24 1 x 28 2 x 28 1 x 35 2 x 35 1 x 36 2 x 36 3 x 36 1 x 39 2 x 39 1 x 49 2 x 49 1 x 54 2 x 54 1 x 58 2 x 58 1 x 70 2 x 70 1 x 80 2 x 80 T5 (HE) T5 (HE) T5 (HE) T5 (HE) T8 T8 T8 T8 T5 (HE) T5 (HE) T5 (HO) T5 (HO) T5 (HO) T5 (HO) T5 (HE) T5 (HE) T5 (HE) T5 (HE) T8 T8 T8 T5 (HO) T5 (HO) T5 (HO) T5 (HO) T5 (HO) T5 (HO) T8 T8 T8 T8 T5 (HO) T5 (HO) 16.0 31.0 47.1 62.3 18.2 36.0 52.4 70.1 22.5 45.5 25.7 48.8 76.0 99.0 30.5 61.0 38.5 76.5 35 69.8 106.5 40.4 83.4 52.5 107.0 57.5 114.5 54.0 106.8 65.6 136.8 85.8 166.6 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.97 0.95 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.96 0.97 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.98 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.99 0.98 0.99 0.98 0.99 16.7 32.3 48.6 63.3 18.6 37.1 54.0 72.3 21.6 46.9 27.1 50.3 78.4 101.0 31.8 62.9 40.1 78.9 35.7 71.2 108.7 41.7 81.7 54.1 110.3 59.3 118.0 55.1 107.9 66.9 138.1 87.6 168.3 32 18 26 26 44 36 40 30 32 18 28 28 14 14 32 18 32 18 38 24 18 28 18 28 18 28 14 36 16 20 10 18 16 50 28 38 38 74 60 80 52 50 28 44 44 22 22 50 28 50 28 60 38 32 40 30 40 30 44 24 60 26 34 18 30 20 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
Lamp Type
TC-D TC-D TC-D/T TCL TC-D/T TCL TC-D/T TC-D/T 2D TC-T TC-T TC-L TC-L 2D TC-L TC-L T5-FC TC-T TC-T TC-L TC-L
Total Circuit Watts

15.0 28.0 19.5 18.5 37.5 36.0 26.5 51.0 28.7 34.5 68.0 33.8 72.8 39.7 44.1 89.6 68.7 46.0 89.0 61.1 121.1
Power Factor
0.96 0.95 0.97 0.94 0.97 0.96 0.95 0.97 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.96 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.99
Circuit VA
15.6 29.5 20.1 19.7 38.7 37.5 27.9 52.6 30.2 35.9 70.1 34.5 74.3 41.4 45.0 91.4 70.8 47.4 91.8 62.3 122.3
Approx max qty of fittings per type 3 MCB

10A MCB 46 32 48 30 48 24 34 22 32 34 22 34 24 20 32 16 22 20 14 28 8 16A MCB 78 52 80 48 80 38 74 38 66 74 38 54 44 40 52 28 38 36 22 50 18 Fixed Output A3 A2 A3 A3 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
Energy Efficiency Rating

Analogue Dimming A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 Digital Dimming A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
Compact Fluorescent
596
Technical
Typical Electrical Data - Discharge Circuits Nominal Lamp Watts

50 70 150 250 400
Total Circuit Watts

62 85 169 279 433
Start Current (A)

0.76 1.00 1.80 3.00 4.60
Mains Running VA
75.9 98.9 207 322 506
Power factor
Capacitor Value (uF)

8 12 20 32 50
Approx maximum quantity per type C ballast 10A MCB 16A MCB 25A MCB
13 10 6 3 2 21 16 9 5 3 33 25 14 8 5
High Pressure Sodium (SON, HPS, NAV etc) 0.82 0.86 0.82 0.87 0.86
Metal Halide (MBI, HPI, HCI etc) 35 70 100 150 250 400 44 85 117 169 276 433 0.53 1.00 1.10 1.80 3.00 4.00 52.9 98.9 128.8 207 322 506 0.83 0.86 0.91 0.82 0.86 0.86 6 12 12 20 32 45 19 10 9 6 3 3 30 16 15 9 5 4 47 25 23 14 8 6
Mercury (MBF, HPL, HQL etc) 50 80 125 250 400 62 93 141 273 427 0.61 0.80 1.15 2.15 3.25 69. 103.5 161 322 494.5 0.90 0.90 0.88 0.85 0.86 7 8 10 18 25 16 13 9 5 3 26 20 14 7 5 41 31 22 12 8
Allowance should be made for inrush current on start up. Contact Technical Support if further detail is required.
Typical Electrical Data - Fluorescent Circuits Switch start and electronic start control gear Nominal Lamp Watts
1 x 16 1 x 28 1 x 38 1x8 1 x 18 2 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 1 x 36 2 x 36 3 x 36 4 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 58 1 x 70
Lamp Type
2D 2D 2D
Total Circuit Watts

21 34 45 12 26 48 78 96 43 86 129 172 67 134 80
Power Factor
0.46 0.91 0.91 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.87 0.87 0.87
VA
45.7 37.4 49.5 13.8 29.5 54.5 88.6 109.1 45.3 90.6 135.9 181.2 77.0 154.0 92.0
Energy Efficiency Rating

B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2
T5 Miniature T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8 T8
Data based on 240V, 50Hz
These tables are provided for general guidance only. If specific advice is required, please contact Technical Support for ballast characteristics. This information should then be relayed to the MCB manufacturer for advice on suitable breaker types.
Technical
597
IP Ratings
The International Protection code, sometimes called the Ingress Protection code, classifies the protection given by an enclosure against the touching of live parts, contact with moving parts and protection against the ingress of foreign solid bodies. It additionally specifies protection against the harmful ingress of moisture or liquids. Two digits are used to describe its protection rating, called the IP code. First Digit - Protection against solid objects No protection Protection against large sized bodies eg, hands Protection against medium sized bodies eg, fingers Protection against small bodies, 2.5mm dia. or greater eg, tools, wires Protection against very small bodies, 1mm dia. or greater Protection against harmful deposits of dust (Dust proof) Complete protection against deposits of dust (Dust tight) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Second Digit - Protection against liquids No protection Protection against vertically falling drops of water Protection against drops of water up to 15 from the vertical (Drip proof) Protection against rain falling up to 60 from the vertical (Rain proof) Protection against splashed water from any angle (Splash proof) Protection against jets of water from any angle (Jet proof) Protection against water from heavy seas eg, water tight for marine deck use Protected against immersion for a defined period Protected against immersion for an indefinite period
Example: IP65 is dust tight and jet proof
598
Technical
Building Regulations
When specifying luminaires, legislation, as defined by the Building Regulations, must be considered to ensure that the installation meets with current requirements. The two most relevant pieces of legislation contained within the Building Regulations are: Approved Document L - Conservation of fuel and power, which includes limits on the energy efficiency of lighting in domestic and non-domestic buildings. Approved Document B - Fire Safety, which includes the requirements for emergency lighting and provisions for the use of thermoplastic materials, such as luminaire diffusers. Included below is a brief guide to each of these documents. The latest information and requirements can be obtained by contacting our Technical Support and Application department. A list of recommended websites is also included below. Approved Document L Part L requires that energy efficient lighting be used in both domestic (Part L1) and non-domestic (Part L2) buildings. The regulations currently apply to all new buildings and refurbishments of over 100m2 floor area. The document provides design information in the following areas for non-domestic buildings: Effective use of daylight Selection of lamp types Associated control gear and power factor correction Luminaire efficiency Use of lighting controls Approved Document B (contd) The following information is provided on the limitation of use of thermoplastic (TP) materials in other ceiling types (except protected stairways): Diffusers classified as TPa construction have no restriction on extent of use Diffusers classified as TPb construction have limitations on size, total area coverage and spacing between diffusers In areas with general ceiling types, except protected stairways, the requirements can be met most simply by specifying TPa classification diffusers when using recessed luminaires. TPb materials can be used, but will require careful reference to Part B and calculation to ensure the regulations are complied with in full. All recessed luminaires with diffusers in this catalogue have TPa classification materials as an option. It is strongly recommended that reference be made to the current edition of Approved Document B, to ensure compliance with the latest requirements. Full details of Part B can be found on www.communities.gov.uk
Additional Considerations There are many schemes both nationally and local in operation offering advice and financial support to end users such as the Carbon trust interest free loan for SMEs, the Enhanced Capital Allowance (ECA) which allows companies to claim 100% first year capital allowances on investments that meet the ECA product criteria. Products eligible for ECA's are published in the Energy Technology List at www.eca.gov.uk, together with guidelines for claiming. Lighting products are listed in three categories: Lamp replacement, using efficient lamps on a one-for-one basis Luminaires with required lamps and control gear Lighting Controls Luminaires must meet minimum efficiency standards. To aid selection a lighting fitting efficiency code (LFEC) has been devised, based on a luminaires photometric performance. The LFEC range from F0 to F5, where F0 signifies the highest efficiency. The ECA Scheme website publishes the maximum LFEC codes that must be met for differing luminaire/lamp/ballast control gear combinations. LFEC codes for all appropriate Cooper Lighting luminaires are available by contacting our Technical Support and Application Department. Useful Website Addresses www.communities.gov.uk - Building Regulations www.eca.gov.uk - Enhanced Capital Allowances www.thecarbontrust.co.uk - Promotion of low carbon technologies/energy efficiency www.actionenergy.org.uk - Business support to save money through energy saving www.defra.gov.uk - Climate Change Levy www.decc.gov.uk - Department of Energy and Climate Change www.bis.gov.uk - Department of Business Innovation and skills
The requirements can be met by selecting an efficient lamp, control gear and luminaire performance combination, along with lighting controls that make maximum use of daylight and avoid unnecessary lighting during times when spaces are unoccupied. Lighting controls can be simply an increased use of switches, time clocks and photocells to turn luminaires on and off. More advanced solutions include using high frequency dimmable control gear linked to photocells to provide constant illumination and daylight linking. Intelligent luminaires, such as Intellect, provide a straightforward solution to providing lighting control with user selectable functionality. It is strongly recommended that reference be made to the current edition of Approved Document L, to ensure compliance with the latest requirements. Full details of Part L can be found on www.communities.gov.uk By adding the following extension direct access to the latest building regulations /planningandbuilding/buildingregulations Approved Document B Part B includes the fire safety requirements for emergency lighting and the use of thermoplastic materials. The impact on emergency lighting is covered in the Lighting Design Guide on page 560. Approved Document B2 defines the provisions that apply to the use of luminaire diffusers, which form part of the ceiling. It should be noted that surface mounted and suspended luminaires are not currently covered by the regulations. Luminaire with diffusers must not be used in fire protecting or fire resisting ceilings, unless satisfactorily tested as part of the ceiling system.
Technical
599
Glossary of Terms
Anti-Panic (Open) Area Lighting The part of Emergency Escape Lighting provided to avoid panic and provide illumination allowing people to reach a place where an escape route can be identified. Ballast The component that controls the operation of a lamp from a specified low or high voltage AC or DC source (Typically between 12 and 240 volts). Ballast Lumen Factor The ratio of the light output of the lamp in emergency operation compared with the light output of the same lamp operated by a reference ballast at its rated voltage and frequency. Battery Secondary cells providing the source of power during mains failure. Battery - Recombination A battery that is designed to recombine the electrolyte, constructed so that no provision is made for replacement of electrolyte (sometimes called sealed). Battery - Vented A battery that requires replacement of electrolyte at regular periods. Battery Capacity The discharge capability of a battery, being a product of average current and time, expressed as Ampere-hours (Ah) over a stated duration. Note: At fast rates of discharge the full ampere hour capacity of the battery is not available. Candela (cd) The unit of luminous intensity. Central Battery System A system in which the batteries for a number of emergency luminaires are housed in one location. Usually for all the emergency luminaires on one lighting sub-circuit, but sometimes for all emergency luminaires in a complete building. Colour Rendering Index (CRI) A measure of the degree to which the appearance of a surface colour under a given light source compares to the same surface under a CIE reference source. The index has a maximum value of 100. Colour Temperature (K) All materials emit light when heated (eg, metal glows red through to white as the temperature increases). The temperature to which a full radiator (or black body) would be heated to achieve the same chromaticity (colour quality) of the light source being considered, defines the correlated colour temperature of the lamp, quoted in degrees Kelvin. Combined Emergency Luminaire A luminaire containing two or more lamps, at least one of which is energised from the emergency supply and the remainder from the normal supply (If the emergency lamp is only illuminated in a mains failure condition this luminaire is regarded for fire authority approval as non-maintained). Design Voltage The voltage declared by the manufacturer to which all the ballast characteristics are related. Disability Glare Glare produced directly or by reflection, that obscures or impairs vision of an object, but does not necessarily cause any discomfort. Discomfort Glare Glare which causes visual discomfort. Downward Light Output Ratio (DLOR) The ratio of luminaire light output below the horizontal, compared with total lamp light output. Emergency Lighting The lighting provided for use when the supply to the normal mains lighting installation fails. Escape Route Lighting Lighting provided to ensure that the means of escape can be effectively identified and safely used when a location is occupied. Emergency Exit The way out of a building, which is intended to be used at any time whilst the premises are occupied. F Mark Mark indicating that a luminaire is suitable for mounting on to normally combustible surfaces. Final Exit The terminal point of an escape route, beyond which point persons are no longer in danger from fire or any other hazard requiring evacuation of the building. Glare The discomfort or disability that occurs when there is an excessive change of luminance in the field of vision. High Risk Task Area Lighting Emergency lighting provided to ensure the safety of people involved in a potentially dangerous process or situation and to enable proper shut down procedures for the safety of the operator and other occupants of the premises. Housing 850C Test Mandatory test for emergency luminaires used on escape routes, to establish that materials do not burn at given temperature. Self-extinguishing grades of plastic must be used, or alternatively glass and/or steel. ICEL 1001 Registration The industry standard for the approval of photometric performance and claimed data of emergency lighting equipment, which is tested by the British Standards Institute. Illuminance (lux) The luminous flux density at a surface, indicated in lm/m2. Ingress Protection (IP) Number Classification of the degree of protection a luminaire provides against the entry of solid foreign bodies and moisture (See page 598 for classification) Isolux Diagram Diagram showing contours of equal illuminance K Factor The ratio of the light output from the lamp in its worst condition, normally at end of discharge and with any cable volt drop, to the output at nominal voltage.
600
Technical
Lamp Lumen Maintenance Factor (LLMF) The proportion of light output of a lamp after a stated period, compared with initial lumen output. Lamp Survival Factor (LSF) The proportion of functioning lamps in an installation after a stated period. Light Loss Factor (LLF) See Maintenance Factor Light Output Ratio (LOR) The ratio of the total light output of a luminaire, compared with total lamp light output. Lumen (lm) The unit of luminous flux used to describe the quantity of light emitted by a source or received by a surface. Luminaire Apparatus which distribute the light given by a lamp or lamps, including all the items necessary for fixing and protecting the lamps and for connecting them to the electrical supply. Luminaire Maintenance Factor (LMF) The proportion of light output from a luminaire with dirt deposition after a stated period, compared with the initial light output when clean. Luminance (cd/m2) The perceived brightness of a surface, measured by the intensity of light emitted or reflected from a surface area in a given direction. Luminous Efficacy (lm/W) The ratio of light emitted, to the power consumed by a lamp. Luminous Flux (lm) The total light emitted by a lamp, measured in lumens. Luminous Intensity (cd) The power of a light source or illuminated surface to emit light in a given direction, measured in candela. Lux The unit of illuminance, equal to one lumen per square metre (lm/m2) Maintained Emergency Luminaire A luminaire containing one or more lamps, all of which operate from the normal supply or from the emergency supply at all material times. Maintenance Factor (MF) The ratio of the illuminance provided by an installation at a stated period, compared to the installation when new. Calculated as a product of lamp lumen, lamp survival, luminaire and room surface maintenance factors. See Lighting Design Guide, page 560. Mounting Height The vertical distance between the luminaire and the working plane. Note: For emergency lighting the floor is always taken to be the working plane. Non-Maintained Emergency Luminaire A luminaire containing one or more lamps, which operate from the emergency supply only upon failure of the normal mains supply.
Rated Duration The manufacturers declared duration for a battery operated emergency lighting unit, specifying the time for which it will operate after mains failure. This may be for any reasonable period, but is normally one or three hours (when fully charged). Rated Load The maximum load which may be connected to the system which will be supplied for the rated duration. Re-charge Period The time necessary for the batteries to regain sufficient capacity to achieve their rated duration. Room Index (K) Index defining the relationship between the height, length and width of a room. Used for illuminance calculations. See Lighting Design Guide, page 560. Room Surface Maintenance Factor (RSMF) The proportion of illuminance provided by a lighting installation with dirt deposition on the room surfaces after a stated period, compared with the illuminance when the room was clean. Self Contained Emergency Luminaire A luminaire or sign providing Maintained or Non-Maintained emergency lighting, in which all the elements such as battery, the lamp and the control unit are contained within the housing or within 1 metre of the housing. Single Point Luminaire See self-contained emergency luminaire. Slave Luminaire An emergency luminaire without its own batteries, which is designed to work in conjunction with a central battery system. Spacing to Height Ratio (SHR) The ratio of the distance between luminaire centres in relation to their height above the working plane. Maximum spacing to height ratio (SHRmax) is the maximum spacing of an array of luminaires that will achieve a ratio of min/max direct illuminance of at least 0.7. Standby Lighting The part of emergency lighting which may be provided to enable normal activities to continue in the event of a mains supply failure. Sustained Emergency Luminaire See combined emergency luminaire. Uniformity The ratio between minimum illuminance (or luminance) to average illuminance (or luminance), usually measured at the working plane. Upward Light Output Ratio (ULOR) The ratio of luminaire light output above the horizontal, compared with total lamp light output. Utilance (U) The proportion of luminous flux emitted by a luminaire which reaches the working plane. Utilisation Factor (UF) The proportion of luminous flux emitted by a lamp (or lamps) which reaches the working plane.
Technical
601
Index - by Product Name

Product
ACM1 Control Module Acoustic System AG Bulkhead Alfalux Alfalux High Bay Atlantic
Catalogue Series
ACM1 AC AG HL HL AT, ATP
Page No
388 111 330 322 402 318
Product
EasiCheck 2 Economy AC/DC Edison Ekostar Eurolite Evoled Exit SE
Catalogue Series
EC SLA BOL EKS EURO, NEURO IC SE
Page No
304 482 434 219 324 352 366
Bali Beamlite Bearer Brackets Bijou Briteblade Britelite Britesign 2 Briteway Briteway Recessed
BAL BEN MSBK BJ BB BL BS BW BWR
31 374 76 170 350 316 348 310 312
Fairlite FS3 FS4
SG, RG FS3 FS4
339 281 284
Cercla Chevin Plus Churchouse Bollard Clareo Columns Combiform Shallow Combiform Plus Compact AC/AC Connect Wiring System Convertalite Convertapack Coolstar Crompack Crompack Diffusers Crompack Rack Reflectors Crompack Refl & Guards
CE CVX CB CLR COL, COLF, COLD CFS CFP AC500VA/M3 CL CQX CP CS CP CPC, CPD RLR CR, CRG, CRA, CRGA, CPG
173 129 432 185 457 35 38 493 548 381 386 225 137 140 146 143
Galaxy Major Galaxy Minor Gemini Junior Gladiator GR2 GR4 GR5 GS1 GS2 GXD GXR
GA GA GMRJ GLR GR2 GR4 GR5 GS1 GS2 GXD GXR
444 442 376 446 290 292 294 296 298 273 277
Halos
HAL
27
Infra Red Scene setting Intellect Digital Intellect Groupmaster Intellect Regulator Intellem
LCSD ILD ILDG, ILRG ILR IL
527 507 522 517 309
Darksky 2 DL10 DL11 DL3 DL4 DL5 DL7 DL8 DL9 DRG DTU DXC DXF DXL DXS
DC, DS, DH DL10 DL11 DL3 DL4 DL5 DL7 DL8 DL9 DRG DTU DXC DXF DXL DXS
449 248 251 236 238 240 242 244 246 342 232 261 265 269 229
Laserline LE1 LED Drivers/controls LED High-Bay Legendlite LED Lighting Control Module Lightmaster Linergy Litex Loadstar AC/AC Systems Loadstar AC/DC Systems LSI LSN Recessed LSN Surface LSR LSV
LL, LLE, LLC LE1 LS HBL LLED LCM LMXL LIN LX SLR AC_KVA LSI LSN LSN LSR LSV
107 287 550 395 370 540 409 399 412 485 475 84 23 81 99 86
602
Technical
Product
Manhattan Manual Dimming Systems Maxi Power Metalstar Metrolite Micropoint Microwave Sensor Moducell Moduform Modular Lighting Controls Modulay Modulay DI Modulay Pack Moduseal Moduspec Polar Moduspec T5 Moduspec T8 Moduwall
Catalogue Series
MA LSCDPB MP MET MT MP IM MCX MF LCSD ML MDI MP MSS MS, MSPOL MSF, MSP MS, MXS, MXM MW
Page No
362 524 386 221 378 314 538 59 41 530 71 67 74 55 52 45 49 63
Product
TFL Tufflite TFC Tufflite TFW
Catalogue Series
TFL TFW TFC
Page No
384 419 415
Varsity Varsity Hospital Varsity School Vertex VFA VFD VFH VFR VIA8 Vienza Vistral VLK VXB VXT
VY VYS VYH VTX VFA VFD VFH VFR VIA8 VS, VR VS VLK VXB VXT
117 125 121 89 154 156 152 150 360 438 320 162 160 158
New Safe 8 New Safe Ex
NS SX
332 368
Pacemaker 2 Patriot 2
PM P2
405 423
Recessed Safe Edge Reef Royalux 2 RXA RXD
RSE RE RLX RXA RXD
356 177 358 201 195
Waveform T5 Waveform Wall Wavelite T5 Wavelite T8 Waylite 800 Weatherlite WR1 WR2
WAV WAW WLT WLTP WL8 WL WR1 WR2
95 181 132 134 364 328 188 190
Safe Edge Sintralite SL1 SL2 SMCB Solstar Solstar Attachments Solstar Square SPR Strada SVN SVR Switch Tripping Units Synthesis
NS SN SL1 SL2 SMCB SVS, SHS, SUS SHG, SG, SPP, SCP, SOP, SSR, SWR SQ SPR STB, STS, STR SVN SVR ST, FST, FSLRT SY, SYE, SYC
354 326 254 256 390 207 211 215 166 453 168 164 496 103
ZED Zeta II Zeta LED Zone 1 Zone 2
ZED ZE ZE FLPG Z2
372 334 336 426 428
Technical
603
Index - by Product Code

Catalogue Series
AC AC_KVA AC500VA/M3 ACM1 AG AT, ATP
Product
Page No
111 475 493 388 330 318
Catalogue Series
EC EKS EURO, NEURO
Product
EasiCheck 2 Ekostar Eurolite
Page No
304 219 324
Acoustic System Loadstar AC/DC Systems Compact AC/AC ACM1 Control Module AG Bulkhead Atlantic
FLPG FS3 FS4
Zone 1 FS3 FS4
426 281 284
BAL BB BEN BJ BL BOL BS BW BWR
Bali Briteblade Beamlite Bijou Britelite Edison Britesign 2 Briteway Briteway recessed
31 350 374 170 316 434 348 310 312
CB CE CFP CFS CL CLR COL, COLF, COLD CP CP CPC, CPD CQX CR, CRG, CRA, CRGA, CPG CS CVX
Churchouse Bollard Cercla Combiform Plus Combiform Shallow Connect Wiring System Clareo Columns Convertapack Crompack Crompack Diffusers Convertalite Crompack Refl & Guards Coolstar Chevin Plus
432 173 38 35 548 185 457 386 137 140 381 143 225 129
GA GA GLR GMRJ GR2 GR4 GR5 GS1 GS2 GXD GXR
Galaxy Major Galaxy Minor Gladiator Gemini Junior GR2 GR4 GR5 GS1 GS2 GXD GXR
444 442 446 376 290 292 294 296 298 273 277
HAL HBL HL HL
Halos LED High-Bay Alfalux Alfalux High Bay
27 395 322 402
IC IL ILD ILDG, ILRG ILR IM
Evoled Intellem Intellect Digital Intellect Groupmaster Intellect Regulator Microwave Sensor
352 309 507 522 517 538
DC, DS, DH DL10 DL11 DL3 DL4 DL5 DL7 DL8 DL9 DRG DTU DXC DXF DXL DXS
Darksky 2 DL10 DL11 DL3 DL4 DL5 DL7 DL8 DL9 DRG DTU DXC DXF DXL DXS
449 248 251 236 238 240 242 244 246 342 232 261 265 269 229
LCM LCSD LCSD LE1 LIN LL, LLE, LLC LLED LMXL LS LSCDPB LSI LSN LSN LSR LSV LX
Lighting Control Module Infra Red Scene setting Modular Lighting Controls LE1 Linergy Laserline Legendlite LED Lightmaster LED Drivers/controls Manual Dimming Systems LSI LSN Recessed LSN Surface LSR LSV Litex
540 527 530 287 399 107 370 409 550 524 84 23 81 99 86 412
604
Technical
Catalogue Series
MA MCX MDI MET MF ML MP MP MP MS, MSPOL MS, MXS, MXM MSBK MSF, MSP MSS MT MW NS NS NS
Product
Manhattan Moducell Modulay DI Metalstar Moduform Modulay Maxi power Micropoint Modulay Pack Moduspec Polar Moduspec T8 Bearer Brackets Moduspec T5 Moduseal Metrolite Moduwall New Safe 8 Safe Edge
Page No
362 59 67 221 41 71 386 314 74 52 49 76 45 55 378 63 332 354
Catalogue Series
TFC TFL TFW
Product
Tufflite TFW TFL Tufflite TFC
Page No
415 384 419
VFA VFD VFH VFR VIA8 VLK VS VS, VR VTX VXB VXT VY VYH VYS
VFA VFD VFH VFR VIA8 VLK Vistral Vienza Vertex VXB VXT Varsity Varsity School Varsity Hospital
154 156 152 150 360 162 320 438 89 160 158 117 121 125
P2 PM
Patriot 2 Pacemaker 2
423 405
RE RLR RLX RSE RXA RXD
Reef Crompack Rack Reflectors Royalux 2 Recessed Safe Edge RXA RXD
177 146 358 356 201 195
WAV WAW WL WL8 WLT WLTP WR1 WR2
Waveform T5 Waveform Wall Weatherlite Waylite 800 Wavelite T5 Wavelite T8 WR1 WR2
95 181 328 364 132 134 188 190
SE SG, RG SHG, SG, SPP, SCP, SOP, SSR, SWR SL1 SL2 SLA SLR SMCB SN SPR SQ ST, FST, FSLRT STB, STS, STR SVN SVR SVS, SHS, SUS SX SY, SYE, SYC
Exit SE Fairlite Solstar Attachments SL1 SL2 Economy AC/DC Loadstar AC/AC Systems SMCB Sintralite SPR Solstar Square Switch Tripping Units Strada SVN SVR Solstar New Safe Ex Synthesis
366 339 211 254 256 482 485 390 326 166 215 496 453 168 164 207 368 103
Z2 ZE ZE ZED
Zone 2 Zeta II Zeta LED ZED
428 334 336 372
Technical
605
Solstar Surface
606
Technical
Icon Explanation
Product fully complies with standard indicated Atex certified hazardous area luminaire with product classification indicated 3 year guarantee applies to product marked Luminaire available with EasiCheck functionality - see page 190 Luminaire available with Intellem functionality - see page 196 Luminaire uses LED light source Luminaire available with dimming control gear Suitable for use with controls options see page 505 CE mark
British Standard Kitemark
ICEL registered luminaire Suitable for mounting on to normally combustible surfaces Ingress Protection code - see page 596
Class 1 insulated - earth required Class II insulated - double insulated no provision for earth required Class III - safety extra low voltage
DIMMING
R GB
LED colour
CONTROLS
45
LED beam angle
Technical
607
Contact Details
Cooper Lighting products are available through a network of stockists, backed up by extensive stocks held at our Doncaster site. For assistance in specifying and ordering products, or to obtain further information, please contact the appropriate department below:
UK Sales Enquiries
International Sales Enquiries
Tel: 01302 303303 Fax: 01302 367155 E-mail: sales@cooper-ls.com

Technical Support and Application - Lighting
Tel: +44 1302 303250 Fax: +44 1302 303251 E-mail: export@cooper-ls.com
Quotations - Lighting
Tel: 01302 303240 Fax: 01302 303219 E-mail: lighting@cooper-ls.com

Technical Support and Quotations - Central Systems
Tel: 01302 303234 Fax: 01302 303235 E-mail: quotes@cooper-ls.com

Request for Visit/Contact by a Sales Engineer
Tel: 01302 321541 Fax: 01302 367155 E-mail: central.systems@cooper-ls.com

Service Department - Lighting
Tel: 01302 303303 Fax: 01302 367155 E-mail: sales@cooper-ls.com

Request for Literature/Software
Tel: 01302 303349 Fax: 01302 303332 E-mail: service@cooper-ls.com
Tel: 01302 303200 Fax: 01302 303213 E-mail: marketing@cooper-ls.com
Head Office Address
London Project Office Address
Cooper Lighting and Safety Ltd Wheatley Hall Road Doncaster South Yorkshire DN2 4NB www.cooper-ls.com
Cooper Lighting and Safety Ltd Suite 2, King Harold Court Sun Street Waltham Abbey Essex EN9 1ER
608
Technical
Conditions of Sale All goods supplied are subject to the companys general conditions of sale which are available on request. Trade Descriptions All descriptions represent only particulars of the goods to which they apply and do not form part of any contract. The company reserves the right to change specification without prior notification or public announcement.
Design and production by the Marketing Team, Cooper Lighting and Safety Ltd We acknowledge all contributors of photographs used in this catalogue, with special thanks to John Larkin, DWP Imaging.
Copyright 2010 Cooper Lighting and Safety Ltd All rights reserved Publication Ref: CC1685/15K_0610 June 2010 Edition 4 Printed in the EC
Head Ofce Cooper Lighting and Safety Ltd Wheatley Hall Road Doncaster South Yorkshire DN2 4NB
London Project Ofce Cooper Lighting and Safety Ltd Suite 2, King Harold Court Sun Street Waltham Abbey Essex EN9 1ER Tel: Fax: 01992 787999 01992 787222
Tel: Fax: Email: Web:
01302 321541 01302 367155 sales@cooper-ls.com www.cooper-ls.com
Middle East Ofce Cooper Middle East PO Box 30861 Suite 302 Building 49 Dubai Healthcare City Dubai United Arab Emirates
Tel: Fax: Email:
+ 971 4 427 2500 + 971 4 429 8521 www.cooper-ls.com
Cooper Industries Plc 600 Travis, Suite. 5800 Houston, TX 77002-1001 P: 713-209-8400 www.cooperindustries.com

Publication

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Publication

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Lighting Solutions

Thousands of Products. Hundreds of Solutions. One Cooper

Combiform Plus Asymmetric PG 38

Crompack Reflectors & Guards PG 143

Crompack Rack Reflectors PG 146

Decorative Wall & Ceiling

Downlights & Spotlights

Emergency - Testing Systems

Emergency - LED Escape

Atlantic & Atlantic Plus PG 318

Emergency - Exit Signs

Recessed Safe Edge

Emergency - Twin Spots

Emergency - Conversion Kits

Convertapack & PG 386 Maxipower

Loadstar AC/DC Systems PG 475

Loadstar AC/AC Systems PG 485

Switch Tripping Units

Slave Luminaire Technical Data PG 501

Infra-red Scene Setting PG 527

Modular Lighting Controls PG 530

Lighting Control Module PG 540

Intelligent Mini Sensor

Connect Wiring System PG 548

Mains Voltage Supply

LED Driver Selection Guide PG 550

Exploring the Catalogue

LAMP AND CONTROL GEAR OPTIONS

STANDARD ICONS (A full explanation is provided on page 607)

Technical Support On-site service

Central Battery Systems

Committed to the Environment

Horizon Centre, Devon Combiform

Combiform Plus Asymmetric PG 38

Surface and Suspended LSN Page 81

64 Cut Out 104 O/A Trim Width

Lamp 14W/24W 28W/54W 35W/49W

L (mm) 880 1480 1780

Cutout (mm) 884 1484 1784

LOR: ULOR: DLOR:

41.3 0.00 41.3

Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating

Contact technical support if recessed corner version required.

Scottish Environmental Protection Agency Halos

SHR nom: 1.75 SHR max: 1.89

See page 560 for Design Guide

Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating

Scottish Environmental Protection Agency Halos

Horizon Centre, Devon Bali & Solstar

LOR: ULOR: DLOR:

0.72 0.04 0.68

SHR nom: 2.00 SHR max: 2.00

See page 560 for Design Guide

100mm 114mm 597mm

Catalogue Numbers Lamp Rating

Department for Work and Pensions, Blackpool Bali

Suffolk New College Combiform Shallow

LOR: ULOR: DLOR:

0.69 0.00 0.69

SHR nom: 1.75 SHR max: 1.915

See page 560 for Design Guide

Description 14/24/40/55W 28/54W 35/49W Semi recessed

L (mm) 597 1197 1497 597